[CPD Classification 2.8.1]
[SL Vol Vism- ] [\z Vism /] [\w I /]
[SL Page 001] [\x 1/]
[PTS Vol Vism1] [\z Vism /] [\f I /]
[PTS Page 001] [\q 1/]
Visuddhimaggo.

Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.

Nidānādikathā.

"Sīle patiṭṭhāya naro sapañño cittaṃ paññca bhāvayaṃ
Ātāpī nipako bhikkhu so imaṃ vijaṭaye jaṭanti"[a]
Itihidaṃ vuttaṃ. Kasmā panetaṃ vuttaṃti1 bhagavantaṃ kira sāvatthiyaṃ viharantaṃ rattibhāge aññataro devaputto upasaṅkamitvā attano saṃsaya samugghatatthaṃ

"Anto jaṭā bahi jaṭā jaṭāya jaṭitā pajā
Taṃ taṃ gotama pucchāmi ko imaṃ vijaṭaye jaṭaṃ"ti[b]

Imaṃ pañhaṃ pucchi. Kassāyaṃ saṅkhepattho: - jaṭāti taṇhāya jāli niyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ, sāhi rūpādisu ārammaṇesu heṭṭhūpapariya vasena punappunaṃ uppajjanato saṃsibbanaṭṭhena veṅgumbādīnaṃ sākhājālasaṅkhātā jaṭā viyāti jaṭā. Sā panesā sakaparikkhāraparaparikkhāresu sakaattabhāvaparaattabhāvesu ajhattikāyatanabāhirāyakanesu ca uppajjanato anto jaṭā bahi jaṭāti vuccati. Tāya evaṃ uppajjamānāya jaṭāya jaṭitā pajā: yathānāma veḷujaṭādīhi veḷuādayo, evaṃ tāya taṇhājaṭāya sabbāpi ayaṃ sattakāyasaṅkhātā2 pajā jaṭitā vinaddhā saṃsibbitāti attho. [PTS Page 002] [\q 2/] yasmā ca evaṃ jaṭitā-taṃ taṃ gotama pucchāmīti3 tasmā taṃ pucchāmi gotamāti bhagavantaṃ gottena ālapati ko imaṃ vijaṭaye jaṭaṃti, imaṃ evaṃ tedhātukaṃ jaṭetvā ṭhitaṃ jaṭaṃ ko vijaṭeyya vijaṭetuṃ ko samatthoti pacchati4 evaṃ puṭeṭhā panassa sabbadhammesu appaṭihatañāṇacāro devadevo sakkānaṃ atisakko brahmānaṃ ati brahmā catuvesārajjavisārado dasabaladharo anāvaraṇañāṇo samantacakkhu bhagavā tamatthaṃ vissajjento: -

1. Sī. [II.] Vuttaṃ.
2. Sī. [I, II.] Sattasaṅkhātā-ma.
3. Sī. [II.] Pucchāmi.
4. Ma. [II.] Pucchīti.
[A, b.] Saṃyuttanikāya devatā saṃ.

[SL Page 002] [\x 2/]
"Sīle patiṭṭhāya naro sapañño cittaṃ pañññca bhāvayaṃ,
Ātāpī nipako bhikkhu so imaṃ vijaṭaye jaṭaṃ"ti.

Imaṃ gāthamāha.

Imissādāni gāthāya kathitāya mahesinā
Vaṇṇayanto yathābhūtaṃ attaṃ sīlādi bhedanaṃ.

Sudullabhaṃ labhitvāna pabbajjaṃ jaṃnasāsane,
Sīlādisaṅgahaṃ khemaṃ ujuṃ maggaṃ visuddhiyā.

Yathābhūtaṃ ajānantā suddhikāmāpi ye idha,
Visuddhiṃ nādhigacchanti vāyamantāpi yogino.

Tesaṃ pāmojjakaraṇaṃ suvisuddhavinicchayaṃ,
Mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ desanānayanissitaṃ

Visuddhimaggaṃ bhāsissaṃ taṃ ve sakkacca bhāsato,
Visuddhikāmā sabbepi nisāmayatha sādhavoti.

Tattha visuddhīti sabbamalavirahitaṃ accantaparisuddhaṃ nibbāṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tassā visuddhiyā maggoti visuddhimaggo. Maggoti adhigamūpāyo vuccati. Taṃ visuddhimaggaṃ bhāsissāmīti attho.

So panāyaṃ visuddhimaggo katthaci vipassanāmattavaseseva desito. Yathāha: -

"Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccāti yadā paññāya passati,
Atha nibbindatī dukkhe esa maggo visuddhiyā"ti. [A]

[PTS Page 003] [\q 3/]
Katthaci jhānapaññāvasena. Yathāha: -

"Yamhi jhānañca paññāca save nibbāṇasantike"ti. [B]

Katthaci kammādivasena. Yathāha: -

"Kammaṃ vijjā ca dhammo ca sīlaṃ jīvitamuttamaṃ,
Etena maccā sujjhanti na gottena dhanena vā"ti. [C]

Katthaci sīlādivasena. Yathāha: -

"Sabbadā sīlasampanno paññavā susamāhito,
Āraddhaviriyo pahitatto oghaṃ tarati duttaraṃ"ti. [D]

Katthaci satipaṭṭhānavasena. Yathāha: -

[A.] Saṃyutta ni. De. Saṃ. Dhammapada. Haggavagga.
[B.] Dhammapada. Bhikkhuvagga.
[C.] Majjhima ni. Anāthapiṇḍikovāda. Su. Saṃ. Ni. De. Saṃ.
[D.] Saṃyutta ni. De. Saṃ.

[SL Page 003] [\x 3/]

"Ekāyano ayaṃ bhikkhave maggo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā -penibbāṇassa sacchikiriyāya yadidaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā"ti. [A]
Sammappadhānādisupi eseva nayo. Imasmiṃ pana pañhavyākaraṇe sīlādivasena desito.

Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepavaṇṇanā: - sīle patiṭṭhāyāti sīle ṭhatvā. Sīlaṃ paripūrayamāno yeva cettha sīle patiṭṭitoti1 vuccati, tasmā sīlaparipūraṇena sīle patiṭṭhahitvāti ayamettha attho. Naroti satto. Sapaññoti kammajāya tihetukapaṭisandhi paññāya2 paññavā. Cittaṃ paññca bhāvayaṃti samādhidveva vipassanañca bhāvayamāno. Cittasīsenahettha samādhi niddiṭṭho, paññānāmena ca vipassanāti, ātāpīti viriyavā. Viriyaṃhi kile sānaṃ ātāpana paritāpanaṭṭhena3 ātāpoti vuccati, tadassa atthīti ātāpī, nipakoti nepakkaṃ vuccati paññā, tāya samannā gatoti attho. Iminā pana padena pārihāriyapaññaṃ dasseti. Imasmiñhi pañhabyākaraṇe tikkhattuṃ paññā āgatā. Tattha paṭhamā jātipaññā, dutiyā vipassanāpaññā, tatiyā sabbakiccapariṇāyikā parihāriyā paññā, saṃsāre bhayaṃ ikkhatīti bhikkhu so imaṃ vijaṭaye jaṭaṃti so imināca sīlena imināca cittasīsena niddiṭṭha samādhinā imāya ca tividhāya paññāya imāni ca ātāpenāti chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu -[PTS Page 004] [\q 4/] seyyathāpi nāma puriso paṭhaviyā patiṭṭhāya sunisitaṃ satthaṃ ukkhipitvā mahantaṃ veḷugumbaṃ vijaṭeyya, evameva sīle patiṭṭhāya samādhisilāya sunisitaṃ vipassanā paññāsatthaṃ viriyabalapaggahitena pārihāeyapaññāhatthena ukkhipitvā sabbampi taṃ attano santāne patitaṃ taṇhājaṭaṃ vijaṭayayya sañchindeyya sampadāḷeyya, aggakkhaṇe panesa taṃ jaṭaṃ vijaṭeti nāma. Phalakkhaṇe vijaṭitajaṭo sadevakanna lokassa aggadakkhiṇeyyo hoti. Tenāha bhagavā: -

"Sīle patiṭṭhāya naro sapañño cittaṃ paññca bhāvayaṃ,
Ātāpī nipako bhikkhu so imaṃ vijaṭaye jaṭaṃ"ti.

Tatrāyaṃ yāya paññāya samaññoti vutto, tatrassa karaṇīyaṃ natthi. Purimakammānubhāveneva hi ssa sā siddhā. Ātāpī nipakoti ettha vuttaviriyavasena panatena sātaccakārinā paññā vasena ca sampajākārinā hutvā sīle patiṭṭhāya cittapaññāvasena vuttā samathavipassanā bhāvetabbāti. Imamatra bhagavā sīlasamādhīpaññāmukhena visuddhimagga dasseti. Ettāvatā hi tisso

[A.] Dīgha. Ni. Satipaṭṭhāna. Su.
1. Sī. [II,] ma. [II.] Ṭhitoti.
2. Sī. [II,] ma. [II.] Kammajatihetukapaṭisandhipaññāya.
3. Sī. [II.] Ātāpanaṭṭhena.

[SL Page 004] [\x 4/]
Sikkhā, tividhakalyāṇaṃ sāsanaṃ, tevijjatādīnaṃ upanissayo, antadvayavajjanamajjhimapaṭipatti sevanāni, apāyādisamatikkamanūpāyo, tīhākāehi kilesappahāṇaṃ, vītikkamādīnaṃ paṭipakkho, saṅkilesattayavasodhanaṃ, sotāpannādi bhāvassa ca kāraṇaṃ pakāsitaṃ hoti. Kathaṃ? Etthahi sīlena adhisīlasinṇā pakāsitā hoti, samādhinā adhicittasikkhā, paññāya adhipaññāsikkhā. Sīlena ca sāsanassa ādikalyāṇatā pakāsitā hoti-ko cādi kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ silañca suvisuddhanti[a] hi vacanato, sabbapāpassa akaraṇanti[b] ādivacanato ca sīlaṃ sāsanassa ādi. Tañca kalyāṇaṃ-avippaṭisārādiguṇāvahattā, samādhinā majjhe kalyāṇatā pakāsitā hoti - [PTS Page 005] [\q 5/] kusalassa upasampadāti[c] ādivacanatohi samādhi sāsanassa majjho. So ca kalyāṇo-iddhividhādi guṇāvahattā, paññāya pariyosānakalyāṇatā pakāsitā hoti - sacittapariyodapana eta buddhānasāsanaṃti[d] hi vacanato, paññuttarato ca paññāsāsanassa pariyosānaṃ. Sāca kalyāṇā-iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu tādibhāvāva hanato.

"Selo yathā ekaghano vātena na samīrati,
Evaṃ nindā passāsu na samiñjanti paṇḍitā"ti[e-]hi vuttaṃ

Tathā sīlena tevijjatāya upanissayo pakāsito hoti-sīlasampattiṃ hi nissāya tisso vijjā pāpuṇāti, na tatopara, samādhinā chaḷabhiññatāya upanissayo pakāsito hoti-samādhisampadaṃ hi nissāya cha abhiññā pāpuṇāti, na tatoparaṃ, paññāya paṭisambhidā pabhedassa upanissayo pakāsito hoti-paññāsampattiṃ hi nissāya catasso paṭisambhidāpāpuṇāti, na aññena kāraṇena, sīlenaca kāmasukhānuyogasaṅkhātassa1 antassa vajjanaṃ pakāsitaṃ hoti, samādhinā attakilamathānuyogasaṅkhātassa, paññāya majjhimāya paṭipattiyā sevanaṃ pakāsitaṃ hoti, tathā sīlena apāyasamatikkamanupāyo pakāsito hoti, samādhinā kāmadhātusamatikkamanupāyo, paññāya sabbabhavasamatikkamanupāyo, sīlena ca tadaṅgappahāṇavasena kilenappahāṇaṃ pakāsitaṃ hoti, samādhinā vikkhambhanappahāṇavasena, paññāya samucchedappahāṇavasena, tatā sīlena kilesānaṃ vītakkamapaṭipakkho pakāsito hoti, samādhinā paeyuṭṭhānapaṭipakkho, paññāya anusayapaṭipekkho, [PTS Page 006] [\q 6/] sīlenaca duccaritasaṅkilenavisodhana pakāsitaṃ hoti, samādhinā taṇhāsaṅkilesavisodhanaṃ, paññāya

[A.] Saṃyutta. Ni. Mahāvagga.
[B. C. D.] Dīgha. Ni-mahāpadānasutta. Dhammapada. Buddhavagga.
[E.] Saṃ. Ni. Sagāthavagga. Dhammapada. Paṇḍitavagga.
[I.] Ma. Kāmasukhallikānuyogasaṅkhātassa.
[SL Page 005] [\x 5/]
Diṭṭhisaṅkilesavisodhanaṃ, tathā sīlena sotāpanna sakadāgāmibhāvassa kāraṇaṃ pakāsitaṃ hoti, samādhinā anāgāmibhāvassa, paññāya arahattassa-sotāpanno hi sīlesu paripūrakārīti vutto, tathā sakadāgāmī, anāgāmī pana samādhismija paripūrakārīti, aehā pana paññāya paripūrakārīti. Evaṃ ettāvatā tisso sikkhā, tividha kalyāṇaṃ sāsanaṃ, tevijjatādīnaṃ upanissayo, antadvayavajjanamajjhimapaṭipattisevanāni, apāyādisamatikkamanupāyo, tīhākāehi kilesappahāṇaṃ, vītikkamādīnaṃ paṭipakkho, saṅkilesattayavisodhanaṃ, sotāpannādibhāvassa ca kāraṇanti ime nava, aññe ca evarūpā guṇattikā pakāsitā hontī"ti.

Iti nidānādikathā.

Atha sīlaniddeso.

Evaṃ aneka guṇa saṅhakena sīlasamādhipaññāmukhena desitopi panesa visuddhimaggo atisaṅkhepadesito yeva hoti. Tasmā nālaṃ sabbesaṃ upakārāyāti vitthāramassa dassetuṃ sīlaṃ tāva ārabbha idaṃ pañhakammaṃ hoti.

Kiṃ sīlaṃ? Kenaṭṭhena sīlaṃ? Kānassa lakkhaṇa rasa paccupaṭṭhāna padaṭṭhānāni? Kimānisaṃsaṃ sīlaja? Katividhañcetaṃ sīlaṃ? Ko cassa saṃkileso? Kiṃ vodānanti? Tatiradaṃ vissajjanaṃ: -

Kiṃ sīlanti: pāṇātipātādīhi vā viramantassa vattapaṭivattaṃ vā pūrentassa cetanādayo dhammā. Vuttaṃ heta paṭisambhidāyaṃ. "Kiṃ sīlanti: cetanāsīlaṃ cetasikaṃ sīlaṃ saṃvaro [PTS Page 007] [\q 7/] sīlaṃ avītikkamo1 sīla"nti. [A] tatra cetanā sīlaṃ nāma: pāṇātipātādīhi vā viramantassa vattapaṭivattaṃ vā pūrentassa cetanā, cetasikaṃ sīlaṃ nāma: pāṇātipātādīhi viramantassa virati: - apica cetanā sīlaṃ nāma: pāṇātipātādīni pajahantassa sattakammapathacetanā, cetasikaṃ sīlaṃ nāma "abhijjhaṃ pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharatī"ti[b] ādinā nayena vuttā anabhijjhā avyāpāda sammā diṭṭhidhammā. Aṃvaro sīlanti ettha pañcavidhena saṃvaro veditabbo. Pātimokkhasaṃvaro satisaṃvaro ñāṇasaṃvaro khantisaṃvaro

1. Ma. [II.] Ānatikkamo.
[A.] Paṭisambhidāmagga. Ñāṇakathā.
[B.] Dīgha. Ni. Sāmaññaphala. Su.

[SL Page 006] [\x 6/]

Viriyasaṃvaroti, tattha "iminā pātimokkhasaṃvarena upeto hoti samupeto"ti[a] ayaṃ pātimokkhasaṃvaro, "rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjatī"ti[b] ayaṃ satisaṃvaro,

"Yānisotāni lokasmi (ajitātibhagavā) satitesaṃnivāraṇaṃ, sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūmi paññāyete pathīyare"ti. [C]

Ayaṃ ñāṇasaṃvaro-paccayapaṭisevanampi ettheva samodhānaṃ gacchati, yo panāyaṃ "khamo hoti sītassa uṇhassā"ti[d] ādinā nayena āgato ayaṃ khanti saṃvaro nāma, yo cāyaṃ "uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ nādhivāsetī"ti[e] ādinā nayena āgato ayaṃ viriya saṃvaro nāma- ājīvapārisuddhipi ettheva samodhānaṃ gacchati. Iti ayaṃ pañcavidhopi saṃvaro, yā ca pāpabhīrukānaṃ kulaputtānaṃ sampattavatthuto virati, sabbampetaṃ saṃvarasīlanti veditabbaṃ. Avītikkamosīlanti samādinnasīlassa kāyikavācasiko avītikkamo. Idaṃ tiva kiṃ sīlanti pañhassa vissajjanaṃ.

[PTS Page 008] [\q 8/]
Avasesesu kenaṭṭhena sīlanti-sīlanaṭṭhena sīlaṃ. Kimidaṃ sīlanaṃ naṃma? Samādhānaṃ vā kāyakammādīnaṃ-susīlyavasena avippakiṇṇatāti attho. Upadhāraṇaṃ vā kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ-patiṭṭhāvasena ādhārabhāvoti attho. Etadevahi ettha atthadvayaṃ saddalakkhaṇavidū anujānanti. Aññe pana sirattho sītalatethāti evamādi nāpi nayenevettha atthaṃ vaṇṇayanti.

Idāni-"kānassa lakkhaṇarasapaccupaṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānānī"ti ettha

Sīlanaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ tassa bhinnassāpi anekadhā,
Sanidassanattaṃ rūpassa yathā bhinnassa nekadhā.

Yathāhi nīlapītidibhedena anekadhā bhinnassāpi rūpāyatanassa sanidassanattaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ-nīlādibhedena bhinnassāpi sanidassana bhāvānatikkamanato, tathā sīlassa cetakādibhedena anekadhā bhinnassāpi. Yadetaṃ kāya kammādīnaṃ samādhānavasena kusalānañcha dhammānaṃ patiṭṭhānavasena vuttaṃ sīlanaṃ tadeva lakkhaṇaṃ-cetanādi bhedena bhinnassāpi samādhānapatiṭṭhāna bhāvānatikkamanato. Evaṃ lakkhaṇassa panassa

Dussīlya viddhaṃsanatā anavajjaguṇo tathā,
Kiccasampatti atthena raso nāma vapuccati.

Tasmā idaṃ sīlaṃ nāma kiccatethana rasena dussīlyaviddhaṃsanarasaṃ, sampattiatthena rasena anavajjarasanti veditabbaṃ. Lakkhaṇādisu hi kiccameva sampatti vā rasoti vuccati.

[A.] Abhidhamma. Jhānavibhaṅga.
[B.] Dīgha ni. Sāmaññaphala. Majjhima ni. Sabbāsava. Su.
[C.] Suttanipāta.
[D. E.] Majjhima ni. Sabbāsava. Su.

[SL Page 007] [\x 7/]

Soceyya paccupaṭṭhānaṃ tayidaṃ tassa viññuhi,
Ottappañca hiriñceva padaṭṭhānanti vaṇṇitaṃ.

[PTS Page 009] [\q 9/]
Taṃ hidaṃ sīlaṃ "kāyasoceyyaṃ vacīsoceyyaṃ manosoceyyaṃ"ti[a] evaṃ vuttasoceyyapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ-sucibhāvenahi paccupaṭṭhāti gahanabhāvaṃ gacchatīti. Hirottappañca pana tassa viññūhi padaṭṭhānanti vaṇṇitaṃ. Āsannakāraṇaniti attho-hirottappe hi sati sīlaṃ uppajjati ceva tiṭṭhati ca, asati neva uppajjati na ca tiṭṭhatīti. Evaṃ sīlassa lakkhaṇa rasa paccupaṭṭhāna padaṭṭhānāni veditabbāni.

Kimānisaṃsaṃ sīlanti-avippaṭisārādi anekaguṇapaṭilābhānisaṃsaṃ. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ: avipṭisāratthāni kho ānanda kusalāni sīlāni avippaṭisārānisaṃsānī"ti. [B]
Aparampi vuttaṃ: -

"Pañcime gahapatayo anānasaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Katame pañca? Idha gahapatayo sīlavā sīlasampanno appamādādhakiraṇaṃ mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ adhigacchati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya, punaca paraṃ gahapatayo sīlavato sīlasampannassa kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ dutiyo ānisaso sīlavatosīlasampadāya, punacaparaṃ gahapatayo sīlavā sīlasampanno yaṃ yadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ visārado upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ tatiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya, punacaparaṃ gahapatayo sīlavā sīlasampanno asammūḷho kālaṅkaroti. Ayaṃ catuttho ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya, punacaparaṃ gahapatayo sīlavā sīlasampanno kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃlokaṃ uppajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāyā"ti. [C]

Aparepi

"Ākaṅkheyya ce bhikkhave bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo cassaṃ manāpo garu bhāvanīyocāti sīlesvevassa paripūrakārī"ti. [D]

Ādinā nayena piyamanāpatādayo āsavakkhayapariyosānā ānaka sīlānisaṃsā vuttā. Evaṃ avippaṭisārādi anekaguṇānisaṃsaṃ sīlaṃ. [PTS Page 010] [\q 10/] apica: -

1. Sī. [II,] ma. [II.] Soceyyabhāvena.
[A.] Aṅguttara ni. Tika. Ni.
[B.] Saṃ. Ni. Mahāvagga.
[C.] Dīgha ni. Mahāparinibbāna su. Aṃ. Ni. Pañcaka.
[D.] Majjhima ni. Ākaṅkheyya su.

Sāsane kulaputtānaṃ patiṭṭhāpi natthi yaṃ vinā
Ānisaṃsaparicchedaṃ tassa sīlassa ko vade.

Na gaṅgā yamunā vāpi sarabhū vā sarassatī,
Ninnagā vā ciravatī mahī vāpi mahānadī.

Sakkuṇanti visodhetuṃ taṃ malaṃ idha pāṇinaṃ,
Visodhayati sattānaṃ yaṃ ve sīlajalaṃ malaṃ.

Na taṃ sajaladā vātā na cāpi haricandanaṃ,
Neva hārā na maṇayo na candakiraṇaṅkurā.

Samayantīdha sattānaṃ pariḷāhaṃ surakkhitaṃ,
Yaṃ sameti idaṃ ariyaṃ sīlaṃ accantasītalaṃ.

Sīlagandhasamo gandho kuto nāma bhavissati,
Yo samaṃ anuvāte ca paṭivāte ca vāyati,

Saggārohaṇasopānaṃ aññaṃ sīlasamaṃ kuto,
Dvāraṃ vā pana nibbāṇa nagarassa pavesane.

Sobhantevaṃ na rājāno muttāmaṇi vibhūsitā,
Yathā sobhanti yatino sīlabhūsana bhūsitā.

Attānuvādā dībhayaṃ viddhaṃsayati sabbaso,
Janeti kittiṃ bhasañca sīlaṃ sīlavataṃ sadā.

Guṇānaṃ mūlabhūtassa dosānaṃ balaghātino,
Iti sīlassa viññeyyaṃ ānisaṃsakathāmukhaṃ"ti.

Idāni yaṃ vuttaṃ katividhañcetaṃ sīlanti. Tatiradaṃ vissajja naṃ:-sabbameva tāva idaṃ sīlaṃ attano sīlanalakkhaṇena ekavidhaṃ. Cāritta vāritta vasena duvidhaṃ, tathā ābhisamācārika ādibrahmacariyakavasena, virati avirati vasena, nissitā 'nissitavasena, kālapariyanta āpāṇakoṭikavasena, sapariyantā'pariyantavasena, lokiya lokuttara vasenaca. [PTS Page 011] [\q 11/] tividhaṃ hīna majjhima paṇītavasena, tathā attādhipateyya lokādhipateyya dhammādhipateyyavasena, parāmaṭṭhā'parāmaṭṭha paṭippassaddhivasena, visuddhā'visuddhavematikavasena, sekhā'sekha nevasekhanāsekha vasenaca. Catubbidhaṃ hānabhāgiya ṭhitibhāgiya visesabhāgiya nibbedhabhāgiya vasena, tathā bhikkhu bhikkhunī anupasampanna gahaṭṭhasīla vasena, pakati ācāra dhammatā pubbahetukasīla vasena, pātimokkhasaṃvara indriyasaṃvara ājīva pārisuṭṭhi paccayasannissitasīla vasenaca. Pañcavidhaṃ pariyantapārisuddhisīlādi vasena-vuttampicetaṃ parisambhidāyaṃ. "Pañca sīlāni: pariyantapārisuṅsīlaṃ, apariyantapārisuddhisilaṃ, paripuṇṇāpārisuddhisīlaṃ, aparāmaṭṭhapārisuddhisīlaṃ, paṭippassaṭṭhipārisuddhisīlaṃ"ti;[a] tathā pahāṇaveramaṇī cetanā saṃvarā'vītikkama vasena.
----------------------------
[A.] Paṭisambhidā. Ñāṇakathā.

[SL Page: 009] [\x 9/]

Tattha ekavidhakoṭṭhāse attho vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Duvidhakoṭṭhāse:yaṃ bhagavatā "idaṃ kattabbaṃ"ti paññatta sikkhāpadapūraṇaṃ taṃ cārittaṃ, yaṃ "idaṃ na kattabbaṃ"ti paṭikkhittassa akaraṇaṃ taṃ vārittaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ vacanattho:-caranti tasmiṃ sīle paripūrakāritāya1 pavattantīti cārittaṃ, vāritaṃ tāyanti rakkhanti tenāti vārittaṃ, tattha saddhā viriyasādhanaṃ cārittaṃ, saddhā sādhanaṃ vārittaṃ. Evaṃ cārittavārittavasena duvidhaṃ. Dutiyaduke-abhisamācāroti uttamasamācāro. Abhisamācārova ābhisamācārikaṃ, abhisamācāraṃ vā ārabbha paññattaṃ ābhisamācārikaṃ. Ājīvaṭṭhamakato avasesasīlassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Maggabrahmacariyassa ādivyabhūtanti ādibrahmacariyakaṃ, ājīvaṭṭhamakasīlassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Taṃ hi maggassa ādibhāvabhūtaṃ pubbabhāge yeca parisodhetabbato. Tenāha:- "pubbeva kho panassa kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ ājīvo suparisraddho hotī"ti[a.] Yāni vā sikkhāpadāni khuddānukhuddakānīti vuttāni [PTS Page 012] [\q 12/] idaṃ ābhisamācārikaṃ sīlaṃ, sesaṃ ādibrahmacariyakaṃ, ubhato vibhaṅgapariyāpannaṃ vā ādibrahmacariyakaṃ, khandhakavatta pariyāpannaṃ vā ābhisamācārikaṃ. Tassa sampattiyā ādibrahmacariyakaṃ sampajjati. Tenevāha:"sovata bhikkhave bhikkhu ābhisamācārikaṃ dhammaṃ aparipūretvā ādibrahmacariyakaṃ dhammaṃ paripūressatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī"ti[b.] Evaṃ ābhisamācārika ādibrahmacariyaka vasena duvidhaṃ. Tatiyaduke-pāṇātipātādīhi veramaṇī mattaṃ viratisīlaṃ, sesacetanādi aviratisīlanti, evaṃ viratiavirativasena duvidhaṃ. Catutthaduke-nissayoti dve nissayaṃ taṇhā nissayo ca diṭṭhinissayo ca. Tattha yaṃ "imināhaṃ silena devo vā bhavissāmi devaññatarovā"ti[c] evaṃ bhavasampattiṃ ākaṅkhamānena pavattitaṃ idaṃ taṇhānissitaṃ, yaṃ sīlena suddhīti evaṃ suddhīdiṭṭhiyā pavattitaṃ idaṃ diṭṭhinissitaṃ, yaṃ pana lokuttaraṃ lokiyadva tasseva sambhārabhūtaṃ idaṃ anissitanti evaṃ nissitā nissitavasena duvidhaṃ. Padvamaduke-kālaparicchedaṃ katvā samādinna sīlaṃ kālapariyantaṃ, yāvajīvaṃ samādiyitvā tatheva pavattitaṃ āpāṇakoṭikanti evaṃ kālapariyantaāpāṇakoṭikavasena duvidhaṃ. Chaṭṭhaduke-lābha yasa ñāti aṅga jīvitavasena diṭṭhapariyantaṃ sapariyantaṃ nāma, viparītaṃ apariyantaṃ. Vuttampicetaṃ paṭisambhidāyaṃ "katamantaṃ sīlaṃ sapariyantaṃ? Atthi sīlaṃ lābhapariyantaṃ, atthi sīlaṃ yasapariyantaṃ, atthi sīlaṃ ñātipariyantaṃ, atthi sīlaṃ aṅgapariyantaṃ, atthi silaṃ jīvitapariyantaṃ. Katamaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ lābhapariyantaṃ? Idhekacco lābhahetu lābhapaccayā lābhakāraṇā yathāsamādinnaṃ sikkhā ------------------------------
1. Ma. [II] caranti tasmiṃ taṃsamaṅgino sīlesu paripūrakāritāya.
[A b.] Aṅguttara ni. Pañcaka ni.
[C.] Aṅguttara ni. Sattaka ni.-(Aññatthāpibahusu)

[SL Page: 010] [\x 10/]

Padaṃ vītikkamati, idaṃ [PTS Page 013] [\q 13/] taṃ sīlaṃ lābhapariyantaṃ"ti[a] eteneva upāyena itarānipi vitthāretabbāni. Apariyantavissajjanepivuttaṃ:- "katamattaṃ sīlaṃ na lābhapariyantaṃ? Idhekacco lābhahetu lābhapaccayā lābhakāraṇā yathāsamādinnasikkhāpadavītikkamāya cittampi na uppādeti, kiṃ so vītikkamissati, idaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ na lābhapariyantaṃ"ti[b] eteneva upāyena itarānipi vitthāretabbāni. Evaṃ pariyantāpariyantavasena duvidhaṃ. Sattamaduke-sabbampi sāsavaṃ sīlaṃ lokiyaṃ, anāsavaṃ lokuttaraṃ. Tattha lokiyaṃ bhavavisesāvahaṃ hoti bhavanissaraṇassa ca sambhāro. Yathāha:-vinayo saṃvaratthāya, saṃvaro avippaṭisāratthāya, avippaṭisāro pāmojjatthāya, pāmojjaṃ pītatthāya, pīti passaddhatthāya, passaddhi sukhatthāya, sukhaṃ samādhatthāya, samādhi yathābhūtañāṇadassanatthāya, yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ nibbidatthāya, nibbidā virāgatthāya, virāgo vimuttatthāya, vimuttiñāṇadassanatthāya, vimuttiñāṇadassanaṃ anupādā parinibbāṇatthāya. Etadatthā kathā etadatthāmantā etadatthā upanisā etadatthaṃ sotāvadhānaṃ, yadidaṃ anupādācittassa vimokkho"ti[c.] Lokuttaraṃ bhavanissaraṇāvahaṃ hoti paccavekkhaṇa ñāṇassa ca bhūmiti. Evaṃ lokiyalokuttaravasena duvidhaṃ.

Tikesu:- paṭhamattike-hīnena chandena cittena viriyena vīmaṃsāya vā pavattitaṃ hīnaṃ, majjhimehi chandādīhi pavattitaṃ majjhimaṃ, paṇītehi paṇītaṃ. Yasakāmatāya vā samādinnaṃ hīnaṃ, puññaphalakāmatāya majjhimaṃ, kattabbamevidanti ariyabhāvaṃ nissāya samādinnaṃ paṇītaṃ. Ahamasmi sīlasampanno ime panaññe bhikkhu dussīlā pāpadhammāti evaṃ attukkaṃsanaparavambhanādīhi1 upakkiliṭṭhaṃ vā hīnaṃ, anuppakkiliṭṭhaṃ lokiyaṃ sīlaṃ majjhimaṃ, lokuttaraṃ paṇītaṃ. Taṇhāvasena vā bhavabhogatthāya pavattitaṃ hīnaṃ, attano vimokkhatthāya pavattitaṃ majjhimaṃ, sabbasattavimokkhatthāya pavattitaṃ pāramitāsīlaṃ paṇītanti, evaṃ hīnamajjhima paṇīta vasena tividhaṃ. Dutiyattike-attano ananurūpaṃ pajahitukāmena attagarunā attani [PTS Page 014] [\q 14/] gāravena pavattitaṃ attādhipateyyaṃ, lokāpavādaṃ pariharitukāmena lokagarunā loke gāravena pavattitaṃ lokādhipateyyaṃ dhammamahattaṃ pūjetukāmena dhammagarunā dhamme gāravena pavattitaṃ dhammādhipateyyanti, evaṃ attādhipateyyādivasena tividhaṃ. Tatiyattikeyaṃ dukesu nissitanti vuttaṃ taṃ taṇhādiṭṭhīhi parāmaṭṭhattā parā
-------------------
[A.B.] Paṭisambhidā-ñāṇakathā.
[C.] Vinayaparivāra-cūḷasaṅgāma.
[I.] Sī. [II.] Paravambhanāhi.

[SL Page: 011] [\x 11/]

Maṭṭhaṃ, puthujjanakalyāṇakassa maggasambhārabhūtaṃ sekhānañca maggasampayuttaṃ aparāmaṭṭhaṃ-sekhāsekhānaṃ phalasampayuttaṃ paṭippassaddhanti, evaṃ parāmaṭṭhādiva sana tividhaṃ. Catutthattike-yaṃ āpattiṃ anāpajjantena pūritaṃ āpajjitvā vā pana1 katapaṭikammaṃ taṃ visuṭṭhaṃ, āpattiṃ āpannassa akatapaṭikammaṃ avisuddhaṃ, vatthumhi vā āpattiyā vā ajjhācāre vā vematikassa sīlaṃ vematikasīlaṃ nāmatattha yoginā avisuddhaṃ sīlaṃ visodhetabbaṃ, vematike vatthajjhācāraṃ akatvā vimati paṭivinodetabbā, iccassa phāsu bhavissatīti, evaṃ visuddhādivasena tividhaṃ. Pañcamattike-catūhi ariyamaggehi tīhi ca sāmaññaphalehi sampayuttaṃ sīlaṃ sekhaṃ, arahattaphalasampayuttaṃ asekhaṃ, sesaṃ nevasekhaṃ nāsekhanti, evaṃ sekhādivasena tividhaṃ. Paṭisambhidāyaṃ pana-yasmā loke tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ pakatipi sīlanti vuccati. Yaṃ sandhāya ayaṃ sukhasīloayaṃ dukkhasīlo ayaṃ kalahasīlo ayaṃ maṇḍanasīloti bhaṇanti, tasmā tena pariyāyena "tīṇi sīlāni, kusala sīlaṃ akusala sīlaṃ abyākatasīla2nti[a] evaṃ kusalādivasenapi tividhanti vuttaṃ. Tattha akusalaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetassa sīlassa lakkhaṇādisu ekenapi na sametīti idha na upanītaṃ. Tasmā vuttanayehevassa tividhatā veditabbā.

Catakkesu:- paṭhamacatukke-

Yodha sevati dussīle sīlavante na sevatī,
Vatthuvītikkame dosaṃ na passati aviddasu.
[PYS Page 015]
Micchāsaṅkappabahulo indriyāni na rakkhati,
Evarūpassa ve sīlaṃ jāyate hānabhāgiyaṃ.

Yo panattamano hoti sīlasampattiyā idha,
Kammaṭṭhānānuyogamhi na uppādeti mānasaṃ.

Tuṭṭhassa sīlamattena aghaṭantassa uttariṃ,
Tassa taṃ ṭhitibhāgīyaṃ sīlaṃ bhavati bhikkhuno.

Sampannasīlo ghaṭati samādhatthāya yo pana,
Visesabhāgiyaṃ sīlaṃ hoti etassa bhikkhuno.

Atuṭṭho sīlamattena nibbidaṃ yo nuyuñjati,
Hoti nibbedhabhāgīyaṃ sīlametassa bhikkhunoti.

Evaṃ hānabhāgiyādivasena catubbidhaṃ. Dutiya catukke-bhikkhū ārabbha paññattasikkhāpadāni, yāni ca nesaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ paññattito rakkhatabbāni, idaṃ bhikkhūsīlaṃ. Bhikkhuniyo ārabbha
-----------------------
1. Ma. [II.] Puna.
2. Sī.Ma. Kusalaṃ sīlaṃ akusalaṃ sīlaṃ abbhakataṃ sīlaṃ-(sabbattha)
[A.] Paṭisambhidā ñāṇakathā.

[SL Page: 012] [\x 12/]

Paññattasikkhāpadāni, yāni ca tāsaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ paññattito rakkhitabbāni idaṃ bhikkhunīsīlaṃ, sāmaṇerasāmaṇerīnaṃ dasasīlāni idaṃ anupasampannasīlaṃ, upāsakaupāsikānaṃ niccasīlavasena pañcasikkhāpadāni sati vā ussāhe dasa uposathaṅgavasena aṭṭhāti idaṃ gahaṭhasīlanti, evaṃ bhikkhusīlādivasena catubbidhaṃ. Tatiya catukkeuttarakurukānaṃ manussānaṃ avītikkamo pakatisīlaṃ, kuladesapāsaṇḍānaṃ attano attano mariyādābhataṃ cārittaṃ ācārasīlaṃ, "dhammatā esā ānanda yadā bodhisatto mātukucchiṃ okkanto hoti na bodhisattamātu purisesu mānasaṃ uppajjati kāmaguṇūpasaṃhitaṃ"ti[a] evaṃ vuttaṃ bodhisattamātu sīlaṃ dhammatā sīlaṃ, mahākassapādīnaṃ pana suddhasattānaṃ bodhisattassa ca tāsu tāsu jātīsu sīlaṃ pubbahetukasīlanti, evaṃ pakatisīlādivasena catubbidhaṃ. Catutthacatukke-yaṃ bhagavatā "idha bhikkhu pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesū"ti[b] evaṃ vuttaṃ sīlamidaṃ pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ nāma. Yampana "so cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī [PTS Page 016] [\q 16/] hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī, yatvādhikaraṇametaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhā domanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā-pe-ghāṇena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā-jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvākāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā-manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī-pe-manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjatī"ti[c] vuttaṃ, idaṃ indriyasaṃvarasīlaṃ. Yā pana ājīvahetu paññattānaṃ channaṃ sikkhāpadānaṃ vītikkamassa, kuhanā lapanā nemittikatā nippesikatā lābhena lābhaṃ nijigiṃsanatāti eva mādīnañca pāpadhammānaṃ vasena pavattā micchājīvā virati, idaṃ ājīvapārisuddhisīlaṃ. "Paṭisaṅkhāyoniso cīvaraṃ paṭisevati yāvadeva sītassa paṭighātāyā"ti[d] ādinā pana nayena vutto paṭisaṅkhānaparisuddho catupaccayaparibhogo paccaya sannissitasīlaṃ nāma.

Tatrāyaṃ ādito paṭṭhāya anupubba padavaṇṇanāya saddhiṃ vinicchaya kathā:- idhāti imasmiṃ sāsane; bhikkhuti saṃsāre bhayaṃ ikkhaṇatāya vā bhinnapaṭadharāditāya vā1 evaṃ laddhavohāro tena pātimokkhasaṃvarena saṃvuto saddhā pabbajito kulaputto;pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvutoti ettha pātimokkhanti sikkhāpadasīlaṃ, taṃ hi yo naṃ pāti rakkhati taṃ mokkheti moceti āpāyikādīhi dukkhehi
-------------------------
[A.] Dīgha.Ni-mahāpadānasutta.
[B c.] Abhi-jhānavi.(Aññattha ca bahusra)
[D.] Ma-ni-sabbāsavasu.(Aññattha ca bahusu.)
[I.] Ma. [II.] Chinnabhinnapaṭadharāditāya.

[SL Page: 013] [\x 13/]

Tasmā pātimokkhanti vuccati. Saṃvaraṇaṃ saṃvaro-kāyikavācasikassa avītikkamassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Pātimokkhamevasaṃvaro pātimokkhasaṃvaro. Tena pātimokkhasaṃvarena saṃvuto pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto-upagato samannāgatoti attho; viharatīti irīyati. [PTS Page 017] [\q 17/] ācāra gocarasampannoti ādīnaṃ attho pāliyaṃ āgatanaye neva veditabbo. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ:-"ācāragocarasampanno"ti[a] atthi ācāro atthi anācāro. Tattha katamo anācāro? Kāyiko vītikkamo vācasiko vītikkamo kāyikavācasiko vītikkamo ayaṃ vuccati anācāro. Sabbampi dussīlyaṃ anācāro. Idhekacco veḷudānena vā pattadānena vā pupphadānena vā phaladānena vā sinānadānena vā dantakaṭṭhadānena vā1 cāṭukamyatāya vā muggasupyatāya vā pāribhaṭṭatāya vā jaṅghapesanikena vā aññataraññatarena vā buddhapatikuṭṭhena micchājīvena jīvikaṃ kappeti, ayaṃ vuccati anācāro. Tattha katamo ācāro? Kāyiko avītikkamo vācasiko avītikkamo kāyikavācasiko avītikkamo ayaṃ vuccati ācāro. Sabbopi sīlasaṃva ro ācāro. Idhekacco na veḷudānena na pattadānena na pupphadānena na phaladānena na sinānadānena na dantakaṭṭhadānena2 na cāṭukamyatāya na muggasupyatāya na pāribhaṭṭatāya na jaṅghapesanikena na aññataraññatarena buddhapatikuṭṭhena micchājīvena jīvikaṃ kappeti, ayaṃ vuccati ācāro.

Gocaroti-atthi gocaro atthi agocaro. Tattha katamo agocaro? Idhekacco vesiyāgocaro vā hoti[b] vidhavāgocaro vā thullakumārigocaro vā paṇḍakagocaro vā bhikkhunīgocaro vā pānāgāragocaro vā3 hoti, saṃsaṭṭho viharati rājūhi rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi ananulomikena saṃsaggena, yāni vā pana tāni kulāni assaddhāni appasannāni anopānabhūtāni akkosakaparibhāsakāni anatthakāmāni ahitakāmāni aphāsukāmāni ayogakkhemakāmāni bhikkhūnaṃ bhikkhunīnaṃ upāsakānaṃ upāsikānaṃ, tathārūpāni [PTS Page 018] [\q 18/] kulāni sevati bhajati payirupāsati, ayaṃ vuccati agocaro. Tattha katamo gocaro? Idhekacco na vesiya gocaro vā hoti-pe-na pānāgāragocaro, asaṃsaṭṭho viharati rājūhi-pe-titthiyasāvakehi ananulomikena saṃsaggena, yāni vā pana tāni kulāni saddhāni pasannāni opānabhūtāni kāsāvapajjotāni isivātapaṭivātāni
---------------------
1. Sī. [I. II] saha ma. [II.] Pupphaphalasināna dantakaṭṭhadānena vā.
2. Sī. [I. II] saha ma. [II.]Na patta na puppha na phala na sināna na dattakaṭṭhadānena.
3. Sī. [I. II.]Vidhavā-pe-thullakumārikapaṇḍaka bhikkhunī pānāgāragocaro.
[A.B.] Abhi-jhānavi.

[SL Page: 014] [\x 14/]

Atthakāmāni-pe-yogakkhemakāmāni bhikkhūnaṃ-pe- upāsikānaṃ, tathārūpāni kulāni sevati bhajati payirupāsati, ayaṃ vuccati gocaro. Iti imināca ācārena imināca gocarena upeto hoti samupeto upagato samupagato upapanno samupapanno samannāgato tena vuccati ācāragocarasampannoti.

Api cettha imināpi nayena ācāragocarā veditabbā:duvidhohi anācāro kāyiko vācasiko ca tattha katamo kāyiko anācāro? Idhekacco saṅghagatopi: acittīkārakato there bhikkhū ghaṭṭayantopi tiṭṭhati, ghaṭṭayantopi nisīdati, puratopi tiṭṭhati, puratopi nisīdati, uccepi āsane nisīdati, sasīsampi pārupitvā nisīdati, ṭhitakopi bhaṇati, bāhāvikkhepakopi bhaṇati, therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ anupāhanānaṃ caṅkamantānaṃ saupāhano caṅkamati, nīce caṅkame caṅkamantānaṃ ucce caṅkame caṅkamati, chamāya caṅkamantānaṃ caṅkame caṅkamati, there bhikkhū anupakhajjāpi tiṭṭhati, anupakhajjāpi nisīdati, nacepi bhikkhū āsanena paṭibāhati, jantāgharepi: there bhikkhū anāpucchā kaṭṭhaṃ pakkhipati, dvāraṃ pidahati, udakatitthepi: there bhikkhū ghaṭṭayantopi otarati, puratopi otarati, ghaṭṭayantopi nahāyati, puratopi nahāyati, ghaṭṭayantopi uttarati, puratopi uttarati, antagharaṃ pavisantopi: there bhikkhū ghaṭṭayantopi gacchati, puratopi gacchati, vokkammaca therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ purato purato gacchati, yānipi tāni honti kulānaṃ ovarakāni guḷhānica paṭicchannāni ca yattha kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo nisīdanti tatthapi sahasā pavisati, kumārakassapi siraṃ parāmasati. Ayaṃ vuccati kāsiko anācāro. Tattha katamo vācasiko anācāro? Idhevakacco saṅghagatopi: acittīkārakato there bhikkhū anāpucchā dhammaṃ bhaṇati, pañhaṃ vissajjeti, pātimokkhaṃ uddisati, ṭhitakopi [PTS Page 019] [\q 19/] bhaṇati, bāhāvikkhepakopi bhaṇati, antaragharaṃ paviṭṭhopi: itthīṃ vā kumāriṃ vā evamāha itthannāme itthaṅgotte kiṃ atthi? Yāgu atthi, bhattaṃ atthi, khādanīyaṃ atthi, kiṃ pivissāma, kiṃ khādissāma? Kiṃ bhuñjissāma, kiṃ vā medassathāti vippalapati. Ayaṃ vuccati vācasiko anācāro.[A]

Paṭipakkhavasena panassa ācāro veditabbo. Api ca bhikkhu sagāravo sappatisso hirottappasampanno sunivattho supāruto pāsādikena abhikkantena paṭikkantena ālokitena vilokitena sammiñjitena pasāritena okkhittacakkhu iriyāpathasampanno indriyesuguttadvāro bhojanemattaññū jāgariyānuyutto satisampajaññenasamannāgato appiccho santuṭṭho
----------------------
[A.] Mahāni - purābheda - ni.

[SL Page: 015] [\x 15/]

Āraddhaviriyo ābhisamācārikesusakkaccakārī garucittīkāra bahulo viharati, ayaṃ vuccati ācāro. Evaṃ tāva ācāro. Veditabbo.

Gocaro pana tividho:- upanissayagocaro ārakkhagocaro upanibandhagocaroti. Tattha katamo upanissayagocaro? Dasakathā vatthugūṇasamannāgato kalyāṇamitto. Yaṃ nissāya assutaṃ suṇāti sutaṃ pariyodapeti kaṅkhaṃ vitarati diṭṭhiṃ ujuṃ karoti cittaṃ pasādeti, yassa vā pana anusikkhamāno saddhāya vaḍṭhati sīlena sutena cāgena paññāya vaḍṭhati, ayaṃ upanissaya gocaro. Katamo ārakkhagocaro? Idha bhikkhū antaragharaṃ paviṭṭho vīthiṃ paṭipanno okkhitacakkhu yugamattadassāvī saṃvuto gacchati, na hatthiṃ olokento na assaṃ na rathaṃ na pattiṃ na itthiṃ na purisaṃ olokento na uddhaṃ olokento na adho olokento na disāvidisaṃ pekkhamāno gacchati, ayaṃ ārakkhagocaro. Katamo upanibandhagocaro? Cattāro satipaṭṭhānā yattha cittaṃ upanibandhati, vuttaṃ hetaṃ bhagavatā:- "ko ca bhikkhave bhikkhuno gocaro sako pettiko visayo yadidaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā"ti[a] ayaṃ vuccati upanibandhagocaro. Iti imināca ācārena imināca gocarena upeto-pe-samannāgato, tena vuccati ācāragocarasampannoti. [PTS Page 020] [\q 20/]

"Aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī"ti aṇuppamāṇesu asaṃcicca āpannasekhiyaakusalacittuppādādibhedesu vajjesu bhayadassanasīlo. "Samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesū"ti yaṃ kiñci sikkhāpadesu sikkhitabbaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ sammā ādāya sikkhati. Ettha ca pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvutoti ettāvatā ca puggalādhiṭṭhānāya desanāya pātimokkhasaṃvaraṃsīlaṃ dassitaṃ, ācāragocarasampannoti ādi pana sabbaṃ yathā paṭipannassa taṃ sīlaṃ sampajjati taṃ paṭipattiṃ dassetuṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ.

Itipātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ.
----------------
Yaṃ panetaṃ tadanantaraṃ "so cakakhunā rūpaṃ disvā"ti ādinā nayena dassitaṃ indriyasaṃvarasīlaṃ. Tattha soti so pātimokkhasaṃvarasīle ṭhito bhikkhu, cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvāti kāraṇavasena cakkhūti laddhavohārena rūpadassanasamatthena cakkhuviññāṇena rūpaṃ disvā; porāṇāpanāhu:- cakkhu rūpaṃ na passati acittakattā, cittaṃ na passati acakkhukattā dvārārammaṇasaṅghaṭṭe pana cakkhuppasādavatthukena1 cittena passati-īdisī panesā dhanunā
-----------------------------
[B.] Saṃyuttani-mahāvagga.
1. Sī. [I II] saha ma.[I.] Pasādavatthukena.

[SL Page: 016] [\x 16/]

Vijjhatīti ādisu viya sasambhārakathā nāma hoti. Tasmā cakkhuviññānena rūpaṃ disvā ti aya me cettha atthoti. Na nimittaggāhīti itthi purisa nimittaṃ vā subhanimitta dikaṃ vā kilesavatthubhūtaṃ nimittaṃ na gaṇhāti, diṭṭhamatte yeva saṇṭhāti. Nānubyañjanaggāhīti kilesānaṃ anubyañjanato pākaṭabhāvakaraṇato anubyañjananti laddhavohāraṃ hatthapādasita hasita kathitavilokitādibhedaṃ ākāraṃ na gaṇhāti, yaṃ tattha bhūtaṃ tadeva gaṇhāti. Cetiyapabbatavāsī mahātissatthero viya: theraṃ kiracetiyapabbatā anurādhapuraṃ piṇḍacāratthāya āgacchantaṃ aññatarā kulasuṇhā sāmikena saddhiṃ bhaṇḍitvā sumaṇḍitapasādhitā devakaññā viya kālasseva anurādhapurato nkkhamitvā ñātigharaṃ gacchanti antarāmagge theraṃ disvā vipallatthacittā [PTS Page 021] [\q 21/] mahāhasitaṃ hasi. Thero kimetanti olokento tassā dantaṭṭhike asubhasaññaṃ paṭilabhitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Tena vuttaṃ:-

"Tassā dantaṭṭhikaṃ disvā pubbasaññaṃ anussarī,
Tattheva so ṭhito thero arahattamapāpuṇī"ti.

Sāmikopi kho panassā anumaggaṃ gacchanto theraṃ disvā kacci bhante itthiṃ passathāti pucchi. Taṃ thero āha:-

"Nābhijānāmi itthī vā puriso vā ito gato,
Api ca aṭṭhisaṅghāṭo gacchate sa mahāpathe"ti.

"Yatvādhikaraṇameta"nti ādimhi yaṃ kāraṇā yassa cakkhundriyaṃ saṃvarassa hetu etaṃ puggalaṃ satikavāṭena cakkhundrururiyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ apihitacakkhudvāraṃ hutvā viharantaṃ ete abhijjhādayo dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ anuppabandheyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjatīti tassa cakkhundriyassa satikavāṭena pidahanatthāya paṭipajjati. Evaṃ paṭipajjantā yevai ca rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjatītipi vuccati. Tattha kidvāpi cakkhundriye saṃvaro vā asaṃvaro vā natthi, na hi cakkhuppasādaṃ nissāya sati vā muṭṭhasaccaṃ vā uppajjati. Avi ca yadā rūpārammaṇaṃ cakkhussa āpāthaṃ āgacchati tadā bhavaṅge dvikkhattuṃ uppajjitvā niruddhe kiriyamanodhātu āvajjanakiccaṃ sādhayamānā uppajjitvā nirujjhati, tato cakkhuviññāṇaṃ dassanakiccaṃ, tato vipākamanodhātu sampaṭicchanakiccaṃ, tato vipākāhetukamano viññāṇadhātu santīraṇakiccaṃ, tato kiriyāhetuka manoviññāṇadhātu votthapanakiccaṃ sādhayamānā uppajjitvā nirujjhati. Kadanantaraṃ javanaṃ javati. Tatrāpi neva bhavaṅgasamayena āvajjanādīnaṃ aññatarasamaye saṃvaro vā asaṃvaro vā atthi javanakkhaṇe pana sace dussīlyaṃ vā muṭṭhasaccaṃ vā aññāṇaṃ vā akkhanti vā kosajjaṃ vā uppajati asaṃvaro hoti. Evaṃ

[SL Page: 017] [\x 17/]

Honto pana so cakkhundrururiye asaṃvaroti vuccati. [PTS Page 022] [\q 22/] kasmā? Yasmā tasmiṃ sati dvārampi aguttaṃ hoti bhavaṅgampi āvajjanādīnipi vīthi cittāni. Yathākiṃ? Yathā nagare catusu dvāresu asaṃvutesu kiñcāpi antogharadvārakoṭṭhakagabbhādayo susaṃvutā honti, tathāpi anto nagare sabbaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ arakkhitaṃ agopitameva hoti, nagaradvārena hi pavisitvā corā yadicchanti taṃ1 kareyyuṃ. Evameva javane dussīlyādisu uppannesu tasmiṃ asaṃvare sati dvārampi aguttaṃ hoti bhavaṅgampi āvajjanādīnipi vīthicittāni tasmiṃ pana sīlādisu uppannesu dvārampi guttaṃ hoti bhavaṅgampi āvajjanādīnipi vīthicittāni. Yathā kiṃ? Yathā naragadvāresu susaṃvutesu kiñcāpi antogharādayo asaṃvutā honti, tathāpi anto nagare sabbaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ surakkhitaṃ sugopitamevava hoti, nagaradvāresu pihitesu corānaṃ paveso natthi. Evameva javane silādisu uppannesu dvārampi guttaṃ hoti bhavaṅgampi āvajjanādīnipi vīthicittāni, tasmā javanakkhaṇe uppajjamāno cakkhurndraye saṃvaroti vutto. Sotena saddaṃ sutvāti ādisupi eseva nayo. Evamidaṃ saṅkhepato rūpādisu kilesānubandhanimittādigāhaparivajjanalakkhaṇaṃ indriyasaṃvarasīlanti veditabbaṃ.

Itiindriyasaṃvaraṃsīlaṃ.
------------Idāni indriyasaṃvarasīlānantaraṃ vutte ājīvapārisuddhisīlo:- ājīvahetu paññattānaṃ channaṃ sikkhāpadānanti-yāni tāni "ājīvahetu ājīvakāraṇā pāpiccho icchāpakato asantaṃ abhūtaṃ uttarimanussadhammaṃ ullapati āpatti parājikassa. Ājīva hetu ājīvakāraṇā sañcarittaṃ samāpajjati āpatti saṅghādisesassa. Ājīvahetu ājīvakāraṇā yo te vihāre vasati so bhikkhu arahāti' bhaṇati paṭivijānantassa āpatti thullaccayassa. Ājīvahetu ājīvakāraṇā bhikkhu paṇītabhojanāni agilāno attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjati āpatti pācittiyassa. Ājīvahetu ājīvakāraṇā bhikkhunī paṇītabhojanāni agilānā attano atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjati āpatti pāṭidesanīyassa. Ājīvahetu ājīvakāraṇā sūpaṃ vā odanaṃ vā agilāno attano [PTS Page 023] [\q 23/] atthāya viññāpetvā bhuñjati āpatti dukkaṭassā"ti.[A] evaṃ paññattāni cha sikkhāpadāni. Imesaṃ channaṃ sikkhāpadānaṃ.

Kuhanāti ādisu ayaṃ pāḷi:- "tattha katamā kuhanā? Lābhasakkāra silokasannissitassa pāpicchassa icchāpakatassa yā paccaya paṭi
-----------------------
1. Ma. [II.] Yadicchitaṃ.
[A.] Vinayaparivāra-vipattippaccayavāra.

[SL Page: 018] [\x 18/]

Sedhanasaṅkhātena vā sāmantajappitena vā iriyāpathassa vā āṭhapanā1 ṭhapanā saṇṭhapanā bhākuṭitā bhākuṭiyaṃ kuhanā kuhāyanā kuhitattaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati kuhanā. Tattha katamā lapanā? Lābhasakkāra silokasannissitassa pāpicchassa icchāpakatassa yā paresaṃ ālapanā lapanā sallapanā ullapanā samullapanā unnahanā samunnahanā ukkācanā samukkācanā anuppiyabhāṇitā cāṭukamyatā muggasupyatā pāribhaṭṭatā, ayaṃ vuccati lapanā. Tattha katamā nemittikatā? Lābhasakkārasilokasannissitassa pāpicchassa icchāpakatassa yaṃ paresaṃ nimittaṃ nimittakammaṃ obhāso obhāsakammaṃ sāmantajappā parikathā, ayaṃ vuccati nemittikatā. Tattha katamā nippesikatā? Lābha sakkārasiloka sannissitassa pāpicchassa icchāpakatassa yā paresaṃ akkosanā vambhaṇā garahaṇā ukkhepanā samukkhepanā khipanā saṅkhipanā pāpanā sampāpanā avaṇṇahāritā paripiṭṭhimaṃsikatā, ayaṃ vuccati nippesikatā. Tattha katamā lābhena lābhaṃ nijigiṃsanatā? Lābhasakkārasiloka sannissito pāpiccho icchāpakato ito laddhaṃ āmisaṃ amutra harati, amutra vā laddhaṃ āmisaṃ idhāharati, yā evarūpā āmisena āmisassa eṭṭhī gaveṭṭhi pariyeṭṭhī esanā gavesanā pariyesanā, ayaṃ vuccati lābhena lābhaṃ nijigiṃsanatā"ti.[A]

Imissā pana pāḷiyā evamattho veditabbo:- kuhananiddesetāva "lābha sakkāra siloka sannissitassā"ti lābhañca sakkārañca kittisaddadva sannissitassa, patthayantassāti attho. [PTS Page 024] [\q 24/] pāpicchassāti asantaguṇadīpanakāmassa. Icchāpakatassāti icchāya apakatassa, upaddutassāti attho. Itoparaṃ yasmā paccayapaṭisedhana sāmantajappana iriyāpathasannissitavasena mahāniddese tividhaṃ kuhanavatthu āgataṃ, tasmā tividhampetaṃ dassetuṃ paccayapaṭisedhanasaṅkhātena vāti evamādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha cīvarādīhi nimanti tassa tadatthikasseva sato pāpicchataṃ nissāya paṭikkhipanena te ca gahapatike attani suppatiṭṭhitasaddhe ñatvā puna tesaṃ 'aho ayyo appiccho na kiñci patigaṇhituṃ icchati, suladdhaṃ vata no assa sace appamattakampi kiñci patigaṇheyyāti-nānāvidhehi upāyehi paṇītāni cīvarādīni upanentānaṃ tadanuggahakāmataṃ yeva āvikatvā paṭiggahaṇena ca tatoppabhūti api sakaṭabhārehi upanāmana hetubhūtaṃ vimhāpanaṃ paccayapaṭisedhanasaṃṅkhātaṃ kuhana vatthūti veditabbaṃ.

Vuttampi cetaṃ mahāniddese:- "katamaṃ paccayapaṭisedhana saṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu? Idha gahapatikā bhikkhuṃ nimantenti cīvarapiṇḍa
----------------------------
1. Aṭṭhapanā-(sabbattha.) 2. Ma. [II.] Paccapaṭisevanasaṅkhātaṃ.
[A.] Mahāni-purābheda-na.

[SL Page: 019] [\x 19/]

Pātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārehi, so pāpiccho icchāpakato atthiko cīvara-pe-parikkhārānaṃ bhiyyo kamyataṃ upādāya cīvaraṃ paccakkhāti, piṇḍapātaṃ-pe-senāsanaṃ gilānapaccaya bhesajjaparikkhāra paccakkhāti. So evamāha:kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena cīvarena, etaṃ sāruppaṃ yā samaṇo susānavā saṅkārakūṭā vā pāpaṇīkā vā nantakāni uccinitvā saṅghāṭiṃ katvā dhāreyya. Kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena piṇḍapātena, etaṃ sārūppaṃ yaṃ samaṇo uñchācariyāya piṇḍiyālopena jīvikaṃ kappeyya. Kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena senāsanena, etaṃ sāruppaṃ yaṃ samaṇo rukkhamūliko vā assa abbhokāsikovā. Kiṃ samaṇassa mahagghena gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārena, etaṃ sāruppaṃ yaṃ samaṇo pūtimuttena vā harīṭakakhaṇḍena vā osadhaṃ kareyyāti. Tadupādāya lūkhaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāreti, lūkhaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhujati, [PTS Page 025] [\q 25/] lūkhaṃ senāsanaṃ paṭisevati, lūkhaṃ gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paṭisevati. Tamenaṃ gahapatikā evaṃ jānanti:- ayaṃ samaṇo appiccho santuṭṭho paṭivitto asaṃsaṭṭho āraddhaviriyo dhutavādoti. Bhiyyo bhiyyo nimantenti cīvara-pe-parikkhārehi. So evamāha:"tiṇṇaṃ sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati-saddhāya sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati, deyyadhammassa-pe-dakkhiṇeyyānaṃ sammukhībhāvā saddho kulaputto bahuṃ puññaṃ pasavati, tumhākañcevāyaṃ saddhā atthi, deyyadhammo ca saṃvijjati, ahañca paṭiggāhako, sacāhaṃ na paṭiggahessāmi evaṃ tumhe puññena paribāhirā bhavissatha, na mayhaṃ iminā attho, apica tumhākaṃ yeva anukampāya patigaṇhāmīti. Tadupādāya bahumpi cīvaraṃ patigaṇhāti, bahumpi piṇḍapātaṃ-pe-bhesajjaparikkhāraṃ patigaṇhāti. Yā evarūpā bhākuṭitā bhākuṭiyaṃ kuhanā kuhāyanā kuhitattaṃ idaṃ vuccati paccayapaṭisedhanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthū"ti.[A]

Pāpicchasseva pana sato uttarimanussadhammādhigamaparidīpana vācāya tathā tathā vimhāpanaṃ sāmantajappanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthūti veditabbaṃ. Yathāha:-"katamaṃ sāmantajappanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu? Idhekacco pāpiccho icchāpakato sambhāvanādhippāyo evaṃ maṃjano sambhāvessatīti ariyadhammasannissitaṃ vācaṃ bhāsati, yo evarūpaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāreti so samaṇo mahesakkhoti bhaṇati, yo evarūpaṃ pattaṃ-pe-lohathālakaṃ-pe-dhamakarakaṃ-pe-parissāvanaṃ-pe-kuñci- kaṃ-pe-kāyabandhanaṃ -pe-upāhanaṃ dhāreti so samaṇo mahesakkhoti bhaṇati, yassa evarūpo upajjhāyo-pe-ācariyo-pe-samānupajjhāyakā samānācariyakā mittā sandiṭṭhā sambhattā sahāyā so samaṇo mahesakkhoti bhaṇati, yo eva
---------------------------
[A.] Mahāni-purābheda-ni.

[SL Page: 020] [\x 20/]

Rūpe vihāre vasati so samaṇo mahesakkhoti bhaṇati, yo evarūpe aḍḍhayoge pāsāde-pe-hammiye-pe-guhāya-pe-leṇe-pe-kuṭiyā-pe-kūṭā- gāre -pe-aṭṭe-pe-māle-pe-uddaṇḍe-pe-upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ-pe-- [PTS Page 026] [\q 26/] maṇḍape-pe-rukkhamū le vasati so samaṇo mahesakkhoti bhaṇati; athavā korajika korajiko bhākuṭika bhākuṭiko kuhakuho lapalapo mukhasambhāvito1 ayaṃ samaṇo imāsaṃ evarūpānaṃ santānaṃ vihārasamāpattīnaṃ lābhīti tādisaṃ2 gambhīraṃ guḷhaṃ nipuṇaṃ paṭicchannaṃ lokuttaraṃ suññatā paṭisaṃyuttaṃ kathaṃ katheti. Yā evarūpā bhākuṭitā bhākuṭiyaṃ kuhanā kuhāyanā kuhitattaṃ, idaṃ vuccati sāmantajappanasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthū"ti.[A]

Pāpicchasseva pana sato sambhāvanādhippāyakatena iriyāpathena vimhāpanaṃ iriyāpathasannissitaṃ kuhanavatthūti veditabbaṃ. Yathāha:-"katamaṃ iriyāpathasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthu? Idhekacco pāpiccho icchāpakato sambhāvanādhippāyo evaṃ maṃ jano sambhāvessatīti gamanaṃ saṇṭhapeti ṭhānaṃ saṇṭhapeti nisajjaṃ saṇṭhapeti3 sayanaṃ saṇṭhapeti paṇidhāya gacchati paṇidhāya tiṭṭhati paṇidhāya nisīdati paṇidhāya seyyaṃ kappeti samāhito viya gacchati samāhito viya tiṭṭhati samāhito viya nisīdati samāhito viya seyyaṃ kappeti āpāthakajjhāyī ca hoti. Yā evarūpā iriyāpathassa āṭhapanā ṭhapanā saṇṭhapanā bhākuṭitā bhākuṭiyaṃ kuhanā kuhāyanā kuhitattaṃ, idaṃ vuccati iriyāpathasaṅkhātaṃ kuhanavatthū"ti.[B]

Tattha paccayapaṭisedhanasaṅkhātenāti: paccayapaṭisedhananti evaṃ saṅkhātena, paccayapaṭisedhanena vā saṅkhātena. Sāmantajappitenāti: samīpabhaṇitena. Iriyāpathassa vāti: catuiriyāpathassa. Āṭṭhapanāti: ādiṭṭhapanā, ādarena vā ṭhapanā. Ṭhapanāti: ṭhapanākāre saṇṭhapanāti: abhisaṅkharaṇaṃ-pāsādikabhāvakaraṇanti vuttaṃ hoti. Bhākuṭitāti: padhānaparimathitabhāvadassanena4 bhākuṭikaraṇaṃmukhasaṅkocoti vuttaṃ hoti. Bhākuṭīkaraṇaṃ sīlamassāti bhākuṭiko, bhākuṭikassa bhāvo bhākuṭiyaṃ. Kuhanāti: vimhāpanā. Kuhassa āyanā kuhāyanā. Kuhitassa bhāvo kuhitattanti.

Lapanā niddese:-ālapanāti: vihāraṃ āgate manusse disvā kimatthāya bhonto āgatā? Kiṃ bhikkhū nimantetuṃ? [PTS Page 027] [\q 27/] yadi evaṃ gacchatha ahaṃ pacchato gahetvā āgacchāmīti, evaṃ āditova lapanā.
-----------------------------
1. Sī. [II.]Saha ma.[II.] Mukhasambhāviko.
2. Ma. [II.] Etādisaṃ
3. Sī. [I. II.]Saha ma.[II.] Gamanaṃ saṇṭhapeti-sayanaṃ saṇṭhapeti. 4. Sī. [I. II.]Saha ma.[I] padhānapurimaṭhitabhāvadassanena
[A.B.] Mahāni-purā-ni.

[SL Page: 021] [\x 21/]

Athavā attānaṃ upanetvā ahaṃ tisso, mayi rājā pasanto, mayi asuko ca asuko ca rājamahāmatto pasannoti, evaṃ attūpanāyikā lapanā ālapanā. Lapanāti: puṭṭhassa sato vuttappakārameva lapanā. Sallapanāti: gahapatikānaṃ ukkaṇṭhanena bhītassa okāsaṃ datvā suṭṭhu lapanā. Ullapanāti: mahākuṭumbiko mahānāviko mahādānapatīti evaṃ uddhaṃ katvā lapanā. Samullapanāti: sabbato bhāgena uddhaṃ katvā lapanā unnahanāti: 'upāsakā pubbe īdise kāle navadānaṃ detha, idāni kiṃ na dethā'ti evaṃ yāva'dassāma bhante okāsaṃ na labhāmā'ti ādīni vadanti tāva uddhaṃ uddhaṃ nahanāveṭhanāti vuttaṃ hoti. Athavā ucchuhatthaṃ disvā kuto ābhataṃ upāsakāti pucchati. Ucchukhettato bhanteti kiṃ tattha ucchu madhuranti. Khāditvā bhante jānitabbanti. Na upāsaka bhikkhussa ucchuṃ dethāti vattuṃ vaṭṭatīti. Yā evarūpā nibbeṭhentassāpi veṭhanakathā sā unnahanā. Sabbatobhāgena punappunaṃ unnahanā1 samunnahanā. Ukkācanāti: etaṃ kulaṃ maṃ evaṃ jānāti, sace ettha deyyadhammo uppajjati mayhaṃ eva detīti evaṃ ukkhipitvā kācanā ukkācanā-uddīpanāti vuttaṃ hoti. Telakandarika vatthucettha vattabbaṃ. Sabbatobhāgena pana punappunaṃ ukkācanā samukkācanā anuppiyabhāṇitāti: saccānurūpaṃ dhammānurūpaṃ vā anavaloketvā punappunaṃ piyabhaṇanameva. Cāṭukamyatāti: nīca vuttitā, attānaṃ heṭṭhato heṭṭhato ṭhapetvā pavattanaṃ. Muggasupyatāti: muggasūpasadisatā. Yathā hi muggesu paccamānesu kocideva na paccati avasesā paccanti evaṃ yassa puggalassa vacane kiñcideva saccaṃ hoti sesaṃ alikaṃ, ayaṃ puggalo muggasuppoti vuccati, tassa bhāvo muggasupyatā. Pāribhaṭṭatāti: [PTS Page 028] [\q 28/] pāribhaṭṭabhāvoyo hi kuladārake dhātī viya aṅkena vā bandhena vā paribhaṭati dhāretīti attho. Tassa paribhaṭassa kammaṃ pāribhaṭṭaṃ, pāribhaṭṭassa bhāvo pāribhaṭṭatāti.

Nemittikatā niddese:- nimittanti: yaṃ kiñci paresaṃ paccayadānasaññājanakaṃ kāyavacīkammaṃ. Nimittakammanti: khādanīyaṃ gahetvā gacchante disvā kiṃ khādanīyaṃ labhitthāti ādinā nayena nimittakaraṇaṃ obhāsoti: paccayapaṭisaṃyuttakathā. Obhāsakammanti: vacchapālake disvā kiṃ ime vacchā khīragovacchā udāhu takkago vacchāti pucchitvā khīragovacchā bhanteti vutte na khīragovacchā yadi khīragovacchā siyuṃ bhikkhūpi khīraṃ labheyyunti evamādinā nayena tesaṃ dārakānaṃ mātāpitunna nivedetvā khīradāpanādikaṃ obhāsakaraṇaṃ. Sāmantajappāti: samīpaṃ katvā jappanaṃ kulupagabhikkhu vatthu cettha vattabbaṃ. Kulūpago kira bhikkhu bhuñjitukāmo gehaṃ pavi
-----------------
1. Sī. [I. II. III.] Punappunanahanā

[SL Page: 022] [\x 22/]

Sitvā nisīdi taṃ disvā adātukāmā gharaṇī taṇḍulā natthīti bhaṇantī taṇḍule āharitukāmā viya paṭivissakagharaṃ gatā. Bhikkhu antogabbhaṃ pavisitvā olokento kavāṭakoṇe ucchuṃ bhājane guḷaṃ piṭake loṇamacchaphāle kumbhiyaṃ taṇḍule ghaṭe ghataṃ disvā nikkhamitvā nisīdi. Gharaṇī taṇḍule nālatthanti āgatā. Bhikkhu upāsike ajjabhikkhā na sampajjissatīti paṭigacceva nimittaṃ addasanti āha. Kiṃ bhante?Ti kavāṭakoṇe nikkhittaṃ ucchuṃ viya sappaṃ addasaṃ, taṃ paharissāmīti olokento bhājane ṭhapitaguḷa piṇḍake viya pāsāṇaleḍḍuke, pahaṭena sappena kataṃ piṭake nikkhitta loṇamacchaphālasadisaṃ phaṇaṃ, tassa taṃ leḍḍu ḍaṃsitukāmassa1 kumbhiyā taṇḍulasadise dante, athassa kupitassa ghaṭe pakkhittaghatasadisaṃ mukhato nikkhamantaṃ visamissakaṃ kheḷanti. Sā na sakkā muṇḍakaṃ vañcetunti [PTS Page 029] [\q 29/] ucchuṃ datvā odanaṃ pacitvā ghataguḷamacchehi saddhiṃ adāsīti. Evaṃ samīpaṃ katvā jappanaṃ sāmantajappāti veditabbā. Parikathāti: yathā taṃ labhati tathā parivattetvā parivattetvā kathananti.

Nippesikatā niddese:- akkosanāti: dasahi akkosavatthūhi akkosanā. Vambhanāti: paribhavitvā kathanaṃ. Garahaṇāti: assaddho appasannoti ādinā nayena dosāropanā. Ukkhepanāti: mā etaṃ ettha kathethāti vācāya ukkhipanaṃ. Sabbato bhāgena savatthukaṃ sahetukaṃ katvā ukkhepanā samukkhepanā. Athavā adentaṃ aho dānapatīti evaṃ ukkhipanaṃ ukkhepanā. Mahādānapatīti evaṃ suṭṭhu ukkhepanā samukkhepanā. Khipanāti: kiṃ imassa jīvitaṃ bījabhojinoti evaṃ uppaṇḍanā. Saṅkhipanāti: kiṃ imaṃ ādāyakoti bhaṇatha, yo niccakālaṃ sabbesampi natthīti vacanaṃ detīti evaṃ suṭṭhutaraṃ uppaṇḍanā. Pāpatāti: adāyakattassa avaṇṇassa vā pāpanā. Sabbato bhāgena pāpanā sampāpanā. Avaṇṇahāritāti: evaṃ me avaṇṇabhayāpi dassatīti gehato gehaṃ gāmato gāmaṃ janapadato janapadaṃ avaṇṇaharaṇaṃ parapiṭṭhimaṃsikatāti: purato madhuraṃ bhaṇitvā parammukhe avaṇṇabhāsitā. Esāhi abhimukhaṃ oloketuṃ asakkontassa parammukhānaṃ piṭṭhimaṃsa khādanamiva hoti. Tasmā parapiṭṭhimaṃsikatāti vuttā. Ayaṃ vuccati nippesikatāti. Ayaṃ yasmā veḷupesikā viya abbhaṅgaṃ parassa guṇaṃ nippeseti nipuñchati, yasmā vā gandhajātaṃ nipiṃsitvā gandhamagganā viya paraguṇe nipiṃsitvā vicuṇṇetvā esā lābhamagganā hoti tasmā nippesikatāti vuccatīti.

Lābhena lābhaṃ nijigiṃsanatā niddese:- nijigiṃsasatāti: magganā. Ito laddhanti: imasmā gehā laddhaṃ. Amutrāti: amukamhi
--------------------------
1. Ḍasitukāmassa-(bahulaṃ)

[SL Page: 023] [\x 23/]

Gehe. Eṭṭhiti: icchanā. Gaveṭṭhīti: magganā. Pariyeṭṭhīti: punappuna magganā. Ādito paṭṭhāya laddhaṃ laddhaṃ [PTS Page 030] [\q 30/] bhikkhaṃ tatra tatra kuladārakānaṃ datvā ante khirayāguṃ labhitvā gatabhikkhu vatthucettha kathetabbaṃ. Phasanādīni eṭṭhiādinaṃ vevacanāti. Tasmā eṭṭhiti esanā gaveṭṭhīti gavesanā pariyeṭṭhīti pariyesanā iccevamettha yojanā veditabbā. Ayaṃ kuhanādīnaṃ attho. Idāni evamādīnaṃ ca pāpadhammā nanti: ettha "yathā vā paneke bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā saddhādeyyāni bhojanāni bhuñjitvā te evarūpāya tiracchānavijjāya micchājīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti, seyyathīdaṃ: aṅgaṃ nimittaṃ uppātaṃ supinaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ mūsikacchinnaṃ aggihomaṃ dabbihoma"nti.[A] ādinā nayena brahmajāle vuttānaṃ anekesaṃ pāpadhammānaṃ gahaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Iti yvāyaṃ imesaṃ ājīvahetu paññattānaṃ channaṃ sikkhāpadānaṃ vītikkamavasena imesañca kuhanā lapanā nemittikatā nippesikatā lābhenalābhaṃnijigiṃsanatāti evamādīnaṃ pāpadhammānaṃ vasena pavatto micchājīvo, tasmā sabbappakārāpi micchājīvā yā virati idaṃ ājīvapārisuddhisīlaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ vacanattho:- etaṃ āgamma jīvantīti ājīvo. Ko so? Paccayapariyesana vāyāmo. Pārisuddhīti parisuddhatā, ājīvassa pārisuddhi ājīvapārisuddhi.

Itiājīvapārisuddhisīlaṃ.
---------------
Yaṃ panetaṃ tadanantaraṃ paccayasannissitasīlaṃ vuttaṃ, tattha paṭisaṅkhāyonisoti: upāyena pathena paṭisaṅkhāya ñatvā-paccavekkhitvāti attho. Ettha ca sītassa paṭighātāyāti ādinā nayena vuttaṃ paccavekkhaṇameva yoniso paṭisaṅkhāyāti veditabbaṃ. Tattha cīvaranti: antaravāsakādisu yaṃ kiñci. Paṭisevatīti: paribhuñjati, nivāseti vā pārupati vā. Yāvadevāti. [PTS Page 031] [\q 31/] payojanā'vadhiparicchedaniyamavacanaṃ. Ettakameva hi yogino cīvarapaṭisevanepayojanaṃ, yadidaṃ sītassa paṭighātāyāti ādi, na ito bhiyyo. Sītassāti: ajjhattadhātukkhobhavasena vā bahiddhā utupariṇāmavasena vā uppannassa yassa kassaci. Paṭighātāyāti; paṭihananatthaṃ, yathā sarīre ābādhaṃ na uppādeti, evaṃ tassa vinodanatthaṃ. Sītabbhāhate hi sarīre vikkhittacitto yoniso padahituṃ na sakkoti, tasmā sītassa paṭighātāya cīvaraṃ paṭisevitabbanti bhagavā anuññāsi. Esa nayo sabbattha. Kevalaṃ hettha uṇhassāti: aggisantāpassa. Tassa pana vanadāhādisu sambhavo veditabbo. Ḍaṃsamakasa vātātapa siriṃsapa samphassānanti-ettha pana ḍaṃsāti: ḍaṃsanamakkhikā, andhamakkhikāti pi vuccanti. Makasā makasāyeva. Vātāti;
-------------------------
[A.] Di-ni-brahmajālasu.

[SL Page: 024] [\x 24/]

Sarajaarajādibhedā. Ātapota: suriyātapo. Siriṃsapāti: ye keci sarantā gacchanti dīghajātikā sappādayo. Tesaṃ daṭṭhasamphasso ca phuṭṭhasamphasso cāti duvidho samphasso. So vi cīvaraṃ pārupitvā nisinnaṃ na bādhati. Tasmā tādisesu ṭhānesu tesaṃ paṭighātatthāya paṭisevati. Yāvadevāti: puna etassa vacanaṃ niyata payojanāvadhi paricchedadassanatthaṃ. Hirikopīnapaṭicchādanaṃ hi niyatapayojanaṃ, itarāni kadāci kadāci honti. Tattha hirikopīnanti: taṃ taṃ sambādhaṭṭhānaṃ. Yasmiṃ yasmiṃ hi aṅge vivariyamāne hiri kuppati vinassati taṃ taṃ hirikopanato hirikopīnanti vuccati, tassa hirikopīnassa paṭicchādanatthanti hirikopīnapaṭicchādanatthaṃ. Hirikopīnaṃ paṭicchādanatthantipi pāṭho.

Piṇḍapātanti: yaṃ kiñci āhāraṃ-yo hi koci āhāro bhikkhuno piṇḍolyena patte patitattā piṇḍapātoti vuccati. Piṇḍānaṃ vā pāto piṇḍapāto-tattha tattha laddhānāṃ bhikkhānaṃ sannipāto samūhoti vuttaṃ hoti. Neva davāyāti: na gāmadārakādayo viya davatthaṃ-kiḷānimittanti vuttaṃ hoti. Na madāyāti: na muṭṭhikamallādayo viya madatthaṃ-balamadanimittaṃ porisamadanimittaṃ vāti [PTS Page 032] [\q 32/] vuttaṃ hoti. Na maṇḍanāyāti: na antepurikavesiyādayo viya maṇḍanatthaṃ-aṅgapaccaṅgānaṃ pīṇanabhāva nimittanti vuttaṃ hoti. Na vibhūsanāyāti: na naṭanaccakādayo viya vibhūsanatthaṃ-pasannachavivaṇṇatā nimittanti vuttaṃ hoti. Ettha ca neva davāyāti etaṃ mohūpanissayapahāṇatthaṃ vuttaṃ; na madāyāti etaṃ dosūpanissayapahāṇatthaṃ, na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāyāti etaṃ rāgūpanissayapahāṇatthaṃ, nevadavāya na madāyāticetaṃ attano saṃyojanupptipaṭisedhanatthaṃ, na maṇḍanāya na vibhusanāyāti etaṃ parassapi saṃyojanuppatti paṭisedhanatthaṃ, catūhipi cetehi ayoniso paṭipattiyā kāmasukhallikānuyogassa ca pahāṇaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Yāvadevāti: vuttatthameva. Imassa kāyassāti: etassa catumahābhūtikassa rūpakāyassa. Ṭhitiyāti: pabandhaṭṭhitatthaṃ. Yāpanāyāti: pavattiyā avicchedanatthaṃ cirakālaṭhitatthaṃ vā-gharūpatthambhamiva hi jiṇṇagharasāmiko, akkhabbhañjanamiva ca sākaṭiko, kāyassa ṭhitatthaṃ yāpanatthañcesa piṇḍapāta paṭisevati na davamadamaṇḍanavibhusanatthaṃ; api ca ṭhītīti jīvitindriyassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ, tasmā imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāyāti ettāvatā etassa kāyassa jīvitindriyapavattāpanatthantipi vuttaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ. Vihiṃsūparatiyāti: vihiṃsā nāma jighacchā ābādhanaṭṭhena tassā uparamatthampesa piṇḍapātaṃ paṭisevati vaṇālepanamiva uṇhasītādisu tappatikāraṃ viya ca. Brahmacariyānuggahāyāti: sakala sāsanabrahmacariyassa maggabrahmacariyassa ca anuggahatthaṃayaṃ hi piṇḍapātapaṭisevanappaccayā kāyabalaṃ nissāya sikkhātta

[SL Page: 025] [\x 25/]

Yānuyogavasena bhavakantāra nittharaṇatthaṃ paṭipajjanto brahmacariyānuggahāya paṭisevati, kantāranittharaṇatthikā puttamaṃsaṃ viya nadīnittharaṇatthikā kullaṃ viya, samuddanittharaṇatthikā nāvamivaca. Iti purāṇañca vedanaṃ paṭihaṅkhāmi navañca vedanaṃ na uppādessāmīti: evaṃ iminā piṇḍapātapaṭisevanena [PTS Page 033] [\q 33/] purāṇañca jighacchā vedanaṃ paṭihaṅkhāmi navañca aparimitabhojanappaccayaṃ āharahatthaka alaṃsāṭaka tatthavaṭṭaka kākamāsaka bhuttavamitaka brāhmaṇānaṃ aññataro viya na uppādessāmītipi paṭisevati, bhesajjamivagilāno. Athavā yā adhunā asappāyāparimitabhojanaṃ nissāya purāṇa kammapaccayavasena uppajjanato purāṇavedanāti vuccati, sappāya parimitabhojanena tassā paccayaṃ vināsento taṃ purāṇañca vedanaṃ paṭihaṅkhāmi. Yācāyaṃ adhunā kataṃ ayuttaparibhoga kammupacayaṃ nissāya āyatiṃ uppajjanato navavedanāti vuccati, yuttaparibhogavasena tassā mūlaṃ anibbattento taṃ navañca vedanaṃ na uppādessāmīti. Evampettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Ettāvatā ca yuttaparibhogasaṅgaho attakilamathānuyogappahāṇaṃ dhammikasukhāpariccāgoca dīpito hotīti veditabbo. Yātrā ca me bhavissatīti: hitaparimitaparibhogena1 jīvitindriyupacchedakassa iriyāpathabhañjakassa vā parissayassa abhāvato cirakālagamana saṅkhātā yātrāca me bhavissati imassa paccayāyattavuttino kāyassāti pi paṭisevati, yāpyarogī viya tappaccayaṃ. Anavajjatāca phāsuvihāro cāti: ayutta pariyesana paṭiggahaṇa paribhoga parivajjanena anavajjatā, parimita paribhogena phāsuvihāro. Asappāyā parimita bhojanappaccayā2 arati tandi vijamhikā viññūgarahādi dosābhāvena vā anavajjatā, sappāyaparimitabhojanappaccayā kāyabalasambhavena phāsuvihāro. Yāvadattha udarāvadehaka bhojana parivajjanena vā seyyasukha phassasukha middhasukhādīnaṃ3 pahāṇato anavajjatā, catu pañcālopamattaūnabhojanena catuiriyāpathayoggabhāvapaṭipādanato phāsuvihāro ca me bhavissatītipi paṭisevati vuttampi hetaṃ:-

Cattāro pañca ālope abhutvā udakaṃ pice,
Alaṃ phāsu vihārāya pahitattassa bhikkhunoti.[A]
[PTS Page 034] [\q 34/]
Ettāvatā ca payojanapariggaho majjhimā ca paṭipadā dīpitā hotīti veditabbā.
-------------------------
1. Sī.[II.] Mitaparibhogena saha sī.[III.] Hitaparimita-pe-na.
2. Sī.[I.II.] Paribhogappaccayā.
3. Sī.[II] saha ma [I.II.] Middhasukhānaṃ.
[A.] Theragāthā-sāriputtatthera.

[SL Page: 026] [\x 26/]

Senāsananti: senañca āsanañca-yattha yattha hi seti vihārevā aḍḍhayogādimhi vā taṃ senaṃ, yattha yattha āsati nisīdati taṃ āsanaṃ, taṃ ekato katvā senāsananti vuccati. Utuparissaya vinodanaṃ paṭisallānārāmatthanti: parisahanaṭṭhena utuyeva utuparissayo, utuparissayavinodanatthañca paṭisallānārāmatthañcayo sarīrābādhacittavikkhepakaro asappāyo utusenāsanapaṭisevanena vinodetabbo hoti, tassa vinodanatthaṃ-ekībhāvasukhatthañcāti vuttaṃ hoti. Kāmañca sītassapaṭighātāyādināva utuparissayavinodanaṃ vuttameva; yathāpana cīvarapaṭisevane hirikopīna paṭicchādanaṃ niyata payojanaṃ itarāni kadāci kadāci hontīti vuttaṃ, evamidhāpi niyataṃ utuparissayavinodanaṃ sandhāya idaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Athavā ayaṃ vuttappakāro utu utuyeva; parissayo pana duvidho pākaṭaparissayoca paṭicchannaparissayoca. Tattha pākaṭaparissayo sīhavyagghādayo, paṭicchannaparissayo rāgadosādayo. Te yattha apariguttiyā ca asappāyarūpadassanādinā ca ābādhaṃ na karonti, taṃ senāsanaṃ evaṃ jānitvā paccavekkhitvā paṭisevanto bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhāyoniso senāsanaṃ-pe-utuparissaya vinodanatthaṃ paṭisevatīti veditabbo.

Gilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhāranti: ettha rogassa patiayanaṭṭhena paccayo-paccanikagamanaṭṭhenāti attho, yassa kassaci sappāyassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Bhisakkassa kammaṃ tena anuññātattāti bhesajjaṃ, gilānapaccayova bhesajjaṃ gilānapaccaya bhesajjaṃ-yaṃ kiñci gilānassa sappāyaṃ bhisakkakammaṃ telamadhuphāṇitādīnīti vuttaṃ hoti. Parikkhāroti pana "sattahi nagaraparikkhārehi suparikkhittaṃ hotī"ti[a] ādisu parivāro vuccati. "Ratho sīlaparikkhāro1 jhānakkho cakkavīriyo"ti[b][PTS Page 035] [\q 35/] ādisu alaṅkāro. "Yecime pabbajitena jīvitaparikkhārā samudānetabbā"ti[c] ādisu sambhāro. Idha pana sambhāropi parivāropi vaṭṭati. Taṃ hi gilānappaccayabhesajjaṃ jīvitassa parivāropi hoti jīvitanāsakābādhuppattiyā antaraṃ adatvā rakkhaṇato; sambhāropi yathāciraṃ pavattati evamassa kāraṇabhāvato; tasmā parikkhāroti vuccati. Evaṃ gilānappaccayabhesajjañca taṃ parikkhārocāti gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāro. Taṃ gilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃgilānassa yaṃ kiñci sappāyaṃ bhisakkānuñññātaṃ telamadhuphāṇitādi jīvitaparikkhāranti vuttaṃ hoti. Uppannānanti: jātānaṃ bhūtānaṃ nibbattānaṃ. Veyyābādhikānanti: ettha vyābādhoti
------------------------------
[A.] Aṃ-ni-sattakani.
[B.] Saṃ-ni-mahāvagga.
[C.] Ma.Ni-vanapatthasu.
1. Sī [I. II. III.] Saha ma. [I. II.] Setaparikkhāro

[SL Page: 027] [\x 27/]

Dhātukkhobho, taṃ samuṭṭhānā ca kuṭṭhagaṇḍapiḷakādayo, vyābādhato uppannattā veyyabādhikā. Vedanānanti: dukkhavedanā akusalavipākavedanā; tāsa veyyābādhikānaṃ vedanānaṃ. Abyāpajjhaparamatāyāti: nidduṃ sabbaṃpahīṇaṃ hoti tāvāti attho. Evamidaṃ saṅkhepato paṭisaṅkhā yoniso paccayaparibhogalakkhaṇaṃ paccayasannissitasīlaṃ veditabbaṃ. Vacanattho panettha: cīvarādayo hi yasmā te paṭicca nissāya paribhuñjamānā pāṇino ayanti gacchanti pavattanti tasmā paccayāti vuccanti; te paccaye sannissitanti paccayasannissitaṃ.
Iti paccayasannissitasīlaṃ. ---------------

Athapakiṇṇakakathā.
---------
Evametasmiṃ catubbidhe sīle:- saddhāya pātimokkhasaṃvaro sampādetabbo. Saddhā sādhano hi so, sāvakavisayātītattā sikkhāpadapaññattiyā vacanapaṭikkhepo1 cettha nidassanaṃ. Tasmā yathāpaññattaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ anavasesaṃ saddhāya samādiyitvā jīvitepi apekkhaṃ akarontena sādhukaṃ sampādetabbaṃ. Vuttampihetaṃ:[PTS Page 036] [\q 36/]

Kikīca aṇḍaṃ camarīva vāladhiṃ
Piyaṃ ca puttaṃ nayanaṃ ca ekakaṃ
Tatheva sīlaṃ anurakkhamānakā
Supesalaja hotha sadā sagāravāti.[A]

Aparampi vuttaṃ:-"evameva kho mahārāja yaṃ mayā sāvakānaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ taṃ mama sāvakā jīvitahetupi nātikkamantī"[b.] Imasmiñca panatthe aṭaviyaṃ corehi baddhatherānaṃ vatthūni veditabbāni. Mahāvattani aṭaviyaṃ kira theraṃ corā kāḷavallīhi bandhitvā nipajjāpesuṃ, thero yathā nipannova sattadivasāni vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā anagāmiphalaṃ pāpuṇitvā tattheva kālaṃkatvā brahmaloke nibbatti. Aparampi theraṃ tambapaṇṇidīpe pūtilatāya bandhitvā nipajjāpesuṃ; so davaḍāhe2 āgacchante valliṃ acchinditvāva vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā samasīsi hutvā parinibbāyi. Dīghabhāṇaka abhayatthero pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ gacchanto disvā therassa sarīraṃ jhāpetvā cetiyaṃ kārāpesi. Tasmā aññopi saddho kulaputto:-
----------------------
1. Sī.[I.II.III] saha ma.[I.II.]Sikkhāpadapaññattiyā vacanaparikkhepo.
2. Ma.[II.]Vanaḍāhe. [A.]Khuddakani-apadāna. [B.]Saṃ-ni-kosalasaṃ.
Pārājikapāḷiyaṃ verajakhaṇḍe sāriputtāyācitapaṭikkhepamapekkhati.

[SL Page: 028] [\x 28/]

Pātimokkhaṃ visodhento appeva jīvitaṃ jahe,
Paññattaṃ lokanāthena na bhinde sīlasaṃvaraṃ.

Yathā ca pātimokkhasaṃvaro saddhāya, evaṃ satiyā indriyasaṃvaro sampādetabbo. Satisādhano hi so, satiyā adhiṭṭhitānaṃ indriyānaṃ abhijjhādīhi ananvāssavanīyato. Tasmā " varaṃ bhikkhave tattāya ayosalākāya ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhū tāya cakkhundriyaṃ sampaḷimaṭṭhaṃ, natve va cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu anuvyañjanaso nimittaggāho"ti[a] ādinā nayena ādittapariyāyaṃ samanussaritvā rūpādisu visayesu cakkhudvārādipavattassa viññāṇassa ajijjhādīhi anvāssavanīyaṃ nimittādigāhaṃ asammuṭṭhāya [PTS Page 037] [\q 37/] satiyā nisedhentena esa sādhukaṃ sampādetabbo. Evaṃ asampādite hi etasmiṃ pātimokkhasīlampi anaddhaniyaṃ hoti na ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, asaṃvitahitasākhāparivāramiva sassaṃ. Haññate cāyaṃ kilesacorehi vivaṭadvāro viya gāmo parissahārīhi. Cittaṃ cassa rāgosamativijjhati, ducchannamagāraṃ vuṭṭhī viya. Vuttampi hetaṃ:-

Rūpesu saddesu atho rasesu
Gandhesu phassesu ca rakkha indriyaṃ,
Etehi dvārā vivaṭā arakkhitā
Hananti gāmaṃva parassa hārino.[B]

Yathāgāraṃ cucchannaṃ vuṭṭhi samativijjhati,
Evaṃ abhāvitaṃ cittaṃ rāgo samativijjhatīti.[C]

Sampādite pana etasmiṃ pātimokkhasīlampi addhanīyaṃ hoti ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, susaṃvihita sākhāpārivāra miva sassaṃ; na haññatecāyaṃ kilesacorehi, susaṃvutadvāro viya gāmo parassahārīhi; na cassa cittaṃ rāgo samativijjhati succhannamagāraṃ vuṭṭhīviya. Vuttampi cetaṃ:-

Rūpesu saddesu atho rasesu
Gandhesu phassesu ca rakkha indriyaṃ,
Etehi dvārā pihitā susaṃvutā
Na hanti gāmaṃva parassa hārino.[D]

Yathāgāraṃ succhannaṃ vuṭṭhī na samativijjhati,
Evaṃ subhāvitaṃ cittaṃ rāgo na samativijjhatīti.[E]

Ayaṃ pana atiukkaṭṭhadesanā1
------------------------
[A.] Ya-ni-saḷāyatanavagga. [D.] Saṃ-ni-saḷāyatanavagga.
[C.] Dhammapada-yamakavagga. [E.] Dhammapada-ya-ca.
1. Sī. [II.] Ukkaṭṭhadesanā.

[SL Page: 029] [\x 29/]

Cittaṃ nāmetaṃ lahuparivattaṃ1 tasmā uppannaṃ rāgaṃ asubhamanasi kārena vinodetvā indriyasaṃvaro sampādetabbo. Adhunā pabbajitena [PTS Page 038] [\q 38/] vaṅgīsattherena viya-therassa kira adhunā pabbajitassa piṇḍāya carato ekaṃ itthiṃ disvā rāgo uppajji, tato ānandateraṃ āha:-

Kāmarāgo ḍayhāmi cittaṃ me pariḍayhati,
Sādhu nibbāpana brūhi anukampāya gotamāti.[A]

Thero āha:-

Saññāya viparīyesā cittaṃ te pariḍayhati,
Nimittaṃ parivajjehi subhaṃ rāgūpa saṃhitaṃ.

Asubhāya cittaṃ bhāvehi ekaggaṃ susamāhitaṃ,
Saṅkhāre parato passa dukkhato no ca attato,
Nibbāpehi mahārāgaṃ mā ḍayhittho punappunanti.

Thero rāgaṃ vinodetvā va piṇḍāya cari api ca indriyasaṃvarapūrakena bhikkhunā kuraṇḍaka mahāleṇavāsinā cittaguttattherena viya, corakamahāvihāravāsinā mahāmittattherena viyaca bhavitabbaṃ. Kuraṇḍakaleṇe kira sattannaṃ buddhānaṃ abhinikkhamaṇa cittakammaṃ manoramaṃ ahosi. Sambahulā bhikkhu senāsanacārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā cittakammaṃ disvā manoramaṃ bhante cittakammanti āhaṃsu. Thero āha:-atirekasaṭṭhi me āvuso vassāni leṇe vasantassa cittakammaṃ atthi tipi2 najānāmi, ajjadāni cakkhumante nissāya ñātanti. Therena kira ettakaṃ addhānaṃ vasantena cakkhuṃ ummīletvā leṇaṃ na ullokitapubbaṃ. Leṇadvāre cassa mahānāgarukkho ahosi sopi therena uddhaṃ na ullokitapubbo, anusaṃvaccharaṃ bhūmiyaṃ kesarasipātaṃ disvāvassa pupphitabhāvaṃ jānāti. Rājā therassa guṇasampattiṃ sutvā vanditukāmo tikkhattuṃ pesetvā anāgacchante there tasmiṃ gāme taruṇaputtānaṃ itthīnaṃ thane bandhāpetvā lañchāpesi:- tāva dārakā thaññaṃ mālabhiṃsu yāva thero na āgacchatīti. [PTS Page 039] [\q 39/] thero dārakānaṃ anukampāya mahāgāmaṃ agamāsi. Rājā sutvā gacchatha bhaṇe theraṃ pavesetha sīlāni gaṇhissāmīti ante puraṃ abhiharāpetvā3 vanditvā bhojetvā ajja bhante okaso natthi sve sīlāni gaṇhissāmīti therassa pattaṃ gahetvā thokaṃ anugantvā deviyā saddhiṃ vanditvā nivatti. Thero rājā vā vandatu devi vā, sukhī hoti
--------------------------------
1. Sī.[II.] Lahuparivatti-ma-lahuparivattati.
2. Sī.[I.II.] Atthi natthītipi.
3. Sī.[II.] Atiharāpetvā.
[A.] Saṃ-ni-vaṅgīsa-saṃ.

[SL Page: 030] [\x 30/]

Mahārājāti vadati. Evaṃ satta divasā gatā,1 bhikkhū āhaṃsu:-kiṃ bhante tumhe raññepi vandanamāne deviyāpi vandamānāya 'sukhī hotu mahārājā'ti evaṃ vadathāti. Thero nāhaṃ āvuso rājāti vā devīti vā vavatthānaṃ karomīti vatvā sattāhātikkame therassa idha vāso dukkhoti raññā vissajjito kuraṇḍakamahāleṇaṃ gantvā rattibhāge caṅkamaṃ āruhi.2 Nāgarukkhe adhivatthā devatā daṇḍadīpikaṃ gahetvā aṭṭhāsi, athassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ atiparisuddhaṃ pākaṭaṃ ahosi. Thero kiṃnu3 me ajja kammaṭṭhānaṃ ativiya pakāsatīti attamano majjhimayāma samanantaraṃ sakalaṃ pabbataṃ unnādayanto arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Tasmā aññepi atthakāmo4 kulaputto.

Makkaṭova araññamhi vane bhanta migo viya,
Bālo viya ca utrasto na bhave lolalocano.

Adho khipeyya cakkhūni yugamatta daso siyā,
Vanamakkaṭa lolassa na cittassa vasaṃ vajeti.

Mahāmittattherassāpi mātu visagaṇḍarogo uppajji, dhītā pissā bhikkhunīsu pabbajitā hoti. Sā taṃ āha:-"gaccha ayye bhātu santikaṃ, gannvā mama aphāsubhāvaṃ ārocetvā bhesajjaṃ āharā"ti. Sā gantvā ārocesi. Thero āha nāhaṃ mūlabhesajjādīni saṃharitvā bhesajjaṃ pacituṃ jānāmi, apica te bhesajjaṃ ācikkhissaṃ, ahaṃ yato pabbajito na mayā lobhasahagatena cittena indriyāni bhinditvā visabhāgarūpaṃ olokitapubbaṃ, imināsaccavacanena [PTS Page 040] [\q 40/] mātuyā me phāsu hotu, gaccha imaṃ vatvā upāsikāya sarīraṃ parimajjāti. Sā gantvā imamatthaṃ ārocetvā kathā akāsi, upāsikāya taṃ khaṇaṃ yeva gaṇḍo pheṇapiṇḍo viya vilīyitvā antaradhāyi. Sā uṭṭhahitvā sace sammāsambuddho dhareyya kasmā mama puttasadisassa bhikkhuno jālavicittena hatthena sīsaṃ na parāmaseyyāti attamanavācaṃ nicchāresi. Tasmā

Kulaputtamānī6 aññepi pabbajitvāna sāsane,
Mittattherova tiṭṭheyya vare indriyasaṃvare.

Yathā pana indriyasaṃvaro satiyā, tathā viriyena ājīvapārisuddhi sampādetabbā. Viriyasādhanā hi sā, sammā āraddhaviriyassa micchā
---------------------------------
1. Sī.[I.II.III] saha ma.[I.II.]Sattadivasāgataṃ
2. Sī.[II.]Abhirūhi.
3. Sī.[II] saha [I] kinnukho.
4. Sī [I.II] saha [III.]Attatthakāmo.
5. Sī.[II.]Mātuupāsikāya.
6. Sī.[I.III.]Kulaputtodāti.

[SL Page: 031] [\x 31/]

Jīvappahāṇayambhavato. Tasmā anesanaṃ appatirūpaṃ pahāya viriyena piṇḍapātacariyādīhi sammā esanāhi esā sampādetabbā, parisuddhuppādeyeva paccaye paṭisevamānena aparisuddhuppāde āsiviseviya parivajjayatā. Tattha apariggahitadhutaṅgassa saṅghato gaṇato dhammadesanādīhi cassa guṇehi pasannānaṃ gihīnaṃ santikā uppannapaccayā parisuddhuppādā nāma piṇḍapātacariyādīhi pana atiparisuddhuppādāyeva pariggahitadhutaṅgassa piṇḍapātacariyādīhi dhutaṅgaguṇecassa pasannānaṃ santikā dhutaṅganiyamānulomena uppannā parisuddhuppādā nāma ekabyādhivūpasamatthañcassa pūtiharīṭakī catumadhuresi uppannesu catumadhuraṃ aññepi sabrahmacārino paribhuñjissantīti cintetvā hariṭakīkhaṇḍameva paribhuñjamānassa dhutaṅgasamādānaṃ patirūpaṃ hoti. Esahi uttamaariyavaṃsiko bhikkhūti vuccati. Ye panete cīvarādayo paccayā tesu yassa kassaci bhikkhuno ājīvaṃ parisodhentassa cīvarehi piṇḍapāteva nimittobhāsaparikathāviññattiyo na vaṭṭanti. Senāsane pana apariggahita dhutaṅgassa nimittobhāsa parikathā vaṭṭanti. Tattha nimittaṃ [PTS Page 041] [\q 41/] nāma:- senānasatthaṃ bhūmiparikammādīni karontassa kiṃ bhante kayirati1 ko kārāpetīti gihīhi vutte na kocīti paṭivacanaṃ, yaṃ vā panaññampi evarūpaṃ nimittakammaṃ. Obhāso nāma:-upāsakā tumhe kuhiṃ vasathā?Ti pāsāde bhanteti. Bhikkhūnaṃ pana upāsakā pāsāde na vaṭṭatī?Ti vacanaṃ, yaṃ vā panaññampi evarūpaṃ obhāsakammaṃ. Parikathā nāma: bhikkhusaṅghassa senāsanaṃ sambādhanti vacanaṃ, yā vā panaññāpi2 evarūpā pariyāyakathā. Bhesajje sabbampi vaṭṭati. Tathā uppannaṃ pana bhesajjaṃ roge vūpasante paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati na vaṭṭatī"?Ti3 tattha vinayadharā bhagavatā dvāraṃ dinnaṃ, tasmā vaṭṭatīti vadanti; suttantikā pana kiñcāpi āpatti na hoti ājīvaṃ pana kopeti, tasmā na vaṭṭati cceva vadanti.

Yo pana bhagavatā anuññātāpi nimittobhāsaparikathā viññattiyo akaronto appicchatādiguṇeyeva nissāya jīvitakkhayepi paccupaṭṭhite aññatreva obhāsādīhi uppanne paccaye paṭisevati. Esa paramasallekhavuttīti vuccati. Seyyathāpi thero sāriputto: so kirāyasmā ekasmiṃ samaye pavivekaṃ brūhayamāno mahāmoggallānattherena saddhiṃ aññatarasmiṃ araññe viharati. Athassa ekasmiṃ divase udaravātābādho uppajjitvā atidukkhaṃ janesi. Mahāmoggallānatthero sāyaṇhasamaye tassā yasmato upaṭṭhānaṃ gato theraṃ nipannaṃ disvā taṃ pavattiṃ
-------------------
1. Sī.[II] saha ma.[II.]Karīyati.
2. Sī.[I.II.]Yaṃvāpanaññampi.
3. Sī.[I.II] saha [III] paribhuñjituṃ navaṭṭati.

[SL Page: 032] [\x 32/]

Pucchitvā pubbe te āvuso kena phāsu hotīti pucchi. Thero āha:-gihīkāle me āvuso mātā sappimadhusakkharādīhi yojetvā asambhinnakhīrapāyāsaṃ adāsi, tena phāsukaṃ ahosīti. Sopi āyasmā: hotu āvuso sace mayhaṃ vā tuyhaṃ vā puññaṃ atthi appevanāma sve labhissāmāti āha. Imaṃ pana tesaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ caṅkamanakoṭiyaṃ rukkhe adhivatvā devatā sutvā sve ayyassa pāyāsaṃ uppādessāmīti tāvadeva therassa upaṭṭhākakulaṃ [PTS Page 042] [\q 42/] gantvā jeṭṭhaputtassa sarīraṃ āvisitvā pīḷaṃ janesi. Athassa tikicchā nimittaṃ sannipatite1 ñātake āha:sace sve therassa evarūpaṃ nāma pāyāsaṃ paṭiyādetha taṃ muñcissāmīti. Te tayā avuttepi mayaṃ therānaṃ nibaddhaṃ bhikkhaṃ demāti vatvā dutiyadivase tathārūpaṃ pāyāsaṃ paṭiyādayiṃsu. Mahāmoggallānatthero pātova āgantvā āvuso yāvāhaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā āgacchāmi, tāva idheva hohīti vatvā gāmaṃ pāvisi. Te manussā paccuggantvā therassa pattaṃ gahetvā vuttappakārassa pāyāsassa pūretvā adaṃsu. Thero gamanākāraṃ dassesi. Bhuñjatha bhante tumhe, aparampi dassāmāti theraṃ bhojetvā puna pattapūraṃ adaṃsu. Thero gantvā handāvuso sāriputta paribhuñjathāti upanāmesi theropi taṃ disvā atimanāpo pāyāso kathannukho uppannoti cintento tassa uppatti mūlaṃ disvā āha: harāvuso2 moggallāna aparibhogārahoyaṃ3 piṇḍapātoti. Sopāyasmā mādisena nāma ābhataṃ piṇḍapātaṃ na paribhuñjatīti cittampi anrappādetvā ekavacaneneva pattaṃ mukhavaṭṭiyaṃ gahetvā ekamante nikkujjesi. Pāyāsassa saha bhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhānā therassa ābādho antaradhāyi. Tato paṭṭhāya cattāḷīsavassāni4 na puna uppajji. Tato mahāmoggallānattheraṃ āha: "āvuso vacīviññattiṃ nissāya uppanno pāyāso antesu nikkhamitvā bhūmiyaṃ carantesupi paribhuñjituṃ ayuttarūpo"ti. Idañca udānaṃ udānesi:-

Vacīviññatti vipphārā uppannaṃ madhu pāyasaṃ,
Sace bhutto bhaveyyāhaṃ sājīvo garahito mama.[A]

Yadi pi me antaguṇaṃ nikkhamitvā bahī care,
Neva bhindeyya mājīvaṃ5 cajamānopi jīvitaṃ.

Ārādhemi sakaṃ cittaṃ vivajjemi anesanaṃ,
Ahaṃ hi buddhapatikuṭṭhaṃ na kāhāmi anesananti
---------------------
1. Ma.[II.]Sandissati-so. 4. Pañcacattāḷīsavassāni(sabbattha)
2. Sī.[I.II.]Āvuso. 5. Sī.[I.]Saha [II.]Ājīvaṃ.
3. Sī.[I] saha [II.]Aparibhogāraho. [A.] Khuddakani-udāna.

[PTS Page 043] [\q 43/]
[SL Page 033] [\x 33/]
Civaragumbavāsitaambakhādaka mahātissattheravatthūpi cettha kathe tabbaṃ. Evaṃ sabbathāpi.

"Anesanāya cittampi ajanetvā vicakkhano,
Ājivaṃ parisodheyya saddhā pabbajito yatī"ti.

Yathāca viriyena ājivapārisuddhi, tathā paccayasannissitasīlaṃ paññāya sampādetabbaṃ paññāsādhanaṃ hi taṃ paññavato paccayesu ādīnavānisaṃsadassanasamatthabhāto. Tasmā pahāya paccaya gedhaṃ dhammena samena uppanne paccaye yathāvuttena vidhinā paññāya paccavekkhitvā paribhuñjantena taṃ sampādetabbaṃ. Tattha duvidhaṃ paccavekkhaṇaṃ; paccayānaṃ paṭilābhakāle paribhogakāleca. Paṭilābhakālepi hi dhātuvasena vā paṭikkūlavasena vā paccavekkhitvā ṭhapitāni cīvarādīni tato uttariṃ paribhuñjantassa anavajjova paribhogotathā paribogakālepi. Tatrāyaṃ sanniṭṭhānakaro vinicchayo: - cattāro hiparibogā; theyyaparibogo iṇaparibogo dāyajjaparibogo sāmiparibhogoti; tatra saṅghamajjhe nisīditvā paribhuñjantassa dussīlassa paribhogo theyyaparibhogo nāma. Sīlavato apaccavekkhita paribogo1 iṇaparibogo nāma; tasmā cīvaraṃ pariboge pariboge paccavekkhitabbaṃ, piṇḍapāto ālope ālope, tathā asakkontena purebhattapacchābhatta purimayāma majjhimayāma pacchimayāmesu. Sacassa apaccavekkhatova aruṇaṃ uggacchati iṇaparibhogaṭṭhāne yeva tiṭṭhati, senāsanampi paribhoge paribhoge paccavekkhi tabbaṃ; bhesajassa paṭiggahaṇepi paribhogepi satipaccayatāva vaṭṭati. Evaṃ santepi paṭiggahaṇe satiṃ katvā pariboge akarontassevaāpatti, paṭiggahaṇe pana satiṃ akatvāpi paribhege karontassa anāpatti. Catubbidhā hi suddhi; desanāsuddhi saṃvarasuddhi pariyeṭṭhisuddhi paccavekkhaṇasuddhiti. [PTS Page 044] [\q 44/] tattha desanāsuddhi nāma: pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ, taṃ hi desanāya sujjhanato desanāsuddhitivuccati. Saṃvarasuddhi nāma: indriyasaṃvarasīlaṃ, taṃ hi na puna evaṃ karissāmīti cittādhiṭṭhānasaṃvareneva sujjhanato saṃvarasuddhīti vuccati. Pariyeṭṭhisuddhi nāma: ājivapārisuddhisīlaṃ, taṃhi anesanaṃ pahāya dhammena samena paccaye uppādentassa pariyesanāya suddhattā pariyeṭṭhisuddhīti vuccati. Paccavekkhaṇasuddhi nāma: - paccaya sannissitasīlaṃ, 3 taṃhi vuttappakārena paccavekkhaṇena sujjhanato paccavekkhaṇasuddhiti vuccati; tena vuttaṃ "paṭiggahaṇepana satiṃ akatvāpi pariboge karontassa anāpattī"ti. Sattannaṃ

1. Sī1. 11. Apaccavekkhitvā 2. Sī 1. Satipaccayatā. 3. Ma. 11. Paccayaparibhogasannissitasīlaṃ

[SL Page 034] [\x 34/]

Sekhānaṃ paccayaparibogo dāyajjaparibogo nāma. Tehi bhagavato puttā, tasmā putusantakānaṃ paccayānaṃ dāyādā hutvā te paccaye paribhuñjanti. Kiṃ pana te1 bhagavato paccaye paribhuñjanti udāhu gihīnaṃ paccaye paribhuñjantīti2 gihīhi dinnāpi bhagavatāanuññātattā bhagavato santakā honti. Tasmā bhagavato paccaye paribhuñjantīti veditabbā. Dhammadāyādasuttañcettha sādhakaṃ. Khīṇāsavānaṃ paribhogo sāmiparibhogo nāma. Tehi taṇhāya dāsavyaṃ atītattā sāmino hutvā paribhuñjanti. Imesu paribhogesu sāmiparibhogoca dāyajjaparibhogoca sabbesaṃ vaṭṭati. Iṇaparibhego na vaṭṭati. Theyyaparibhoge kathayeva natthi. Yo panāyaṃ sīlavatopaccavekkhitaparibhogo, so iṇaparibhogassa paccanīkattā ānaṇyaparibogo vā hoti dāyajjapariboge vā2 saṅgahaṃ gacchati. Sīlavā hi imāya sikkhāya samannā gatattā sekhotveva vuccati. Imesu pana paribhogesu yasmā sāmipariboge aggo, tasmā taṃ patthayamānena bhikkhunā vuttappakārāya paccavekkhaṇāya paccavekkhitvā paribhuñjantena paccaya sannissitasīlaṃ sampādetabbaṃ. Evaṃ karonto hikiccakārī hoti. Vuttampi cetaṃ: -

[PTS Page 045] [\q 45/]
Piṇḍaṃ vihāraṃ sayanāsanañca
Āpañca saṅghāṭi rajūpavāhanaṃ,
Sutvāna dhammaṃ sugatena desitaṃ
Saṅkhāya seve varapaññasāvako.

Tasmāhi pinḍe sayanāsane ca
Āpe ca saṅghāmi rajūpavāhane,
Etesu dhammesu anūpalitto
Bhikkhu yathā pokkhare vāribindu.

Kālena laddhā parato anuggahā
Dhajjesu bhojjesu ca sāyanesu,
Mattaṃ sa jaññā satataṃ upaṭṭhito
Vaṇassa ālepana rūhaṇe yathā.

Kantāre puttamaṃsaṃva akkhassabbhañjanaṃ yathā.
Evaṃ āhari āhāraṃ3 yāpanatthāya 'mucchitoti. [A.]

Imassa ca paccayasannissitasīlassa paripūrakārikāya bhāgineyya saṅgharakkhitasāmaṇerassa vatthu kathetabbaṃ, so hi sammā pacca vekkhitvā paribhuñji, yathāha: -

1. Sī 1. 11. Kimpanete 2. Sī1. 11. Dāyajjaparibogeyevavā. 3. Ṭī. Āhāreyyāhāraṃ. [A.] Suttanipate- dhammikasutta.

[SL Page 035] [\x 35/]
"Upajjhāyo maṃ bhuñjamānaṃ sālikuraṃ sunibbutaṃ,
Māheva tvaṃ sāmaṇera jivhā jhāpesi asaññato.

Upajjhāyassa vaco sutvā saṃvegamalabhiṃ tadā,
Ekāsane nisīditvā arahattaṃ apāpuniṃ.

Sohaṃ paripuṇṇasaṅkappo cando paṇṇaraso yathā
Sabbāsavaparikkhīno natthi dāni punabbhavo"ti.

[PTS Page 046] [\q 46/]
Tasmā aññopi dukkhassa patthayanto parikkhayaṃ,
Yoniso paccavekkhitvā paṭisevetha paccayeti. [A]

Evaṃ pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlādivasena catubbidhaṃ.
Iti catupārisuddhisīlapakiṇṇakakathā.

Pañcavidhakoṭṭhāsassa paṭhamapañcake aṭupasampannasīlādi vasena attho veditabbo. Vuttaṃhetaṃ paṭisambhidāyaṃ: - katamaṃ pariyantapārisuddhisīlaṃ? Anupasampannānaṃ pariyantasikkhāpadānaṃ. Idaṃ pariyantapārisuddhisīlaṃ. Katamaṃ apariyantapārisuddhisīlaṃ? Upa sampannānaṃ apariyantasikkhāpadānaṃ. Idaṃ apariyantapārisuddhisīlaṃ katamaṃ paripunṇapārisuddhisīlaṃ? Puthujjanakalyāṇakānaṃ kusala dhamme yuttānaṃ sekkhapariyante paripūrakārīnaṃ kāye ca jiviteca anapekkhānaṃ pariccattajīvitānaṃ. Idaṃ paripuṇṇapārisuddhisīlaṃ. Katamaṃ aparāmaṭṭhapārisuddhisīlaṃ? Sattannaṃ sekhānaṃ. Idaṃ aparāmaṭṭhapārisuddhisīlaṃ. Katamaṃ paṭippassaddhipārisuddhisīlaṃ? Tathāgata sāvakānaṃ khīṇāsavānaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ tathāgatānaṃ arahantānaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ. Idaṃ paṭippassaddhipārisuddhisīlanti. [B] tattha anupasampannānaṃ sīlaṃ gaṇanavasena sapariyantattā pariyantapārisuddhiti veditabbaṃ; upasampannānaṃ.

Navakoṭisahassāni asītiṃ satakoṭiyo,
Paññāsaṃ satasahassāni chattiṃsāca punāpare.

Ete saṃvaravinayā sambuddhena pakāsitā,
Peyyālamukhena niddiṭṭhā sikkhā vinaya saṃvareti.

Evaṃ gaṇanavasena sapariyantampi anavasesavasena [PTS Page 047] [\q 47/] samādāna bhāvaṃ lābhayasañāti aṅgajīvitavasena adiṭṭhapariyantabhāvañca savdhāya aparayantapārisuddhiti veditabbaṃ, cīvaragumbavāsī ambakhādaka mahā tissattherassa sīlamīva; tathāhi so āyasmā

[A.] Khuddakani - apadāna [b] paṭisambadā -ñāṇa. 1. Ma. 11. Apariyantapārisuddhisīlantivuttaṃ.

[SL Page 036] [\x 36/]

Dhanaṃ caje yo pana aṅgahetu
Aṅgaṃ caje jīvitaṃ rakkhamāno,
Aṅgaṃ dhanaṃ jīvitañvāpi sabbaṃ.
Caje naro dhammamanussarantoti. [A]

Imaṃ sappurisānussatiṃ avijahanto jīvitasaṃsayepi sikkhāpadaṃ avītikkamma tadeva apariyantapārisuddhisīlaṃ nissāya upāsakassa piṭṭhigatova arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Yathāha: -

"Na pitā napi te mātā na ñātī napi bandhavo,
Karotetādisaṃ kiccaṃ sīlavantassa kāraṇā.

Saṃvegaṃ janayitvāna sammasitvāna yoniso,
Tassa piṭṭhigato santo arahattaṃ apāpuṇī"ti.

Puthujjanakalyāṇakānaṃ sīlaṃ upasampadato paṭṭhāya sudhota jātimaṇi viya suparikammakatasuvaṇṇaṃ viya ca atiparisuddhattā cittuppādamattakenapi malena virahitaṃ arahattasseva padaṭṭhānaṃ hoti. Tasmā paripuṇṇapārisuddhiti vuccati- mahāsaṅgharakkhita bhāgiṇeyyasaṅgharakkhitattherānaṃ viya. Mahāsaṅgharakkhitattheraṃ kira atikkantasaṭṭhivassaṃmaraṇamañce npannaṃ bhikkhusaṅgho lokuttarādigamaṃ pucchi. Thero natthi me lokuttaradhammoti āha. Athassa upaṭṭhāko daharabhikkhu āha: bhante tumhe parinibbutātu samantā dvādasayojanā manussā sannipatitā, tumhākaṃ putujjana kālakiriyāyamahāvippaṭisāro1 bhavissatīti. Āvuso ahaṃ metteyyaṃ bhagavantaṃ passissāmīti vipassanaṃ na paṭṭhapesiṃ, [PTS Page 048] [\q 48/] tena hi maṃ nisīdāpetva okāsaṃ karohīti. So theraṃ nisidā petvā bahī nikkhanto thero tassa saha bahi nikkhamanāva arahattaṃ patvā ackrikāya saññaṃ adāsi. Saṅgho sannipatitvā āha: bhante evarūpe maraṇakāle lokuttaradhammaṃ nibbattetvā dukkaraṃ karitthāti. Nāvuso etaṃ dukkaraṃ, apica ve dukkaraṃ ācikkhissāmi, ahaṃ āvuso pabbajitakālato paṭṭhāya asatiyā aññāṇapakataṃkammaṃ nāma na sarāmīti. Bhāgiṇeyyopissa paññāsavassa kāle evameva arahattaṃ pāpuṇīti.

Appassutopi ce hoti sīlesu asamāhito,
Ubhayena naṃ garahanti sīlatoca sutena ca.

Appassutopi ce hoti sīlesu susamāhito,
Sīlato naṃ pasaṃsanti nāssa sampajjate sutaṃ.

[A.] Aḍhakathāgatā [b.] Aṅguttara -ni-4-ni. 1. Si11. Mahājanassavippaṭisāro.

[SL Page 037] [\x 37/]

Bahussutopi ce hoti sīlesu asamāhito.
Sīlato naṃ garahanti nāssa sampajjate sutaṃ.

Bahussutopi ce hoti sīlesu susamāhito,
Ubhayena naṃ pasaṃsanti sīlato ca sutena ca.

Bahussutaṃ dhammadharaṃ sappaññaṃ buddhasāvakaṃ,
Nekkhaṃ jambonadasseva ko taṃ ninditumarahati.
Devāpi naṃ pasaṃsanti brahmunāpi pasaṃsitoti. [A.]

Sekhānaṃ pana sīlaṃ diṭṭhivasena aparāmaṭṭhattā-puthujjanānāṃ vā pana bhavavasena aparāmaṭṭhasīlaṃ aparāmaṭṭhapārisuddhīti veditabbaṃkuṭumbiyaputtatissattherassa sīlaṃ viya. So hi āyasmā tathārūpaṃ sīlaṃ nissāya arahatte patiṭṭhātukāmo verike āha:

Ubho pādāni bhinditvā saṃyamessāmi1 vo ahaṃ,
Aṭṭiyāmi harāyāmi sarāgamaraṇaṃ ahanti.

[PTS Page 049] [\q 49/]
Evāhaṃ cintayitvāna sammasitvāna yoniso,
Sampatte aruṇuggamhi arahatta mapāpuṇinti.

Aññataropi mahāthero bāḷhagilāno sahatthā āhārampi paribhuñjituṃ asakkonto sake muttakarīse paḷipanno samparivattati. Taṃ disvā aññataro daharo ho dukkā jīvitasaṅkhārāti āha. Tamenaṃ mahāthero āha: āvuso idāni mīyyamāno saggasampattiṃ labhissāmi, natthi me ettha saṃsayo, imaṃ pana sīlaṃ bhinditvā laṅdhasampatti nāma sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya paṭiladdha gihībhāvasadi sīti2 vatvā sileneva saddhiṃ marissāmīti tatheva3 nipanno tameva rogaṃ sammasanto arahattaṃ patvā bhikkhusaṅghassa imāhi gāthāhi vyākāsi: -

Phuṭṭhassa me aññatarena byādhinā
Rogena bāḷhaṃ dukhitassa ruppato.
Parisussatī khippamidaṃ kaḷebaraṃ.
Pupphaṃ yatā paṃsuni ātape kataṃ.

Ajaññaṃ jaññasaṅkhātaṃ asuciṃ suci sammataṃ,
Nānākuṇapaparipūraṃ jaññarūpaṃ apassato.

[A.] Aṅguttara catuni. 1. Sī1. 11. Saññamissāmi - saccāpessāmi. 2. Ma 11. Gihībhāvasadisanti. 3. Ma1. 11. Tattheva.

[SL Page 038] [\x 38/]

Dhīratthu maṃ āturaṃ pūtikāyaṃ.
Duggandhiyaṃ asuciṃ vayādhidhammaṃ,
Yatthappamattā adimucchitā pajā
Hāpenti maggaṃ sugatupapattiyāti.

Ahavantādīnaṃ pana sīlaṃ sabbadarathapaṭippassaddhiyā parisuddhattā paṭippassaddhipārisuddhiti vedatabbaṃ. Evaṃ pariyantapārisuddhiādivasena pañcavidhaṃ.

Dutiyapañcake: - pāṇātipātādīnaṃ pahāṇādivasena attho vedatabbo. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ paṭisambhidāyaṃ: -

"Pañca sīlāni; pāṇāti pātassa pahāniṃ sīlaṃ, veramaṇīsīlaṃ, cetanāsīlaṃ saṃvarosīlaṃ, avītikkamo sīlaṃ, adinnādānassa; kāmesu micchācārassa; musāvādassa; pisuṇāvācāya; pharusāvācāya; samphappalāpassa; [PTS Page 050] [\q 50/] abhijjhāya; vyāpādassa; miccādiṭṭhiyā. Nekkhammena kāmacchandassa; abyāpādena byāpādassa; ālokasaññāyathinamiddhassa; avikkhepena uddhaccassa; dhammavavatthānena vicikicchāya; ñāṇena avijjāya; pāmojjena aratiyā; paṭhamena jhānena nīvaranānaṃ; dutiyena jhānena vitakkavicārānaṃ; tatiyena jhānena pītiyā, catutthena jhānena sukhadukkhānaṃ;ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā rūpasaññāya, paṭighasaññāya. Nānattasaññāya; viññāṇañcāyatasasamāpattiyā ākāsānañcāyatanasaññāya; ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā viññāṇañcāyatanasaññāya; nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā ākiñcaññāyatasasaññāya; aniccānupassanāya niccasaññāya; dukkhānupassanāya sukhasaññāyra anattānupassanāya attasaññāyra nibbidānupassanāya nandiyāra virāgānupassanāya rāgassa; nirodhānupassanāya samudayassa; paṭinissaggānupassanāya ādānassa; khayānupassanāya ghanasaññāya; vayānupassanāya āyūhaṇassa; viparināmānupassanāya dhuvasaññāya; animuttānupassanāya nimittassa; appanihitānupassanāya paṇidhiyā; suññatānupassanāya abhinivesassa; adhipaññādhamma vipassanāya sārādānābhini vesassa; yathābhūtañāṇadassaṇena sammohābhinivesassa; ādīnavā nūpassanāya ālayābhinivesassa; paṭisaṅkhānupassanāya1 appaṭi saṅkhāya; vivaṭṭhānupassanāya saṃyogābhinivesassa; sotāpatti maggena diṭṭhekaṭṭhānaṃ kilesānaṃ; sakadāgimimaggena oḷārikānaṃ kilesānaṃ; anāgāmivaggena anusahagatānaṃ kilesānaṃ; arahattamaggena sabbakilesānaṃ; pahānaṃ sīlaṃ, veramaṇi cetanā saṃvaro avītikkamo sīlaṃ. Evarūpāni sīlāni cittassa avippaṭisārāya saṃvattanti, pāmojjāya saṃvattanti. Pītiyā saṃvattanti.

1. Sī11. Hsaṅkhādhammānupassanāya.

[SL Page 039] [\x 39/]

Passaddhiyā saṃvattanti, somanassāya saṃvattanti, āsevanāya saṃvattanti, bhāvanāya saṃvattanti, pahulīkammāya saṃvattanti alaṅkārāya saṃvattanti, parikkhārāya saṃvattanti, parivārāya saṃvattanti, pāripūriyā saṃvattanti, ekantanibbaṃdāya virāgāya nirodāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodāya nibbānāya saṃvattantīti. [A]

Ettha ca pahāṇanti koci dhammo nāma natthi aññata; vuttappakārānaṃ pānātipātādīnaṃanuppādamattato. Yasmā pana taṃ taṃ pahānaṃ tassa tassa kusalassa [PTS Page 051] [\q 51/] dhammassa patiṭṭhānaṭṭhena upadhāraṇaṃ hoti, vikampabhāvākaraṇena ca samādānaṃ tasmā pubbevutteneva upadhāraṇasamādhānasaṅkhātena sīlanaṭṭhena sīlanti vuttaṃ. Itare cattāro dhammā tato tato veramaṇivasena tassa tassa saṃvaravasena, tadubhayasampayuttacetanāvasena, taṃ taṃ avītīkkamantassa avītikkamavasena ca, cetaso pavattisabbhāvaṃ sandhāya vuttā. Sīlaṭṭho pana nesaṃ pubbe pakāsitoyevāti. Evaṃ pahāṇasīlādivasena pañca vidhaṃ.

Ettāvatāca kiṃ sīlaṃ, keṭṭhena sīlaṃ, kāna'ssa lakkhaṇa rasa paccupaṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānāni, kimānisaṃsaṃ sīlaṃ, katividhañcetaṃ sīlanti? Vuttānaṃ imesaṃ pañhānaṃ vissajjanaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ ko cassa saṃkileso? Kiṃ vodānanti? Tatra vadāma: khaṇḍādibhāvosīlassa saṃkileso, akhaṇḍādibhāvo vedānaṃ. So pana khaṇḍādibhāvolābhayasādihetukena bhedena ca sattavidhamethunasaṃyogena ca saṅgahīto. Tathāhi yassa sattasu āpattikkhandhesu ādimhivā ante vā sikkhāpadaṃ bhinnaṃ hoti, tassa sīlaṃ pariyante chinnasāṭako viya khaṇḍaṃ nāma hoti. Yassa pana vemajjhe bhinnaṃ, tassa majjhe chiddasāmako viya chiddaṃ nāma hoti. Yassa paṭipāṭiyā dve tīṇi bhinnāni, tassa piṭṭhiyāvā kucchiyāvā uṭṭhitena visabhāgavaṇṇena kāḷarattādīnaṃ aññatara sarīravanṇāgāvī viya sabalaṃ nāma hoti. Yassa antarantarā bhinnāni, tassa antarantarā visabhāgavaṇṇabindu vicita;gāvī viya kammāsaṃ nāma hoti. Evaṃ tāva lābhādihetukena bhedena khaṇḍādibhāvo hoti.

Evaṃ sattavidhamethunasaṃyogavasena. Vuttaṃ hi bhagavatā: - idha brāhmaṇa ekacco samanovā brāhmanovā sammābrahmacārī paṭijāna māno naheva ko mātugāmena [PTS Page 052] [\q 52/] saddhiṃ dvayaṃdvayasamāpattiṃ samāpajjati, apica kho mātugāmassa acchādanaṃ parimaddanaṃ nahāpanaṃ sambāhanaṃ sādiyati, so tadassādeti, taṃ nikāmeti, tenaca vittiṃ āpaññati. Idampiko brāhmaṇa brahmacariyassa khaṇḍampi

[A.] Paṭisambhidā - ñāṇakathā.

[SL Page 040] [\x 40/]

Chiddampi sabalampi kammāsampi. Ayaṃ vuccati brāhmaṇa aparisuddhaṃ brāhmacariyaṃ caratī, saṃyutto methunena saṃyogena, na parimuccati jātiyā jarāya maraṇena -pe- na parimuccati dukkhasmāti vadāmi. Puna ca paraṃ brāhmaṇa idhekacco samanovā brāhmanovā-pepaṭijānamāno naheva ko mātugāmena saddhiṃ dvayaṃ dvayasamāpattiṃ samāpajjati, napi mātugāmassa ucchādanaṃ -pesādiyati, apica kho mātugāmena saddhiṃsañjagghati, saṃkīḷati saṅkeḷāyati, so tadassādeti -pedukkhasmāti vadāmi. Punacaparaṃ brāhmaṇa idhekacco samaṇovā brāhmaṇovā -pe- naheva kho mātugāmena saddhiṃ dvayaṃdvayasamāpattiṃ samāpajjati, napi mātugāmassa uccādanaṃ -pe-sādiyati, napi mātu gāmena saddhiṃ sañjagghati saṅkīḷati saṅkeḷāyati. Api ca kho mātugāmassa cakkhunā cakkhuṃ upanijjhāyati, pekkhati, so tadassādeti -pedukkhasmāti vadimi. Punacaparaṃ brahmaṇa idhekacco samaṇovā brahmanovā -pe- naheva ko mātugāmena -pe- napi mātugāmassa -penapi mātugāmena -pe- napi mātugāmassa -pepekkhati. Apica ko mātugāmassa saddaṃ suṇāti tirokuḍḍā vā tiropākārā vā hasantiyā vā bhaṇantiyā vā gāyantiyā vā rodantiyā vā, so tadassādeti -pe- dukkhasmāti vadāmi. Punacaparaṃ brāhmaṇa idhekacco samaṇovā brāhmanovā -penaheva kho mātugāmena -pe- napi mātugāmassa -pe- napi mātugāmena -pe- napi mātugāmassa -pe- rodantiyā vā -peapica kho yānissa tāni pubbe mātugāmenasaddhiṃ hasitalapitakīḷitāni, tāni anussarati. So tadassā deti -pedukkhasmāti vadāmi. Punacaparaṃ brāhmaṇa idhekacco samaṇo vā brāhmano vā -penaheva kho mātugāmena -pe-napi mātugāmassa -pe- napi yānissa tāni pubbe mātugāmena saddhiṃ hasitalapitakīḷitāni tāni anussarati, [PTS Page 053] [\q 53/] apica kho passati gahapatiṃ vā gahapatiputtaṃ vā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitaṃ samaṅgibhūtaṃ parivārayamānaṃ, se tadassādeti -pedukkhasmāti vadāmi. Punacaparaṃ brāhmaṇa idhekacco samano vā brāhmaṇo vā -penaheva kho mātugāmena -pe- napi passati gahapatiṃ vā gahapatiputtaṃ vā -peparicārayamānaṃ. Apica kho aññataraṃ devanikāyaṃ paṇidhāya brahmaciriyaṃ carati: imināhaṃ sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā brahmacariyena vā devo vā bhavissāmi devaññataro vāti, so tadassā deti taṃ nikāmeti tena ca vittiṃ āpajjati. Idampi brāhmaṇa brahmacariyassa khaṇḍampi chiddampi sabalampi kammāsampīti evaṃ lābhādi hetukena bhedena sattavidhamethunasaṃyogena ca khaṇḍādi bhāvo saṅgahītobati veditabbo.

[A.] Aṅguttarani - sattakani.

[SL Page 041] [\x 41/]

Akhaṇḍādibhāvo pana sabbesaṃ sikkhāpadānaṃ abhedena, bhinnā nañca sappaṭikammānaṃ paṭikammakaraṇena, sattavidha methunasaṃyogā bhāvane ca, aparāya ca kodho apanābho makkho paḷāso issā macchariyaṃ māyā sāṭheyyaṃ thambho sārambho māno atimāno mado pamādoti ādīnaṃ pāpadhammānaṃ anuppattiyā, appicchatā santuṭṭitāsallekhatādīnañca tuṇānaṃ uppattiyā saṅgahīto. Yānīhi sīlānī lābhādīnampi attāya abhinnāni, pamādadosena vā bhinnānipi paṭikammakatāni, metunasaṃyogena ca kodhūpanāhādīhi vā pāpadhammehi anupahatāni, tāni sabbaso akhaṇḍāni acciddāni asabalāni akammāsānīti vuccanti. Tāni yeva bhujissabhāvakaraṇatova bhujissāni, viññūhi pasatthattā viññūppasatthānira taṇhādiṭṭhihi aparāmaṭṭhattā aparāmaṭṭhāni; upacārasamādhiṃ vā appaṇāsamādiṃ vā saṃvattayantīti samādhisaṃvattanikāni ca honti. Tasmā tesaṃ esa akhaṇḍādibhāvo vodānanti veditabbo. Taṃ panetaṃ vodānaṃ dvīhākārehi sampajjati sīla vipattiyā ca ādīnavadassanena sīlasampattiyāva ānisaṃsadassanena. [PTS Page 054] [\q 54/] tattha "pañcime bhikkhave ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā "ti: [a] evamādi suttanayena sīlavipattiyā ādīnavo daṭṭhabbo: apica dussīlo puggalo dussīlyahetu amanāpo hoti deva manussānaṃ, ananusāsaniyo sabrahmacārīnaṃ, dukkhito dussīlagarahāsu, vippaṭisārī sīlavataṃpasaṃsāsu, tāyaca pana dussīlyatāya sāṇasāmako viya dubbaṇṇo hoti, ye kho panassa diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpaññanti tesaṃ dīgharattaṃ apāyadukkhāvahanato dukkhasamphasso, yesaṃ deyyadhammaṃ patiganhāti tesaṃ na mahapphalakaraṇato appaggho, anekavassagaṇikaguthakūpo viya dubbisodhano, chavā lātamiva ubhato parībāhiro, bhikkhubhāvaṃ paṭijānantopi abhikkhuyeva gogaṇaṃ anubaddhagadrabho viya, satatubbiggo sabbaverika puriso viya, asaṃvāsāraho matakaḷebaraṃ viya, sutādiguṇayuttopi sabrahmacārīnaṃ apūjāraho susānaggi viya brāhmaṇānaṃ, ahabbo visesādigame avdhovarūpadassane, nirāso saddhamme caṇḍāla kumārako viya rajje, sukitosmiti maññamānopi dukkhitova aggikkhandhapariyāye vuttadukkhabhāgitāya, dussīlānaṃ hi pañcakāmaguṇaparibogavandanamānanādisukhassādagathitacittānaṃ tappaccayaṃ anussaraṇamattenāpi bhadayasantāpaṃ janayitvā uṇhalohituggā rappavattanasamatthaṃ atikamukaṃ dukkhaṃ dassentosabbākārena paccakkhakammavipāko bhagavā āha: "passathano tumhe bhikkhave amuṃ mahantaṃ aggikkhandhaṃ ādittaṃ sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtanti. Evaṃ bhante. Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave katamaṃ nu kho varaṃ yaṃ

[A] aṃ -ni-pañcakani.

[SL Page 042] [\x 42/]

Amuṃ mahantaṃ aggikkhandhaṃ ādittaṃ sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ āliṅtvā upanisīdeyya vā upanipajjeyya vā, yaṃ khattiyakaññaṃ vā brāhmaṇakagñaññaṃ vā gahapatikaññaṃ vā mudutalunahatthapādiṃ āliṅgitvā upanisīdeyya vā upanipajjeyya vāti. Etadeva bhante varaṃ yaṃ khattiyakaññaṃ vā brāhmaṇakaññaṃ vā gahapatikaññaṃ vā mudutalunahatthapādiṃ āliṅgitvā upanisīdeyya vā [PTS Page 055] [\q 55/] upanipajjeyyavā dukkhaṃ hetaṃ bhante yaṃ amuṃ mahantaṃ aggikkhandhaṃ ādittaṃ sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ āliṅtvā upanisīdeyya vā upanipajjeyya vā, yaṃ khattiyakaññaṃ vā brāhmaṇakagñaññaṃ vā gahapatikaññaṃ vā mudutalunahatthapādiṃ āliṅgitvā upanisīdeyya vā upanipajjeyya vāti ārocayāmi vo bhikkhave paṭivedayāmi vo bhikkhave yathā etadeva tassa varaṃ dussīlassa pāpadhammassa asuci saṅkassarasamācārassa paṭicchannakammantassa assamaṇassa samaṇapaṭiññassa abrahma cārissa brahmacārīpaṭiññassa antopūtissa avassutassa kasambujā tassa yaṃ amuṃ mahantaṃ aggikkhandhaṃ ādittaṃ sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ āliṅtvā upanisīdeyya vā upanipajjeyya vā, yaṃ khattiyakaññaṃ vā brāhmaṇakagñaññaṃ vā gahapatikaññaṃ vā mudutalunahatthapādiṃ āliṅgitvā upanisīdeyya vā upanipajjeyya vā. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tato nidānaṃ hi so bhikkhave maraṇaṃ vā nigaccheyya maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ, natveva tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ uppajjeyya. Yañca ko so bhikkhave dussīlo-pekasambujāto khattiyakaññaṃ vā brāhmaṇakagñaññaṃ vā gahapatikaññaṃ vā mudutalunahatthapādiṃ āliṅgitvā upanisīdeyya vā upanipajjeyya vā gitvā upanisīdeyya vā upanipajjeyya vā, 1 tañhi tassa bhikkhave hoti dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya, kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maranā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ uppajjeyya. [A] evaṃ aggikkhandhupamāya itthipaṭibaddhapadvakāmaguṇa paribhogappaccayaṃ dukkhaṃ dassetvā eteneva upāyena: "taṃkiṃ maññatha bhikkhave katamaṃ nu kho varaṃ yaṃ balavā puriso daḷhāya vāḷarajjuyā ubojaṅghā veṭhetvā ghaṃseyya sā chaviṃ cindeyya chaviṃ chetvā cammaṃ chivdeyya cammaṃ chetvā maṃsaṃ chandeyya aṭṭhiṃ cetvā aṭṭhi miñjaṃ āhacca tiṭṭheyya, yaṃ vā khattiyamahāsāḷānaṃ vā brāhmaṇamahā sāḷānaṃ vā gahapatimahāsāḷānaṃ vā abhivādanaṃ sādiseyyāti ca. Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave katamaṃ nu kho varaṃ yaṃ balavā puriso tiṇhāya sattiyā teladhotāya paccorasmiṃ pahareyya, yaṃ vā khattiyamahāsāḷānaṃ vā brāhmaṇamahāsāḷānaṃ vā gahapatimahāsāḷānaṃ vā añjalikammaṃ sādiyeyyāti ca. Taṃ kiṃvaññatha bhikkhave katamaṃ nu kho varaṃ yaṃ balavā puriso tattena ayopaṭṭena ādittena sampajjalitena sajotibhutena kāyaṃ sampaḷiveṭheyya, yaṃ vā khattiyamahāsāḷānaṃ vā brāhmaṇamahāsāḷānaṃ vā gahapatimahā sāḷānaṃ vā saddhādeyyaṃ cīvaraṃ paribhuñjeyyā ti ca. Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave katamaṃ [PTS Page 056] [\q 56/] nu kho varaṃ yaṃ balavā puriso tattena ayo saṅkunā ādittena sampajjalitena sajotibhūtena mukhaṃ vivaritvā tattaṃ lohaguḷaṃ ādittaṃ sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ mukhe pakkhi peyya taṃ tassa oṭṭhampi ḍaheyya mukhampi jivhampi kaṇṭhampi adarampi

[A] aṅguttara sattakani. 1. Sī. Ma. 1. 11. Saha 111. Upanipajjati vā. 2. Sī. Ma. 1. 11. Khattiyabrāhmaṇagahapatimahāsāḷānaṃ.

[SL Page 043] [\x 43/]

Ḍaheyya antampi antaguṇampi ādāya adhobhāgā nikkhameyya, yaṃ vā khattiyamahāsāḷānaṃ vā brāhmaṇamahāsāḷānaṃ vā gahapatimahāsāḷānaṃ vā saddhādeyyaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribuñjeyyāti ca. Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave katamaṃ nu kho varaṃ yaṃ balavā riso sīse vā gahetvā khandhe vā gahetvā tattaṃ ayomañcaṃ vā ayopīṭhaṃ vā ādittaṃ sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ abhinisīdāpeyya vā abhinipajjā peyya vā, yaṃ vā khattiyamahāsāḷānaṃ yā brāhmaṇamahāsāḷānaṃ vā gahapatimahā sāḷānaṃ vā saddhādeyyaṃmañcapīṭhaṃ paribuñjeyyāti ca. Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave katamaṃ nu kho varaṃ yaṃ balavā puriso uddhapādaṃ adho siraṃ gahetvā. Tattāya lohakumbhiyā pakkipeyya ādittāya sampajjalitāya sajotibhūtāya, so tattha eṇeddehakaṃ paccamāno sakimpi uddhaṃ gaccheyya sakimpi adho gaccheyya sakimpi tiriyaṃ gaccheyya, yaṃ vā khattiyamahāsāḷānaṃ vā brāhmaṇamahāsāḷānaṃ vā gahapatimahāsāḷānaṃ vā saddhādeyyaṃ vihāraṃ paribuñjeyyāti cā ti. [A] imāhi vāḷarajju tinha satti ayopaṭṭa ayoguḷa ayoguḷa ayomañca ayopīṭha ayokumbhi upamāhi abivādana añjalikamma cīvara piṇḍapāta mañcapīṭha vihāra paribhogappaccayaṃ dukkhaṃ dassesī. Tasmā: -

Aggikkhandhāliṅgana dukkhādikadukkhakamukaphalaṃ,
Avijahato kāmasukhaṃ sukaṃ kuto bhinnasīlassa.

Abhivādana sādiyane kiṃ nāma sukhaṃ vipannasīlassa,
Daḷhavāḷarajjughaṃsana dukkhādhika dukkhabhāgissa. [PTS Page 057 [\q 57/] 2]

Saddhānamañjalikamma sādiyane kiṃ sukhaṃ asīlassa,
Sattippahāra dukkhā dhimatta dukkhassa yaṃ hetu.

Cīvara pariboga sukhaṃ kiṃ nāma asaññatassa,
Yena cīraṃ anubhavitabbā niraye jalita ayopaṭṭasamphassā.

Madhuropi pinḍapāto haḷāhaḷavisūpamo asīlassa,
Ādittā giḷitabbā ayoguḷā yena cirarattaṃ.

Sukhasammatopi dukkho asīlino mañcapīṭhaparibogo,
Yaṃ bādissanti cīraja jalita ayomañca pīṭhāni. 3

Dussīlassa vihāre saddhādeyyamhi kā nivāsa rati,
Jalitesu nivasitabbaṃ yena ayokumhi majjhesu.

Saṅkassarasamācāro kasambujāto avassuto pāpo,
Anto pūtīti ca yaṃ nivdanto āha lokagaru.

[A.] Aṅguttara sattakani. 1. Sī 1. 11 Saha 111 dukkhātidukkhaṃmukaṃphalaṃ. 2. Sī. 1. 11 Dukkhātidukkhabhāgiyassa 3. Sī1. 11 Saha 111. Jalitaayomañcadukkhāti.

[SL Page 044] [\x 44/]

Dhijjīvitaṃ adhaññassa tassa samaṇānaṃ vesadhārissa,
Assamaṇassa upahataṃ khatamattānaṃ vahantassa.

Guthaṃ viyaṃ kuṇapaṃ viya maṇḍanakāmā vivajjayantīdha,
Yaṃ nāma sīlavanto santo kiṃ jīvitaṃ tassa.

Sabbahayehi amutto mutto sabbehi adhigamasukhehi,
Supihita saggadvāro apāyamaggaṃ samārūḷho.

Karuṇāya vatthūbhūto kāruṇikajanassa nāma ko añño,
Dussīlasamo dussīlatāya iti pahuvidhāpi dosāti.

Evamādinā paccavekkhaṇena sīlavipattiyaṃ ādīnavadassanaṃ, vuttappakāraviparītato silasmapattiyaṃ ānisaṃsadassanaṃ ca veditabbaṃ. Apica: [PTS Page 058 [\q 58/] -]
Tassa pāsādikaṃ hoti pattacīvaradhāranaṃ,
Pabbajjā saphalā tassa yassa sīlaṃ sunimmalaṃ.

Attānuvādādibhayaṃ suddhasīlassa bhikkhuno,
Andhakāraṃ viya ravi hadayaṃ nāvagāhati.

Sīlasampattiyā bhikkhū sobhamāno tapovano.
Pabhāsampattiyā cando gagane viya sobhati.

Kāyagavdhopi pāmojjaṃ sīlavantassa bhikkuno,
Karoti api devānaṃ sīlagandhe kathāva kā.

Sabbesaṃ gandhajātānaṃ sampattiṃ abibhusyahi,
Avighātī dasadisā sīlagavdho pavāyati.

Appakampi katā kārā sīlavante mahapphalā,
Hontīti silavā hoti pūjā sakkārabhājanaṃ.

Sīlavantaṃ na bādhenti āsavā diṭṭhadhammikā,
Samparāyikadukkhānaṃ mūlaṃ khaṇati sīlavā.

Yā manussesu sampatti yā ca devesu sampadā,
Na sā sampannasīlassa icchato hoti dullabhā.

Accantasantā pana yā ayaṃ nibbāṇasampadā,
Sampanna sīlassa mano tameva anudhāvati.

Sabbasampattimūlamhi sīlamhi iti paṇḍito,
Anekākāravokāraṃ ānisaṃsaṃ vibhāvayeti.

Evaṃ hi vibhāvayato sīlavipattito ubbijjitvā sīlasampatti ninnaṃ mānasaṃ hoti; tasmā yathā vuttaṃ imaṃ sīlipattiyā ādī navaṃ, imañca sīlasampattiyā ānisaṃsaṃ disvā sabbādarena sīlaṃ

[SL Page 045] [\x 45/]
Vodāpetabbanti. Ettāvatā ca "sīle patiṭṭhāya naro sapañño"ti imissā gāthāya sīla samādhi paññāmukhena desite visuddhimagge sīlaṃ tāva paridīpitaṃ hoti.

Iti sādhujanapāmojjatthāya kate visuddhimaggena

Sīlanīddeso nāma

Paṭhamo paricchedo. [PTS Page 059] [\q 59/]

2.
Atha dhutaṅganiddeso.

Idāni yehi appicchatā santuṭṭhitādīhi guṇehi vuttappakā rassa sīlassa vodānaṃ hoti te guṇe sampādetuṃ yasmā samādinnasīlena yoginā dhutaṅgasamādānaṃ kātabbaṃ, evaṃ bhissa appicchatā santuṭṭhitā sallekha pavivekāpacaya viriyārambha subhara tādi guṇasalila vikkhālitamalaṃ sīlañceva suparisuddhaṃ bhavissati vatāni ca sampajjissanti. Bati anavajjasīlabbataguṇaparisuddhasamācāro porāṇe ariyavaṃsattaye patiṭṭhāya catutthassa bhāvanārāmatā saṅkhātassa ariyavaṃsassa adhigamāraho bhavissati; tasmā dhutaṅgakathaṃ ārabissāma: - bhagavatā hi pariccattalokāmisānaṃ kāye ca jivite ca anapekkhānaṃ anulomapaṭipadaṃ yeva ārādhetukāmānaṃ kulaputtānaṃ terasa dhutaṅgāni aṭuññātāni seyyathīdaṃ: paṃsukulikaṅgaṃ, tecīvarikaṅgaṃ, pinḍapātikaṅgaṃ, sapadānacārikaṅgaṃ, ekāsanikaṅgaṃ, pattapinḍikaṅgaṃ, khalupacchābhattikaṅkaṃ, āraññikaṅgaṃ, rukkhamūlikaṅgaṃ, abbhokāsikaṅgaṃ, sosānikaṅgaṃ, yathā santhatikaṅgaṃ, nesajjikaṅganti tattha: -

Atthato lakkhaṇādīhi samādānavidhānato,
Pabhedato bhedato ca tassa tassānisaṃsāto.

Kusalattikato ceva dhutādīnaṃ vibhāgato,
Samāsavyāsatocāpi viññātabbo vinicchāya. [PTS Page 060] [\q 60/]

Tattha atthato tāva: - rathikā susāna saṅkārakūmādīnaṃ yattha katthaci paṃsūnaṃ upari ṭhitattā abbhuggataṭṭhena tesu paṃsusu kūla mivāti paṃsukūlaṃ; athavā paṃsu viya kucchitabhāvaṃ ulatī'tipaṃsukūlaṃkucchitabhāvaṃ gacchatīti vuttaṃ hoti; evaṃ laddhanibbacanassa paṃsukūlassa dhāraṇaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ; paṃsukūlaṃ sīlamassāti paṃsukuliko; paṃsukulikassa aṅgaṃ= paṃsukulikaṅgaṃ, aṅganti kāraṇaṃ vuccati, tasmā yena samādānena so paṃsukuliko hoti, tassetaṃ adhi vacananti veditabbaṃ. Eteneva nayena saṅghāṭi uttarāsaṅga

[SL Page 046] [\x 46/]

Antaravāsaka saṅkhātaṃ ticīvaraṃ sīlamassāti tecīvariko; tecīvarikassa aṅgaṃ tecīvarikaṅgaṃ. Bhikkhāsaṅkhātānaṃ pana āmisapinḍānaṃ pāto piṇḍapāto, parehi dinnānaṃ piṇḍānaṃ patte nipata nanti vuttaṃ hoti; taṃ pinḍapātaṃ uñchati taṃ taṃ kulaṃ upasaṅkamanto gavesatīti piṇḍapātiko. Pinḍāya vā patituṃ vatame tassāti piṇḍapātīpatitunti carituṃ; pinḍapātī eva piṇḍapātiko; piṇḍapātikassa aṅgaṃ pinḍapātikaṅgaṃ. Dānaṃ vuccata avakhaṇḍanaṃ; apetaṃ dānato apadānaṃ- anavakhaṇḍananti attho; saha apadā nena sapadānaṃavakhaṇḍanavirahitaṃ anugharanti vuttaṃ hoti; sapadānaṃ carati idamassa sīlanti sapadānacārī; sapadānacārī eva sapadānacāriko; tassa aṅgaṃ sapadānacārikaṅgaṃ. Ekāsane bojanaṃ ekāsaṃ; taṃ sīlamassāti ekāsaniko; tassa aṅgaṃ ekāsani kaṅgaṃ. Dutiyabhājanassa paṭikkhittattā kevalaṃ ekasmiṃ yeva patte piṇḍo pattapiṇḍo; idāni pattapiṇḍagahaṇe pattapiṇḍasaññaṃ katvā- pattapiṇḍo sīlamassāti pattapinḍiko; tassa aṅgaṃ pattapiṇḍikaṅgaṃ. Khalūti paṭisedhanatthe nipāto; pavāritena satā [PTS Page 061] [\q 61/] paccā laddhaṃ bhattaṃ pacchābhattaṃ nāma. Tassa pacchā bhattassa bhojanaṃ pacchābhattabhojanaṃ; tasmiṃ pacchābhattabhojane pacchābhattasaññaṃ katvā- pacchābhattaṃ sīlamassāti pacchābhattiko; na pacchābhattiko khalu pacchābhattiko; samādānavasena paṭikkhittātirittabhojanassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana vuttaṃ khalūti eko sakuṇiko, so mukhena phalaṃ gahetvā tasmiṃ patite puna aññaṃ na khādati tādiso ayanti khalupacchābhattiko tassa aṅgaṃ khalupacchābhattikaṅgaṃ. Araññe nivāso sīlamassāti āraññiko tassa aṅgaṃ āraññikaṅgaṃ. Rukkhamūle nivāso rukkhamūlaṃ, taṃ sīlamassāti rukkhamūliko. Rukkhamūlikassa aṅgaṃ rukkhamūlikaṅgaṃ. Abbhokāsika sosānikaṅgesupi eseva nayo yadeva santhataṃ yathā santhataṃ, idaṃ tuyhaṃ pāpuṇātīti evaṃ paṭhamaṃ uddiṭṭhasenāsanassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tasmiṃ yathāsanthate viharituṃ sīlamassāti yathāsanthatiko, tassa aṅgaṃ yathāsanthatikaṅgaṃ. Sayanaṃ paṭikkhipitvā nisajjāya virahituṃ sīlamassāti nesajjiko, tassa aṅgaṃ nesajjikaṅgaṃ. Sabbāneva panetāni tena tena samādānena dhūtakilesattā dhutassa bhikkhuno aṅgānīti kilesa dhananato vā dhutanti laddhavohāraṃ ñāṇaṃ aṅgaṃ etesanti dhutaṅgāni. Athavā dhutāni ca tāni paṭipakkhaniddhunanato aṅgāni ca paṭipattiyā tipi dhutaṅgāni, evaṃ tāvettha atthato viññātabbo vinicchayo.

Lakkhaṇādihīti: - sabbāneva panetāni1 samādānacetanālakkhaṇāni. Vuttampicetaṃ: -2 " yo samādiyati so piggalo, yena

1. Sī1. 11. Sabbānevacetāni. 2. Sī1 saha ma. 11. Vuttampicetaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ

[SL Page 047] [\x 47/]
Samādiyati cittacetasikā ete dhammā, yā samādānacetanā taṃ dhutaṅgaṃ, yaṃ paṭikkhipati taṃ vatthūti. [A"] sabbāneva ca loluppaviddhaṃ sanarasāni, nilloluppabhāvapaccupaṭṭhānāni, appicchatādi ariyadhamama padaṭṭhānāni. [PTS Page 062] [\q 62/] evamettha lankhaṇādihiveditabbo vinicchayo.

Samādānavidhānatoti ādisu pana padvasu: - sabbāneva dhutaṅgāni dharamāne bhagavati bhagavatova santike samādātabbāni; parinibbute mahāsāvakassa santike; tasmiṃ asati khauṇāsavassaanāgamissasakadāgāmissasotāpannassatipiṭakassadvipimakas- saekapimakassa - ekajaṅgītikassa - ekāgamassa - aṭṭhakathācariyassa - tasmiṃ asati dhutaṅgadharassa - tasmimpi asati cetiyaṅganaṃ sammajjitvā ukkuṭikaṃ nisīditvā sammāsambuddhassa santike vadanena viya samādātabbāni. Apica sayampi samādātuṃ vaṭṭati evaṃ. Ettha ca cetiyapabbate dvebhātika terānaṃ jeṭṭhabhātu dhutaṅgappicchatāya vatthu kathetabbaṃ. Ayaṃ tāva sādāraṇakathā.

Idāni ekekassa samādānavidhānappabhedabhedānisaṃse vaṇṇayissāma: paṃsukulikaṅgaṃ tāva: -" gahapatidānacīvaraṃ paṭikkipāmi, " "paṃsukulikaṅgaṃ samādiyāmī"ti imesu dvīsu vacanesu aññatarena samādinnaṃ hoti. Idaṃ tāvettha samādānaṃ evaṃ samādinnadhutaṅgena pana tena sosānikaṃ pāpaṇikhaṃ rathiyacolaṃ saṅkāra coḷaṃ sottiyaṃ nahānachoḷaṃ titthacoḷaṃ gatapaccāgataṃ aggidaḍḍhaṃ gokhāyitaṃ upacikākhāyitaṃ undūrakhāyitaṃ antacchinnaṃ dasacchinnaṃ dhajāhamaṃ thūpacīvaraṃ samaṇacīvaraṃ ābisekikaṃ iddhimayaṃ panthikaṃ vātāhataṃ devadattiyaṃ sāmuddiyanti etesu aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ gahetvā phāletvā dubbalaṭṭhānaṃ pahāya thiraṭṭhānāni dhovitvā cīvaraṃ katvā porānaṃ gahapaticīvaraṃ apanetvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Tattha sosānikanti: susāne patitakaṃ. Pāpaṇikanti: āpaṇadvāre patītakaṃ. Rathiyacoḷanti: puññattikehi vātapānadvārena1 ratikāya chaḍḍītacoḷakaṃ. Saṅkāracoḷanti: [PTS Page 063] [\q 63/] saṅkāraṭṭhāne chaḍḍita coḷakaṃ. Sotthiyanti: gabbhamalaṃ puñchitvā chaḍḍitavatthaṃ. Tissā maccamātā kira sataagghanakena vatthena gabbhamalaṃpuñchāpetvā paṃsukulikā gaṇhissantīti tāḷavelimagge chaḍḍāpesi, bhikkhū jinṇakaṭṭhānatthameva gaṇhanti. Nahānacoḷanti: yaṃ bhūta vejjehi sasīsaṃ nahāpitā kāḷakaṇṇicoḷanti chaḍḍetvā gacchanti. Titthacoḷanti: sinānatitthe chaḍḍita pilotikaṃ. Gata paccāgatanti: yaṃ manussā. Susānaṃ gantvā paccāgatā nahātvā chaḍḍenti. Aggidaḍhenti: agginā daḍḍhapadesaṃ. Taṃ hi manussā chaḍḍenti. Gokhāyitādīni pākaṭāneva. Tādisānipi hi manussā chaḍḍenti. Dhajāhaṭanti: nāvaṃ āruhantā dhajaṃ bandhitvā āruhanti

[A] mahāaṭhakathā. 1. Sī1. 11. Vātapānantarena.

[SL Page 048] [\x 48/]

Taṃ tesaṃ dassanātikkame gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Yampi yuddhabhamiyaṃ dhajaṃ bandhitvā ṭhapitaṃ taṃ dvinnampi senānaṃ gatakāle gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Thūpavīcaranati: vammikaṃ parikkhipitvā balikammakataṃ. Samaṇacīvaranti: bhikkhusantakaṃ. Ābhisekikanti: rañño abhisekaṭṭhāne chaḍḍita cīvaraṃ. Iddhimayanti: ehi bhikkhucīvaraṃ. Panathikanti: antarāmagge patitakaṃ yaṃ pana sāmikānaṃ satisammosena patitaṃ taṃ tokaṃ rakkhitvā gahetabbaṃ. Vātāhatanti: vātena haritvā dūre pātitaṃ. Taṃ pana sāmike apassante gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Devadattiyanti: yaṃ anuruddhattherassa viya devatāhi dinnakaṃ. Sāmuddiyanti: samuddavicīhi thale ussāditaṃ yaṃ pana saṅghassa demāti dinnaṃ coḷaka bikkhāya vā caramānehi laddhaṃna taṃ paṃsukulaṃ, bhikkhudattiyepi yaṃ vassaggena gāhetvā vā dīyyati senāsanacīvaraṃ vā hoti na taṃ paṃsukulaṃ, no gāhāpetvā dinnameva paṃsukuḷaṃ tatrāpi yaṃ dāya kehi bhikkhussa pādamūle nikkhittaṃ tena pana bhikkhunā paṃsukulikassa hattheṭhapetvā dinnaṃ taṃ ekato suddhikaṃ nāma, yaṃ bhikkhuno hatthe ṭhapetvā dinnaṃtena pana pādamūle ṭhapitaṃ tampi ekato suddhikaṃ, yaṃ bhikkhunopi pādamūle ṭhapitaṃtenāpi tatheva dinnaṃ taṃ [PTS Page 064] [\q 64/] ubhatosuddhikaṃ, yaṃ hatthe ṭapetvāva laddhaṃ hattheyeva ṭhapitaṃ taṃ anukkaṭṭhacīvaraṃ nāma. Iti imaṃ paṃsukulabhedaṃ ñatvā paṃsukulikena cīvaraṃ paribhuñjitabbanti idamettha vidhānaṃ. Ayaṃ pana pabhedo: tayo paṃsukulikā, ukkaṭṭho majjhimo mūduti. Tattha sosānikaṃ yeva gaṇhanto ukkaṭṭho hoti, pabbajitā gaṇhissantīti ṭhapitakaṃ gaṇhanto majjhimo, pādamūle ṭhapetvā dinnakaṃ gaṇhanto mudūti. Tesu yassa kassaci attano ruciyā khantiyā gihīhi dinnakaṃ sāditakkhaṇe dutaṅgaṃbhijjati. Ayamettha bhedo. Ayaṃ pānānisaṃso: "paṃsukulachivaraṃ nissāya pabbajjā"ti[a] vacanato nissayānurūpa paṭipattisabbhāvo, paṭhame ariyavaṃse patiṭṭhānaṃ, ārakkhadukkhābhāvo, aparāyattavuttitā, corabhayena abhayatā, paribhogataṇhāya abhāvo, samaṇasāruppaparikkhāratā. " Appāni ceva sulahāni ca tānica anavajjānī"tī: [b] bhagavatā saṃvaṇṇitappaccayatā, pāsādikatā, appicchatādīnaṃ phalanipphatti, sammāpaṭipattiyā anubrūhaṇa, pacchimāya janatāya diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpādananti.

Mārasenavighatāya paṃsukūla1 dharo yati.
Sannaddha kavaco yuddhe khattiyo viya sobhati.

Pahāya kāsikādīni varavatthāni dhāritaṃ.
Yaṃ lokagarunā ko taṃ paṃsukulaṃ na dhāraye.

[A.] Vinayamahāvagga- pabbajjākhandhaka. [B.] Aṅguttarani - catukkani. 1. Sī1. 11 Saha 111paṃsukulaṃ.

[SL Page 049.] [\x 49/]

Tasmā hi attano bhikhu paṭiññaṃ samanussaraṃ,
Yogācārānukulamhi paṃsukule rato siyāti.
Ayaṃ tāva paṃsukulikaṅge

Samādāna vidhānappabhedabhedānisaṃsavaṇṇanā.

Tadanantaraṃ pana tecīvarikaṅgaṃ " catutthakacīvaraṃ paṭikkhipāmi, tecīvarikaṅgaṃ samādiyāmi"ti imesaṃ aññataravacanena [PTS Page 065] [\q 65/] samādinnaṃ hoti. Tena pana tecīvarikena cīvaradussaṃ labhitvā yāva aphāsu bhāvena kātuṃ vā na sakkoti vicārakaṃ1 vā na labhatisūciādisu vāssa kiñci2 na sampajjati tāva nikkhipitabbaṃ; nikkittapaccayā doso natthi. Rajitakālato paṭṭhāya pana nikkhipituṃ na vaṭṭati; dhutaṅgacoro nāma hoti. Idamassa vidhānaṃ. Pabhedato pana ayampi tivido hoti: tattha ukkaṭṭhena rajana kāle paṭhamaṃ antaravāsakaṃ vā uttarāsaṅgaṃ vā rajitvā taṃ nivāsetvā itaraja rajitabbaṃ, taṃ pārupitvā saṅghāṭi rajitabbā- saṅghāṭiṃ pana nivāsetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Idamassa gāmantasenāsane vattaṃ. Āraññakena pana dve ekato dhovitvā rajituṃ vaṭṭanti. Yathā pana kadvi disvā sakkoti kāsāvaṃ ākaḍḍhitvā upari kātuṃ evaṃ āsanne ṭhāne nisīditabbaṃ. Majjhimassa pana rajanasālāyaṃ rajanakāsāvaṃ nāma hoti taṃ nivāsetvā vā pārupitvā vā rajanakammaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati; mudukassa sabhāgabhikkhūnaṃ cīvarāni nivāsetvā vā pārupitvā vā rajana kammaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Tatraṭṭhaka paccattharaṇampi tassa vaṭṭati, pariharituṃ pana na vaṭṭati, sabhāgabhikkhūnaṃ cīvarampi antarantarā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Dhutaṅga tecīvarikassa pana catutthaṃ vaṭṭamānaṃ aṃsakāsāvameva vaṭṭati, tañca kho vitthārato vidatthi dīghato tihatthameva vaṭṭati. Imesa pana tinṇampi catutthakacīvaraṃ sāditakkhaṇeyeva dhutaṅgaṃ bhijjati. Ayamettha bhedo. Ayaṃ panāni saṃso: tecīvariko bikkhu santuṭṭhohoti kāyaparihārikena cīvarena, tenassa pakkhino viya samādāyeva gamanaṃ, appasamārambhatā, vatthasannidhiparivajjanaṃ, sallahukavuttitā, atireka cīvaraloluppappahāṇaṃ, kappiyepi mattakāritā. Sallekhavuttitā, appicchatādīnaṃ phalanipphattīti evamādayo guṇā sampajjanti. [PTS Page 066] [\q 66/]

Atireka vatthataṇhaṃ pahāya sannidhi vivajjito dhiro,
Santosa sukha rasaññū ticīvaradharo bhavati yegī.

Tasmā sapattacaraṇo pakkhīva sacīvarova yogivaro,
Sukhamanuvicaritukāmo cīvaraniyame ratiṃ kayirāti.
Ayaṃ tecīvarikaṅge
Sāmādāna vidhānappabhedabhedānisaṃsavanṇanā.

1. Sī 1. 11. Vicāraṇakaṃ 2. Sī 1. 11 Saha 111 sūciādīsu vā yaṃ kiñci.

[SL Page 050] [\x 50/]

Piṇḍapātikaṅgampi "atirekalābhaṃ paṭikkhipāmi, piṇḍapāti kaṅgaṃ samādiyāmī"ti imesaṃ aññataravacanena samādinnaṃ hoti. Tena pana piṇḍapātikena saṅghabhattaṃ, uddesabhattaṃ, nimattanaṃ, salākabhattaṃ, pakkhikaṃ, uposathikaṃ, pāṭipadikaṃ, āgantukabhattaṃ, gamikabhattaṃ, gilānabhattaṃ, gilānūpaṭṭhākabhattaṃ, vihārabhattaṃ, dhūrabhattaṃ, vārabhattanti etāni cuddasa bhattāni na sāditabbāni, sace pana saṅghabhattaṃ gaṇhathāti ādināvata nayenavā ambhākaṃ gehe saṃgho bikkhaṃ ganhāti tumhepi bhikkhaṃ gaṇhathāti vatvā dinnāni honti tāni sādituṃ vaṭṭanti. Saṅghato nirāmisasalā kāpi vihāre pakkabhattampi vaṭṭatiyevāti - idamassa vidhānaṃ. Pahe dato pana ayampi tividho hoti: tattha ukkaṭṭho puratopi pacchatopi āhaṭabhikkhaṃ gaṇhāti, padvāre1 ṭhatvā pattaṃ gaṇhantānampi deti, paṭikkamanaṃ āharitvā dinnabikkhampi gaṇhāti, taṃ divasaṃ pana nisīditvā bhikkhaṃ na gaṇhāti; majjhimo taṃ divasaṃ nisīditvāpi gaṇhāti, svātanāya pananādhivāseti; muduko svātanāyapi puna divasāyapi bhikkhaṃ adivāseti. Te ubhopi serivihārasukhaṃ na labhanti, ukkaṭṭho pana labhati. Ekasmiṃ kira gāme ariyavaṃso hoti, ukaṭṭho itare āha. Āyāmāvuso dhammasavaṇāyāti. Tesu eko ekenamhi bhante manussena nisīdāpitoti. Evaṃ te ubhopi parihīṇā, itaro pātova piṇḍāya caritvāgantvā dhammarasaṃ [PTS Page 067] [\q 67/] paṭisaṃvedesi. Imesaṃ pana tinṇampi saṅghabhattādikaṃ atirekalābhaṃ sāditakkhaṇe eva dhutaṅgaṃ bhijjati - ayamettha bhedo. Ayaṃ panānisaṃso: " pinḍiyālopa bojanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā"ti[a] vacānato nissayānurūpapaṭipattisabbhāvo, dutiye ariyavaṃse patiṭṭhānaṃ, aparāyattavuttitā, "appagghāniceva sulabhāni ca tāni ca anavajjānī" ti[b-] bhagavatā saṃvaṇṇitappaccayatā, kosajjanimmaddanatā2 parisuddhājīvatā, sekhiyapaṭipattipūraṇaṃ, aparapositā, parānuggahakiriyā, mānappahānaṃ, rasataṇhānivāraṇaṃ, gaṇabhojana paramparabhojana cārittasikkhāpadehi anāpattitā, appicchatādīnaṃ anulomavuttitā. Sammāpaṭipattibrūhaṇaṃ, paccimajanatānukampananti.

"Piṇḍiyālopa santuṭṭho aparāyattajiviko,
Pahīṇāhāraloluppo hoti cātuddisoyati.

Vinodayati kosajjaṃ ājīvassa visujjhati,
Tasmā hi nātimaññeyya bhikkhācariyaṃ sumedhaso.

1. Sī1. 11 Saha 111 pattadvāre. 2. Nimmathanatā- katthaci. [A.] Vinayamahāvagga. [B.] Aṅguttarani - catukkani.

[SL Page 051.] [\x 51/]

Evarūpassa hi: -

Pinḍapātikassa bhikkhuno attabharassa anaññaposino,
Devāpihayanti tādino no ce lābhasilokanissitoti.

Ayaṃ pinḍapātikaṅge

Samādāna vidhānappabhedābhedānisaṃsavaṇṇanā.

Sapadānacārikaṅgampi " leluppacāraṃ paṭikkhipāmi, sapadānacāri kaṅgaṃ samādiyāmī"ti imesaṃ aññataravacanena samādinnaṃ hoti. Tena pana sapadānacārikena gāmadvāre ṭhatvā parissayābhāvo sallakkhetabbo: yassā racchāya cā gāme vā parissayo hoti, taṃ pahāya aññattha carituṃ vaṭṭati. Yasmiṃ gharadvāre vā racchāya vā gāme vā kiñci na labbhati, agāmasaññaṃ katvā gantabbaṃ. Yattha kiñci labbhati, taṃ pahāya gantuṃ na vaṭṭati. Iminā ca bhikkhunā kālataraṃ pavisitabbaṃ evaṃ hi aphāsukaṭṭhānaṃ pahāya aññattha [PTS Page 068] [\q 68/] gantuṃ sakkhissati. Sace panassa vihāre dānaṃ dentā antarāmagge vā āgacchantā manussā. Pattaṃ gaṇhitvā pinḍapātaṃ denti vaṭṭati, iminā ca maggaṃ gacchantenāpi bhikkhācāravelāyaṃ sampattagāmaṃ anatikkamitvā caritabbameva. Tattha alabhitvā vā thokaṃ labhitvā vā gāmapaṭipāṭiyā caritabbanti. Idamassa vidhānaṃ, pabhedato pana ayampi tividho hoti: tattha ukkaṭṭho purato āhaṭabhikkhaṃ pacchato āhaṭabhikkhampi paṭikkamanaṃ āharitvā dīyamānampi na ganhāti, pattadvāre pana pattaṃ vassajjeti- imasmiṃ hi dhutaṅge mahākassapattherena sadiso nāma natthi, tassāpi patta vissaṭṭhaṭṭhā nameva paññāyati. Majjhimo purato vā pajchato vā āhaṭmpi paṭikkamanaṃ ābhatampi gaṇhāti, pattadvārepi pattaṃ vissajjeti, na pana bhikkhaṃ āgamayamāno nisīdati; evaṃ so ukkaṭṭhapiṇḍa pātikassa anulometi. Muduko taṃ divasaṃ nisīditvā āgameti. Imesaṃ pana tinṇampi loluppacāre uppannamatte dhutaṅgaṃ bhijjati. Ayamettha bhedo; ayaṃ panānisaṃso: kulesu niccanava katā, candūpamatā, kulamaccherappahāṇaṃ, samānukampitā, kulūpakādi navābhāvo, avhāṇānabhinavdanā, abhihārena anatthikatā, appicchatādīnaṃ anulomavuttitāti.

Candūpamo niccanavo kulesu amaccharī sabbasamānukampo,
Kulūpakādīnavavippamutto hotīdha bhikkhū sapadānacārī.

Loluppacāradva pahāya tasmā okkhittacakkhū yugamattadassī,
Ākaṅkhamāno bhuvi seri cāraṃ careyya dhiro sapadānacāranti.

Ayaṃ sapadānacārikaṅge
Samādāna vidānappabhedabhedānisaṃsavaṇṇanā. [PTS Page 069] [\q 69/]

[SL Page 052] [\x 52/]

Ekāsanikaṅgampi " nināsanabhejanaṃ paṭikkipāmi, ekāsani kaṅgaṃ samādiyāmī"ti imesaṃ aññataravacanena samādinnaṃ hoti tena pana ekāsanikena āsanasālāya nisīdantena therāsane anisīditvā idaṃ mayhaṃ pāpunissatīti patirūpaṃ āsanaṃ sallakkhetvā nisīditabbaṃ. Sacssa vippakate bojane ācariyo vā upajjhāyo vā āgacchati, aṭṭhāya vattaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Tipiṭakacūlābhayatthero panāha: - āsaṃ vā rakkheyya bojanaṃ vā, ayañca vippakata bhojano, tasmā vattaṃ karotu, bhojanaṃ pana mā bhuñjatūti. Idamassa vidhānaṃ, pabhedato pana ayampi tivido hoti, tattha ukkaṭṭho appaṃ vā hotu bahuṃ vā, yamhi bhejane hatthaṃ otā heti tato aññaṃ gaṇhituṃ na labhati. Sacepi manussā therena na kiñci bhuttanti sappiādīni āharanti, bhesajjatthameva vaṭṭanti na āhāratthaṃ. Majjhimo yāvapatte bhattaṃ na khīyati tāva aññaṃ gaṇhituṃ labhati. Ayaṃ hi bhojanapariyantiko nāma hoti. Muduko yāva āsanā na vuṭṭhāti tāva bhuñjituṃ labhatisohi udaka pariyantiko vā hoti yāva pattadhovanaṃ na gaṇhātatāva bhuñja nato, āsanapariyantiko vā yāva na uṭṭhāti tāva bhuñjanato. Imesaṃ pana tinṇampi nānāsanabhojanaṃ bhuttakkhaṇe dhutaṅgaṃ bhijjati. Ayamettha bhedo. Ayaṃ panānisaṃso: appābādhatā, appātaṅkatā, lahuṭṭhānaṃ, balaṃ, phāsuvihāro, anatirittappaccayā anāpatti, rasataṇhāvinodanaṃ, appicchatādīnaṃ anuloma vuttititi.

Ekāsanabhejane rataṃ na yatiṃ bhejanapaccayā rujā,
Visahanti raso alolupo parihāpeti na kammamattano.

Isi phāsuvihāra kāraṇe sucisallekha ratūpasevite.
Janayetha visuddhamānaso ratimekāsanabhojane yatīti. 1

Ayaṃ ekāsanikaṅge

Samādāna vidānappabhedabhedānisaṃsavaṇṇanā. [PTS Page 070] [\q 70/]

Pattapinḍikaṅgampi "dutiyakabhājanaṃ paṭikkhipāmi, patta piṇḍikaṅgaṃ samādiyāmi"ti imesaṃ aññataravacanena samādinnaṃ hoti. Tena pana pattapinḍikena yāgupānakāle bhājane ṭhapetvā vyañjane laddhe vyañjanaṃ vā paṭhamaṃ khāditabbaṃ, yāgu vā pātabbā. Sace pana yāguyaṃ pakkhipati, pūtimacchakādimhi vyañcane pakkhitte yāgu paṭikkūlā hoti appaṭikkūlameva ca katvā bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Tasmā tathārūpaṃ vyañjanaṃ sandhāya idaṃ vuttaṃ yaṃ pana madhusakkharādikaṃ appaṭikkūlaṃ hoti, taṃ pakkipitabbaṃ gaṇhantena ca pamāṇayuttameva gaṇhitabbaṃ, āmakasākaṃ hatthena gahetvā

1. Sī1. 11 Sadāti.

[SL Page 053.] [\x 53/]
Khādituṃ vaṭṭati. Yathā pana akatvā patteyeva pakkhipitabbaṃ. Dutiyakabhājanassa pana paṭikkhittattā aññaṃ rukkhapaṇṇampi na vaṭṭatītiidamassa vidhānaṃ; pabhedato pana ayampitivido hiti: tettha ukkaṭṭhassa aññata; ucchukhādanakālā kacavarampi chaḍḍetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Odanapiṇḍamacchamaṃsapūvepi bhinditvā khādituṃ na vaṭṭati. Majjhimassa ekena hatthenabhanditvā khādituṃ vaṭṭati, - hatthayogī nāmesa muduko pana pattayogī nāma hoti, tassa yaṃ sakkāhoti patte pakkhipituṃ taṃ sabbaṃ hatthena vā dantehi vā bhinditvā khādituṃ vaṭṭati. Imesaṃ pana tinṇampi dutiyakabhājanaṃ sāditakkhaṇe dhutaṅgaṃ bhijjati. Ayamettha bedo, ayaṃ panānisaṃso: nānārasataṇhāvinodanaṃ, artiiricchatāya pahānaṃ, āhāre payojanamattadassitā, thālakādipariharaṇadhedābhāvo, avikkhittabojitā, appicchatādīnaṃ anulomavuttitāti.

Nānābhājana vikkhepaṃ hitvā okkhitta locano,
Khaṇanto viya mūlāni rasataṇhāya subbato.

Sarūpaṃ viya santuṭṭhiṃ dhārayanto sumānaso,
Paribhuñjeyya āhāraṃ ko añño pattapinḍikāti.

Ayaṃ pattapinḍikaṅge

Samādāna vidhānappabhedābhedānisaṃsavaṇnanā. [PTS Page 071] [\q 71/]

Khalupacchābhattikaṅgampi " atirittabhojanaṃ paṭikkipāmi, khalupacchābhattikaṅgaṃ samādiyāmi"ti imosaṃ aññataravacanena samādinnaṃ hoti. Tena pana khalupacchābhattikena pavāretvā punabhojanaṃ kappiyaṃ kāretvā na bhuñjitabbaṃ- idamassa vidhānaṃ; pahedato pana ayampitividho hoti: tattha ukkaṭṭho yasmā paṭhama piṇḍe pavāraṇā nāma natthi, tasmiṃ pana ajjhohariyamāne aññaṃ paṭikkipato hoti, tasmā evaṃ pavārito paṭhamapinḍaṃ ajjhoharitvā dutiyapiṇḍaṃ na bhuñjati. Majjhimo yasmiṃ bojane pavārito tadeva bhuñjati. Muduko pana yāva āsanā na vuṭṭhāti tāva bhuñjati imesaṃ pana tinṇampi pavāritānaṃ kappiyaṃ kārāpetvā bhuttakkhaṇe dhutaṅgaṃ bhijjati. Ayamettha tbhado, ayaṃpanāni saṃso: anatirittabojanāpattiyā dūrībhāvo, odarikattābhāvo, nirāmisasannidhitā, puna pariyesanāya abhāvo, appicchatādīnaṃ anulomavuttitāti.

Pariyesanāya dhedaṃ na yāti na karoti sannidhiṃ dhiro,
Odarikattaṃ pajahati khalupacchābhattiko yogī.

[SL Page 054] [\x 54/]

Tasmā sugatappasatthaṃ santosa guṇādivundisaṃjananaṃ,
Dose vidhunitukāmo bhajeyya yogī dhutaṅgamidanti.

Ayaṃ khalupacchābhattikaṅge

Samādāna vidhānappabhedabhedānisaṃsavaṇṇanā.

Āraññikaṅgampi "gāmantasenāsanaṃ paṭikkhipāmi, āraññikaṅgaṃ samādiyāmī"ti imosaṃ aññataravacanena samādinnaṃ hoti. Tena pana āraññikena gāmantasenāsanaṃ pahāya araññe aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Tattha saddhiṃ upacārena gāmoyave gāmanasenāsanaṃ. Gāmo nāma: - yo koci ekakuṭiko vā anekakuṭiko vā parikkitto vā aparikkhitetā vā samanusso vā amanusso vā, antamaso atireka cātumāsaniviṭṭho [PTS Page 072] [\q 72/] yo koci satthopi. Gāmūpacāro nāma: - parikkhittassa gāmassa sace anurādha purasseva dve indakhīlā honti, abbhantarime indakhīle ṭhitassa thāmavajjhimassa purisassa leḍḍupāto. Tassa lakkhaṇaṃ yathā taruṇa manussā attano balaṃ dassentā bāhaṃ pasāretvā leḍḍṃ khipanti, evaṃ khittassa leḍḍussa patanaṭṭhānabbhantaranti vinayadharā; suttantikā pana kākanivāraṇaniyāmena khittassāti vadanti. Aparikkhittagāme yaṃ sabbapaccantimassa gharassa dvāre ṭhito mātu gamo bhājanena udakaṃ chaḍḍeti, tassa patanaṭṭhānaṃ gharūpacāro. Tato vuttanayena eko leḍḍpāto gāmo, dutiyo gāmūpa cāro, araññaṃ pana vinayapariyāyena tāva "ṭhapetvā gāmaca gāmūpacāraca sabbametaṃ arañña"nti[a] vuttaṃ, abhidhammapariyāyena "nikkhamitvā bahi indakhīlā sabbametaṃ arañña"nti[b] vuttaṃ, imasmiṃ pana suttantikapariyāyena "āraññikaṃ nāma senāsanaṃ pañcadhanusatikaṃ pacchima"nti idaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ ti āropitena ācariyadhanunā1 parikkhittassa gāmassa indakhīlato aparikkhittassa paṭhamaleḍḍu pātato paṭṭhāya yāva vihāraparikkhepā minitvā vacatthapetabbaṃ. Sace pana vihāro aparikkhitto hoti yaṃ sabbapaṭhamaṃ senāsanaṃ vā bhattasālā vā dhuvasannipātaṭṭhānaṃ vā bodhi vā cetiyaṃ vādurecepi senāsanato hoti, taṃ paricchedaṃ katvā minitabbanti vinayaṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ; majjhimaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana vihārassāpi gāmasseva upacāraṃ nīharitvā ubhinnaṃ leḍḍupātānaṃ antarā minitabbanti vuttaṃ idamettha pamāṇaṃ, sacepi āsanne gāmo hoti, vihāre ṭhitehi mānusakānaṃ saddo sūyyati, pabbatanadī ādīhi pana antitattā nasakkā ujuṃ gantuṃ, yo tassa pakatimaggo

1. Aropitena ayadhanunā itica. Āropitajiyadhanunā itica teci vaññanti. [A] vinayapārājikapāḷi. [B.] Abhidhamma- jhānavibhaṅga.

[SL Page 055] [\x 55/]

Hoti sacepi nāvāya sañcaritabbo tena maggena pañcadhanu satikaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Yo pana āsannagāmanna aṅgsampādanattha tato tato maggaṃ pidahati, ayaṃ dhutaṅgacoro hoti. Sace pana āraññikassa bhikkhuno upajjhāyo vā ācariyo vā gilāno hoti, tena araññe sappāyaṃ alabhantena gāmanta [PTS Page 073] [\q 73/] senāsanaṃ netvā upaṭṭhātabbo. Kālasseva pana nikkhavitvā aṅgayutte ṭhāne aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Sace aruṇuṭṭhāna velāyaṃ tesaṃ ābādho vaḍḍhati, tesaṃ yeva kiccaṃ kātabbaṃ, na dhutaṅgasuddhikena bhavitabbanti - idamassa vidhānaṃ; pabhedato pana ayampi tividho hoti: tattha ukkaṭṭhena sabbakālaṃ araññe arunaṃ uṭṭhāpetabbaṃ; majjhimo cattāro vasasike māse gāmante vasituṃ labhati; muduko hemantikepi. Imesaṃ pana tiṇṇampi yathāparicchinne kāle araññato agāntvā gāmanta senāsane dhammaṃ suṇantānaṃ aruṇe uṭṭhitepi dhutaṅgaṃ na bhijjiti; sutvā gacchantānaṃ antarāmagge uṭṭhitepi na bhijjati; sace pana uṭṭhitepi dhammakathike muhuttaṃ nipajjitvā gamissāmāti niddāyantānaṃ aruṇaṃ uṭṭhahati, attano vā ruciyā gāmanta senāsane aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpenti, dhutaṅgaṃ bhijjatīti ayamettha bhedo, ayaṃ panānisaṃso: āraññiko bhikkhu araññasaññaṃ manasikaronto bhabbo aladdhaṃ vā samādhiṃ paṭiladdhuṃ, laddhaṃ vā rakkhituṃ, satthāpissa attamano hoti. Yathāha: - "tenāhaṃ nāgi tassa bhikkhuno attamano homi araññavihārenā "tī[a] panta senāsanavāsinocassa asappāya rūpādayo cittaṃ na vikkhipanti, vigatasantāso hoti jīvitanikantiṃ jahāti, pavivekasukharasaṃ assādeti, paṃsukulikādibhāvopicassa patirūpo hotīti.

Pavicitto asaṃsaṭṭho pantasenāsane rato.
Ārādhayanto nāthassa vanavāsena mānasaṃ.

Eko araññe nivasaṃ yaṃ sukaṃ labhate yati,
Rasaṃ tassa na vindanti api devā sa indakā.

Paṃsukulaṃ ca esova kavacaṃ viya dhārayaṃ,
Araññasaṅgāmagato avasesadhutāyudho.

Samattho na cirasseva jetuṃ māraṃ savāhiṇiṃ,
Tasmā araññavāsamhi ratiṃ kayirātha paṇḍitoti.

Ayaṃ āraññikaṅge

Samādāna vidhānappabhedabhedānisaṃsavaṇṇanā. [PTS Page 074] [\q 74/]

[A.] Saṃyuttani- sagāthavagga.

[SL Page 056] [\x 56/]

Rukkhamūlikaṅgampi " channaṃ paṭikkhipāmi, rukkhamūlikaṅgaṃ samādiyāmī"ti imesaṃ aññataravacanena samādinnaṃ hoti. Tena pana rukkhamūlikena sīmantarikarukkhaṃ cetiyarukkhaṃ nīyyā sarukkhaṃ phalarukkhaṃ vagguli rukkhaṃ susurarukkhaṃ vihāramajjhe ṭhitarukkhanti ime rukkhe vivajjetvā vihārapaccante ṭhitarukkho gahetabboti - idamassavidhānaṃ. Pabhedato pana ayampi tivido hoti: tattha ukkaṭṭho yathārucitaṃ rukkhaṃ gahetvā paṭijaggā petuṃ na labhati, pādenapapaṇṇasamaṃ apanetvā vasitabbaṃ. Majjhimo taṃ ṭhānaṃ sampattehi yeva jaggāpetuṃ labhati. Mudu kena ārāmikasamaṇuddese pakkositvā sodāpetvā samaṃ kārāpetvā vālikaṃ okirāpetvā pākāraparikkhepaṃ kārāpetvā dvāraṃ yojāpetvā vasitabbaṃ. Mahadivase pana rukkhamūlikena tattha anisīditvā aññattha paṭicchanne ṭhāne nisīditabbaṃ, imesaṃ pana tiṇṇampi channe vāsaṃ kappitakkhaṇe dhutaṅgaṃ bhijjati, jānitvā channe aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpitamatteti aṅguttarabhāṇakā. Ayamettha bhedo. Ayaṃ panānisaṃso: "rukkhamūlasenāsanaṃ nissāya pabbajjā"ti[a] vacanato nissayānurūpapaṭipattisabbhāvo, "appagghāniceva sulabhāni ca tānica anavajjānī"ti[b] bhagavatā saṃvaṇṇi tappaccayatā, abhiṇhaṃ tarupaṇṇavikāradassanena aniccasaññā samuṭṭhāpanatā, senāsanamaccherakammārāmatānaṃ abāvo, devatāhi sahavāsitā, appicchatādīnaṃ anulomavuttitāti.

Vannito buddhaseṭṭhena nissayoti ca bhāsito.
Nivāso pavicittassa rukkhamūlasamo kuto.

Āvāsa macchera hare devatā paripālite.
Pavivitte vasanto hī rukkhamūlamhi subbato. [PTS Page 075] [\q 75/]

Abhirattāni nīlāni paṇḍūni patitāni ca,
Passanto tarupanṇāni niccasaññaṃ vanūdati.

Tasmā hi buddhadāyajjaṃ bhāvanābhiratālayaṃ, vivittaṃ nātivaññeyya rukkhamūlaṃ vicakkhaṇoti.

Ayaṃ rukkhamūlikaṅge

Samādana vidhānappabhedabhedānisaṃsavaṇṇanā.

Abbhokāsikaṅgampi "channañca rukkhamūlañca paṭikkhipāma, abbhokāsikaṅgaṃ samādiyāmī"ti imesaṃ aññataravacanena samādinnaṃ hoti. Tassa pana abbhokāsikassa dhammasavaṇāya vā uposathattāya vā uposathāgāraṃ pavisituṃ vaṭṭati, sace paviṭṭhassa devo.

[A.] Vinayamahāvagga-pa-pa [b.] Aṅguttarani- catukkani.

Vassati, vassamāne anikkhamitvā vassūparame nikkhamitabbaṃ; bhojana sālaṃ vā aggisālaṃvā pavisitvā vattaṃ kātuṃ, bhojanasālāyaṃ there bhikkhū bhattena āpucchituṃ, uddisantena vā uddisā pentena vā knnaṃ pavisituṃ bahi dunnikkhittāni mañcapīdhādini anto pavesetuñca vaṭṭati; sace maggaṃ gacchantena buḍḍhatarānaṃ parikkhāro gahito hoti, deve cassante maggamajjhe ṭhitaṃ sālaṃ pavisituṃ vaṭṭati; sace na kiñci gahitaṃhoti, sālāyaṃ ṭhassāmīti vegena gantuṃ na vaṭṭati. Pakatigatiyā gantvā paviṭṭhena pana yāva vassūparamā ṭhatvā gantabbanti idamassa vidhānaṃ; rukkhamūlikassāpi eseva nayo. Pabhedato pana ayampi tividho hoti: tattha ukkaṭṭhassa rukkhaṃ vā pabbataṃ vā gehaṃvā upanissāya vasituṃ na vaṭṭati, abbhokāseyeva cīvarakuṭiṃ katvā vasitabbaṃ. Majjhimassa rukkhapabbatagehāni upanissāya anto apavisitvā vasituṃ vaṭṭati. Mudukassa acchinnamariyādaṃ pabbhārampi sādhāmaṇḍapopi pīṭhapaṭopi khettarakkhakādīhi chaḍḍitā tatraṭṭhaka kuṭukāpi vaṭṭatīti. Imesaṃ pana tiṇṇampi vāsatthāya channaṃ vā rukkhamūlaṃ vā paviṭṭhakkhaṇe [PTS Page 076] [\q 76/] dhutaṅgaṃ bhijjati. Jānitvā tattha aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpita matteti aṅguttarabhāṇakā. Ayamettha bhedo. Ayaṃ panānisaṃso: āvāsapalibedhūpacchedo, thīnamiddhapanūdanaṃ, "magakā viya asaṅgacārino aniketā viharanti bhikkhavo"ti: pasaṃsāya aṭurūpatā, nissaṅgatā, cātuddisatā, appicchatādinaṃ anuloma vuttitāti.

Anagāriyabhāvassa anurūpe adullabhe,
Tārāmaṇivitānamhi candadīpappabhāsite.

Abbhokāso vasaṃ bhikkhū vigabhutena cetasā,
Thīnamiddhaṃ vinodetvā bhāvanārāmataṃ sito.

Pavivekarasassādaṃ na cirasseva vindati,
Yasmā tasmā hi sappañño abbhokāse rato siyāti.

Ayaṃ abbhokāsikaṅge

Samādāna vidhānappabhedabhedānisaṃsavaṇṇanā.

Sosānikaṅgampi " na susānaṃ paṭikkhipāmi, sosānikaṅgaṃ samādiyāmi"ti imesaṃ aññataravacanena samādinnaṃ hoti. Tena pana sosānikena yaṃ manussā gāmaṃ nivesetvā1 idaṃ susānanti vavatthapenti, na tattha vasitabbaṃ. Na hi matasarīre ajjhāpite taṃ susānaṃ nāma hoti, jhāpitakālato pana paṭṭhāya sacepi dvādasavassāni chaḍḍitaṃ taṃ susānameva, tasmiṃ pana vasantena

1. Ma. 11. Nivesantā.

[SL Page 058] [\x 58/]

Caṅkama maṇḍapādīni kāretvā mañcapīṭhaṃ paññāpetvā pānīyapari bhojanīyaṃ1 upaṭṭhāpetvā dhammaṃ vācentena na vasitabbaṃgarukaṃ hi idaṃ dhutaṅgaṃ tasmā uppannaparissayavighātatthāya saṃghattheraṃ vā rājayuttakaṃ vā jānāpetvā appamattena vasitabbaṃ; caṅkamantena addhakkikena āḷāhanaṃ olokentena [PTS Page 077] [\q 77/] caṅkamitabbaṃ. Susānaṃ gacchantenāpi mahāpathā okkamma uppathamaggena gantabbaṃ; divāyeva ārammaṇaṃ vavatthapetabbaṃ; evaṃ hissa taṃ rattiṃ bhayānakaṃ na bhavissati. Amanussā rattiṃ viravitvāviravitvā āhinḍantā pi na kenaci paharitabbā; ekadivasampi susānaṃ agantuṃ na vaṭṭati; majjhimayāmaṃ susāne khepetvā pacchimayāme paṭikkhamituṃ vaṭṭatīti aṅguttarabhāṇakā; amanussānaṃ piyaja tilapiṭṭhamāsabhattamacchamaṃsa khīratelagulādi khajjabhojjaṃ na sevitabbaṃ. Kulagehaṃ na pavisi tabbanti - idamassa vidhānaṃ. Pabhedato pana ayampi tividho hoti: tattha ukkaṭṭhena yattha dhuvaḍāhadhuvakuṇapadhuvarodanāni atthi tattheva vasitabbaṃ, majjhimassa tīsu ekasmimpi sati vaṭṭati; mudukassa vuttanayena susānalakkhaṇaṃ pattamatte vaṭṭati. Imesaṃ pana tiṇṇampi na susānamhi vāsakappanena dhutaṅgaṃ bijjati, susānaṃ agatadiva se"ti aṅguttarabhāṇakā. Ayamettha bhedo. Ayaṃ panānisaṃso: maraṇasati paṭilābho, appamādavihāritā, asubhanimittādhigamo, kāmarāgavinodanaṃ, abhiṇhaṃ kāyasabhāvadassanaṃ, saṃvegabahulatā ārogyamadādippahāṇaṃ, bhayabheravasahanatā, amanussānaṃ garubhāva nīyatā, appicchatādīnaṃ anuloma vuttitāti.

Sosānikañhi 2 maraṇānusatippabhāvā
Niddāgatampi na phusanti pamādadosā,
Sampassatoba ca kuṇapāni bahūni tassa
Kāmānurāga vasagampi na hoti cittaṃ.

Saṃvegameti vipulaṃ na madaṃ upeti
Sammā ato ghaṭati nibbutimesamāno,
Sosānikaṅgamiti nekaguṇāvahattā
Nibbāṇaninnahadayena nisevitabbanti.

Asaṃ sosānikaṅge

Samādāna vidhānappabhedabhedānisaṃsavaṇṇanā. [PTS Page 078] [\q 78/]

Yathāsanthatikaṅgampi "senāsana loluppaṃ paṭikkipāmi, yathā santhatikaṅgaṃ samādiyāmī"ti imesaṃ aññataravacanena samādinnaṃ hoti. Tena pana yathāsanthatikena yadassa senāsanaṃ idaṃ tuyhaṃ pāpuṇātīti gāhitaṃ hoti teneva tuṭṭhabbaṃ, na añño uṭṭhāpe

1. Sī1. 111. Pānīyaṃ. 2. Sī 1. 11 Sosānikaṅgi.

[SL Page 059] [\x 59/]

Tabbo-idamassa vidhānaṃ. Pabhedato na ayampi tividho hoti. Tattha ukkaṭṭho attani pattasenāsanaṃ dūreti vā accā sanneti vā amanussadīghajātikādīhi upaddutanti vā uṇhanti vā sītalanti vā pucchituṃ na labhati; majjhimo pucchituṃ labhatī, gantvā pana oloketuṃ na labhati; muduko gantvā oloketvā sacassa taṃ na ruccati aññaṃ gahetuṃ labhati. Imesaṃ pana tinṇampi senāsanaloluppe uppannāmatte dhutaṅgaṃ bhijjatītiayamettha bhedo. Ayaṃ panānisaṃso: - "yaṃ laṅṃ tena taṭṭhabbaṃ"ti vuttovādakaraṇaṃ, sabrahmacārīnaṃ hitesitā, hīnappaṇītavikappa pariccāgo, anurodhavirodheppahāṇaṃ, atricchatāya dvārapidahanaṃ, appicchatādīnaṃ anulomavuttitāti.

Yaṃ laddhaṃ tena santuṭṭho yathāsanthatiko yati,
Nibbikappo sukaṃ seti tiṇasantharakesupi.

Na so rajjati seṭṭhamhi hīnaṃ laddhā na kuppati,
Sabrahmacārī navake hitena anukampati.

Tasmā riyasatāciṇṇaṃ munipuṅgava vaṇṇitaṃ,
Anuyuñje tha medhāvī yathāsanthatarāmatanti.

Ayaṃ yathāsanthatikaṅge

Samādāna vidhānappabhedabhedānisaṃsavaṇṇanā.

Nesajjikaṅgampi "seyyaṃ paṭikkhipāmi, nesajjikaṅgaṃ samādiyāmī"ti imesaṃ aññataravacanena samādinnaṃ hoti. Tena pana nesajjikena rattiyā tīsu yāmesu ekaṃ yāmaṃ uṭṭhāya caṅkami tabbaṃ. Iriyāpathesuhi nipajjitumeva na vaṭṭati- idamassa vidhānaṃ. [PTS Page 079] [\q 79/] pabhedato pana ayampi tivido hoti: tattha ukkaṭṭhassa neva apassenaṃ, na dussapallatthikā, na āyogapaṭṭo vaṭṭati; majjhamassa imesu tīsu yaṃkiñci vaṭṭati; mudukassa apassenampi dussapallatthi kāpi ābogapaṭṭopi bimbohanampi pañcaṅgopi sattaṅgopi paṭaṃṭati; pañcaṅgo nāma, piṭṭhiapassayena saddhiṃ kato, sattaṅgo nāma piṭṭhiapassayena ca ubato passesu apassayehi ca saddhiṃ kato, taṃ kira mīḷhābhayattherassa1 akaṃsu, thero anāgāmi hutvā parinibbāyi. Imosaṃ pana tinṇampi seyyaṃ kappitamatte dhutaṅgaṃ bhijjati-ayamettha bhedo. Ayaṃ panānisaṃso: -"seyyasukhaṃ phassasukhaṃ middhasukhaṃ anuyutto viharatī"ti[a] vuttassa cetaso vinibandhassa upacchedanaṃ, sabbakammaṭṭhānānuyogasappāyatā, pāsādikairiyāpathatā, viriyārambhānukūlatā, sammāpaṭipattiyā anubrūhananti. 2
1. Sī1. 11 Sahama. Pīḷhābhayattherassa. [A.] Majjhimani - cetokhilasutta. 2. Sī1. 11Saha 111. Samupabrūbhaṇāni.

[SL Page 060] [\x 60/]

Ābhujitvāna pallaṅkaṃ paṇidāya ujuṃ tanuṃ,
Nisīdanto vikampeti mārassa hadayaṃ yatī.

Seyyasukhaṃ middhasukhaṃ hitvā āraddhaviriyo,
Nisajjābhirato bhikkhu sobhayanto tapocanaṃ.

Nirāmisaṃ pītisukhaṃ yasmā samadhigacchati,
Tasmā samanuyuññejayya dhiro nesajjikaṃ vatanti.

Ayaṃ nesajjikaṅge

Samādāna vidhānappabhedābhedānisaṃsavaṇṇanā.

Idāni: -

Kusalattikato ceva dhutādīnaṃ vibhāgato,
Samāsavyāsato cāpi viññātabbo vinicchāyoti.

Imissā gāthāya vasena vaṇṇanā hoti, tattha kusalanti katoti; sabbāneva hi dhutaṅgānisekhaputhujjanakhīṇāsavānaṃ vasena siyā kusalāni, siyā avyākatāni, [PTS Page 080] [\q 80/] natthi dhutaṅgaṃakusalanti. Yo pana vadeyya: "pāpiccho icchāpakato āraññiko hoti"ti[a] ādīvacanato akusalampi dhutaṅganti, so vattabbo na mayaṃ akusalacittena araññe na vasatīti vadāma; yassahi araññe nivāso so āraññiko; so ca pāpiccho vā bhaveyya appiccho vā, imāni1 pana tena tena samādānena dhutakilesattā dhutassa bhikkhuno aṅgāni kilesadhunanato vā dhutanti laṅvohāraṃ ñāṇaṃ aṅgametesanti dhutaṅgāni; athavā dhutāni ca tāni paṭipakkhaniṅnanato aṅgāni ca paṭipattiyātipi dutaṅgānītivuttaṃ, na ca akusalena koci dhuto nāma hoti, yassetāni aṅgāni bhaveyyu, na ca akusalaṃ kiñci dhunāti yesaṃ taṃ aṅganti katvā dhutaṅgānīti vucceyyuṃ, nāpi akusalaṃ cīvaraloluppādīni ceva dunāti paṭipattiyā ca aṅgaṃ hoti, tasmā suvuttamidaṃ natthi akusalaṃ dhutaṅganti. Yesampi kusalattikavinimmuttaṃ dhutaṅgaṃ tesaṃ atthato dhutaṅgameva natthi, asantaṃ kassa dunanato dhutaṅgaṃ nāma bhavissati, dhutaguṇe samādāya vattatīti vacanavirodhopica nesaṃ āpajjati, tasmā taṃ na gahetabbanti. Ayaṃ tāva kusalatti kato vaṇṇanā.

Dhutādīnaṃ vibhāgatoti: dhuto veditabbo, dhutavādo veditabbo, dhutadhammo veditabbā, dhutaṅgāni veditabbāni, kassa dhutaṅga sevanā sappāyāti veditabbā. Tattha dhatoti: dhutakileso vā puggalo, kilesadhunano vā dhammo. Dhutavādoti ettha pana atthi dhuto na dhutavādo, atthi na dhuto dhutavādo, atthi neva dhuto na

[A.] Aṅguttarani- pañcaka. 1. Sī. 1. Iminā.

[SL Page 061.] [\x 61/]

Dhutavādo, atthi dhuto ceva dutavādo ca, tattha yo dhutaṅgena attano kilose dhuni, paraṃ pana dhutaṅgena na ovadati nānusāsatibakkulatthero viya -ayaṃ dhuto na dhutavādo. Yathāha: "nayidaṃ āyasmā bakkulo dhuto na dhutavādo"ti yo pana [PTS Page 081] [\q 81/] na dhutaṅgena attano kilese dhuni, kevalaṃ aññe dhutaṅgena ovadati anusāsatiupanandatthero viya-ayaṃ na dhuto dhutavādo. Yathāha: "nayidaṃ ayāsmā upanando sakyaputto na dhuto dhutavādo"ti. Yo abhayavipanno-lāludiyī viya-ayaṃ neva dhutona dhutavado. Yathāha: "tayidaṃ āyasmā lāludiyī neva dhuto na dhutavādo"ti. Yo pana ubayasampanno- dhammasenāpati viya- ayaṃ dhutoceva dhutavādoca. Yathāhaṃ: "tayidaṃ āyasmā sāriputto dhutoceva dhutavādocā"ti, dhutadhammā veditabbāti appicchatā santuṭṭhitā sallekhatā pavivekatā idamaṭṭhitāti ime dhutaṅgaceta nāya parivārakā pañcadhammā appicchaṃ yeva nissāyātiādivacanato dhutadhammā nāmaṃ. Tattha appicchatā ca santuṭhitā ca alobhe anupatanti, sallekhatā ca pavivekatā ca dvīsu dhammesu anupatanti alobhe ca amohe ca, idamaṭṭhitā ñāṇameva. Tattha ca alobhena paṭikkhepavatthusu lobhaṃ, amohena tesveva ādīnava paṭicchādakaṃ mohaṃ dhunāti, alobheneva anuññātānaṃ paṭisevanamukhena pavattaṃ kāmasukhānuyogaṃ, amohena dhutaṅgesu ati sallekhamukhena pavattaṃ attakilamathānuyogaṃ dhunāti; tasmā ime dhammā dhutadhammāti veditabbā. Dhutaṅgāni veditabbātīti: terasa dhutaṅgāni veditabbānipaṃsukulikaṅgaṃ, tecīvarikaṅgaṃ, pinḍapātikaṅgaṃ, sapadānacārikaṅgaṃ, ekāsanikaṅgaṃ, pattapinḍikaṅgaṃ, khalupacchābhattikaṅkaṃ, āraññikaṅgaṃ, rukkhamūlikaṅgaṃ, abbhokāsikaṅgaṃ, sosānikaṅgaṃ, yathā santhatikaṅgaṃ, nesajjikaṅganti tāni atthato lakkhaṇādahi ca vuttāneva. Kassa dhutaṅgasevanā sappāyāti: rāgacaritassaceva mohacaritassa ca, kasmā?Dhutaṅgaseva nāhi dukkhā paṭipadāveca sallekhavihāro ca dukkhāpaṭipadaṃ ca nissāya rāgo vūpasammatī, sallekhaṃ nisāya appamattassa moho pahīyati. Āraññikaṅgarukkhamūlikaṅgapaṭisevanā vā ettha dosacaritassāpi sappāyā- tattha hissa asaṅghaṭṭiyamānassa viharato dosopi vūpa sammatīti- ayaṃ dhutādīnaṃ vibhāgato vaṇṇanā. [PTS Page 082] [\q 82/]

Samāsavyāsatoti: imāni pana dhutaṅgāni samāsato tīṇi sīsaṅgāni, pañca asambhinnaṅgānīti aṭṭheva honti. Tatthi sapadānacārikaṅgaṃ, ekāsanikaṅgaṃ, abbhokāsikaṅganti imāni tīṇi sīsaṅgāni. Sapadānacārikaṅgaṃ hi rakkhanto pinḍapātikaṅgampi rakkhissati, ekāsanikaṅgañca rakkhato pattapinḍikaṅga khalupacchā bhattikaṅgānipi surakkhanīyāni bhavissanti; abbhokāsikaṅgaṃ rakkhantassa kiṃ atthi rukkhamūlikaṅga yathāsatthatikaṅgesu rakkitabbaṃ nāma. Iti imāni tīṇi sīsaṅgānīti. Āraññikaṅgaṃ, paṃsukulikaṅgaṃ , tecīvarikaṅgaṃ nesajjikaṅgaṃ, sosānikaṅganti imāni pañca asambhinnaṅgānicāti aṭṭheva honti. Puna dve cīvarapaṭisaṃ
[SL Page 062] [\x 62/]

Yuttāni, pañca piṇḍapātapaṭisaṃyuttāni, pañca senāsanapaṭisaṃ yuttāni, ekaṃ viriyapaṭisaṃyuttanti evaṃ cattāroca honti, tattha nesajjikaṅgaṃ viriyapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ. Itarāni pākaṭāneva. Puna sabbāneva nissayavasena dve honti paccayasannissitāni dvādasa viriyasannissitaṃ ekanti; sevitabbāsevitabbavasenapi dveyeva honti-yassahi dhutaṅgaṃ sevantassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ vaḍḍhati, tena sevitabbāni;yassa sevato hāyati, tenana sevitabbāni;yassa pana sevatopi asevatopi vaḍḍhateva na hāyati, tenāpi pacchimaṃ janataṃ anukampantena sevitabbāni; yassāpi sevatopi aseva topi na vaḍḍhati, tenāpi sevitabbāniyevapaāyatiṃ vāsānatthā yāti. Evaṃ sevitabbāsevitabbavasena duvidhānipi sabbāneva cetanāvasena ekavidhāni honti. Ekamevahi dhutaṅgaṃ samādāna cetanāti. Aṭṭhakathāyampi vuttaṃ "yā cetanā taṃ dhutaṅganti vadantī"ti.

Vyāsato pana bhikkhūnaṃ terasa, bhikkhūnīnaṃ aṭṭha, sāmaṇerānaṃ dvādasa, sikkhamānā sāmaṇerīnaṃ sattaṃ upāsakaupāsikānaṃ dveti dvecattāḷisa honti. Sace pana 1 abbhokāso āraññikaṅga sampannaṃ susānaṃ hoti, ekopi bhikkhū ekappahārena sabba dhutaṅgāni paribhuñjituṃ sakkoti. Bhikkhunīnaṃ pana āraññikaṅgaṃ khalu pacchābhattikaṅgadva dvepi sikkhāpadeneva paṭikkhittāni; abbho [PTS Page 083] [\q 83/] kāsikaṅgaṃ rukkhamūlikaṅgaṃ sosānikaṅganti imānitīṇi duppari hārāni; bhikkhuniyāhi dutiyikaṃ vinā vasituṃ na vaṭṭati; evarūpeva ṭhānesamānacchandā dutiyikā dullabhā, 2 sacepi labheyya saṃsaṭṭhaviharato na mucceyya, evaṃ sati yassatthāya dhutaṅgaṃ seveyya svevassā attho na sampajjeyya, evaṃ pariharituṃ3 asakkuṇeyyakāya pañca hāpetvā bhikkhunīnaṃ aṭṭheva hontīti veditabbāni. Yathā vuttesu pana ṭhapetvā tecīvarikaṅgaṃ sesāni dvādasa sāmaṇerānaṃ, satta sikkhamānā sāmaṇerīnaṃ veditabbāni, upāsakaupāsikānaṃ pana ekāsaniṅgaṃ pattapinḍikaṅganti imāni patirūpāni ceva sakkā ca paribhuñjitunti dve dhutaṅgānīti. Evaṃ vyāsato dvecattāḷisa hontīti- ayaṃ samāsavyāsato vaṇṇanā.

Ettāvatā ca "sīle patiṭṭhāya naro sapañño"ti imissā gāthāya sīla samādhi paññāmukhena desite visuddhimagge yehi appicchatā santuṭṭhitādihi guṇehi vuttappakārassa sīlassa vodānaṃ hoti, tesaṃ sampādanatthaṃ samādātabbadhutaṅgakathā kathitā hoti.

Iti sādhujanapāmojjatthāya kate visuddhimagge

Dhutaṅganiddeso nāma

Dutiyo paricchedo. [PTS Page 084] [\q 84/]

1. Si 1. 11. Sacehi 2. Ma1. 11 Dullabhāca. 3. Sī saha ma 1. 11. 111. Paribhuññajituṃ

[SL Page 063] [\x 63/]

3.

Atha kammaṭṭhāna gahaṇa niddeso.

Idāni yasmā evaṃ dhutaṅgapariharaṇasampāditeha appicchatādīhi guṇehi pariyodāte imasmiṃsīle patiṭṭhitena "sīle patiṭṭhāya naro sapañño cittaṃ paññāñca bhāvayaṃ"ti. Vacanato citta sīsena niddiṭṭho samādhi bhāvetabbe so ca atisaṅkhepadesi tattā viññātumpi tāva na sukaro pageva bhāvetuṃ. Tasmā tassa vitthārañca bhāvanānayañca dassetuṃ idaṃ pañha kammaṃ hoti.

Ko samādhi? Kenaṭṭhena samādhi? Kānassa lakkhaṇarasapaccupaṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānāni? Kativido samādhi? Kocassa saṃkileso? Kiṃ vodānaṃ? Kathaṃ bhāvetabbo? Samādhibhāvanāya ko ānisaṃsoti?

Tatridaṃ vissajjanaṃ: - ko samādhīti? - Samādhi bahuvido nānappakārako, taṃ sabbaṃ vibhāvayituṃ ārabbhamānaṃ vissajjanaṃ adhippe tañceva atthaṃ na sādheyya uttariñca vikhepāya saṃvatteyya, tasmā idhādhippetameva sandhāya vadāma. Kusalacittekaggatā samādhi. Kenaṭṭhena samādhīti?- Samādhānaṭṭhena samādi. Kimidaṃ1 samādhānaṃ nāma? Ekārammaṇe cittacetasikānaṃ samaṃ sammā ca ādhānaṃ ṭhapananti vuttaṃ hoti, [PTS Page 085] [\q 85/] tasmā yassa dhammassānubhāvena ekārammaṇe cittacetasikā samaṃ sammā ca avikkhippamānā avippakiṇṇā ca hutvā tiṭṭhanti idaṃ samādhānanti veditabbaṃ. Kānassa lakkhaṇarasapaccupaṭṭhānapadaṭṭhānānīti? - Ettha pana avikkhepa lakkhaṇo samādhi, vikkhepaviddhaṃsanaraso, avikampanapaccupaṭṭhāno, "sukino cittaṃ samādhiyatī" ti[a] vacanato pana sukhamassa padaṭṭhānaṃ. Katividho samādhīti? Avikkhepalakkhaṇena tāva ekavidho, upacāra appanāvasena duvidho. Tathā lokiyalokuttaravasena, sappīti kanippītikavasena, sukhasahagata upekkhāsahagatavasena ca. Tividho hīna majkidhima paṇitavasena, tathā savitakkasavicārādivasena, pīti sahagatādivasena, parittamahaggataappamāṇavasena ca. Catubbido dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññādivasena, tathāparittaparittārammaṇādi vasena, catujjhānaṅgavasena, hānabhāgiyādivasena, kāmāvacarādi vasona, adhipativasena ca. Pañcavidho pañcakanaye pañcajhānaṅga casenāti.

Tattha ekavidhakoṭṭhāso uttānattho yeva. Duvidhakoṭṭhāse channaṃ anussatiṭṭhānānaṃmaraṇasatiyā upasamānussatiyā āhāre paṭikkūlasaññāya catudhātuvavatthānassāti- imesaṃ vasena laddha

1. Sī1 kiñcidaṃ. [A.] Dīghani- saṅgīsutta ( aññatthāpibahusu)

[SL Page 064] [\x 64/]

Cittekaggatā, yāca appanāsamādhinaṃ pubbabhāge ekaggatā, ayaṃ upacārasamādhi "paṭhamassajhānassa parikammaṃ paṭhamassa jhānassa anantarapaccayena paccayo"ti[a] ādivacanato pana yā parikammā nantarā ekaggatā, ayaṃ appanāsamādhīti- evaṃ upacārappanāvasena duvidho. Dutiyaduke-tīsu bhūmisu kusalacittekaggatā lokiyo samādhi, ahiyamaggasampayuttā ekaggātā lokuttaro samādhiti- evaṃ lokiyalokuttaravasena duvido. Tatiyaduke- catukkanaye dvisupañcakanaye tīsu jhānesu ekaggatā sappītiko samādhi, avasesesu [PTS Page 086] [\q 86/] dvīsu jhānesu ekaggatā nippītiko samādhi, upacārasamādhi pana siyāsappītiko siyā nippītikoti evaṃ sappītikanippītikavasona duvido. Catutthaduke-catukkaye tīsu pañcakanaye catusu jhānesu ekaggatā sukhasahagato samādhi, avasesasmiṃ upekkhā sahagato, upacārasamādi pana siyā sukhasahagato siyā upekkhāsahagatoti evaṃ sukhasahagata upkhosahagatavasena duvidho.

Tikesu paṭhamattike - paṭiladdhamatto hano, nātisubhāvito majjhimo, subhāvito vasippatto paṇītoti evaṃ hīnamajjhima paṇītavasena tividho. Dutiyattikepaṭhamajjhānasamādhi saddhiṃ upacārasamādhinā savitakkasavicāro, pañcakanaye dutiyajjhānasamādhi avitakkavicāramatto, yo hi vitakkamatte yeva ādīnavaṃ disvā vicāre adisvā kevalaṃ vitakkappahāṇamattaṃ ākaṅkhamāno paṭhamajjhānaṃ atikkamati, so avitakkavicāramattaṃ samādhiṃ paṭilabhati. Taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ- catukkanaye pana dutiyādisu pañcakanaye ca tatiyādisu tīsu jhānesu ekaggatā avitakkā vicāro samādhiti evaṃ savitakkasavicārādivasena tividho. Tatiyattike- catukkanaye ādito dvīsu pañcakanaye ca tīsu jhānesu ekaggatā pīti sahagato samādhi, tesveva tatiye ca catutthe ca jhāneekaggatā sukhasahagato samādhi, avasāne upekkhāsahagato. Upacārasamādhi pana pītisukhasahagatovā hoti upekkhāsahagato vāti- evaṃ pīti sahagatādivasena tividho. Catutthattike- upacārabhumuyaṃ ekaggatā paritto samādhi, rūpāvacarārūpāvacarakusale ekaggatā mahaggato samādhi, ariyamaggasampayuttā ekaggatā appamāno samādhīti- evaṃ parittamahaggatāppamāṇavasena tividho.

Catukkesu-paṭhamacatukke- atthi samādhi dukkhāpaṭipado dandhā bhiñño, atthi samādhi dukkhāpaṭipado khippābhiñño, atthi samādhi sukhā paṭipado dandhābiñño, atthi samādhi sukhāpaṭipado khippābhiññoti, tattha paṭhamasamannāhārato paṭṭhāya yāva tassa tassa jhānassa upacāraṃ uppajjati, tāva pavattā samādhibhāvanā paṭipadāti vuccati, upacārato pana paṭṭhāya yāva appanā tāva pavattā paññā abhiññāti

1. Abhi - paṭṭhāna, - paṭisambhidā- pemaka.

[SL Page 065] [\x 65/]

Vuccati. Sā panesā paṭipadā ekaccassa dukkhā hoti, nīvaraṇādi paccanīka dhammasamudācāragahaṇatāya kicchā, asukhāsevanāti [PTS Page 087] [\q 87/] attho, ekaccassa tadabhāvena sukhā. Abiññāpi ekaccassa dandhā hoti mandā asīghappavattī, ekaccassa khippā amandā sīghappavattī, tattha yāni parato sappāyāsappāyāni ca paḷibodhūpacchedādīni pubba kiccāni ca appanākosallāni ca vaṇṇayissāma. Tesu yo asappāya sevī hoti, tassa dukkhāpaṭipadā dandhā ca abhiññā hoti. Sappāya sevino sukhāpaṭipadā khuppāca abhiññā. Yo pana pubba bhāge asappāyaṃ sevitvā aparabhāge sappāyasevī hoti, pubba bhāgevā sappāyaṃ sevitvā aparabhāge asappāyasevī, tassa vomissatā veditabbā. Tathā paḷibodhupacchedādikaṃ pubbakiccaṃ asampādetvā bhāvanamanuyuttassa dukkhāpaṭipadā hoti. Vipariyāyena sukhā. Appaṇākosallāni pana asampādentassa dandhā bhiññā hoti, sampādentassa khippā, apica taṇhā avijjāvasena samatha mipassanādikāravasena cāpi etāsaṃ pabhedo veditabbo: - taṇhādhi bhūtassahi dukkhāpaṭipadā hoti, anadhibhūtassa sukhā. Avijjādhi bhūtassaca dandhābiññā hoti, anadibhūtassa khippā. Yo ca samathe akatādhikāro, tassa dukkhāpaṭipadā hotī, katādhikārassa sukhā, yo pana vipassanāya akatādhikāro hoti, tassa dandhābhiññā hoti, katādhikārassa khippā, kilesindriyavasena cāpi etāsaṃ pabhedo vaditebbo: tibbakilesassa hi mudindriyassa dukkhāpaṭipadā hotidandhā ca abhiññā, tikkhindriyassa pana khippābhiññā, mandakile sassa ca mudindriyassa sukhā paṭipadā hoti dandhā ca abhiññā, tikkhindriyassa pana khippā abhiññāti - iti imāsu paṭipadābhiññāsu yo puggalo dukkhāya paṭipadāya dandhāya ca abhiññāya samādiṃ pāpuṇāti, tassa so samādhi dukkhāpaṭipadā dandhābhiññoti vuccati. Esa nayo sesattayepiti evaṃ dukkhā paṭipadā dandhābhiññādi vasena catubbidho. Dutiya catukke- atthi samādhi paritto parittārammaṇo, atthi samādhi paritto appamāṇārammaṇo, atthi samādhi appamāṇo parittārammaṇo, atthi samādhi appamaṇo appamāṇārammaṇoti, tattha yo samādhi appaguṇo upari jhānassa paccayo bhavituṃ na sakkoti, ayaṃ [PTS Page 088] [\q 88/] paritto, yo pana avaḍḍhite ārammaṇe pavatto, ayaṃ parittārammaṇo, yo paguṇo subhāvito uparijhānassa paccayo bhavituṃ sakkoti, ayaṃ appamāno, yo ca vaḍḍhite ārammaṇe pavatto, ayaṃ appamānārammaṇo, vuttalakkhaṇavo missatāya pana vomissakanayo veditabbotievaṃ parittaparittārammaṇādivasena catubbidho. Tatiyacatuke-vikkhambhitanīvaraṇānaṃ vitakkavicārapītisukhasamādhīnaṃ vasena pañcaṅgikaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ, tato vūpasantavitakkavicāraṃ tivaṅgikaṃ dutiyaṃ, tato virattapītikaṃ duvaṅgikaṃ tatiyaṃ, tato pahīṇa sukha upekkhā vedanā

[SL Page 066] [\x 66/]

Sahitassa samādhino vasena duvaṅgikaṃ catutthaṃ. Iti imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ aṅgabhūtā cattāro samādhi honti. Evaṃ catujhānaṅgavasena catubbido. Catutthacatukke- atthi samādhi hānabhāgiyo, attha samādhi ṭhitibhāgiyo, atthi samādhi visesabhāgiyo, atthi samādhi nibbedha bhāgiyoti. Tattha paccanīkasamudācāravasena hānabhāgiyatā tadanu dhammātāya1 satiyā saṇṭhānavasena ṭhitibhāgiyatā, uparivisesādhigama vasena visesabhāgiyatā, nibbidāsahagata saññāmanasikāra samūdācāra vasena nibbedhabhāgiyatāca veditabbā yathāha: - "paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhiṃ kāmasahagatasaññāmanasikārā samudācaranti hānabhāginipaññā, tadanudhammatā sati santiṭṭhati ṭhitibhāginī paññā, avitakkasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti visesabhāginī paññā, nibbidāsahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti virāgupasaṃhitā nibbedhabhāgini paññāti tāyapana paññāya sampayuttā samādhipi cattāro hontī"tī[a] evaṃ hānabhāgiyādivasena catubbidho. Pañcama catukke- kāmāvacaro samādhi- rūpāvacaro samādhi-arūpāvacarosamādhi- apariyāpanno samādhīti evaṃ cattāro samādhī. Tattha sabbāpi upacārekaggatā kāmāvacaro samādhi, pāvacarādikusalacitte kaggatā itare tayoti- evaṃ kāmāvacarādivasena catubbidho. Chaṭṭhacatukke "chandañce bhikkhū adhipatiṃ karitvā labhati samādhiṃ labhati cittassa ekaggataṃ, [PTS Page 089] [\q 89/] ayaṃ vuccati chandasamādhi, viriyañce bhikkhuadhipatiṃ karitvā labhati samādhiṃ labhati cittassa ekaggataṃ, ayaṃ vuccati viriyañcodhī"ti. Cittañce bhikkhū adhipatiṃ karitvā labhati samādhiṃ labhati cittassa ekaggataṃ, ayaṃ vuccati cittasamādhi, vīmaṃsañce bhikkhu adhipatiṃ karitvā labhati samādhiṃ labhati cittassa ekaggataṃ, ayaṃ vuccati vīmaṃsāsamādhi"ti[d] evaṃ adipativasena catubbidho.

Pañcake yaṃ catukkabhede vuttaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ, taṃ vitakka mattātikkamena dutiyaṃ. Vitakkavicārātikkamena tatiyanti evaṃ dvidhā bhinditvā pañca jhānāni veditabbāni. Tesaṃ aṅgabhūtā ca pañca samādhīti evaṃ pañcajhānaṅgavasena pañcavidhatā veditabbā.

Kocassa saṃkileso kiṃ vodānanti ettha pana vissajjanaṃ vibhaṅge vuttameva. Vuttaṃ hi tattha: - " saṅkilesanti hānabhāgiyo dhammo, vodānanti visesabhāgiyo dhammo"ti. Tattha paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhiṃ kāmasahagatasaññāmanasikārā samudācaranti hāna bhāginī paññāti iminā nayena hānabhāgiyo dhammo veditabbo. Avitakkasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti visesabhāginī paññāti iminānayena visesabhāgiyo dhammo veditabbo.

Kathaṃ bhāvetabboti- ettha pana yo tāva ayaṃ lokiya lokuttaravasena duvidhoti ādisu ariyamaggasampayutto samādhi vutto, tassa bhāvanānayo paññābhāvanānayenevasaṅgahīto.

1. Sī1. 11. Tadanudhammāya. [A]paṭisambhidā-pevakopadesa [b.] Abhi-iddhipādavibhaṅga - saṃ - ni - mahāvagga.

[SL Page 067] [\x 67/]

Paññāyahi bhāvitāya so bhāvitova hoti, tasmā taṃ sandhāya evaṃ bhāvatebboti nakiñci visuṃ vadāma. Yo panāyaṃ lokiyo so vuttanayona sīlāni visodhetvā suparisuddhe sile patiṭṭhitena, yvāssa dasasu paḷibodhesu paḷibodho atthi taṃ upacṛnditvā kammaṭṭānadāyakaṃ kalyāṇamittaṃ upasaṅkamitvā attano cariyānu kūlaṃ cattāḷīsāya kammaṭṭhānesu aññātaraṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā samādhībhāvanāya ananūrūpaṃ vihāraṃ pahāya anurūpe vihāre viharantena khuddakapaḷibodhupacchedaṃ katvā sabbaṃ bhāvanāvidhānaṃ apariyāpentena bhāvetabboti. Ayamettha saṅkhepo. Ayaṃ pana vitthāro: - yaṃ tāva vuttaṃ yvāssa dasasu paḷibodhesu paḷibodho atthi taṃ upacchivdhitvāti ettha. [PTS Page 090] [\q 90/]

Āvāso ca kulaṃ lābho gano kammañca pañcamaṃ,
Addhānaṃ ñāti ābādho gantho iddhiti te dasāti.

Ime dasa paḷibodhā nāma.

Tattha āvāsoyeva āvāsapaḷibodho, esa nayo kulādisu, tattha āvāsoti: ekopi ovarako vuccati ekampi pariveṇaṃ sakalopi saṅghārāmo. Svāyaṃ na sabbasesava paḷibodho hoti, yo panettha navakammādisu ussukkaṃ vā āpajjati, bahubhaṇḍasanni cayo vā hoti, yena kenaci vā kāraṇena apekkhāvā paṭibaddha citto, tasseva paḷibodhe hoti na itarassa, tatridaṃ vatthu. Dve kira kulaputtā anurādhapurā nikkhamitvāthūpārāme pabbajiṃsu. Tesu eko dvemātikā paguṇaṃ katvā pañcavassiko hutvā pavāretvā pāvīnakhaṇḍarājiṃ nāma gato. Eko tattheva vasati, pācīna khaṇḍarājiṃ gato tattha ciraṃ vasivo thero hutvā cintesi: paṭisallānasāruppamidaṃṭhānaṃ, handa naṃ sahāyakassāpi ārocemīti. Tato nikkhavitvāanupubbena thūpārāmaṃ pāvisi. Pavisantaṃ yeva ca naṃ disvā samānavassikatthero paccuggantvā pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahetvā cattaṃ akāsi. Āgantukatthero senāsanaṃ pavisitvā cintesi: - idāni me sahāyo sappiṃ vā phāṇitaṃ vā pānakaṃ vā pesessati, ayaṃhi imasmiṃ nagare ciranivāsīti. So rattiṃ aladdhā pāto cintesi: - idāni upaṭṭhākehi pahitaṃ yāgukhajjakaṃ pesessasīti. Tampi adisvā pahiṇantā natthi paviṭṭhassa maññe dassantīti pātova tena saddhiṃ gāmaṃ pāvisi. Te dve ekaṃ vīthiṃ caritvā uluṅkamattaṃ yāguṃ labhitvā āsanasālāyaṃ nisīditvā piviṃsu. Tato āgantuko cintesi: - nibaddhayāgu vaññe natthi, bhatta kāle dāni manussā paṇitaṃ bhattaṃ dassantīti. Tato bhatta kālepi piṇḍāya caritva laddhameva bhuñjitvā itaro āha: - kiṃ bhante sabbakālaṃ evaṃ yāpethāti. Āmāvusotī, bhante pācīna
[SL Page 068] [\x 68/]

Khaṇḍarāji phāsukā, tattha gacchāmāti, thero nagaro nagarato [PTS Page 091] [\q 91/] dakkhiṇa dvārena nikkhamanto kumbhakāragāmamaggaṃ paṭipajji. Bataro āha: -kiṃ bhante imaṃ maggaṃ paṭipannatthāti. Nanu tvaṃ āvuso pācīnakhaṇḍarājiyā vaṇṇaṃ abhāsīti. Kiṃ pana bhante tumhākaṃ battakaṃ kālaṃ vasitaṭṭhāne na koci atirekaparikkhāro atthiti. Āmāvusomañcapīṭhaṃ saṅghikaṃ, taṃ paṭisāmitameva, aññaṃ kiñci natthīti. Mayhaṃ pana bhante kattaradaṇḍo telanāḷī upāhanattha vikāca tatthevāti tayā āvuso ekadivasaṃ vasitvā ettakaṃ ṭhapitanti, āma bhanteti, so pasannacitto theraṃ vanditvā tumhā disānaṃ bhantesabbattha araññavāsoyeva. Thūpārāmo catunnaṃ buddhānaṃ dhātunidhānaṭṭānaṃ, lohapāsāde sappāyaṃ dhammasavaṇaṃ mahācetiyadassanaṃ theradassanañca labbhati, buddhakālo viya vattati. Idheva tumhe vasathāti dutiyadivase pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā sayameva agamāsīti. Odisassa āvāso na paḷibodho hoti.

Kulanti: ñātikulaṃ vā upaṭṭhākakulaṃ vā, ekaccassa hi upaṭṭhākakulampi sukhite sukhitoti ādinā nayena saṅsaṭṭhassa viharato paḷibodho hoti, so kulamānusakehi vinā dhammasavaṇāya sāmantavihārampi na gacchati. Ekaccassa mātāpitaropi paḷibodhāna honti. Koraṇḍakavihāravāsittherassa bhāgiṇeyya dahara bhikkhuno viya. So kira uddesatthaṃ rohaṇaṃ agamāsi, therabhaginīpi upāsikā sadā theraṃ tassa pavattiṃ pucchati, thero ekadivasaṃ daharaṃ ānessāmīti rohaṇābimuko pāyāsi. Daharopi ciraṃ me idha vutthaṃ, upajjhāyaṃ dāni passitvā upāsikāya ca pavattiṃ ñtvā āgamissāmīti rohaṇato nikkhami. Te ubhopi gaṅgātīre samā gacchiṃsu. So aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamule therassa vattaṃ katvā kuhiṃ yāsīti pucchito tamatthaṃ ārocesi. Thero suṭṭhu te kataṃ, upāsikāpi sadā pucchati, ahampi etadatthameva āgato, gaccha tvaṃ ahaṃ pana idheva imaṃ vassaṃ vasissāmīti taṃ uyyojesi. [PTS Page 092] [\q 92/] so vassu panāyikadivaseyeva taṃ vihāraṃ patto, senāsanampissa pitarā kāritameva pattaṃ, athassa pitā dutiyadivase āgantvā kassa bhante amhākaṃ senāsanaṃ pattanti pucchanto āgantukadaharassāti sutvā. Taṃ upasaṅkamitvā vanditvā āha: - bhante amhākaṃ senāsane vassaṃ upagatassa vattaṃ atthiti. Kiṃ upāsakāti? Temāsaṃ amhākaṃ yeva ghare bhikkhaṃ gahetvā pavāretvā gamanakāle āpucchitabbanti. So tuṇhī bhāvena adhivāsesi, upāsakopi gharaṃ gantvā amhākaṃ āvāse eko āgantako ayyo upa gato, sakkaccaṃ upaṭṭhātabboti āha. Upāsikā sādhuti sampaṭicchitvā paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādesi. Daharopibhatta kāle ñātigharaṃ agamāsi. Na naṃ koci sañjāni, so temāsampi

[SL Page 069] [\x 69/]

Tattha piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā vutthavasso ahaṃ gacchāmīti āpucchi. Athassa ñātakā svebhante gacchissathāti dutiyadivase ghareyeva bhojetvā telanāḷiṃ pūretvā ekaṃ guḷapiṇḍaṃ navahatthañca sāṭakaṃ datvā gacchatha bhanteti āhaṃsu. So anumodanaṃ katvārohaṇābimukho pāyāsi, upajjhāyo. Pissa pavāretvā paṭipathaṃ āgacchanto pubbe diṭṭhaṭṭhāne yeva taṃ addassa. So añña tarasmiṃ rukkhamūle therassa vattaṃ akāsi. Atha naṃ thero pucchi: - kiṃ bhadumukha diṭṭhā te upāsikāti, so āma bhanteti sabbaṃ pavattiṃ ārocetvā tena telena therassa pāde makkhetvā guḷena pānakaṃ katvā pāyetvā tampi sāṭakaṃ therasseva datvā theraṃ vanditvā mayhaṃ bhante rohaṇaṃ yeva sappāyanti agamāsi. Theropi vihāraṃ āgantvā dutiyadivase koraṇḍakagāmaṃ pāvisi. Upāsikāpi mayhaṃ bhāti mama puttaṃ gahetvā idāni āgacchati idāni āgacchatīti sadā maggaṃ olokayamānāva tiṭṭhati. Sā taṃ ekaka meva āgacchantaṃdisvā mato me maññe putto yaṃ thero eka kova āgacchatīti, therasasa pādamūle patitvā va paridevamānā parodi. Thero nu daharo appicchatāya attānaṃ. Ajānā petvāva gatoti taṃ samassāsetvā [PTS Page 093] [\q 93/] sabbaṃ pavattiṃ ārocetvā pattatthavikato taṃ sāṭakaṃ nīharitvā dassesi. Upāsikā pasīditvā puttena gatadisābhimukhā urena nipajjitvā namassamānā āha: - mayhaṃ puttasadisaṃ vata maññe bhikkhuṃ kāyasakkhiṃ katvā bhagavā ratha vinītapaṭipadaṃ nālakapaṭipadaṃ tuvaṭakapaṭipadaṃ catupaccayasantosa bhāvanārāmatādīpakaṃ mahāariyavaṃsapaṭipadañca desesi, vijāta mātuyā nāma gehe temāsaṃ bhuñjamānopi ahaṃ putto tvaṃ mātāti na cakkhiti, aho acchariyamanussoti. Evarūpassa mātā pitaropi paḷibodhā na honti, pageva aññaṃ upaṭṭhākakulanti. Lābhoti; cattāro paccayā, te kathaṃ paḷibodhā honti? Puñña vantassa hi bhikkhuno gatagataṭṭhāne manussā mahāparivāre paccaye denti. So tesaṃ anumodento dhammaṃ desento samaṇadhammaṃ kātuṃ okāsaṃ na labhati. Arunuggamanato yāva paṭhamayāmo tāva manussasaṃsaggo na upacchijjati. Puna balava paccūse yeva bāhulikapiṇḍapātikā āgantvā bhante asuko upāsako upāsikā amacco amaccadhītā tumhākaṃ dassanakāmāti vadanti. So gaṇhāvuso pattacīvaranti gamanasajjova hoti niccabyāvaṭo, tassevaṃ te jaccayā paḷibodhā honti. Tena gaṇaṃ pahāya yattha naṃ najānanti tattha ekakena caritabbaṃ. Evaṃ so paḷibodho upacchijjatīti. Gaṇoti; suttantikagaṇo vā ābhidhammikagaṇo vā, yo tassa uddesaṃ vā paripucchaṃ vā dento samaṇadhammassa okāsaṃ na labhati, tasseva gaṇo paḷibodho hoti, tena so evaṃ upacchinditabbo. Sace tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ bahūṃ

[SL Page 070] [\x 70/]

Gahitaṃ1 hoti, appaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ niṭṭhapetvā araññaṃ pavisi tabbaṃ. Sace appaṃ gahitaṃ bahuṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ, [PTS Page 094] [\q 94/] yojanato paraṃ agantvā antoyojanaparicchede aññaṃ gaṇavācakaṃ upasaṅkamutvā ime āyasmā uddesādihi saṅgaṇhatuti vattabbaṃ. Evampi alabhamānena mayhaṃ āvuso ekaṃ kiccaṃ atthi, tumhe yathāphāsu kaṭṭhānāni gacchathāti gaṇaṃ pahāya attano kammaṃ kātabbanti. Kammanti; navakammaṃ, taṃ karontena vaḍḍhakī ādīhi laddhāladdhaṃ jānitabbaṃ, katākate ussukkaṃ āpajjitabbanti sabbathāpi2 paḷibodho hoti, sopi evaṃ upacchinditabbo, sace appaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ hoti niṭṭhāpetabbaṃ sace bahuṃ saṅghikañce navakammaṃ saṅghassa vā saṅghabhārahārakabhikkhūnaṃ vā niyyādetabbaṃ, attano santakaṃ ce attano bhārahārakānaṃ niyyādetabbaṃ, tādisealabhantena saṅghassa pariccajitvā gantabbanti. Addhānanti; maggagamanaṃ, yassa hi katthaci pabbajjāpekkho vā hoti, paccaya jātaṃ vā kiñci laddhabbaṃ hoti, sace taṃ alabhanto na sakkoti adivāsetuṃ, araññaṃ pavisitvā samaṇadhammaṃ karontassāpi gamikacittaṃ nāma duppaṭivinodāyaṃ hoti, tasmā gantvā taṃ kiccaṃ tīretvāva samaṇa dhamme ussukkaṃ kātabbanti. Ñātīti; vihāre ācariyupajjhāya saddhivihārika antevāsika samānupajjhāyaka samānācariyakā, ghare mātāpitābhātāti evamādikā, te gilānā imassa paḷibodhā honti, tasmā so paḷibodho upaṭṭhahitvā tesaṃ pākatikakaraṇena upacchinditabbo. Tattha upajjhāyo tāva gilānosace lahuṃ na viṭṭhāti yāvajivampi paṭijaggitabbo, tathā pabbajjācariyo upa sampadācariyo saddhivihāriko upasmapāditabbajjāpita antevāsika samānupajjhāyakā ca, nissayācariya uddesācariya nissayante vāsika uddesantevāsika samānācariyakā pana yāva nissaya uddesā anupacchinnā tāva paṭijggitabbā, pahontena tato uddhampi paṭijaggitabbā eva. Mātāpitusu upajjhāye viya paṭipajjitabbaṃ, sacepihi te rajje ṭhitāhonti puttatoca upaṭṭhānaṃ paccāsiṃ santi, [PTS Page 095] [\q 95/] kātabbameva, atha tesaṃ bhesajjaṃ natthi, attano santakaṃ dātabbaṃ. Asati bhikkhācariyāya pariyesitvāpi dātabbameva. Bhātu bhaginīnaṃ pana tesaṃ santakameva yojetvā dātabbaṃ, sace natthi attano santakaṃ tāvakālikaṃ datvā paccā labhantena gaṇhi tabbaṃ alabhantena na vodetabbā. Aññātakassa bhaginiyā sāmi kassa bhesajjaṃ neva kātuṃ na dātuṃ vaṭṭati tuyhaṃ sāmikassadehīti vatvā pana bhaginiyā dātabbaṃ. Bhātujāyāyapi eseva nayo. Tesaṃ pana puttā imassa ñātakāyevāti tesaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatīti. Ābādhoti; yo koci rogo, so bādhamāno baḷibodo

1. Sī1. 11. 111 Gataṃ 2. Ma 11 sabbadā.
[SL Page 071] [\x 71/]

Hoti. Tasmā bhesajjakaraṇena upacchinditabbo, sace pana kati pāhaṃ bhesajjaṃ karontassāpi na vūpasammati. Nāhaṃ tuyhaṃ dāso na bhatako taṃ yevamhi posento anamatagge saṃsāravaṭṭe dukkhappattoti attabhāvaṃ garahitvā samaṇadhammo kātabboti. Ganthoti; pariyattipariharaṇaṃ. Taṃ sajjhāyādihi niccavyāvaṭasseva paḷibodho hoti, na itarassa tatrimāni vatthūni. Majjhimabhāṇaka devatthero kira malayavāsīdevatttharassa santikaṃ gantvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ yāci. Thero kīdisosi āvuso majjhimo nāmesa dupparihāro, mūlapaṇṇāsaṃ sajjhāyantassa majjhimapaṇṇāsako āgacchati, taṃ sajjhāyantassa upari paṇṇāsako, kuto tuyhaṃ kammaṭṭhānanti. Bhante tumhākaṃ santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ labhitvā puna na olokessāmīti kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvāekūnavīsativassāni sajjhāyaṃ akatvā vīsatime vasse arahattaṃ patvā sajjhāyatthāya āgatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vīsatiṃ me āvuso vassāni pariyattiṃ [PTS Page 096] [\q 96/] ano lokentassa, api ca kho kataparicayo ahaṃ ettha ārabhathāti vatvā ādito paṭṭhāyayāva pariyosānā ekabyañjanepissa kaṅkhā nāhosi. Kāraliyagirivāsī nāgattheropi aṭṭhārasavassāni pariyattiṃ chaḍḍetvā bikkhūnaṃ dhātūkathaṃ uddisi. Tesaṃ gāmavāsikatthe rehi saddhiṃ saṃsandentānaṃ etapañhopi uppaṭipāṭiyā āgato nāhosi. Mahāvihārepi tipiṭikacūḷābhayatthero nāma aṭṭhakathaṃ anuggahetvāva pañcanikāyamaṇḍale tīṇi piṭakāni parivattessā mīti suvaṇṇaberiṃ pahārāpesi, bhikkhūsaṅgho katamācariyānaṃ uggaho, attano ācariyuggahaṃ yeva vadatu, itarathā vattuṃ na demāti āha. Upajjhāyopi naṃ attano apaṭṭhānaṃ āgataṃ pucchi: tvaṃ āvuso bheriṃ paharāpesīti. Āma bhante, kiṃ kāraṇāti, pariyattiṃ bhante parivattessāmīti. Āvusoabhaya ācariyā imaṃ padaṃ kathaṃ vadantīti? Evaṃ vadanti bhanteti, thero huṃ'ti paṭibāhi. Puna so aññena aññena pariyāyena evaṃ vadanti bhanteti tikkhattuṃ āha. Thero sabbaṃ huṃtiṃ paṭibāhitvā āvuso tayā paṭhamaṃ kathito yeva ācariyamaggo ācariyamukhato pana anuggahitattā evaṃ ācariyā vadantīti saṇdhātuṃ nāsakkhi. Gaccha attano ācariyānaṃ santiko sunihīti. Kuhiṃ bhante gacchāmīti. Gaṅghāyaparato rohaṇajāpade tulādhārapabbata vihāre sabbapariyattiko dhammarakkhitatthero nāma vasati, tassa santikaṃ gacchāti. Sādhu bhanteti theraṃ vanditvā pañcahi bhikkhū satehi saddhiṃ therassa santikaṃ gantvā vanditvā nisidi tero kasmā āgatositi pucchi. Dhammaṃ sotuṃ bhanteti. Āvuso abhaya

1. Pī 1. 11 Karuliyagirivāsī.

[SL Page 072] [\x 72/]

Dīghamajjhimesu maṃ kālona kālaṃ pucchanti, avasesaṃ pana me tiṃ samattāni vassāni naolokitapubbaṃ, api ca tvāṃ rattiṃ mama santike parivattehi, ahaṃ te divā kathayissāmīti. So dādhu bhanteti tathā akāsi. Pariveṇadvāre mahāmaṇḍapaṃ kāretvā gāmavāsino divase divase dhammasavaṇāya āgacchanti. Thero rattiṃ parivattitaṃ divā kathayanto [PTS Page 097] [\q 97/] anupubbena desanaṃ niṭṭhapetvā abhayattherassa santike taṭṭikāya nisīditvā āvuso mayhaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathehīti āha. Bhante kiṃ bhaṇatha, nanu mayā tumhāka meva santike sutaṃ, kimahaṃ tumhehi aññātaṃ kathessāmīti. Tato naṃ thero añño esaāvuso adigatamaggo1 nāmāti āha, abhayatthero kira tadā sotāpanno hoti. Athassa so kammaṭṭhānaṃ datvā āgantvā lohapāsāde dhammaṃ parivattento thero parinibbutoti assosi, sutvā āharathāvuso pattacīvaranti. Cīvaraṃ pārupitvā anucchiviko āvuso amhākaṃ āvariyassa ara hattamaggo, ācariyo no āvuso uju ājānīyyo, so attano dhammantevāsikassa santike tamṭikāya nisīditvā mayhaṃ. Kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathehīti āha, anucchaviko āvuso therassa arahatta maggoti. Evarūpānaṃ gavtho paḷibodho na hotīti. Iddhiti; pothujjanikā iddhi, yā hi uttānaseyyakadārako viya taruṇasassaṃ viya ca dupparihārā hoti, appamattakeneva bhijjati, sā pana vipassanāya paḷibodho hoti, na samādhissa, samādhiṃpatvā pattabbato. Tasmā vipassanatthikena iddhipaḷibodho upacchindi tabbo, itarena avasesāti. Ayaṃ tāva paḷibodhakathāya vitthāro.

Kammaṭṭhānadāyakaṃ kalyāṇamittaṃ upasaṅkamitvāti: ettha pana duvidhaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ, sabbatthakakammaṭṭhānaṃ pārihāriyakammaṭṭhānañca tattha sabbatthakakammaṭṭhānaṃ nāma: bhikkhusaṅghādisu mettā maraṇasatica, asubhasaññātipi eke, kammaṭṭhānikena hi bhikkhunā paṭhamaṃtāva paricchinditvā sīmaṭṭhakabhikkhusaṅghe sukhitā hontu abyāpajjhāti mettā bhāvetabbā, tato sīmaṭṭhakadevatāsu, tato gocara gāmamhi issarajane, tato tattha manusse upādāya sabbasattesu, po hi bhikkhūsaṅghe mettāya sahavāsīnaṃ muducittaṃ2 janeti, athassa te sukhasaṃvāsā honti. Sīmaṭṭhakadevatāsu ttoya mudu katacittāhi devatāhi dhammikāya rakkhāya susaṃvihitārakkho [PTS Page 098] [\q 98/] hoti. Gocaragāmamhi issarajane mettāya mudukatacittasantānehi3 issarehi dhammikāya rakkhāya surakkhita parikkhāro hoti. Tattha manussesu mettāya pasāditacittehi tehi aparibhuto hutvā vicarati. Sabbasattesu mettāya sabbattha appaṭihatacāro hoti.

1. Sī1. 11 Gatakassa. 2. Si 11 mudukatacittataṃ saha ma 1. Mudukacittataṃ 3. Ma.. Mudukatasantānehi.

[SL Page 073] [\x 73/]
Maraṇasatiyā pana avassaṃ mayā maritabbanti cintento1 anesanaṃ pahāya uparūpari vaḍhemānasaṃvego anolīnavuttiko hoti. Asubhasaññā paricitacittassa panassa dibbānipiārammaṇāni lobha vasena cittaṃ na pariyādiyanti. Evaṃ pahūpakārattā sabbatta atthayitabbaṃ icchitabbanti ca adippetassa yogānuyogakammassa ṭhānañcāti sabbatthaka kammaṭṭhānanti vuccati. Cattāḷīsāya pana kammaṭṭhānesu yaṃ yassa caritānukūlaṃ taṃ tassa niccaṃ parihari tabbattā, uparimassa ca uparimassa ca bhāvanā kammassa padaṭṭhānattā, pārihāriyakammaṭṭhānanti vuccati. Iti emaṃ duvidhampi kammaṭṭhānaṃ yo deti ayaṃ ammaṭṭhānadāyako nāma. Taṃ kammaṭṭhānadāyakaṃ kalyāṇamittanti.

Piyo garūbhāvanīyo vattāca vacanakkhamo, gambhīrañca kathaṃ kattā nocaṭṭhāne niyojayeti.

Evamādiguṇasamannāgataṃ ekantahitesiṃ2 vuddhipakkhe ṭhitaṃ kalyāṇamittaṃ. "Mamaṃ hi ānanda kalyāṇamittaṃ āgamma jāti dhammā sattā jātiyā parimuccanti"ti[a] ādivacanato pana sammā sambuddhoyeva sabbākārasampanno kalyāṇamitto, tasmā tasmiṃ sati tasseva bhagavato santike gahitaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ sugahitaṃ hoti. Parinibbute pana tasmiṃ asītiyā mahāsāvakesu yo dharati, tassa santike gahetuṃ vaṭṭati. Tasmimpi asati yaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃgahetukāmo hoti, tasseva vasena catukkapañca kajjhānāni nibbattetva jhānapadaṭṭhānaṃ vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā āsavakkhayaṃ pattassa khīṇāsavassa santike gahetabaṃ. Kiṃ pana khīṇāsavo ahaṃ khīṇāsavoti attānaṃ pakāsetīti? Kiṃ vattabbaṃ, kārakābhāvaṃ hi jānitvā pakāseti. Nanu assaguttatthero āraddhaṃ imassa bhikkhuno [PTS Page 099] [\q 99/] kammaṭṭhānaṃ kārako3 ayanti jānitvā ākāse cammakhaṇḍaṃ paññāpetvā tattha pallaṅkena nisinno kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathesīti. Tasmā sace khīṇāsavaṃ labhati, iccetaṃ kusaṃla. No ce labhati, anāgāmi sadāgāmi sotāpanna jhāna lābhi puthujjana tipiṭakadhara dvipiṭakadhara ekapimakadharesu purimassa purimassa santike. Ekapiṭakadharepi asati yassa ekasaṅgītipi aṭṭha kathāya saddhiṃ paguṇā, sayañca lajji hoti, tassa santike gahe tabbaṃ. Evarūpo hi tantidharo maṃsānurakkhako paveṇi pālako ācariyo ācariyamatikova hoti, na attanomatiko teneva porāṇakattherā lajji rakkhissati, lajji rakkhissatīti āhaṃsu. 4 Pubbe vuttakhīṇāsavādayo cettha attanā adhigata

1. Ma. Avassaṃcaritabbanti 2. Ma 1 ekantena hitesiṃ 3. Sī1. 11. Āraddha kammaṭhānassa bhikkhuno kammaṭhānakārako. 4. Ma. 11. Nikkhantuṃ āhaṃsu [a.] Saṃ. Ni. Sagāthavagga.

[SL Page 074] [\x 74/]
Maggameva ācikkhanti, bahussuto pana taṃ taṃ ācariyaṃ upasaṅkamitvā uggahaparipucchānaṃvisodhitattā ito citoca suttañca kāraṇañca sallakkhetvā sappāyāsappāyaṃ yojtvo gahānaṭṭhāne gacchanto mahāhatthi viya mahāmaggaṃ dassento kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathessati. Tasmā evarūpaṃ kammaṭṭhānadāyakaṃ kalyāṇamittaṃ upasgamitvā tassa vattapaṭivattaṃ katvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Sace pana taṃ ekavihāreyeva labhati. Iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce labhati, yattha so vasati tattha gantabbaṃ. Gacchantena ca na dhotamakkhitehi pādehi upāhanā āruhitvā chattaṃ gahetva telanāḷimadhuphāṇitādīni gāhāpetvā antevāsikaparivutena gantabbaṃ, gamikavattaṃ pana pūretvā attano pattacīvaraṃ sayameva gahetvā antarāmagge yaṃ yaṃ vihāraṃ pavisati sabbattha vatta paṭivattaṃ kurumānena sallahukaparikkhārena paramasallekhavuttinā hutvā gantabbaṃ, taṃ mihāraṃ pavisantena antarā magge yeva dantakaṭṭhaṃ kappiyaṃ kārāpetvā gahetvā pavisitabbaṃ, na ca muhuttaṃ vissamitvā padādhovanamakkhanādīni katvā ācariyassasantikaṃ gamissāmīti aññaṃ parivenaṃ pavisitabbaṃ, kasmā? Sace hissa tatra ācariyassa visabhāgā bhikkhū bhaveyyuṃ, te āgamanakāraṇaṃ pucchitvā ācariyassa avaṇṇaṃ pakāsetvā naṭṭhosi sace tassa santikaṃ [PTS Page 100] [\q 100/] āgatoti vippaṭisāraṃ uppādeyyuṃ yena tatova ṭinivatteyya, tasmā ācariyassa vasanaṭṭhānaṃ pucchitvā ujukaṃ tattheva gantabbaṃ. Sace ācariyo daharataro hoti. Pattacīvarapaṭiggahaṇādini na sāditabbāni, sace buḍḍhataro hoti gantvā ācariyaṃ vanditvā ṭhātabbaṃ, nikkhipāvuso pattacīvaranti muttena nikkhipitabbaṃ, pānīyaṃ pivāti vuttena saco icchati pātabbaṃ, pāde dhovātivuttena na tāva dhovitabbā, sacehi ācariye ābhatamudakaṃ bhaveyya na sāruppaṃ siyā. Dhovāvuso na mayā ābhataṃ aññehi ābhatanti vuttena pana yattha ācariyo na passati evarūpe paṭicchanne vā okāse abbhokāsavihārassāpi vā ekamante nisīditvā pādā dhovitabbā. Sace ācariyo tela nāḷiṃ āharati uṭhahitvāubhogi hatthehi sakkaccaṃ gahetabbā, sacehi na gaṇheyya ayaṃ bhikkhu ito eva paṭṭhāya sambhogaṃ kopetīti ācariyassa aññathattaṃ bhaveyya. 1 Gahetvā pana na āditova pādā makkhetabbā, sacehi taṃ ācariyassa gattabbhañjana telaṃ bhaveyya na sāruppaṃ siyā. Tasmā paṭhamaṃ sīsaṃ makkhetvā dhandhādini makkhetabbāni. Sabbapārihāriyatelamidaṃ āvuso pādepi makkhehīti vuttena pana pāde makkhetvā imaṃteḷanāḷiṃ ṭhapemi bhanteti vatvā ācariye gaṇhante dātabbā āgatadiva

1. Sī11. 111. Ācariyassa bhaveyya.

[SL Page 075] [\x 75/]

Sato paṭṭhāya kammaṭṭhānaṃ me bhante katheta iccevaṃ na vattabbaṃ. Dutiyadivasato panapaṭṭhāya sace ācariyassa pakati upaṭṭhāko atthi. Taṃ yācitvā vattaṃ kātabbaṃ. Sace yācitopi na deti, okāse laddheyeva kātabbaṃ, karontena ca khuddhaka majjhimamahantāni tīṇi dantakaṭṭhāni upanāmetabbāni, sītaṃ uṇhanti duvidhaṃ mukhadhovanaudakañca nahānodakañca paṭiyāde tabbaṃ. Tato yaṃ ācariye tīṇi divasāni paribhuñjati, tādisameva niccaṃ upanāmetabbaṃ1, niyamaṃ akatvā yaṃ vā taṃ vā pari bhuñjantassa yathāladdhaṃ upanāmetabbaṃ, kiṃ bahunā vuttena. Yaṃ taṃ bhagavatā. "Antevāsikena bhikkhave ācariyamhi [PTS Page 101] [\q 101/] sammā vattitabbaṃ, tatrāyaṃ sammā vattanākālasseva vuṭṭhāya upāhanā omuñcitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dantakaṭṭhaṃ dātabbaṃ, mukhodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññāpetabbaṃ, sace yāgu hoti bhājanaṃ dhodhitvā yāgu upanāmetabbā"ti[a] ādikaṃ khandhake sammā vattaṃ paññattaṃ taṃ sabbampi kātabbaṃ. Evaṃ vattasampattiyā garuṃ ārādhayamānena sāyaṃ vanditvā yāhīti vissajjitena gantabbaṃ, yadā so kissa āgatosīti pucchati, tadā āgamana kāraṇaṃ kathetabbaṃ. Sace so neva pucchati vattaṃ pana sādiyati dasa he vā pakkhe vā vītivatte ekadivasaṃ vissajjitenāpi agantvā okāsaṃ kāretvā āgamanakāraṇaṃ ārocetabbaṃ, akāle vā gantvā kimatthaṃ āgatositi puṭṭhena ārocetabbaṃ. Sace so pātopa āgacchāti vadati, pātova gantabbaṃ. Sace panassa tāyaṃ velāyaṃ pittābādhena vā kucchi pariḍayhati aggi mandatāya vā bhattaṃ na jirati añño vā koci rogo bādhati. Taṃ yathābhūtaṃ āvikatvā attano sappāyavelaṃ ārocetvā tāya valoya upasaṅkamitabbaṃ, asappāyavelāyaṃ hi vuccamānampi kammaṭṭhānaṃ na sakkā hoti manasa kātunti. Ayaṃ "kamhaṭṭhāna dāyakaṃ kalyāṇamittaṃ upasaṅkamitvā"ti - etthavitthāro.

Idāni attano cariyānukūlanti ettha - cariyāti -cha cariyā, rāgacariyā desacariyā mohacariyā saddhācariyā buddhicariyā vitakka cariyāti, keci pana rāgādīnaṃ saṃsaggasannipātavasena aparāpicatasso, tathā saddhādīnanti imāhi aṭṭhahi saddhiṃ cuddasa icchanti. Evampana bhede vuccamāne rāgādīnaṃ saddhādīhipi saṃsaggaṃ katvā anekacariyāhonti, tasmā saṅghepena chaḷeva cariyā veditabbā cariyā pakati ussannatāti atthato ekaṃ, tāsaṃ vasena chaḷeva [PTS Page 102] [\q 102/] puggalā honti rāgacarito dosacarito mehacarito saddhācarito buddhicarito vitakkacaritoti. Tattha yasmā rāgacaritassa kusalappavattisamaye saddhā balavatī hoti, rāgassa āsannaguṇattā.

1. Sī11. Upaṭṭhapetabbā. [A.] Mahāvagga-pārivāsikabandhaka.

[SL Page 076] [\x 76/]

Yathā hi akusalapakkhe rāgo sinuddho nāti luko, evaṃ kusala pakkhe saddhā. Yatha rāgo vatthukāme pariyesati, evaṃ saddhā sīlādi guṇe, yathā rāgo ahitaṃ na pariccajati evaṃ saddhā hitaṃ na pariccajati, tasmā rāgacaritassa saddhācarito sabhāgo. Yasmā pana dosacaritassa kusalappavattisamaye paññā balavatī hoti, dosassa āsannaguṇatatā. Yathā hi akusalapakkhe doso nussineho na ārammaṇa allīyati, evaṃ kusalapakkhe paññā. Yathā ca doso abhūtampi2 dosameva pariyesati, evaṃ paññā bhūtaṃ dosameva pariyesati. Yathā doso sattaparivajjanākārena pavattati, evaṃpaññā saṅkhāraparivajjanā kārena. Tasmā dosacaritassa buddhi carito sabhāgo. Ymā pana mohacaritassa anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya vāyamamānassa yebhūyyena antarāya karā vitakkā uppajjanti, mohassa āsannalakkhaṇattā. Yathāhi moho parivyākulakāya anavaṭṭhito, evaṃ vitakko nānappakāravitakkanatāya. Yathāca moho apariyogāhanatāya cañcalo, tathā vitakko lahuparikappanatāya. Tasmā mohacaritassa vitakkacarito sabhāgoti. Apare taṇhā māna duṭṭhivasena aparāpi tussocariyā vadanti, tattha taṇhā rāgo yeva mano ca taṃ sampayuttoti tadubhayaṃ rāgacariyaṃ nātivattati. Mohanidānattā ca diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhicariyā mohacariyameva aṭupatati.

Tā panetā cariyā kiṃ nidānā? Kathañca jānitabbaṃ? Ayaṃ puggalo rāgacarito ayaṃ dosādisu aññataracarito kiṃ caritassa puggalassa kiṃ sappāyanti? Tatra purimā tāva tisso cariyā pubbā ciṇṇanidānā dhātudosanidānācāti ekacce vadanti, pubbe kira iṭṭhappayogasubhakammabahulo rāgacarito hoti saggā vā cavitvā idhūpapanno, pubbechedana vadhabandhana verakammabahulo dosa carito hoti nirayanāgayonīhi vā cavitvā idhūpapanno, [PTS Page 103] [\q 103/] pubbe majjapānabahulo sutaparipuccā vihīno ca mohacarito hoti, tiracchānayoniyā vā cavitvā idhūpapannoti. Evaṃ pubbāviṇṇanidānāti vadanti. Dvinnaṃ pana dhātūnaṃ ussannattā puggalo mohacarito hoti paṭhavīdhātuyā ca āpodhātuyāca, itarāsaṃ dvinnaṃ ussannattā dosacarito, sabbāsaṃ samattā pana rāgacaritoti. Dosesu ca semhādhiko rāgacarito hoti, vātādhiko mohacarito. Semhādhiko vā mohacarito, vātādhiko vā rāgacaritoti, evaṃ dhātudosa nidānāti vadanti. Tattha yasmā pubbe iṭṭhappayoga subhakammabahulāpi saggā cavitvā idhūpapannāpi ca na sabbe rāgacaritāyeva honti. Itare vā dosa mohacaritā, evaṃ dhātunañca yathāvutteneva nayena ussadaniyamo nāma natthi, dosa

2. Ma. 11. Abhūtaṃ.

[SL Page 077] [\x 77/]

Niyame ca rāgamohadvayameva vuttaṃ, tampi ca pubbāparaviruddhaveva saddhācariyādisu ca ekissāpi nidānaṃ na vuttameva, tasmā sabbametaṃ aparicchinnavacanaṃ. Ayaṃ panettha aṭṭhakathācariyānaṃ matānusārena vinicchayo: - vuttaṃ hetaṃ ussadakittane-" ime sattā pubbahetuniyāmena lobhussadā dosussadā mohussadā alobhussadā adosussadā amohussadā ca honti. Yassa hi kammāyūhanakkhaṇe lobho balavā hoti alobho mando, adosāmohā balavanto dosamohā vandā, tassa mando alobo lobhaṃ pariyādutuṃ na sakkoti, adosāmohā pana balavanto dosamohe pariyādātuṃ sakkonti. Tasmā so tena kammena dinnapaṭisandhivasena nibbatto luddho hoti sukhasīlo akkodhano paññavāpa vajirūpamañāṇo. Yassa pana kammāyūhanakkhaṇe lobhadosā balavanto honti alobhādosā mandā, amoho ca balavā mohomandā, so purimanayeneva luddho ceva hoti duṭṭho ca paññavā panahoti rajirūpamañaṇo, dattābhayatthero viya. Yassa kammā yūhanakkhaṇe lobhaadosamohā balavanto honti itare mandā, so purimanayeneva luddho ceva dandho ca sīlako pana hoti akkodhano, tathā yassa kammāyūhanakkhaṇe tayopi lobha dosamohā balavanto honti alobhādayo mandā, so purima nayeneva luddho ceva hoti duṭṭho ca mūḷho ca, [PTS Page 104] [\q 104/] yassa pana kammāyūhanakkhaṇe alobhadosamohā balavanto honti itare mandā, so purimanayeneva aluddho ceva hoti aduṭṭho sīlakoca, davdho pana hoti. Tathā yassa kammāyūhanakkhaṇe alobhadosāmohi balavanto honti itare mandā, so purima nayeneva aluddho ceva hoti paññavāca, duṭṭho pana hoti kodhano. Tathā yassa kammāyūhanakkhaṇe tayopi alobhādayo balavanto honti lobhādayo mandā, so purimanayeneva mahā saṅgharakkhitatthero viya aluddho aduṭṭho paññavā ca hotī"ti. Ettha ca yo luddhoti vutto ayaṃ rāgacarito, duṭṭhadandhā dosa mohacaritā, paññavā buddhicarito, aluddhāduṭṭhā pasannapakatitāya saddhācaritā. Yathāvā amohaparivārona kammunā nibbatto buddhi carito, evaṃ balavasdhāparivārena kammunā nibbatto saddhā carito, kāmavitakkādiparivārena kammunā nibbatto vitakkacarito, lobhādinā vomissaparivārena kammunā nibbatto vomissaciritoti. Evaṃ lobhādisu aññataraññataraparivāraṃ paṭisandhijanakaṃ kammaṃ cariyānaṃ nidānanti veditabbaṃ. [SL Page 078] [\x 78/]

Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ kathañca jānitabbaṃ ayaṃ puggalo rācari toti ādi, tatrāyaṃ nayo.
Iriyāpathato kiccā bhojanā dassanādito,
Dhammappavattito ceva cariyāyo vibhāvayeti.

Tattha iriyāpathatoti- rāgacarito hi pakatigamanena gacchanto cāturiyena gacchati, sanikaṃ pādaṃ nikkhipati, samaṃ nikkhipati, samaṃ uddharati, ukkuṭikañcassa padaṃ hoti. Dosacarito padāggehi khaṇanto viya gacchathi, sahasā pādaṃ nikkhipati, sahasā uddharati, anukkaḍḍhitañcassa padaṃ hoti. Mohacarito parivyākulāya gatiyā gacchati, chamhito viya pādaṃ nikkhipati, chamhato viya uddharati, [PTS Page 105] [\q 105/] sahasānupīḷitañcassa daṃ hoti, vuttampi cetaṃ māgandiya suttuppattiyaṃ.

Rattassa hi ukkuṭikaṃ padaṃ bhave
Duṭṭhassa hoti anukaḍḍhitaṃ padaṃ,
Mūḷhassa hoti sahasānupīḷitaṃ
Vivattacchaddassi damīdisaṃ padanti. [A]

Ṭhānampi rāgacaritassa pāsādikaṃ hoti madhurākāraṃ, dosacari tassa thaddhākāraṃ, mohacaritassa ākulākāraṃ. Nissajjāyapi esevanayo, rāgacarito ca ataramāno samaṃ seyyaṃ paññā petvā sanikaṃ nipajjitvā aṅgapaccaṅgāni samodhāya pāsādikena ākārena sayati, vuṭṭhāpiyamāno ca sīghaṃ vuṭṭhāya saṅkito viya sanikaṃ paṭivacanaṃ deti. Dosacarito taramāno yathā tathā vā seyyaṃ paññāpetvā pakkhittakāyo bhākuṭikaṃkatvā sayati, vuṭṭhā piyamāno ca sīghaṃ vuṭṭhāya kupito viya paṭivacanaṃ deti. Moha carito dussaṇṭhānaṃ seyyaṃ paññāpetvā vikkhittakāyo bahulaṃ adhomuko sayati, vuṭṭhāpiyamāno ca huṃkāraṃ karonto dandhaṃ vuṭṭhāti. Saddhācaritādayo pana yasmā rāgacaritādīnaṃ sabhāgā, tasmā tesampi tādisova iriyāpatho hotīti, evaṃ tāva iriyā pathato cariyāyo vibhāvaye. Kiccāti sammajjanādīsu ca kiccesurāgacarito sādhukaṃ sammajjaniṃ gahetvā ataramāno mālikaṃ avippakiranto sinduvārakusumasavtharamiva santharanto suddhaṃ samaṃ sammajjati. Dosacarito gāḷhaṃ sammajjaniṃ gahetvā taramāna rūpo ubhatovālikaṃ ussādento kharena saddena asuddhaṃ visamaṃ sammajjati. Mocarito sithilaṃ sammajjaniṃ gahetvā sampari vattakaṃ āloḷayamāno asuddhaṃ visamaṃ sammajjati. Yathā sammajjane evaṃ cīvaradhovana rajanādisupi sabbakiccesu. Nipuṇamadhurasama sakkaccakārī rāgacarito, gāḷhatthaddhavisamakāri dosacarito.

[A.] Saṃ. Ni. Sagāthavagga.

[SL Page 079] [\x 79/]

Anipuṇa parivyākulavisamāparicchinnakārī [PTS Page 106] [\q 106/] mohacarito. Cīvara dhāraṇampi ca rāgacaritassa nāti gāḷhaṃ nitisithilaṃ hoti pāsādikaṃ parimaṇḍalaṃ, dosacaritassa atīgāḷhaṃ aparimaṇḍalaṃ, mohacaritassa sithila parivyākulaṃ. Saddhācaritādayo tesaṃ yevānusārena vedi tabbā, taṃ sabhāgattāti. Evaṃ kiccato cariyāyo vibhāvaye. Bojanāti rāgacarito siniddhamadhurabojanappiyo hoti. Bhuñjamāno ca nātimahantaṃ parimaṇḍalaṃ ālopaṃ katvā rasapaṭisaṃvedi1 ataramāno bhuñjati, kiñcidevaca sāduṃ labhitvā somanassaṃ āpajjati, dosacarito lūkhaambilabhojanappiyo hoti. Bhuñjamāno ca mukhapūrakaṃ ālopaṃ katvā arasapaṭisaṃvedi taramāno bhuñjati, kiñcideva ca asāduṃ labhitvā domanassaṃ āpajjati. Mohacarito aniyataruciko hoti. Bhuñjamāno ca aparimaṇḍalaṃ parittamālopaṃ katvā bhājane chaḍḍento mukhaṃ makkhento vikkhittacitto taṃ taṃ vitakkento bhuñjati. Saddhācāritādayopi tesaṃ yevānusārena veditabbā taṃ sabhā gattāti. Evaṃ bhojanato cariyāyo vibhāvaye. Dassanādi totirāgacarito īsakampi manorama rūpaṃ disvā vimhayajāto viya ciraṃ oloketi, parittepi guṇe sajjati, bhūtampi dosaṃ na gaṇhāti, pakkamantopi amuccitukāmova hutvā sāpekkho pakkamati. Dosacarito īsakampi amanoramaṃ disvā kilanta rūpo viya na ciraṃ oloketi, parittepi dose paṭibhaññati, bhūtampi guṇaṃ na gaṇhāti, pakkamantopi muñcitukāmova hutvā anapekkho pakkamati, mohacarito yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ disvā para paccayiko hoti paraṃ nindantaṃ sutvā nindati pasaṃsantaṃ sutvā pasaṃsati sayaṃ pana aññāṇupekkhāya pekkhakova hoti, esa nayo saddasavaṇādīsupi. Saddhācaritādayo pana tesaṃ yevānu sārena veditabbā taṃ sabhāgattāti. Evaṃ dassanāditopi cariyāyo vibhāvaye. Dhammappavattito chevāti- rāgacaritassa ca māyā sāṭheyyaṃ māno pāpicchatā mahicchatā asantuṭṭhitā siṅgaṃ cāpalyanti evamādayo dhammā bahulaṃ pattanti. [PTS Page 107] [\q 107/] dosacaritassa kodho upanāho makkho palāso issā macchariyanti evaṃ mādayo. Mohacaritassa thinaṃ middhaṃ uddhaccaṃ kukkuccaṃ vicikicchā ādhānagāhitā duppaṭinissaggitāti evādayo. Saddhācaritassa muttacāgatā ariyānaṃ dassanakāmatā sakhammaṃ sotukāmatā pāmojjabahulatā asaṃsaṭṭhatā2 amāyāvitā pasādanīyesu ṭhānesu pasā doti evamādayo. Buddhicaritassa sovacassatā kalyāṇamittatā bhojane matataññutā satisampajaññaṃ jāgariyānuyogo saṃvejanīyesu ṭhānesu saṃvego saṃviggassa ca yoniso padhānanti eva

1. Sī1 saha 11. Nānārasapaṭisaṃvedi. 2. Sī11. Asaṭhatā.

[SL Page 080] [\x 80/]

Mādayo, vitakkacaritassa bhassabahulatā gaṇārāmatā kusalānuyoge arati anavaṭṭhitacittatārattiṃ dūpāyanā divāpajjalanā hurāhuraṃ dhāvanāti evamādayo dhammā bahulaṃ pavattantīti, evaṃ dhammappavattito cariyāyo vibhāvaye. Yasmā pana idaṃ cariyāvibāvanāvidānaṃ sabbākārena neva pāḷiyaṃ, na aṭṭhakathāyaṃ āgataṃ, kevalaṃ ācariyamatānusārena vuttaṃ, tasmā na sārato paccetabbaṃ. Rāgacaritassa hi vuttāni iriyāpathādīni dosacaritāda yopi appamādavihārino kātuṃ sakkonti. Saṃsaṭṭhacaritassa ca puggalassa ekasseva bhinnalakkhaṇā iriyāpathādayo na sampajjanti1 yaṃ panetaṃ aṭṭhakathāsu cariyāvibhāvanāvidhānaṃ vuttaṃ, tadeva sārato paccetabbaṃ. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ: - cetopariyañāṇassa lābhī ācariyo cariyaṃ ñatvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathessati, itarena ante vāsiko pucchitabboti. Tasmā cetopariyañāṇena vā taṃ vā puggalaṃ pucchitvā jānitabbaṃ ayaṃ puggalo rāgacarito ayaṃ dosā dīsu aññataracaritoti.

Kiṃ caritassa puggalassa kiṃ sappāyanti- ettha pana senāsanaṃ tāva rāgacaritassa adotavedikaṃ bhummaṭṭhakaṃ akaṭapabbhāratiṇa kuṭipaṇṇasālādīnaṃ aññataraṃ rajokiṇṇaṃ jatukābharitaṃ olugga muluggaṃ atiuccaṃ vā atinīcaṃ vā ujjaṅgalaṃ sāsaṅkaṃ asuvicisama maggaṃ [PTS Page 108] [\q 108/] yattha vañcapīṭhampi maṅkuṇabharitaṃ2 durūpaṃ dubbaṇṇaṃ yaṃ olo kentasseva jigucchāuppajjati, tādisaṃ sappāyaṃ. Nivāsanā pāpuraṇaṃ antacchinnaṃ olambavilamba suttakākiṇṇaṃ jālapūvasadisaṃ sāṇi viya kharasamphassaṃ kiliṭṭhaṃ bhārikaṃ kicchapariharaṇaṃ sappāyaṃ, pattopi dubbanno mattikāpatto vā āṇigaṇṭhikāhato ayopatto vāgaruko dussanṭhāno sīsakapālamiva jeguccho vaṭṭati. Bhikkhācāramaggopi amanāpo anāsannāgāmo visamo vaṭṭati. Bhikkhācāragāmopi yattha manussā apassantā viya vicaranti, yattha ekakulepi bikkhaṃ alabitvā nikkhamantaṃ ehi bhanteti āsana sālaṃ pavesetvā yāgubhattaṃ datvā gacchantā gāviṃ viya vaje pave setvā anavalokentā3 gacchanti, tādiso vaṭṭati. Parivisana manussāpi dāsā vā kammakarā vā dubbaṇṇā duddasikā kiliṭṭhavasanā duggavdhā jegucchā ye acittikārena yāgubhattaṃ chaḍḍentā viya parivisanti, tādisā sappāyā. Yāgubhattakhajjakampi lūkhaṃ dubbaṇṇaṃ sāmāka kudrūsaka kaṇājakādimayaṃ pūtitakkaṃ bilaṅgaṃ jinṇasāka sūpeyyaṃ yaṃ kiñcideva kevalaṃ udarapūramattaṃ vaṭṭati. Iriyā pathopissa ṭhānaṃ vā caṅkamo vā vaṭṭati, ārammaṇaṃ nīlādīsu vaṇṇa kasiṇesu yaṃ kiñci aparisuddhavaṇṇanti idaṃ rāgacaritassa sappāyaṃ. Dosacaritassa sonāsanaṃ nātiuccaṃ nātinīcaṃ chāyūdaka

1. Ma. 1. Upapajjanti. 2. Ma. 11. Maṅgulābharitaṃ 3. Sī. 11. Anavaloketvā.

[SL Page 081] [\x 81/]

Sampannaṃ suvibhattabhittitthambhasopānaṃ supariniṭṭhitamālākammalatā kammaṃ nānāvidhacittakammasamujjalaṃ samasiniddhamudubhumitalaṃ buhma vimānaviva kusumadāmavicitravanṇavelavitānasamalaṅkataṃ supaññatta sucimanoramattharaṇamañcapīṭhaṃ tattha tattha vāsatthāya nikkhittakusuma vāsagandhasugandhaṃ yaṃ dassanamatteneva pītipāmojjaṃ janayati, evarūpaṃ sappāyaṃ, tassa pana senāsanassa maggo pi sabbaparissaya vimutto suci samatalo alaṅkatapaṭiyattova [PTS Page 109] [\q 109/] vaṭṭati, senāsana parikkhāro pettha kiṭamaṅguṇadīghajātimūsikādīnaṃ nissayaparicchivda natthaṃ nitibahuko, ekaṃ vañcapīṭhamattameva vaṭṭati, nivāsanapāru panampissa1 cīnapaṭṭasomārapaṭṭakoseyya kappāsikasukhuma koma sukhumādīnaṃ yaṃ yaṃ paṇītaṃ, tena tena ekapaṭṭaṃ vā dupaṭṭaṃ vā sallahukaṃ samaṇasāruppena surattaṃ suparisuddhavanṇaṃ vaṭṭati, patto udakabubbulamiva susaṇṭhāno maṇi viya sumaṭṭho nimmalo samaṇasāruppena suparisuddhavaṇṇo ayomayo vaṭṭati, bhikkhācāra maggo parissayavimutto samo manāpo nātidūranāccāsanna gāmo vaṭṭatibikkhācāragāmo pi yattha manussā idāni ayyo āgamissatīti sittasammaṭṭhe padese āsanaṃ paññāpetvā paccuggantvā pattaṃ ādāya gharaṃ pavesetvā paññattāsane nisīdā petvā sakkaccaṃ sahatthā parivisanti, tādiso vaṭṭati. Parivesakā panassa ye honti abhirūpā pāsādikā sunahātā suvilittā dhūpavāsa kusumagandhasurabhino nānā virāgasucima nuññavatthābharaṇapatimaṇḍitā sakkaccakārino, tādisā sappāyā. Yāgubhattakhajjakampi vaṇṇa gandharasasampannaṃ ojavantaṃ manoramaṃ sabbākārapaṇitaṃ yāvadatthaṃ vaṭṭati, iriyāpathopissa seyyā vā nisajjā vā vaṭṭati, ārammaṇaṃ nīlādisu vanṇakasiṇesu yaṃ kiñci suparisuddhavaṇṇanti, idaṃ dosa caritassa sappāyaṃ. Mohacaritassa senāsanaṃ disāmukhaṃ asambādhaṃ vaṭṭati yattha nisinnassa vivaṭā disā paññāyanti, 2 iriyāpathesu caṅkamo vaṭṭati. Ārammaṇaṃ panassa parittaṃ suppamattaṃsarāva mattaṃ vā khuddakaṃ na vaṭṭati. 3 Sambādhasmiṃ hi okāse cittaṃ bhiyyo sammoha māpajjati, tasmā vipulaṃ mahā kasiṇaṃ vaṭṭati. Sesaṃ dosacaritassa vuttasadisamevāti, idaṃ mohacaritassa sappāyaṃ. Saddhācaritassa sabbampi dosacaritamhi vuttavidhānaṃ sappāyaṃ. Ārammaṇesu cassa anussatiṭṭhānampi vaṭṭati. Buddhicaritassa senāsanādisu idaṃ nāma asappāyanti natthi. Vitakkacaritassa senāsanaṃ vivaṭaṃ disāmukhaṃ. Yattha [PTS Page 110] [\q 110/] nisinnassa ārāmavanapokkharaṇīrāmaṇeyyakāni gāmanigamajanapadapaṭipāṭiyo4nilobhāsā ca pabbatā paññāyanti, taṃ na vaṭṭati. Taṃhi vitakkavidhāvanasseva paccayo hoti. Tasmā

1. Si 1. 11 Nivāsanapāpuraṇampissa 2. Ma11 khāyanti 3. Ma. 11. Sarāvamattaṃ vā na vaṭṭati. 4. Si. 11. Gāmanigamajanapadapaṭipāṭiyā.

[SL Page 082] [\x 82/]

Gambhīre darīmukhe vanapaṭicchanne hatthikucchipabbhāramahindaguhā sadise sonāsano vasitabbaṃ. Ārammaṇaṃ pissa vipulaṃ na vaṭṭati, tādisaṃ hi vitakkavasena savdhāvanāya paccayo hoti. Parittaṃ pana vaṭṭati, sesaṃ rāgacaritassa vuttasadidamevāti idaṃ vitakka caritassa sappāyaṃ. Ayaṃ attano cariyānukūlanti ettha āgatacariyānaṃ pabhedavidhānavibhāvanasappāyaparicchedatevitthāro.

Na ca tāva cariyānukūlaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ sabbākārena āvikataṃ, taṃhi anantarassa mātikāpadassa vitthāre sayameva āvibhavissati. Tasmā yaṃ vuttaṃ "cattāḷīsāya kammaṭṭhānesu aññataraṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā"ti ettha saṅkhātaniddesato, upacārappaṇāvahato, jhānappabhedato, samatikkamato, vaḍḍhanāvaḍḍhanato, ārammaṇato, bhumito, gahaṇato, paccayato, cariyānukūlatoti, imehi tāva dasahi ākārehi kammaṭṭhānavinicchayo veditabbo. Tattha saṅkhātaniddesatoti: cattāḷīsāyakammaṭṭhānesū itihi vuttaṃ, tatrimāni cattāḷīsa kammaṭṭhānāni: - dasa kasiṇā dasa asubhā dasa anussatiyo cattāro brahmavihārā cattāro āruppā ekā saññā ekaṃvavatthānanti. Tattha paṭhavikasiṇaṃ āpokasiṇaṃ tejokasiṇaṃ vāyokasiṇaṃ nīlakasiṇaṃpītakasiṇaṃ lohitakasiṇaṃ odātakasiṇaṃ ālokakasiṇaṃ paricchinnākāsakasiṇanti, ime dasakasiṇā. Uddhumātakaṃ vinīlakaṃ vipubbakaṃ vicciddakaṃ vikkhāyitakaṃ vikkhittakaṃ hatavikkhittakaṃ lohitakaṃ puḷavakaṃ aṭṭhikanti, ime dasa asubhā. Buddhānussati dhammānussati saṅghānussati sīlānussati cāgānussati devatānussati1 maraṇasati kāyagatāsati ānāpāna sati upasamānussatīti, imā dasa anussatiyo. [PTS Page 111] [\q 111/] mettā karuṇā muditā upekkhāti ime cattāro āruppā. Āhāre paṭikkūla saññā ekā saññā, catudhātuvavatthānaṃ ekaṃ vavatthānanti, evaṃ saṅkhātaniddesato vinicchayo veditabbo. Upacārappaṇāva hatoti: - ṭhapetvā kāyagatāsatiñca ānāpānasatiñca avasesā aṭṭha anussatiyo, āhāre paṭikkūlasaññā, catudhātuvavatthānanti, imāneva hettha dasa kammaṭṭhānāni upacārāvahāni; sesāni appaṇāvahesu cettha ānāpānasatiyā saddhiṃ dasa kasiṇā catukkajjhā nikā honti, kāyagatāya satiyā saddhiṃ dasa asubhā paṭhamajjhānikā, purimā tayo brahmavihārā tikajjhānikā, catutthabramhavihāro cattāro ca āruppā catukkajjhānikāti2 evaṃ jhānappabhedato. Samatikkamatoti: - dve samatikkamā, aṅgasamatikkamoca ārammaṇa

1. Sī11. Dhammasaṃghasīlacāga devatānussati. 2. Sī1*11. Catutthajhānikā.

[SL Page 083] [\x 83/]

Samatikkamo ca. Tattha sabbesupi tikacatukkajjhānikesu kammaṭṭhā nesu aṅgasamatikkamo hoti vitakkavicārādīni jhānaṅgāni samatikkamitvā tesvevārammaṇesu dutiyajjhānādīnaṃpattabbato, tathā catutthabrahmavihāre, sopihi mettādīnaṃ yeva ārammaṇe somanassaṃ samatikkamitvā pattabboti. Catusu pana āruppesu ārammaṇasamatikkamo hoti. Purimesu hi navasu kasiṇesu añña taraṃ matīkkamitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ pattabbaṃ, ākāsādīni ca samatikkamitvā viññāṇañcāyatanādīni, sesesu samatikkamo natthīti evaṃ samatikkamato. Vaṅḍhanāvaḍḍhanatoti: - imesu vattāḷīsāya kammaṭṭhānesu dasakasiṇāneva vaḍḍhetabbāni. Yatta kañhi okāsaṃ kasiṇena erati tadabbhantare dibbāya sotadhātuyā saddaṃ sotuṃ dibbena cakkunā rūpāni passituṃ parasattānañca cetasā cittamaññātuṃ samattho hoti. Kāyagatāsati pana asubhāni ca na vaḍḍhetabbāni. Kasmā? Okāsena paricchinnattā ānisaṃsābhāvā ca. Sā ca nesaṃ okāsena paricchinnatā bhāvanā nayo āvibhavissati. Tesu pana vaḍḍhitesu [PTS Page 112] [\q 112/] kuṇaparāsiyeva vaḍḍhati, na koci ānisaṃso atthi, vuttampicetaṃ sopākapañha vyākaraṇesu: "vibhūtā bhagavā rūpasaññā avibhūtā aṭṭhikasaññā"ti, [a] tatra hi nimittavaḍhenavasena rūpasaññā vibhūtāni vuttā, aṭṭhika saññā avaḍḍhanavasena avibhūtāti, yaṃ panetaṃ kevalaṃ aṭṭhika saññāya aphariṃ paṭhaviṃ imanti vuttaṃ, taṃ lābhissa sato upaṭṭhānā kāravasena vuttaṃ. Yatheva hi dhammāsokakāle karavīkasakuṇo samantā ādāsabhittisu attano chāyaṃ disvā sabbadisāsu karavīka saññi hutvā madhuraṃ giraṃ nicchāresi, evaṃ theropi aṭṭhikasaññāya lābittā sabbadisāsu upaṭṭhitaṃ nimittaṃ passanto kevalāpi paṭhavī aṭṭhikabharitāti cintesīti. Yadi evaṃ yā asubhajjhānānaṃ appamāṇārammaṇatā vuttā, sā virujjhatīti? Sā ca na virujjhati, ekaccohi uddhumātake vā aṭṭhike vā mahante nimittaṃ gaṇhāti, ekacco appako, iminā pariyāyena ekaccassa parittārammaṇaṃ jhānaṃ hoti, ekaccassa appamāṇārammaṇanti. Yo vā etaṃ vaḍḍhane ādīnavaṃ apassanto vaḍheti, taṃ savdhāyaappamāṇā rammaṇanti vuttaṃ. Ānisaṃsābhāvā pana na vaḍḍhetabbānīti. Yathā ca etāni, evaṃ sosanipi na vaḍḍhetabbāni. Kasmā? Tesu hi ānāpānanimitta tāva vaḍḍhayato vātarāsiyeva vaḍḍhati, okāsena ca paricchinnaṃ. Bati sādinavattā okāsena ca paricchinnattā na vaḍḍhetabbaṃ. Brahmavihārā sattārammaṇā, tesaṃ nimittaṃ vaḍḍhayatosattarāsiyeva vaḍḍheyya, na ca tena attho atthi, tasmā tampi na vaḍḍhetabbaṃ. Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ "mettāsahagatena cetasā

[A.] Saṃ ni mahāvagga.

[SL Page 084] [\x 84/]

Ekaṃ disaṃ paritvā"ti[a] ādi, taṃ paraggahavaseneva vuttaṃ, ekaāvāsa dviāvāsādinā hi anukkamena essā disāya satte pariggahetvā bhāvento ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvāti vutto. Na [PTS Page 113] [\q 113/] nimittaṃ vaḍḍhento. Paṭibhāganimittameva cettha natthi, yadayaṃ vaḍḍheyya. Paritta appamāṇārammaṇatā pettha pariggahavaseneva veditabbā. Āruppārammaṇesupi ākāsaṃ kasiṇugghāṭimattā, 1 taṃ hi kasiṇāpagamavaseneva manasi kātabbaṃ. Tato paraṃ vaḍḍhayatopi2 na kiñci hoti. Viññāṇaṃ sabhāvadhammattā, na hi sakkā sabhāvadhammaṃ vaḍḍhetuṃ. Viññāṇāpagamo viññāṇassa abhāvamattattā, nevasaññā nāsaññāyatanārammaṇaṃ sabhāvadhammattāyeva na vaḍḍhetabbaṃ, sosāni animittattā, paṭibhāganimittaṃ hi vaḍḍhetabbaṃ nāma bhaveyya. Budhānussati ādīnañca neva paṭibhāga nimittaṃ ārammaṇaṃ hoti, tasmā taṃ na vaḍḍhetabbanti evaṃ vaḍḍhanāvaḍḍhanato. Ārammaṇatoti: - imesu ca cattiḷīsāya kammaṭṭhānesu dasakasiṇā dasaasubhā ānāpānasati kāyagatāsatīti imāni dvāvīsati paṭibhāga nimittārammaṇāni, sesāni na paṭibhāganimittārammaṇāni, tathā dasasu. Anussatīsu ṭhapetvā ānāpāna satiñca kāyagatāsatiñca avasesā aṭṭha anussatiyo āhāre paṭikkūlasaññā catudhātuva vatthānaṃ viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatananti imāni dvādasa sabhāvadhammārammaṇāni, dasakasiṇā dasaasubhā ānāpānasati kāyagatāsatīti imāni dvāvīsati nimittārammaṇāni, sesāni cha na vattabbārammaṇāni, tathā vipubbakaṃ lohitakaṃ puḷavakaṃ ānāpāna sati āpokasiṇaṃ tejokasiṇaṃ vāyokasiṇaṃ yañca āloka kasiṇesu suriyādinaṃ obhāsamaṇḍalārammaṇaṃ imāni aṭṭha calitā rammaṇāni, tāni ca kho pubbabhāge. Paṭibhāgaṃ pana sannisinna meva hoti. Sesāni na calitārammaṇānīti evaṃ ārammaṇato. Bhumitoti: - ettha ca dasa asubhā kāyagatāsati āhāre paṭikkūla saññāti imāni dvādasa devase nappavattanti. Tāni dvādasa ānāpānasaticāti imāni terasa brahmaloke nappavattanti. Arūpa bhave pana ṭhapetvā cattāro ārāppe aññaṃ nappavattati. Manussesu sabbānipi pavattantīti - evaṃ bhūmito. [PTS Page 114] [\q 114/] gahaṇatoti: duṭṭhaphuṭṭhasutaggahaṇatopettha vinicchayo veditabbo, tatra ṭhapetvā vāyokasiṇaṃ sesānavakasiṇā dasaasubhāni imāni ekūna vīsati diṭṭhena gahetabbāni. Pubbabhāge cakkhunā eloketvā3 nimittaṃ nesaṃ gahetabbanti attho. Kāyagatāsatiyaṃ tacapañcakaṃ diṭṭhena, sesaṃ sutenāti evaṃ tassā ārammaṇaṃ diṭṭhasutena gahetabbaṃ. Ānāpānasati phuṭṭhena, vāyokasiṇaṃ diṭṭhapūṭṭhena, sesāni aṭṭhārasa sutena gahetabbāni, apekkhābrahmavihāro

[A.] Dīghani. Sāmaññaphalasu. 1. Sa11. Kasiṇugghāṭitamattatta 2. Sī1. 11. Vaḍḍhayato. 3. Sī11. Oloketvā oloketvā.

[SL Page 085] [\x 85/]

Cattāro āruppāti imāni cettha na ādikammikena gahetabbāni, sesāni pañcatiṃsa gahetabbānīti evaṃ gahaṇato. Paccayatoti: imesu pana kammaṭṭānesu ṭhapetvā ākāsakasiṇaṃ sesā nava kasiṇā āruppānaṃ paccayā honti, dasapi kasiṇā abhiññānaṃ, tayo brahvavihārā catutthabrahvavihārassa, heṭṭhimaṃ heṭṭhimaṃ ārāppaṃ uparimassa uparimassa, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ nirodha samāpattiyā, sabbānipi sukhavihārā vipassanābhavasampattīnanti evaṃ paccayato. Cariyānukūlatoti: - cariyānaṃ anukūlatopetthavinicchayo veditabbo. Seyyathīdaṃ? Rāgacaritassa tāva- ettha dasaasubhākāyagatāsatīti ekādasa kammaṭṭhānāni anukūlāni, dosa caritassa cattāro brahmavihārā cattāri vaṇṇakasinānīti aṭṭha, mohacaritassa vitakkaciritassa ca ekaṃ ānāpānasatikammaṭṭhāna meva, saddhācaritassa purimā cha anussatiyo, buddhicaritassa maraṇasati upasamānussati catudhātuvavatthānaṃ āhāre paṭikkūlasaññāti cattāri, sesakasiṇāni cattāro ca āruppā sabbacaritānaṃ anukūlāni, kasiṇesu ca yaṃ kiñci parittaṃ vitakkacaritassa, appamāṇaṃ mohacaritassāti evamettha cariyānukulato vinicchayo vadi tabboti. Sabbañcetaṃ ujuvipaccanīkavasena ca atisappāya vasena ca vuttaṃ. Rāgādīnaṃ pana avikkhamhikā saddhādinaṃ cā anupakārā kusalabhāvanā nāma natthi. Vuttampi cetaṃ meghiyasutte"cattāro dhammā uttarīṃ bhāvetabbā. Asubhā bhāvetabbā rāgassa pahānāya, mettā bhāvetabbā vyāpādassa pahāṇāya, anāpānāsatī bhāvetabbā vitakkupaccedāya, [PTS Page 115] [\q 115/] aniccasaññā bhāvetabbā asamimānasamugghātāyā"ti[a.] Rāhulasuttepi"mettaṃ rāhula bhāvanaṃ bhāvehī"tī[b.] Ādīnā nayena ekasseva sattakammaṭṭhānāni vuttāni. Tasmā vacanamatte abhinivesaṃ akatvā sabbattha adhippāyo pariyesitabboti. Ayaṃ kammaṭṭānaṃ gahetvāti ettha kammaṭṭhānakathā vinicchayo.

Gahetvāti: - imassa pana padassa ayaṃ atthaparidīpanā. Tena yoginā kammaṭṭhānadāyakaṃ kalyāṇamittaṃ upasaṅkamitvāti ottha vuttanayeneva vuttappakāraṃ kalyāṇamittaṃ upasaṅkamitvā buddhassa vā bhagavato ācariyassa vā attānaṃ niyyātetvā sampannajjhāsayena sampannādhimuttinā ca hutvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ yāci tabbaṃ. Tattha"imāhaṃ bhagavā attabhāvaṃ tumhākaṃ pariccajāmī"ti evaṃ buddhassa bhagavato attā nīyyātetabbo, evaṃ hi aniyyā tetvā pantesu senāsanesu viharanto bheravārammaṇe āpātha māgato santhambhituṃ āsakkonto gāmantaṃ osaritvā gihīhi saṃsaṭṭho hutvā anesanaṃ āpajjitvā anayavyasanaṃ pāpuṇeyya,

[A]ma. Ni. Saha saṃ. Ni. Lagāthavagga. [B.] Saṃ. Ni. Sagāthavagga.

[SL Page 086] [\x 86/]

Niyyātitattabhāvassa panassa bheravārammaṇe āpāthamāgatepi bhayaṃ na uppajjati. Nanu tayāpaṇḍita purimadivasameva attā buddhānaṃ niyyātitoti paccavekkhato ca panassa somanassameva uppajjati, yathāhi purisassa uttamaṃ kāsikavatthaṃ bhaveyya, tassa tasmiṃ mūsikāya vā kīṭehi vā khādite uppajjeyya domanassa. Sace pana taṃ acīvarikassa bhikkhuno dadeyya, athassa taṃ tena bhikkhunā khaṇḍākhaṇḍaṃ kayiramānaṃ disvāpi somanassameva appajjeyya, evaṃ sampadamidaṃ veditabbaṃ. Ācariyassa niyyā tentenāpi "imāhaṃ bhante attabhāvaṃ tumhākaṃ pariccajāmī"ti vattabbaṃ. Evaṃ aniyyātitattabhāvo hi attajjanīyo vā hoti dubbavo vā anovādakaro yona kāmaṅgamo vā ācariyaṃ anāpucchāva yatticchati. Tattha gantā, tamenaṃ ācariyo āmisena vā dhammena vā na saṃgaṇhāti guḷhaṃ ganthaṃ na sikkhāpoti. So imaṃ duvidhaṃ saṅgahaṃ alabhanto sāsane [PTS Page 116] [\q 116/] patiṭṭhaṃ na labhati na cirasseva dussīlyaṃ vā gihībhāvaṃ vā pāpuṇāti. Niyyātitattabhāvo pana neva atajjanīyo boti na yonakāmaṅgamo suvaco ācariyaṃyattavuttireva hoti. So ācariyato duvidhaṃ saṅgahaṃ labhanto sāsane vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ pāpuṇāti, cūlapiṇḍapātika. Tissattherassa antevāsikā viya-therassa kira santikaṃ tayo bhikkhū āgamaṃsu. Tesu eko ahaṃ bhante tumhākaṃ atthāyāti vutte sataporise papāte patituṃ ussaheyyanti āha. Dutiyo ahaṃ bhante tumhākaṃ atthāyāti vutte imaṃ attabhāvaṃ paṇhito paṭṭhāya pāsāṇapiṭṭhe ghaṃsento niravasesaṃ khepetuṃ ussa heyyanti āha. Tatiyo ahaṃ bhante tumhākaṃ atthāyāti vutte assāsapassāse uparundhitvā kālakiriyaṃ kātuṃ ussa heyyanti āha. Thero bhabbā vatime bhikkhūti kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathesi. Te tassa ovāde ṭhatvā tayopi arahattaṃ pāpūṇiṃsūti, ayamāni saṃso attanīyyātane, tena vuttaṃ "buddhassa vā bhagavato ācariyassa vā attānaṃ niyyātetvā"ti sampannajjhāsayena sampannādhimuttīnā ca hutvāti: - ettha pana tena yoginā alo bhādīnaṃ vasena chahākārehi sampanna jjhāsayena bhavitabbaṃ, evaṃ sampannajjhāsayo hi tissannaṃ bodhinaṃ aññataraṃ pāpuṇāti. Yathāha: - "cha ajjhāsayā bodhisattānaṃ bodhiparipākāya svattanti. Alobhajjhāsayā ca bodhisatti lobhe dosadassāvino, adho jajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā dose dosadassāvino, amohajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā mohe dosadassāvino, nekkhammajjhāsayā ca bodhisattā gharāvāse dosadassāvino, nissaraṇajjhāsayā ca bodhi sattā sabbabhavagatīsu dosadassāvino"ti. Yehi keci atītā nāgatapaccuppannā sotāpanna sakadāgāmi anāgāmi khīṇāsava
[SL Page 087] [\x 87/]

Paccekabuddha sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te imeheva chahākārehi attanā attanā pattabbaṃ visesaṃ pattā. Tasmā imehi chahi ākārehi sampannajjhāsayena bhavitabbaṃ. Tadadhimuttatāya pana adhimutti sampannena bhavitabbaṃ samādhādhimuttena samādhigarukena samādhi [PTS Page 117] [\q 117/] pabbhārena, nibbānādhimuttena nibbāṇagarukena nibbāṇa pabbhārena ca bhavitabbanti attho. Evaṃ sampannajjhāsayādhi muttino panassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ yācato cetopariyāyañāṇalābhinā ācariyena cittācāraṃ oloketvā cariyā jānitabbā, itarena kiṃ caritosi, ke vā te dhammā bahulaṃ samudācaranti, kiṃ vā te manasikaroto phāsu hoti, katarasmiṃ vā te kammaṭṭhāne cittaṃ namatīti evamādīhi nayehi pucchitvā jānitabbā. Evaṃ ñatvā cariyānukūlaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathetabbaṃ. Kathentena ca tividhena kathetabbaṃ. Pakatiyā uggahita kammaṭṭhānassa eka dve nisajjāni sajjhāyaṃ kāretvā dātabbaṃ, santike masantassa āgatā gatakkhaṇe kathetabbaṃ, uggahetvā aññattha gantukāmassa nāti saṅkhittaṃ nātivitvārikaṃ katvā kathetabbaṃ. Tattha paṭhavikasiṇaṃ tāva kathentena1 cattāro kasiṇa dosā kasiṇakaraṇaṃ katassa bhāvanānayo duvidhaṃ nimittaṃ duvidho samādhi sattavidhaṃ sappāyā sappāyaṃ dasavidhaṃ appaṇākosallaṃ viriyasamatā appaṇāvidhānanti ime nava ākārā kathetabbā, sesakammaṭṭhānesupi tassa tassa anurūpaṃ kathetabbaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ tesaṃ bhāvanāvidhāne āvi bhavissati. Evaṃ kathiyamāne pana kammaṭṭhāne tena yoginā nimittaṃ gahetvā sotabbaṃ. Nimittaṃ gahetvāti- idaṃ heṭṭhima padaṃ, bada uparimapadaṃ, ayamassa atto, ayamadhippāyo, idaṃ opammanti evaṃ taṃ taṃ ākāraṃ upanibandhitvāti attho, evaṃ nimittaṃ gahetvā sakkaccaṃ suṇantenahi kammaṭṭhānaṃ sugahitaṃ hoti. Athassa taṃ nissāya visesādhigamo sampajjati, na ita rassāti, ayaṃ gahetvāti imassapadassa atthaparidīpanā.

Ettāvatā " kalyāṇamittaṃ upasaṅkamitvā attano cariyānu kulaṃ cattāḷīsāya kammaṭṭhānesu aññataraṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā"ti imāni padāni sabbākārena vitthāritāni hontīti.

Iti sādhujanapāmojjatthāya kate visuddhimagge

Samādhibhāvanādikāre kammaṭṭhāna gahaṇa niddeso nāma

Tatiyo paricchedo
[PTS Page 118] [\q 118/]
1. Sī 11. Paṭhavikasiṇaṃ tathentena

[SL Page 088] [\x 88/]

4.
Atha paṭhavikasiṇa niddeso.

Idāni yaṃ vuttaṃ "samādhibhāvanāya ananurūpaṃ vihāraṃ pahāya anurūpe vihāre viharantenā"ti ettha pana yassa tāva ācariyena saddhiṃ ekavihāre vasato phāsu hoti, tena tatattheva kammaṭṭhānaṃ parisodhentena vasitabbaṃ. Sace tattha phāsu na hoti, yo añño gāmute vā aḍḍhayojane vā yojanamatte pi vā sappāyo vihāro hoti, tattha vasitabbaṃ. Evaṃ hi sati kammaṭṭhānassa kismicideva ṭhāne sandehe vā sati satisammose vā jāte kālasseva vihāre vattaṃ katvā antarāmagge piṇḍāya caritvā bhattakicca pariyosāne yeva ācariyassa vasanaṭṭhānaṃ ganatvā taṃ divasaṃ ācariyassa santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ sodhetvā dutiyadivase ācariyaṃ vanditvā nikkhamitvā antarāmagge piṇḍāya caritvā akilanto yeva attano vasanṭṭhānaṃ āgantuṃ sakkhissati. Yo pana yojanappamāṇepi phāsukaṭṭhānaṃ na labhati, tena kammaṭṭhāne sabbaṃgaṇṭhiṭṭhānaṃ chinditvā suvisuddhaṃ āvajjana paṭibaddhaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ katvā dūrampi gantvā samādhibhāvanāya ananurūpaṃ vihāraṃ pahāya anurūpe vihāre vihātabbaṃ. Tattha ananurūpo nāma aṭṭhārasannaṃ dosānaṃ aññatarena samannāgato, tatrime aṭṭhārasa dosā: "mahattaṃ navattaṃ jaṃṇṇattaṃ patthanissitattaṃ soṇḍiṃ paṇṇaṃ pupphaṃ phalaṃ patthanīyatā nagarasannissitatā dārusannissitatā khettasannissitatā visabhāgānaṃ puggalānaṃ atthitā paṭṭana sannissitatā paccantannissitatā rajjasīmasannissitatā asappāyatā kalyāṇamittānaṃ ālābho"ti, [PTS Page 119] [\q 119/] imesaṃ aṭṭhārasannaṃ dosānaṃ aññatarena dosena samannāgato ananurūpo nāma, na tattha vihātabbaṃ. Kasmā? Mahāvihāre tāva pahū nanācchavdhā sannipatanti te aññamaññaṃ paṭiviruddhatāya vattaṃ na karonti, bodhiaṅgaṇādīni asammaṭṭhāneva honti, anupaṭṭhā pitaṃ pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ, tatrāyaṃgocaragāme piṇḍāya carissāmīti pattacīvaramādāya nikkhanto sacepassati vattaṃ vā akataṃ pānīyaghaṭaṃ vā rittaṃ, athānena vattaṃ kātabbaṃ hoti pānīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpetabbaṃ. Akaronto vattabhede dukkamaṃ āpajjati, karontassa kālo atikkamati, atidivā paṭiṭṭho niṭṭhitāya bhikkhāya kiñci na labhati, paṭisallānagatopi sāmaṇeradaharabhikkhūnaṃ uccāsaddena saṅghakammehi ca vikkhipati, yattha pana sabbaṃ vattaṃ katameva hoti, avasesāpi ca ghaṭṭanā natthi, evarūpe mahāvihārepi vihātabbaṃ; navavihāre bahuṃ navakammaṃ hoti, akarontaṃ ujjhāyanti. Yattha pana bhikkhū

[SL Page 089] [\x 89/]

Evaṃ vadanti: - āyasmā yathāsukhaṃ samaṇadhammaṃ karotu, mayā navakammaṃ karissāmāti. Evarupe vihātabbaṃ. Jiṇṇavihāre pana pahuṃ paṭijaggitabbaṃ hoti, antamaso attanosenāsanamattampi apaṭijaggantaṃ ujjhāyanti, paṭijaggantassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ parihāyatī, panthanissite mahāpathavihāre rattindivaṃ āgantukā sannipatanti. Vikāle āgatānaṃ attano senāsanaṃ datvā rukkhamūle vā pāsāṇapiṭṭhe vā vasitabbaṃ hoti. Punadivase pi evamevāti kammaṭṭhānassa okāso na hoti, yattha pana evarūpoāgantuka sambādho na hoti tattha vihātabbaṃ. Soṇḍināma pāsāṇa pokkharaṇī hoti, tattha pānīyatthaṃ mahājano samosarati. Nagaravāsīnaṃ rājakulupagatherānaṃ antevāsikā rajanakammatthāya āgacchanti, tesaṃ bhājanadārudoṇikādīni pucchantānaṃ asukasmiñca asukasmiñca [PTS Page 120] [\q 120/] ṭhāneti dassetabbāni honti, evaṃ sabbakālampi niccavyāvamo hoti, yattha nānāvidhaṃ sākapaṇṇaṃ hoti. Tatthassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā divāvihāraṃ nisinnassāpi santike sākahārikā gāyamānā paṇṇaṃ uccinantiyo visabhāgasaddasaṅghaṭṭanena kammaṭṭhānantarāyaṃ karonti, yattha pana nānāvidhā mālā gacchā supipphitā honti, tatrāpi tādiso yeva upaddavo, yattha nānāvidhaṃ ambajabbupaṇasādiphalaṃ hoti, tattha phalatthikā āgantvā yācanti, adentassa kujjhanti, balakkārena vā gaṇhanti, sāyaṇhasamaye vihāramajjhe caṅkamantena te disvā kiṃ upāsakā evaṃ karothāti vuttā yathāruci akkosanti, avāsāya pissa parakkamanti patthaniye pana leṇasammate dakkhiṇāgiri hatthi gucchi cetiyagiri cittalapabbata sadise vihāre viharantaṃ ayaṃ ara hāti sambhāvetvā vanditukāmā manussā samantā osaranti, tenassa na phāsu hiti, yassa pana taṃ sappāyaṃ hoti tena divā aññattha gantvā rattiṃ vasitabbaṃ. Nagarasannissite visabhāgārammaṇāni āpāthaṃ āgacchanti, kumbhadāsiyopi ghaṭehi nighaṃsantiyo gacchanti, okkamitvā maggaṃ na denti, issaramanussāpi vihāramajjhe sāṇiṃ parikkhipitvā nisīdanti. Dārusannissaye pana yattha kaṭṭhāni ca dabbūpakaraṇarukkhā ca santi, tattha taṭṭhahārikā pubbe vutta sāka pupphahārikā viya aphāsuṃ karonti. Vihāre rukkhā santi te chinditvā gharāni karissāmāti manussā āganatvā chindanti, sace sāyaṇhasamayaṃ padhānagharā nikkhimitvā vihāramajjhe caṅkamanto te disvā kiṃ upāsakāevaṃ karothāti vadati yathāruci akko santi, avāsāya pissa parakkamanti. Yo pana khettasannissito hoti santā khettehi parivārito, tattha manussā vihāramajjhe yeva khalaṃ katvā dhaññaṃ maddanti pamukhe sosayanti aññampi bahuṃ aphāsu karonti, yatrāpi mahāsaṅghabhogo hoti ārāmikakulānaṃ gāvo rundhanti udakavāraṃ paṭisedhenti, manussā [PTS Page 121] [\q 121/] dvīhi sīsaṃ

[SL Page 090] [\x 90/]

Gahetva passatha tumhākaṃ ārāmikakulānaṃ kammanti saṅghassa dassenti. Tena tena kāraṇena rāja rājamahāmattānaṃ ghavadvāraṃ ganthabbaṃ hoti. Ayampi khettasannissinaiva saṅgahito. Visa bhāgānaṃ puggalānaṃ atthitāti- yatthi aññamaññaṃ visabhāgā cerī bhikkhū viharanti, ye kalahaṃ karontā mā bhante evaṃ karothāti vāriyamānā etassa paṃsukulikassa āgatakālato paṭṭhāya naṭṭhāmhāti cattāro bhavanti; yopi udakapaṭṭanaṃvā thalapaṭṭanaṃ vā nissito hoti, tattha abhiṇhaṃ nāvāhi ca satthehi ca āgatamanussā. Okāsaṃ detha pānīyaṃ detha loṇaṃ dethāti ghaṭṭayantā aphāsuṃ karonti. Paccanta sannissite pana manussā buddhādisu appasannā honti. Rajjasīmasannissite rājabhayaṃ hoti. Taṃ hi padesaṃ eko rājā na mayhaṃ vase vattatīti paharati, itaro pi na mayhaṃ vase vattatīti. Tatrāyaṃ bhikkhū kadāci imassa rañño vijitevicarati, kadāci etassa, atha naṃ carapuriso ayanti maññamānā anayavyasanaṃ pāpenti. Asappāyatātivisabhāgarūpādiārammaṇasamosaraṇena vā amanussapariggahitatāyavā asappāyatā, tatridaṃ vatthu: - eko kira thero araññe vasati. Athassa ekā yakkhinī paṇṇasāladvāre ṭhatvā gāyi so nikkhamitvā dvāre ṭṭhāsi. Sā gantvā caṅkamana sīse gāyi thero caṅkamanasīsaṃ agamāsi, sā sataporise papāte ṭhatvā gāyi. Thero paṭinivatti atha naṃ sā vegenāgantvā gahetvā mayā bhante na eko na dve kumhādisā khāditāti āha. Kalyāṇamittānaṃ alābhoti- yattha na sakkā hoti ācariyaṃ vā ācariyasamaṃ vā upajjhāyaṃ vā upajjhāyasamaṃ vā kalyāṇamittaṃ laddhuṃ, tattha so kalyāṇamittānaṃ alābo mahādoso yevā ti imesaṃ aṭṭhārasannaṃ dosānaṃ aññatarena samannāgato ananurūpoti veditabbo.

Vuttampi cetaṃ aṭṭhakathāsu: -

Mahāvāsaṃ navāvāsaṃ jarāvāsañca panthaniṃ,
Soṇḍiṃ paṇṇañca pupphañca phalaṃ patthitamevaca. [PTS Page 122] [\q 122/]

Nagaraṃ dārunā khettaṃ visabhāgena paṭṭanaṃ,
Paccantasīmāsappāyaṃ yattha mitto na labbhati.

Aṭṭhārasetāni ṭhānāni iti viññāya paṇḍito,
Ārakā parivajjeyya maggaṃ paṭibhayaṃ yathāti.

Yo pana gocaragāmato nātidūranāccāsannatādihi pañchi aṅgehi samannāgato ayamanurūpo nāma. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ bhagavatā: "kathañca bhikkhave sonāsanaṃ pañcaṅgasamannāgataṃ hoti? Idha bhikkhave senāsanaṃ nātidūraṃ hoti nāccāsannaṃ gamanā

[SL Page 091] [\x 91/]

Gamanasampannaṃ, divā appakinṇaṃ1 rattiṃ appasaddaṃ appa nigghosaṃ, appaḍaṃsamakasavātātapasiriṃsapasamphassaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ kho pana senāsane viharantassa appakasireneva uppajjanti cīvarapiṇḍapāta senāsana gilānapaccaya bhesajja parikkhārā, tasmiṃ kho pana senāsane therā bhikkhū viharanti bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā te kālena kālaṃ upasaṅkamitvā paripucchati paripañhati idaṃ bhantekathaṃ imassa ko atthoti, tassa te āyasmanto avivaṭañceva vivaranti anuttānīkatañca uttānī karonti anekavihitesu ca kaṅkhāṭhānīyesu dhammesu kaṅkhaṃ paṭivinodenti. Evaṃ kho bhikkhave senāsanaṃ pañcaṅga samannāgataṃ hotī"ti[a] ayaṃ samādhibhāvanāya ananurūpaṃ vihāraṃ pahāya anurūpe viharantenāti ettha vitthāro.

Khuddakapaḷibodhupacchedaṃ katvāti - evaṃ patirūpe vihāre viharannena- yepissa te honti khuddakā paḷibodhā tepi upacchivdi tabbā, seyyathīdaṃ? Dīghāni kesanakhalomānichinditabbāni, chiṇṇa cīvaresu daḷhikammaṃ vā tunnakammaṃ vā kātabbaṃ, kiliṭṭhāni vā rajitabbāni, sace patte malaṃ hoti patto pacitabbo, mañca pīṭhādīni sodhetabbānīti. Ayaṃ khuddakapaḷibodhupacchedaṃ katvāti ettha vitthāro.

Idāni- sabbaṃ bhāvanāvidhānaṃ aparihāpettena bhāve tabbo"tiottha ayaṃ paṭhavikasiṇaṃ ādiṃ katvā sabbakammaṭṭhāna [PTS Page 123] [\q 123/] vasena vitvārakathā hoti. Evaṃ upacchinnakhuddakapaḷibodhenahi bhikkhunā pacchābhattaṃ piṇapotapaṭikkantena bhattasammadaṃ paṭivinodetvā pavivitte okāse sukhanisinnena katāya vā akatāya vā paṭhaviyā nimittaṃ gaṇhitabbaṃ. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ : "paṭhavikasiṇaṃ uggaṇhanto paṭhaviyaṃ nimittaṃ gaṇhāti kate vā akate vā sāntake no anantake, sakoṭiye no akoṭiye, sacaṭume ne avaṭme, sapariyante no apariyante, suppamattevā sarāvamattevā. Sotaṃ nimittaṃ suggahītaṃ karoti sūpadhāritaṃ upadhāreti suvavatthitaṃ vavatthapeti, so taṃ. Nimittaṃ suggahītaṃ katvā sūpadhāritaṃ upadhāretvā suvavatthitaṃ vavatthapetvā ānisaṃsa dassāvī ratanasaññi hutvā cittīkāraṃ upaṭṭhapetvā sampiyāyamāno tasmaṃ ārammaṇe cittaṃ upanibandhati addhā imāya paṭipadāya jarāmaraṇamhā muccissāmīti. Sovivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekaja pītisukhaṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharatī"ti, [d] tattha yena atītabhavepi sāsane vā isi pabbajjāyavā pabbajitvā paṭhavikasiṇe catukkapañcakajjhānāni nibbattitapubbāni, evarūpassapuññavato upanissayasampannassa

1. Sī1. 11. Appokiṇṇaṃ [a.] Saṃ - ni- sagāthavagga. [B.] Paṭisambidā- jhānakathā.

[SL Page 092] [\x 92/]

Akatāya paṭhaviyā kasitaṭṭhāne vā khalamaṇḍale vā nimittaṃ uppajjati, mallakattherassa viya-tassa kirāyasmato kasitaṭṭhānaṃ olokentassa taṇṭhānappamāṇameva nimittaṃ udapādi. So taṃ vaḍḍhetvā pañcakajjhānāni nibbattetvā jhānapadaṭṭhānaṃ vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Yo pana evaṃ akatādhikāro hoti tena ācariyassa santike1 uggahitaṃ kammaṭṭhāna vidhānaṃ avirādhetvā cattāro kasiṇadose pahiharantena kasiṇaṃ kātabbaṃ. Nīlapītalohitodātasambhedavasena hi cattāro paṭhavikasiṇadosā, tasmā nīlādivaṇṇaṃ mattikaṃ agahetvā gaṅgāvahe mattikāsadisāya aruṇavaṇṇāya mattikāya kasiṇaṃ kātabbaṃ, tañca [PTS Page 124] [\q 124/] kho vihārapaccante pana paṭicchannaṭṭhāne pabbhāre va paṇṇasālāya vā saṃhārimaṃ vā tata;ṭṭhakaṃ vā kātabbaṃ, tatra saṃhārimaṃ catusu daṇḍakesu piḷotikaṃ vā chammaṃ vā kaṭasārakaṃ vā bandhitvā tattha apanītatiṇamūlasakkharavālikāya sumadditāya mattikāya vuttappamāṇaṃ vaṭṭaṃ limpitvā kātabbaṃ, taṃ parikammakālepi bhumiyaṃ attharitvā oloketabbaṃ, tata;ṭṭhakaṃ bhumiyaṃ padumakaṇṇikā kārena khāṇuke ākoṭetvā mallīhi vinandhitvā kātabbaṃ, yadisā mattikā nappahoti adho aññaṃ pakkhipitvā uparibhāge supari sodhitāya aruṇavaṇṇāya mattikāya vidatthicaturaṅgulavitvāraṃ vaṭṭaṃ kātabbaṃ, etadeva hi pamāṇaṃ sandhāya suppamattaṃ vā sarāva mattaṃ vāti vuttaṃ"sāntake no anattake"ti ādi panassa pariccheda dassanatthāya2 vuttaṃ, tasmā evaṃ vuttappamāṇaparicchedaṃ katvā rukkhapāṇikā3 vusabhāgavaṇṇaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti tasmā taṃ aga hetvā pāsāṇapāṇikāya ghaṃsitvā samaṃ bheritalasadisaṃ katvā taṃ ṭhānaṃ sammajjitvā nahātvā āgantvā kasiṇamaṇḍalato aḍḍhateyya hatthantare padese paññatte vidatthicaturaṅgulapādake suatthate pīṭhe nisiditabbaṃ, 4 tato dūratare nisinnassahi kasiṇaṃ naupaṭṭhāti, āsannatare kasiṇadoso paññāyati, uccatare nisinnenaca gīvaṃ onamitvā oloketabbaṃ hoti, nīcatare jaṇṇukāni rujanti, tasmā vuttanayeneva nisīditvā appassādākāmāti ādinā nayena kāmesu ādīnavaṃ paccavekkhitvā kāmanissaraṇe sabbadukkhasamatikkamassa upāyabhūte nekkhamme jātābhilā sena buddha dhamma saṅgha guṇānussaraṇena pītipāmojjaṃ janayitvā ayaṃ dāni sā sabbabuddha paccekabuddha ariyasāvakehi paṭipannā nekkhammapaṭipadāti paṭipattiyā sañjātagāravena addhā imāya paṭipattiyā pavivekasukharasassa bhāgī bhavissāmīti ussāhaṃ janayitvā samena ākārena [PTS Page 125] [\q 125/] cakkhūni ummīletvā nimittaṃ gaṇhantena

1. Sī. 11. Ācariyasantike. 2. Sī. 1. Paricchedatthāya. 3. Ma. 11. Rukkhapāṇikāya. 4. Sī 1. 11. Nisīditvā.

[SL Page 093] [\x 93/]

Bhavetabbaṃ. Atiummīlayato hi cakku kilamati maṇḍalañca ati vibhūtaṃ hoti, tenassa nimittaṃ nūppajjati, atimandaṃ ummīlayato maṇḍalaṃ avibhūtaṃ hoti cittañca līnaṃ hoti, evampi nimittaṃ nuppajjati, tasmā ādāsatale mukhanimittadassinā viya samena ākārena cakkhūni ummīletvā nimittaṃ gaṇhantena bhāvetabbaṃ. Na vaṇṇo paccavekkitabbo, na lakkhaṇaṃ manasikātabbaṃ, apica maṇṇaṃ amuñcitvā nissaya savaṇṇaṃ katvā ussadavasena paṇṇatti dhamme cittaṃ ṭhapetvā manasi kātabbaṃ, paṭhavi mahī vedinī bhūmi vasudhā vasundharāti ādisu paṭhavi nāmesu yaṃ icchati yadassa saññānu kūlaṃ hoti taṃ vattabbaṃ. Apica paṭhavīti etadeva nāmaṃ pākaṭaṃ, tasmā pākaṭavaseneva paṭhavī paṭhavīti bhāvetabbaṃ, kālena ummī letvā kālena nimmīletvā āvajjitabbaṃ, yāva uggahanimittaṃ nūppajjatitāva kālasatampi kālasahassampi tato bhīyyopi ete neva nayena bhāvetabbaṃ. Tassevaṃ bhāvayato yadā nimmīletvā āvajjantassa ummīlitakāle viya āpāthaṃ āgacchati, tadā uggaha nimittaṃ jātaṃ nāma hoti, tassa jātakālato paṭṭhāya na tasmiṃ ṭhāne nisīditabbaṃ, attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ pavisitvā tattha nisinnena bhāvetabbaṃ, pādadhovanapapañcaparihāratthaṃ panassa ekapaṭalikupāhanā1 ca kattaradaṇḍo caicchitabbo. Atānena sace taruno samādhi kenaci deva asappāyakāraṇena nassati upāhanā āruyha kattaradaṇḍaṃ gahetvā taṃ ṭhānaṃ gantvā nimuttaṃ ādāya āgantvā sukhanisinnena bhāvetabbaṃ, punappunaṃ samannāharitabbaṃ, takkāhataṃ vitakkāhataṃ kātabbaṃ. Tassa evaṃ karontassa anukkamena nīvaraṇāni vikkhambhanti, kilesā sannisīdanti upacārasamādhinā cittaṃ samādhiyati, paṭibhāganimittaṃ uppajjati. Tatrāyaṃ purimassaca uggahanimittassa imassa ca viseso: uggahanimitte kasiṇadoso paññāyati, paṭibhāganimittaṃ thavikato nīhamādāsamaṇḍalaṃ [PTS Page 126] [\q 126/] viya sudhotasaṅkhathālaṃ viya valāhakantarā nikkhantacandamaṇḍalaṃ viya meghamukhe balākā viya ca uggahanimittaṃ padāḷayitvā nikkhantamiva tato sataguṇaṃ sahassaguṇaṃ suparisuddhaṃ hitvā upaṭṭhāti, tañca kho neva vanṇavantaṃ na saṇṭhānavantaṃ, yadihi taṃ edisaṃ bhaveyya cakkhuviññeyyaṃ siyā oḷārikaṃ sammasanūpagaṃ tilakkhaṇabbhāhataṃ, na panetaṃ tādisaṃ, kevalaṃ hi samādhi lābhino upaṭṭhānākāramattaṃsaññajametanti uppannakālato ca panassa paṭṭhāya nīvaraṇāni vikkhambhitāneva honti, kilesā sannisinnāva u cārasamādhinā cittaṃ samāhitamevāti. Duvidohi samādhi: upacārasamādhi ca appaṇāsamādhica. Dvīhākārehi cittaṃ samādiyati upacārabhumiyaṃ vā paṭilābhabhumiyaṃ vā, tattha upacāra bhūmiyaṃ nīvaraṇappahāṇena cittaṃ samāhitaṃ hoti. Paṭilābha

1. Sī. 11. Ekatalikūpāhanā.

[SL Page 094] [\x 94/]

Bhūmiyaṃ aṅgapātubhāvena, dvinnaṃ pana samādhīnaṃ idaṃ nānā kāraṇaṃ: -1 upacāre aṅgāni na thāmajātāni honti, aṅgānaṃ athāmajātattā yathā nāma daharo kumārako ukkhipitvā ṭhapīyamāno punappunaṃ bhūmiyaṃ patati, evameva upacāre uppanne cittaṃ kālena nimittaṃ ārammaṇaṃ karoti, kālena bhavaṅgaṃ otarati, appanāya pana aṅgāni thāmajātāni honti, tesaṃ thāmajātattā yathā nāma balavā puriso āsanā vuṭṭhāya divasampi tiṭṭheyya evameva appaṇā samādhimhi uppanne cittaṃ sakiṃ bhavaṅgavāraṃ vicchinditvā2 kevalampi rattiṃ kevalampi divasaṃ tiṭṭhati, kusalajavanapaṭipāṭivase neva pavattīti. Tata; yadetaṃ upacārasamādhinā saddhiṃ paṭibhāga nimittaṃ uppannaṃ, tassa uppādanaṃ nāma atadukkaraṃ, tasmā sace teneva pallaṅkena taṃ nimittaṃ vaḍḍhetvā appaṇaṃ adhigantuṃ sakkoti sundaraṃ, noce sakkoti, athānena taṃ nimittaṃ appamattena cakkavattigabbho viya rakkhitabbaṃ.
Evaṃ hi.

Nimittaṃ rakkhato laddhaṃ parihāni na vijjati,
Ārakkhamhi asantamhi laddhaṃ laddhaṃ vinassati. [PTS Page 127] [\q 127/]

Tatrāyaṃ rakkhaṇavidhi.

Āvāso gocaro bhassaṃ puggalo bhojanaṃ utu,
Iriyāpathoti sattete asappāye vivajjaye.

Sappāye satta sevetha evaṃ hi paṭipajjato,
Nacireneva kālena hoti kassaci appaṇāti.

Tatrassa yasmiṃ āvāse vasantassa anuppannaṃ vā nimittaṃ nūppajjati, uppannaṃ vā vinassati, anupaṭṭhitāca sati na upaṭṭhāti, asamāhitañca cittaṃ na samādhiyati, ayaṃ asappāyo. Yattha nimittaṃ uppajjaticeva thāvarañca hoti sati apaṭṭhāti cittaṃ samādhiyati nāgapabbatavāsī padhāniyatissattherassa viya, ayaṃ sappāyo. Tasmā yasmiṃ vihāre bahū āvāsā honti, tattha ekamekasmiṃ tīṇi tīṇi divasāni vasitvā yatthassa cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hoti, tattha vasitabbaṃ, āvāsasappāyatāya hi tambapaṇṇidīpamhi cūḷanāgaleṇe tattheva kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā pañcasatā bhikkhū arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu, sotā pannādīnaṃ pana aññattha ariyabhūmiṃ patvā tattha arahattaṃ pattā nañca gaṇanā natthi, evaṃ aññesupi cittalapabbatavihārādisu. Gocaragāmo pana yo sonāsanato uttarena vā dakkhiṇena vā nātidūre diyaḍḍhakosabbhantare hoti sulabhasampannabhikkho, so sappāyo viparīto asappāyo. Bhassampi dvattiṃsa tiracchāna kathāpariyāpannaṃ asappāyaṃ. Taṃ hissa nimittantaradhānāya

1. Sī 1. Nānākaraṇaṃ 2. Sī11. Chinditvā

[SL Page 095] [\x 95/]

Saṃvattati, dasakathāvatthu nissitaṃ sappāyaṃ, tampi mattāya bhāsitabbaṃ puggalopi atiracchānakathiko silādiguṇasampanne: yaṃ nissāya asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ samādhiyati samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ thirataraṃ hoti, evarūpo sappāyo. Kāyadaḍḍhi pahulo pana tiracchāna kathiko asappāyo, sohi taṃ kaddamodakamiva acchaṃ udakaṃ malina meva karoti, tādisañca āgamma komapabbatavāsi daharasseva samāpattipi nassati, pageva nimittaṃ. [PTS Page 128] [\q 128/] bhojanaṃ pana kassaci madhuraṃ kassaci ambilaṃ sappāyaṃ hoti. Utupi kassaci sīto kassaci uṇho sappāyo hoti, tasmā yaṃ bhojanaṃ vā utuṃ vā sevantassaphāsu hoti, asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ samādhiyati samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ thirataraṃ hoti, taṃ bhojanaṃ so ca utu sappāyo. Itaraṃ bhojanaṃ itaro ca utu asappāyo. Iriyāpathesupi kassaci caṅkamo sappāyo hoti, kassaci sayanaṭṭhānanisajjānaṃ aññataro, tasmā taṃ āvāsaṃ viya tīṇi divasāni upaparikkhitvā yasmaṃ iriyāpathe asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ samādhiyati samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ thirataraṃ hoti, so sappāyo, bataro asappāyoti veditabbo. Iti imaṃ sattavidhaṃ asappāyaṃ vajjetvā sappāyaṃ sevitabbaṃ, evaṃ paṭipannassahi nimittāsevanabahulassa nacireneva kālena hoti kassaci appaṇā.

Yassa pana evampi paṭipajjato na hoti, tena dasavidhaṃ appaṇākosallaṃ sampādetabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ nayo: dasahākārehi appaṇākosallaṃ icchitabbaṃ: vatthuvisadakiriyatoindriyasamatta paṭipādanato - nimittakusalatoyasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ paggahe tabbaṃ tasmiṃ samayo cittaṃ paggaṇhāti- yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ niggahetabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ niggaṇhāti - yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ sampahaṃsitabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ sampahaṃseti- yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ ajjhupekkhitabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ ajjhupekkhati-asamāhitapuggalaparivajjanatosamāhitapuggalasevanato - tadadhimutta toti. Tattha vatthuvisadakiriyā nāma: ajjhattikabāhirānaṃ vatthunaṃ visadabhāvakaraṇaṃ, yadā hissa kesanakhalomāni dīghāni honti sarīraṃ vā sedamalaggahitaṃ, tadā ajjhattikaṃ vatthū avisadaṃ hoti aparisuddhaṃ, yadā pana cīvaraṃ jiṇṇaṃ kiliṭṭhaṃ duggandhaṃ hoti, senāsanaṃ vā uklāpaṃ, tadā bāhiraṃ vatthu avisadaṃ hoti [PTS Page 129] [\q 129/] aparisuddhaṃ, ajjhattike bāhire ca vatthumhi avisade uppannesu cittaceta sikesu ñāṇampi aparisuddhaṃ hoti, aparisuddhāni dīpakapallakavaṭṭi telāni nissāya uppannadīpasikhāya obhāso viya, aparisuddhena ca ñāṇena saṅkhāre sammasato saṅkhārāpi avibhūtā honti, kammaṭṭhāna manuyuñjato kammaṭṭhānampi vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ

1. Sī. 11. Nimuttasevanabahulassa.

[SL Page 096] [\x 96/]

Na gacchati, visade pana ajjhattikabāhire vatthumhi uppannesu cittacetasikesu ñāṇampi visadaṃ hoti, parisuddhāni dīpakapallaka vaṭṭitelāni nissāya uppannadīpasikhāya obhāso viya, parisuddhenaca ñaṇena saṅkhāre sammasato saṅkhārāpi vubhūtā honti, kammaṭṭhāna manuyuñjato kammaṭṭhānampi vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ gacchati. Indriyasamattapaṭipādanaṃ nāma: - saddhādīnaṃ indriyānaṃ samabhāvakaraṇaṃ, sace hissa saddhindriyaṃ balavaṃ hoti itarāni mandāni, tato viriyindriyaṃ paggahakiccaṃ, satindriyaṃ upaṭṭhānakiccaṃ, samādhindriyaṃ avikkhepakiccaṃ, paññindriyaṃ dassanakiccaṃ kātuṃ na sakkoti, tasmā taṃ dhammasabhāvapaccavekkhaṇena vā yathāvā manasikaroto balavaṃ jātaṃ, tathā amanasikārenahāpetabbaṃ. Vakkalittheravatthu cettha nidassanaṃ. Sace pana viriyindriyaṃ balavaṃ hoti atha neva saddhindriyaṃ adhimokkhakiccaṃ kātuṃ sakkoti, na itarāni itarakicca bhedaṃ, tasmā taṃ passaddhādi bhāvanāya hāpetabbaṃ, tatrāpi soṇattherassa vatthu dassetabbaṃ. Evaṃ sesesu pi ekassa balava bhāve sati itaresaṃ attano kiccesu asamatthatā veditabbā, visesato panettha saddhā paññānaṃ samādhiviriyānañca samataṃ pasaṃ santi, balavasaddhohi mandapañño muddhappasanno hoti avatthusmiṃ pasīdati, balava pañño mandasaddho kerāṭikapakkhaṃ bhajati bhesajja samuṭṭhito viya rogo atekiccho hoti, ubhinnaṃ samatāya vatthusmaṃ yeva pasīdati, balavasamādhiṃ pana mandaviriyaṃ samādhissa kosajja pakkhattā kosajjaṃ adibhavati, [PTS Page 130] [\q 130/] balavaviriyaṃ mandasamādhiṃ viriyassa uddhaccapakkhattā uddhaccaṃ adibhavati, samādhi pana viriyena saṃyojito kosajje patituṃ na labhati, viriyaṃ samādhinā saṃyojitaṃ uddhacce patītuṃ na labhati, tasmā tadubhayaṃ samaṃ kātabbaṃ, ubhayasamatāya hi appaṇā hoti, apica samādhikammikassa balavatīpi saddhā vaṭṭati, evaṃ saddahanto okappento appaṇaṃ pāpuṇissati. Samādhipaññāsu pana samādhikammikassa ekaggatā balavatī vaṭṭati, evaṃ hi so appaṇaṃ pāpuṇāti, vipassanākammikassa paññā balavatī vaṭṭati, evaṃ hi so lakkhaṇapaṭivedhaṃ pāpuṇāti, ubhinnaṃ pana samattāpi appaṇā hotiyeva, sati pana sabbattha balavatī vaṭṭati, sati hi citta uddhaccapakkhikānaṃ saddhāviriyaṃ paññānaṃ vasena uddhaccapātato kosajjapakkhena ca samādhinā kosajja pātato rakkhati, tasmā sā loṇadhūpanaṃ viya sabbavyāñjanesu, sabbakammikaamacco viyaca sabbarājakiccesu, sabbattha icchitabbā, tenāha: - "sati ca pana1 sabbatthikā vuttā bhagavatā, kiṃ kāraṇā? Cittaṃ hi satipaṭisaraṇaṃ, ārakkhapaccupaṭṭhānācasati, na vināsatiyā cittassa paggahaniggaho hotī"ti[a.] Nimittakosallaṃ

1. Sī1. Satipana. [A] mahāaṭhakathā.

[SL Page 097] [\x 97/]

Nāma: paṭhavikasiṇādikassa cittekaggatā nimittassa akatassa karaṇakosallaṃ, katassa bhāvanākosallaṃ, bhāvanāya laddhassa rakkhaṇakosallañca. Taṃ idha adhippetaṃ kathañca yasmaṃ samaye cittaṃ paggahetabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ paggaṇhāti? Yadāssa atisithilaviriyatādīhi līnaṃ cittaṃ hotī, tadā passaddhi sambojjhaṅgā dayo tayo abhāvetvā dhammavicaya sambojjhaṅgādayo tayo bhā veti. Vuttaṃ hotaṃ bhagavatā. "Seyathāpi bhikkhave puriso parittaṃ aggiṃ ujjāletukāmo assa, so tattha allāniceva tiṇāni pakkhipeyya allāni ca gomayāni pakkhiyye allāni ca kaṭṭhāni pakkhipeyya udakavātañca dadeyya paṃsukena ca okireyya, bhabbo nu kho so bhikkhave puriso taṃ parittaṃ [PTS Page 131] [\q 131/] aggiṃ ujjāletunti, no hetaṃ bhante, evameva kho bhikkhave yasmiṃ samaye līnaṃ cittaṃ hoti, akālo tasmiṃ samayo passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya, akālo samādhi sambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya. Akālo upekkhāsambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya. Taṃ kissa hetu? Līnaṃ bhikkhave cittaṃ, taṃ etehi dhammehi dussamuṭṭhāpiyaṃ hoti, yasmiñca ko bhikkhave samaye līnaṃ cittaṃ hoti, kālo tasmiṃ samaye dhammavicaya sambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya, kālo sambojjhaṅgassabhāvanāya kālo viriya sambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya, kālo pītisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya, taṃ kissa hetu? Līnaṃ bhikkhave cittaṃ, taṃ etahi dhammehi susamuṭṭhā piyaṃ hoti. Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso parittaṃ aggiṃ ujjā letukāmo assa, so tattha sukkhāni ceva tiṇāni pakkhipeyya sukkhāni ca gomayāni pakkhipeyya sukkhāni ca kaṭṭhāni pakkhipeyya mukhavātañca dadeyya, na ca paṃsukena okireyya, ga bhabbo nu kho so bhikkhave puriso taṃ parittaṃ aggiṃ ujjāletunti? Evaṃ bhante[a]"ti ettha ca yathāsakaṃ āhāravasena dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgā dīnaṃ bhāvanāveditabbā; vuttaṃ hetaṃ. "Atthi bhikkhave kusalā kusalā dhammā sāvajjānavajjādhammā hīnappaṇitā dhammā kaṇhasukka sappaṭibhāgā dhammā, tattha yonisomanasikārabahulīkāro, ayamā hāro anuppannassa vā dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa bhīyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattatī[a]"ti. Tathā "atthi bhikkhave ārambadātu nikkamadhātu parakkamadhātu. Tattha yoniso manasikārabahulī kāro, ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā viriyasambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā viriyasambojjhaṅgassa bhīyyo bhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattatī"ti. Tathā atthi bhikkhave pītisambojjhaṅgaṭṭhāniyā dhammā. Tattha yoniso manasikārabahulī kāro, ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā pītisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya uppannassa vāpītisambojjhaṅgassa bhīyyo bhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattatī"ti[a. PTS Page 132] [\q 132/] tattha sabhāvasāmaññalakkhaṇa

[A.] Saṃ -ni- mahāvagga-bo-saṃ.

[SL Page 098] [\x 98/]

Paṭivedhavasena pavattamanasikāro kusalādisu yonisomanasi kāro nāma, ārambhadhātuādīnaṃ uppādanavasena pavattamanasi kāro ārambhadhātuādisra yoniso manasikāro nāma. Tattha ārambhadhātuti- paṭhamaviriyaṃ vuccati, nikkamadhātūtikosajjatonikkhantattā tato balavataraṃ, parakkamadhātūtiparaṃ paraṃ ṭhānaṃ akkamanato tatopi balavataraṃ; pītisambojjhaṅghaṭṭhāniyā dhammāti pana - pītiyā evetaṃ nāmaṃ , tassāpi uppādakamanasikāro yoniso manasikāro nāma. Apica sattadhammā dhammavicaya sambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya saṃvattanti: paripucchakatā, vatthuvisada kiriyatā, indriyasamattapaṭipadānā, duppaññapuggalaparivajjanā, paññāvantapuggalasevanā, gambhīrañāṇacariyapaccavekkhaṇā, tadadhi muttatāti. Ekādasadhammā viriyasambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya saṃvattanti: apāyādibhayapaccavekkhaṇatā, viriyāyattalokiya lokuttara visesādhigamānisaṃsa dassitā, buddha paccekabuddha mahāsāvakehi gatamaggo mayā gantabbo sopi na sakkā kusitena gantunti evaṃ gamanavīthi paccavekkhaṇatā, dāyakānaṃ mahapphalakāra karaṇena piṇḍāpacāyanatā, viriyārambhassa vanṇavādi me satthā so ca anatikkamanīyasāsano amhākañca pahūpakāro paṭipattiyā ca pūjiyamānā pūjito hoti na itarathāti evaṃ satthu mahattapaccavekkhaṇatā, saddhammasaṅkhātaṃ me mahādāyajjaṃ gahetabbaṃ tañca na sakkā kusitena gahetunti evaṃ dāyajjamahatta paccavekkhaṇatā, ālokasaññā manasikāra iriyāpathaparivattana abbhokāsasevanādīhi thinamiddha vinodanatā, kusitapuggalaparivajjanatā, āraddhaviriyapuggalasevanatā, sammappadhāna paccavekkhaṇatā, tadadhimuttatāti. Ekādasadhammā pītisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya saṃvattanti: buddhānussati, damma - saṅgha - sīla - cāga - devatānussati, upasamānussati, lūkhapuggalaparivajjanatā, [PTS Page 133] [\q 133/] siniddhapuggalasevanatā, pāsādanīyasuttantapaccavekkhaṇatā, tadadhimuttatāti. Iti imehi ākārehi ete dhamme uppādento dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgā dayo bhāveti nāma, evaṃ yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ paggahetabbaṃtasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ paggaṇhāti. Kathaṃ yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ niggahe tabbaṃtasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ niggaṇhāti? Yadāssa accāraddha viriya tādihi uddhataṃ cittaṃ hoti, tadā dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgādayo tayo abhāvetvā passaddhisambejjhaṅgādayo bhāveti. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ bhagavatā. "Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso mahantaṃ aggikkhandhaṃ nibbāpetukāmo assa. So tattha sukkhāni ceva tiṇāni pakkhapeyya sukkhāni gomayāni pakkhipeyya, sukkhāni kaṭṭhāni pakkhipeyya mukhavātañca dadeyya, na ca paṃsukena okireyya, bhabbo nuko so bhikkhave puriso mahantaṃ aggikkhandhaṃ nibbāpetunti? Nohetaṃ bhante. Evameva kho bhikkhave yasmiṃ samaye uddhataṃ cittaṃ hoti, akālo tasmiṃ samaye dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya, akālo viriya

[SL Page 099] [\x 99/]

Sambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya. Akālo pītisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya. Taṃ kissa hotu? Uddhataṃ bhikkhave cittaṃ, taṃ etehi dhammehi duvūpasamayaṃ hoti. Yasmi ca kho bhikkhave samaye uddhataṃ cittaṃ hoti, kālo tasmiṃ samaye passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya. Kālo samādhi sambejjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya. Kāloupekkhāsambejkaṅgassa bhāvanāya. Taṃ kissa hetu? Uddhataṃ bhikkhave cittaṃ, taṃ etehi dhammehi suvūpasamayaṃ hoti. Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puraso mahantaṃ aggikkhavdhaṃ nibbāpetu kāmo assa, so tattha allāni ceva tiṇāni pakkhipeyya sukkhāni gomayāni pakkhīpeyya, sukkhāni kaṭṭhāni pakkhipeyya mukhavātañca dadeyya, paṃsukena ca okiheyya, bhabbo nu kho so bhikkhave puriso mahantaṃ aggikkhandha nibbāpetunti? Evaṃ bhante"ti[a] etthāpi yathāsakaṃ āhāravasena passaddhi sambojjhaṅgādīnaṃ bhāvanā veditabbā. Vuttaṃ hetaṃbhagavatā: - "atthi bhikkhave kāyapassaddhi, cittapassaddhi, [PTS Page 134] [\q 134/] tattha yoniso manasikārabahulīkāro, ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya uppannassa vā passaddhi savbojjhaṅgassa bhīyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattati" tathā "atthi bhikkhave samathanimittaṃ avyagganimittaṃ. Tattha yoniso manasikārabahulīkāro, ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā samādhisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya uppannassa vā samādhi sambojjhaṅgassa bhīyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattati. " Tathā "atthi bhikkhave upekkhā sambojjhaṅgaṭṭhāniyādhammā, tattha yeniso manasikārabahulīkāro, ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā upekkhāsambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya uppannassa vā upekkhāsambojjhaṅgassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattatī"ti[a.] Tattha yathāssa passaddhiādayo uppanna pubbā taṃ taṃ ākāraṃ sallakkhetvā tesaṃ uppādanavasena pavattita manasikārova tīsupi padesu yoniso manasikāro nāma. Samatha nimittanti ca samathassevetaṃ adivacānaṃ, avikkhepaṭṭhena ca tasseva avyagganimittanti. Apica: - satta dhammā passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya saṃvattanti: paṇītabhejanasevanatā, utusukhasevanatā, iriyā pathasukhasevanatā, majjhattapayogatā, sāraddhapuggalaparivajnatā, passaddhakāyapuggalasevanatā, tadadhimuttatāti. Ekādasa dhammā
Samādisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya saṃvattanti: catthuvisadatā, nimittakusalatā, indriyasamattapaṭipādanatā, samaye cittassa niggahaṇatā, 1 samayo cittassa paggahaṇatā, nirassādassa cittassa saddhāsaṃvegavasena sampahaṃsanatā, smā pavattassa ajjhupekkhaṇatā, asamāhitapuggalaparivajjanatā, samāhitapuggalasevanatā, jhānavimokkhapaccavekkhaṇatā, tadadhimuttatāti. Pañca dhammā upekkāsambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya saṃvattanti: sattamajjhattatā.

[A.] Saṃ - ni- mahāvagga0 bo- sa. 1. Si11. Niggaṇhanatā.

[SL Page 100] [\x 100/]

Saṅkhāramajjhattatā, sattasaṅkhāra kelāyanapuggalaparivajjanatā, sattasaṅkhāramajjhattapuggalasevanatā, tadadhimuttatāti. Iti imehi ākārehi ete dhamme uppādento passaddhisambojjhaṅgādayo [PTS Page 135] [\q 135/] bhāvati nāma. Evi yasmiṃ samayo cittaṃ niggahetabbaṃ tasmiṃ samayo cittaṃ niggaṇhāti. Kathaṃ yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ sampahaṃsi tabbaṃ tasmiṃ samayo cittaṃ sampahaṃseti? Yadāssa paññāpayoga mandatāya vā upasamasukhānadhigamena vā nirassādaṃ cittaṃ hoti tadā naṃ aṭṭhasaṃvegavatthupaccavekkhaṇena saṃvejeti. Aṭṭhasaṃ vegavatthūnī nāma: jāti jarā vyādhi maraṇāni cattāri, apāyadukkhaṃpañcamaṃ, atīte vaṭṭamūlakaṃ dukkhaṃ, anāgate vaṭṭamūlakaṃ dukkhaṃ, paccuppanne āhārapariyeṭṭhimūlakaṃ dukkhanti. Buddhadhammasaṃgha guṇānussaraṇena cassa pasādaṃjaneti. Evaṃ yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ sampahaṃsitabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ saṃpahaṃseti. Kathaṃ yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ ajjhupekkhitabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ ajjhupekkhatī2 yadāssa evaṃ paṭipajjato alīnaṃ anuddhataṃ anirasasādaṃ ārammaṇasamappavattaṃ samathavīthipaṭipannaṃ cittaṃ hoti. Tadāssa paggahaniggahasampahaṃsanesu na vyāpāraṃ āpajjati sārathi viya samappavattesu assesu, evaṃ yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ ajjhapekkhi tabaṃbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ ajjhupekkhati. Asamāhita puggala parivajjanatā nāma: nekkhammapaṭipadaṃ anārūḷhapubbānaṃ nekakicca pasutānaṃ vikkhittahadayānaṃ puggalānaṃ ārakā pariccāgo. Samāhitapuggalasevanatā nāma: nekkhammapaṭipadaṃ paṭipannānaṃ samādhi lābhīnaṃ puggalānaṃ kālena kālaṃ upasaṅkamanaṃ. Tadadhimuttatā nāma: samādhiadimuttatā samādigaru samādininna samādipoṇa samādhi pabbhāratāti attho, evametaṃ dasavidhaṃ appaṇākosallaṃ sampā detabbaṃ.

"Evaṃ hi sampādayato appaṇākosallaṃ imi,
Paṭiladdhe nimittasmiṃ appaṇā sampavattati.

Evampi paṭipannassa sace sā nappavattati,
Tathāpi na jahe yogaṃ cāyametheva paṇḍito. [PTS Page 136] [\q 136/]

Hitvā hi sammā vāyāmaṃ visesaṃ nāma mānavo,
Adhigacche parittampi ṭhānametaṃ na vijjati.

Cittappavatti ākāraṃ tasmā sallakkhayaṃ budho,
Samataṃ viriyasseva yojayetha punappunaṃ.

Īsakampi layaṃ yantaṃ paggaṇhetheva mānasaṃ,
Accāraddhaṃ nisedhetvā samameva pavattaye.

Reṇumhi uppaladale sutte nāvāya nāḷiyā,
Yathā madhukarādīnaṃ pavatti sampavaṇṇitā.

[SL Page 101] [\x 101/]

Līna uddhata hāvahi mocayitvāna sabbaso,
Evaṃ nimittābimukhaṃ mānasaṃ paṭipādaye"ti.

Tatrāyaṃ atthadīpanā yathāhi atigñeko madhukaro asukasmiṃ rukkhe pupphaṃ pupphitanti ñatvā tikkhena vegena pakkhanto taṃ atikkamitvā paṭinivattento khīṇe reṇumhi sampāpuṇāti, aparo acheko mandena javena pakkhanto khīṇe yeva sampā puṇāti, cheko pana samena javena pakkhanto sukhena puppharāsiṃ sampatvā yāvaticchakaṃ reṇuṃ ādāya madhuṃ sampādetvā madhurasaṃ anu bhavati. Yathāca sallakatta antevāsikesu udakathālagate uppala patte satthakammaṃ sikkhantesu eko aticheko vegena satthaṃ pātento uppalapattaṃdvidhā vā chindati udake vā paveseti, aparo acheko chijjana pavesanabhayā satthakena phūsitumpi na visahati, cheko pana samena payogena tattha satthapadaṃ1 dassetvāpariyodāta sippo hutvā tathārūpesu ṭhānesu kammaṃ katvā lābhaṃ labhati. Yathā ca yo catuvyāmappamāṇaṃ makkamasuttaṃ āharati so cattāri sahassāni labhatīti raññā vutte eko aticheko puriso vegena makkamasuttaṃ ākaḍḍhanto tahiṃ tahiṃ chindati yeva, aparo acheko chedanabhayā bhatthena phūsitumpi na visahati, cheko pana koṭito paṭṭhaya samena payogena daṇḍake veṭhetvā āharitvā lābhaṃ labhati. Yathāca aticheko [PTS Page 137] [\q 137/] nīyyāmako balavavāte lakāraṃ pūrento nāvaṃ videsaṃ pakkhandāpeti, aparā aaicheko mandavāte lakāraṃ oropento nāvaṃ tattheva ṭhapeti, cheko pana mandavāte laka raṃ pūretvā balavavāte addhalakāraṃ katvā2 sotthinā icchitaṭṭhānaṃ pāpuṇāti. Yathāca yo telaṃ achaḍḍento nāḷiṃ pūreti so lābhaṃ labhatīti ācariyena antevāsikānaṃ vutte eko aticheko lābhaluddho vegena pūrento telaṃ chaḍḍeti, aparo acheko telachaḍḍanabhayā āsiñcitumpi na visahati, cheko pana samena payogena pūretvā lābhaṃ labhati. Evameva eko bhikkhū3 uppanne nimitte sīghaveva appaṇaṃ pāpuṇissāmīti gāḷhaṃ viriyaṃ karoti, tassa cittaṃ accā raddhaviriyattā uddhacce patati, na sakkoti4 appaṇaṃ pāpuṇituṃ, eko accāraddha viriyatāya dosaṃ disvā kiṃ dāni me appaṇāyāti viriyaṃ hāpeti, tassa cittaṃ atilīnaviriyattā kosajje patati, sopi na sakkoti appaṇaṃ pāpuṇituṃ, yo pana īsakampi līnaṃ līnabhāvatouddhataṃ uddhaccate mocetvā samena payogena nimittābhimukaṃ pavatteti, so appaṇaṃ pāpuṇāti, tādisena bhavitabbaṃ, imamatthaṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ.

1. Ma1. 11. Satthappahāraṃ. 2. Ma. 1. 11. Aṅlaṅkāraṃpūretvā. 3. Sī. 11. Evamevakhobhikkhu. 4. Ma. 11. Sonasakkoti.

[SL Page 102] [\x 102/]
Heṇumhi uppaladale sutte nāvāya nāḷiyā,
Yathā madhukarādīnaṃ pavatti sampavaṇṇitā.

Līna uddhata bhāvehi mocayitvāna sabbaso,
Evaṃ nimittābhimukhaṃ mānasaṃ paṭipādayeti.

Iti evaṃ nimuttābimukaṃ mānasaṃ paṭipādayato panassa badāni appaṇā ijjhissatīti bhavaṅgaṃ upacchinditvā paṭhaviti anuyoga vasena upaṭṭhitaṃ tadeva paṭhavikasiṇaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā manodvārā vaccanaṃ uppajjati, tato tasmiṃ yevārammaṇe cattāri pañca vā javanānijavantī, tesu avasāne ekaṃ rūpāvacaraṃ sesāni kāmāvacarāni pakaticattehi balavataravitakkavicāra pītisukhacittekaggatāni yāni appaṇāya parikammattā1 parikammānītīpi, yathā gāmā dīnaṃ [PTS Page 138] [\q 138/] āsannattā samīpacārittā vā upacārānītipi, bato pubbe parikammānaṃ upari appaṇāya ca anulomanato anulomā nītipi vuccanti, yañcettha sabbantimaṃ taṃ parittagottābhibhava nato mahaggatagottabhāvanato ca gota;bhūtipi vuccati. Agahitaggahaṇenapi panettha paṭhamaṃ parikammaṃ, dutiyaṃ upacāraṃ, tatiyaṃ anulomaṃ, catutthaṃ gota;bhū. Paṭhamaṃ vā upacāraṃ, dutiyaṃ anulemaṃ, tatiyaṃ gota;bhū, catutthaṃ pañcamaṃ vā appaṇācittaṃ catuttha mevahi pañcamaṃ vā appeti. Tadva kho khippābhiñña dandhābiñña vasena, tato paraṃ javanaṃ patati, bhavaṅgassa vāro hoti. Ābhi dhammikagodattattheropana "puramā purimā kusalā dhammā pacchimānaṃ pacchimānaṃ kusalānaṃdhammānaṃ āsevanapaccayena paccayo"ti[a] imaṃ suttaṃ vatvā āsevanapaccayenapaccimo pacchimo dhammo balavā hoti, tasmā chaṭṭhepi sattamepi appaṇā hotīti āha, taṃ aṭṭhakathāsu attano matimattaṃ therassetanti vatvā paṭikkhittaṃ, catutthapañcamesu yeva pana appaṇā hoti, parato javanaṃ patitaṃ nāma hoti, bhavaṅgassa āsannattāti vuttaṃ, taṃ evaṃ vicāretvā vuttattā na sakkā paṭikkhipituṃ, yathāhi puriso chinnataṭābhi mukho dhāvanto ṭhātukāmopi pariyante pādaṃkatvā ṭhātuṃ na sakkoti papāte eva patati, evaṃ chaṭṭhe vā satsame vā appetuṃ na sakkoti bavaṅgassa āsannattā, tasmā catutthapañcamesu yeva appaṇā hotīti veditabbā. Sāca pana ekacttakkhaṇikāyeva. Sattasu hi ṭhānesu addhāna paricchedo nāma natthi: paṭhamappaṇāya, lokiyābhiññāsu, catusu maggesu, maggānantaraphale, rupārūpa bhavesu bhavaṅgajjhāne, nirodhassa paccaye nevasaññānāsaññāyatane, nirodhā vuṭṭhahantassa phalasamāpattiyanti; ettha maggānantaraṃ phalaṃ tiṇṇaṃ upari na hoti, [PTS Page 139] [\q 139/] nirodhassa paccayo neva

1. Sī111. Kataparikammattā(katthaci) abhi- paṭṭhānaṃ.

[SL Page 103] [\x 103/]

Saññānāsaññāyatanaṃ dvinnaṃ upari na hoti, rūpārūpabhavesu bhavaṅgassa parimāṇaṃ natthi, sesaṭṭhānesu ekaveva cintanti. Iti ekacittakkhaṇikāyeva appaṇā, tato bhavaṅgapāto, acha bhavaṅgaṃ vicchinditvā jhāna paccavekkhaṇatthāya āvajjanaṃ, tato jhānapacca vekkhaṇāti; ettāvatāca panesa "vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savikattaṃ savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekaja pītisukaṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharatī"ti[a] evamanena pañcaṅgavippahīṇaṃ pañcaṅga samannāgataṃ tividhakalyāṇaṃ dasalakkhaṇasampannaṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ adigataṃ hoti paṭhavikasiṇaṃ.

Tattha vivicceva kāmaihīti- kāmehi vivicchitvā vinā hutvā apakkamitvā, yo panāyamettha eva kāro so niyamatthoti veditabbo. Yasmāca niyattho tasmā tasmiṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharaṇasamaye avijjamānānampi kāmānaṃ tassa paṭhamassa jhānassapaṭipakkhabhāvaṃ kāmapariccāgeneva cassa adhigamaṃ dīpeti. Kathaṃ? Vivicecava kāmehīti evañhi niyame karīyamāne1 idaṃ paññāyati, nūni massa2 jhānassa kāmā paṭipakkhabhūtā, yesu sati idaṃ nappavattati andhakāre sati dīpobhāso viya, tesaṃ pariccāgeneva cassa adhigamo hoti īrimatīrapariccāgena pārimatīrasseva, tasmā niyamaṃkarotīti. Tattha siyā: - kasmā panesa pubbapadeyeva vutto, na uttarapade? Kiṃakusalehi dhammehi aviviccāpi jhānaṃ upasampajja vihareyyāti? Nakho panetaṃ evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, taṃ nissaraṇato hi pubbapade esa vutto, kāmadhātusamatikkamanato hā kāmarāgapaṭipakkhato ca idaṃ jhānaṃ kāmānameva nissaraṇaṃ, yathāha: -" kāmānametaṃ nissaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ nekkhamma?Nti[b] uttara padepi [PTS Page 140] [\q 140/] pana yathā " idheva bhikkhave samaṇo idha dutiyo samaṇo"ti[c] ettha evakāro ānetvā vuccati, evaṃ vattabbo, na hi sakkā ito aññehipi nīvaraṇasaṅkhātehi akusalehi dhammehi aviviccajhānaṃ upasampajja viharituṃ, tasmā - vivicceva kāmehi vivicceva akusalehi dhammehī"ti evaṃ padadvayepi esa daṭṭhabbe, padadvayepi ca kiñcāpi viviccāti iminā sādhāraṇavacanena tadaṅgavivekādayo cittavivekādayo3 ca sabbepi vivekā saṅgahaṃ gacchanti, yathāpi kāyaviveko cittaviveko vikkhamhanavivekoti tayo eva idha daṭṭhabbā. Kāmehīti iminā pana padena ye ca niddese " katame vatthukāmā manāpiyā rūpā?Ti ādinā nayena vatthukāmā vuttā. Yeca tattheva vibhaṅge ca -" chando kāmo - rāgo kāmo - chandarāgo kāmo - saṅkappo kāmo - rāgo kāmo - saṅkapparāgo kāme- ime vuccanti kāmā"ti - evaṃ kilesakāmā vuttā, te sabbepi

1. Si1. 11 Kayiramāne 2. Sī11. Tancimassa 3. Si11 kāyavivekādayo. Tenava, (katthaci) [a] abhi - dhammasaṅganī[b] saṃ - ni - mahāvagga [c] ma 0 ni - sīhanāda.
[SL Page 104] [\x 104/]

Saṅgahītā icceva daṭṭhabbā. Evaṃ hi sati vivicceva kāmehiti vatthu kāmehipi viviccevāti attho yujjati, tena kāyaviveko vutto hoti, vivicca akusalehi dhammehītikilesakāmehi sabbaṃ kusalehi vā viviccāti attho yujjati, tena cittaviveko vutto hoti, purimena cettha vatthikāmehi vivekavacanato eva kāmasukhapariccāgo, dutiyena kilesakāmehi vivekaccanato nekkhammasukhapariggaho vibhāvito hoti, evaṃ vatthukāma kilesa kāma vivekavacanatoyeva ca etesaṃ paṭhamena saṅkilesa vandrippa hāṇaṃ dutiyena saṅkilesappahāṇaṃ, paṭhamena lolabhāvassa hetu pariccāgo, dutiyena bālabhāvassa, paṭhamena ca payogasuddhi, dutiyena āsayaposanaṃ vibāvitaṃ hotīti ñātabbaṃ. Esa tāvanayo kāmehīti ettha vuttakāmesu vatthukāmapakkhe, kilesakāmapakkhe pana kandoti ca rāgoti ca evamādihi anekabhedo kāmacchandoyeva kāmoti adhippeto, [PTS Page 141] [\q 141/] so ca akusalapariyāpannepi samāno "tattha katamo kāmacchando kāmo"ti ādinā nayena vibhaṅge jhānapaṭipakkhato visuṃ vutto, kilesakāmattā vā purima pade vutto, akusalapariyāpannattā dutiyapade, anekabhedato cassa kāmatoti avatvā kāmehīti vuttaṃ, aññesampi ca dhammānaṃ akusalabhāve vijjamāne "tattha katame akusalā dhammā kāmacchando"ti ādīnā nayena vibhaṅge upari jhānaṅgapaccanīka paṭipakkhabhāvadassanato nīvaraṇāneva vuttāni. Nīvaranāni hi jhānaṅgapaccanīkāni, tesaṃ jhānaṅgāneva paṭipakkhāni viddhaṃsa kāni vighātakānīti vuttaṃ hoti, tathāhi - 'samādhi kāmacgñandassa paṭipakkho, pīti vyāpādassa, vitakko thīnamiddhassa, sukhaṃ uddhacca kukkuccassa, vicāro vicikicchāyā"ti - peṭake vuttaṃ. Evamettha vivicceva kāmehīti iminā kāmacchandassa vikkhambhanaviveko vutto hoti, vivicca akusalehi dhammehīti iminā pañcannampi nīvaraṇānaṃ, agahitaggahaṇena pana paṭhamena kāmacchandassa, dutiyena sesanīvaraṇānaṃ, tathā paṭhamena tīsu akusalamūlesu pañca kāmabhedavisayassa1 lobhassa, dutiyena āghātavatthubhedādivisayānaṃ dosamohānaṃ, oghādisu vā dhammesu paṭhamena kāmoghakāma yogakāmāsavakāmūpādāna abhijjhākāyaganthakāmarāgasaṃyojanānaṃ, dutiyena avasesaoghayogāsavaupādānaganthasaṃyojanānaṃ, paṭhamena ca taṇhāya taṃ sampayuttakānañca, dutiyena avijjāya taṃ sampayuttakānañca. Apica: - paṭhamena lobhasampayuttānaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ cuttuppādānaṃ, dutiyena sesānaṃ catunnaṃ akusalacittuppādānaṃ vikkhambhanaviveko vutto hotīti veditabbo. Ayaṃ tāva vivicceva. Kāmeha vivicca akusalehi dhammehīti ettha atthappa kāsanā.

1. Sī11. Pañcakāmaguṇikavisayassa.

[SL Page 105] [\x 105/]

Ettāvatā paṭhamassa jhānassa pahāṇaṅgaṃ dassetvā idāni sampayogaṅgaṃ dassetuṃ savitakkaṃ savicāranti ādi vuttaṃ [PTS Page 142] [\q 142/] tattha vitakkanaṃ vitakko, ūhananti vuttaṃ hoti, jvāyaṃ ārammaṇe cittasaṃsa abhiniropanalakkhaṇo, āhananapariyahananaraso. Tathā hi tena yogāvacaro ārammaṇaṃ vitakkāhataṃ vitakkapariyāhataṃ karotīti vuccati. Ārammaṇe cittassa ānayanapaccupaṭṭhāno. Vicaraṇaṃ vicāro, anusadvaraṇanti vuttaṃ hoti, svāyaṃ ārammaṇānu maccanalakkhaṇo, tattha sahajātānu yojanaraso, cittassa anuppa bandhanapaccupaṭṭhāno, santepi ca nesaṃ katthaci avippayoge oḷāri kaṭṭhena pubbaṅgamaṭṭhena ca ghaṇṭābhighāto viya abhiniropanaṭṭhenaca cetaso paṭhamābhinipāto vitakko, sukhumaṭṭhena anumajjana sabhāvaṭṭhena ca ghaṇṭānuravo viya anuppabandho vicāro. Vipphāravā cettha vitakko paṭhamuppattikāle paripaphandanabhuto cittassa, ākāse uppattikukāmassa pakkhino pakkhavikkhepo viya padumābhimukhapāto viya ca gandhānubaddhacetaso bhamarassa santa vutti vicāro nātiparipphandanabhāvo cittassa, ākāse uppati tassa pakkhino pakkhappasāraṇaṃ viya, paribbhamaṇaṃ viyaca padumābhi mukhapatitassa
Bhamarassa padumassa uparibhāge, dukanipātaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ākāse gacchato mahāsakuṇassa ubhohi pakkhehi vātaṃ gāhāpetvā pakkhe sannisīdāpetvā gamanaṃ viya ārammaṇe cetaso abhiniropanabhāvena pavatto citakko, sohi ekaggo hutvā appeti, vātagahaṇatthaṃ pakkhe phandāpayamānassa gamanaṃ viya anumajjanabhāvena pavatto vicāro, sohi ārammaṇaṃ anumajjatīti vuttaṃ. Taṃ anuppabandhanena pavattiyaṃ yujjati. So pana nesaṃ viseso paṭhamadutiyajjhānesu pākaṭo hoti. Apica: - malaggahitaṃ kaṃsabhājanaṃ ekena hatthena daḷhaṃ gahetvā itarena hatthena cuṇṇatelavāḷaṇḍupakena paramajjantassa daḷhagahaṇahattho viya vitakko, parimajjanahattho viya vicāro, tathā kumbhakārassa daṇḍappahārena cakkaṃ bhamayitvā bhājanaṃ karontassa uppīḷana [PTS Page 143] [\q 143/] hattho viya vitakko, ito cito ca saṃsaraṇahattho viya vicāro, tathā maṇḍalaṃ karontassa majjhe sannirumhitvā ṭhitakaṇṭako viya abhiniropano vitakko, bahiparibbhamaṇa kaṇṭako viya anumajjamāno vicāro, iti iminā ca vitakkona iminā ca vicārena saha vattati rukkho viya pupphena phalena cāti idaṃ jhānaṃ savitakkaṃ savicāranti vuccati. Vibhaṅge pana "iminā ca vitakkena iminā ca vicārena upeto hoti samūpeto"ti ādinā nayena puggalādhiṭṭhānā desanā katā, attho pana tatrāpi evame daṭṭhabbo.

[SL Page 106] [\x 106/]

Vivekajnti ettha- vivitti viveko, nīvaraṇavigamoti attho, vivittoti vā viveko, nīvaraṇavivitto jhānasampayuttadhamma rāsīti attho, tasmā vivekā- tasmiṃ vā viveke jātanti vivekajaṃ. Pītisukhanti-pīṇayatīti pītu sā sampiyāyanalakkhaṇā, kāyacitta pīṇanarasā, pharaṇarasā vā. Odagya paccupaṭṭhānā, sā panesā khuddikā pīti khaṇikā pīti okkantikā pīti ubbegā pīti pharaṇā pītiti pañcavidhā hoti, tattha khuddikā pīti sarīre lomahaṃsamattameva kātuṃ sakkoti, khaṇikā pīti khaṇe khaṇe vippuppātasadisā hoti, okkantikā pīti samuddatīraṃ vīci viya kāyaṃ okkamitvā okkamitvā bhijjati, ubbegā pīti balavatī hoti, kāyaṃ uddhaggaṃ katvā ākāse laṅghāpanappamāṇappattā, tathāhi: puṇṇavallikavāsī mahā tissatthero punṇamadivase sāyaṃ cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ gantvā cavdā lokaṃ. Disvā mahācetiyābhimukho hutvā imāya vata velāya catasso parisā mahācetiyaṃ vandantīti pakatiyā diṭṭhārammaṇa vasena buddhārammaṇaṃ ubbega pītiṃ uppādetvā sudhātale pahama citragenḍuko viya ākāso uppatitvā mahācetiyaṅgaṇeyeva patiṭṭhāsi. Tathā girikanḍakamahāvihārassa upanissaye vattakālaka gāme ekā kuladhītāpi balavabuddhārammaṇāya ubbegapītiyā ākāse laṅghesi. Tassā kira mātāpitaro sāyaṃ dhammasavaṇatthāya [PTS Page 144] [\q 144/] vihāraṃ gacchantā amma tvaṃ garuhārā akāle carituṃ na sakkosi, mayaṃ tuyhaṃ pattiṃ katvā dhammaṃ sossāmāti agamaṃsu, sā gantukāmāpi tesaṃ vacanaṃ paṭibāhituṃ asakkontī ghare ohiyitvā gharājire1 ṭhatvā candālokena girikanḍake ākāsacetiyaṅgaṇaṃ olokenti cetīyassa dīpapūjaṃ addasā, catasso ca parisā mālāgandhādihi cetiyapūjaṃ katvā padakkhiṇaṃ karontiya, bhikkhusaṅghassa ca gaṇa sajjhāyasddaṃ assosi, athassā dhaññā vatime ye vihāraṃ gantvā evarūpe cetiyaṅgaṇe anusañcarituṃ evarūpañca madhuraṃ dhammakathaṃ sotuṃ labhantīti muttārāsi sadisacetiyaṃ passantiyā eva ubbegā pīti udapādi, sā ākāse laṅghitvā mātāpitunnaṃ purimataraṃyeva ākāsacetiyaṅgaṇe oruyha cetiyaṃ vavditvā dhammaṃ suṇamānā aṭṭāsi, atha naṃ mātāpitaro āgantvā amma tvaṃ katarena maggena āgatāti pucchiṃsu. Sā ākāsena āgatāmhi na maggenāti vatvā amma ākāsena nāma khīṇāsavā sadvaranti, tvaṃ kathaṃ āgatāti vuttā āha mayhaṃ candālokena cetiyaṃ olokentiyā ṭhitāya buddhā rammaṇā balavatī pīti uppajji, athāhaṃ neva attano ṭhitabhāvaṃ na nisinnabhāvaṃ aññāsiṃ, gahitanimitteneva pana ākāse laṅghitvā cetiyaṅgaṇe patiṭṭhitāmhīti. Evaṃ ubbegā pīti ākāse laṅghāpanappamāṇā hoti. Pharaṇapītiyā pana uppannāya sakalasarīraṃ

1. 6. 11. Gharadvāre.

[SL Page 107] [\x 107/]

Dhamitvā pūritavatthi viya mahatā udakoghena pakkhantapabbatakucchiviya ca anuparipphuṭaṃ hoti. Sā panesā pañcavidhā pīti gabbhaṃ gaṇhantī paripākaṃ gacchantī duvidhaṃ passaddhiṃ paripūreti kāyapassaddhiñca citta passaddhiñca, passaddhi gabbhaṃ gaṇhantī paripākaṃ gacchantī duvidhampi sukhaṃ paripūreti kāyikaṃ ca cetasikañca, sukhaṃ gabbhaṃ gaṇhantaṃ paripākaṃ gacchantaṃ tividhaṃ samādhiṃ paripūreti khaṇikasamādhiṃ upacārasamādhiṃ appaṇāsumādhinti. Tāsu yā appaṇāsamādissa mūlaṃ hutvā vaḍḍhamānā samādhi sampayegaṃ gatā pharaṇā pīti ayaṃ imasmiṃ atthe adhippetā pītīti. [PTS Page 145] [\q 145/] itaraṃ pana sukhanaṃ sukhaṃ, suṭṭhu vā khādati khaṇti ca kāyacittābādhanti sukhaṃ, taṃ sātalakkhaṇaṃ, sampayuttānaṃ upa brūhaṇarasaṃ, anuggahapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, satipi ca nesaṃ pītisukhānaṃ katthaci avippayoge iṭṭhārammaṇapaṭilābhatuṭṭhi piti, paṭiladdharasānu bhavanaṃ sukhaṃ, yattha pīti tattha sukhaṃ, yattha sukhaṃ tattha na niyamato pīti. Saṅkhārakkhandhasaṅgahitā pīti, vedanākkhandhasaṅgahitaṃ sukhaṃ, kantārakhinnassa vanantodakadassana savaṇesu viya pīti, vanacchāyappavesanaudakaparibhogesu viya sukhaṃ, tasmiṃ tasmiṃ samaye pakāma bhāvato cetaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ, iti ayañca pīta idañca sukhaṃ assa jhānassa asmiṃ vā jhāne atthiti idaṃ jhānaṃ pītisukhanti vuccati. Athavā pītica sukhañca pīti sukhaṃ, dhammavinayādayo viya. Vivekajaṃ pītisukhamassa jhānassa asmiṃ vā jhāne atthiti evampi vivekajaṃ pītusukhaṃ, yathevahi jhānaṃ evaṃ pītusukhampettha vivekaja meva hoti, tañcassa atthi tasmā ekapadeneva vivekaja pītu sukhantipi vattuṃ yujjati, vibhaṅge na " idaṃ sukhaṃ imāya pītiyā sahagata"nti ādīnā nayena vuttaṃ, attho na tatthāpi evameva daṭṭhabbo. Paṭhamaṃ jhānanti idaṃ pareto āvibhavissati, upasampajjāti upagannvā, pāpuṇitvāti vuttaṃ hoti, upasampādayitvā vā, nipphādetvāti vuttaṃ hoti, vibhaṅge pana " upasampajjāti paṭhamassa jhānassa lābho paṭilābho patti sampatti passanā sacchikiriyā upasampadā"tī vuttaṃ, tassāpi evameva attho daṭṭhabbo. Viharatītitadanurūpena iriyāpathavihārena iti vuttappakārajhāna samaṅgī hutvā attabhāvassa iriyāpathavihārena iti vuttappakārajhāna samaṅgī hutvā attabhāvassa iriyāpathavihārena iti vattappakārajhāna samaṅgī hutvā attabhāvassa iriyanaṃ vuttiṃ pālanaṃ yapanaṃ pāvanaṃ cāraṃ vihāraṃ abhinipphādeti. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ vibhaṅge: - "viharatīti irīyati [PTS Page 146] [\q 146/] vattati pāleti yapeti yāpeti carati viharati tena viccati viharati"ti.

Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ - pañcaṅgavippahīṇaṃ pañcaṅgasamannāgatantitattha kāmacchando, vyāpādo, thinamiddhaṃ, uddhaccakukkuccaṃ, vicikicchāti imesaṃ pañcannaṃ nīvaraṇānaṃ pahāṇavasena padvaṅgavippahīṇatā veditabbā. Na hi etesu ppahīṇesu jhānaṃ uppajjati, tenassetāni pahāṇaṅgānīti vuccanti. Kiñcāpihi jhānakkhaṇe

[SL Page 108] [\x 108/]

Aññepi akusalā dhammā pahīyanti. Tathāpi etaneva visesena jhānantarāyakarāni. Kāmacchandena hi nānāvisayappalohitaṃ cittaṃ na ekattārammaṇe samādhiyati, kāmacchandābhibhūtaṃ vā taṃ na kāmadhātuppahāṇāya paṭipadaṃ paṭipajjati, vyāpādena cārammaṇe paṭihaññamānaṃ na nirantaraṃ pavattati. Thinamiddhābhibhūtaṃ akammaññaṃ hoti. Uddhaccakukkuccaparetaṃ avupasantameva hutvā paribbhamatī, vicikicchāya upahataṃ jhānādhigamasādikaṃ paṭipadaṃ nārohati, iti visesena jhānantarāyakarattā etāneva pahāṇaṅgānīti vuttānīti. Yasmā pana vitakko ārammaṇe cittaṃ abhiniropeti, vicāro anubavdhati, tehi avikkhepāya sampādi tappayogassa cetaso payogasampattisambhavā pītipīṇanaṃ sukhañca upabrūhaṇaṃ karoti, atha naṃ sasesasampayuttadhammaṃ etehi abhiniropaṇānuppabndhanapīṇanaupabrūhaṇehi anuggahitā ekaggatā ekattārammaṇe samaṃ sammāādhiyati, tasmā vitakko vicāraro pīti sukhaṃ cittekaggatāti imesaṃ pañcannaṃ uppatti masena pañcaṅgasamannāgatatā veditabbā, uppannesu hi etesu pañcasu jhānaṃ uppannaṃ nāma hoti, tenassa etāni pañca samannāgataṅgānīti vuccanti. Tasmā na etehi samannāgataṃ aññadeva jhānaṃ nāma atthiti gahetabbaṃ. Yathā pana aṅgamatta vaseneva caturaṅginī senā pañcaṅgikaṃ ca turiyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikoca maggoti vuccati evamidampi aṅgamattavaseneva [PTS Page 147] [\q 147/] pañcaṅgikanti vā pañcaṅgasamannāgatanti vā vuccatīti veditabbaṃ. Etāni ca pañca aṅgāni kiñcāpi upacārakkhaṇepi atthi, athakho upacāre pakati cittato balavatarāni, idha pana upacāratopi balavatarāni rūpā vacaralakkhaṇappattāni, ettha hi vitakko suvisuddhena ākārena ārammaṇe cittaṃ abhiniropayamāno uppajjati. Vicāro ati viya ārammaṇaṃ anumajjamāno, pīti sukhaṃ sabbāvantampi kāyaṃ pharamānaṃ;tenevāha: -" nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa vivekajena pītisukhena apphutaṃhoti "ti[a] cittekaggatāpi heṭṭhimamhi samugga paṭale uparimaṃ samuggapaṭalaṃ viya ārammaṇesu phassitā hutvā uppajjati ayametesaṃ itarehi viseso. Tattha cittekaggatā kiñcāpi savitakkaṃ savicāranti imasmiṃ pāṭhe na niddiṭṭhā, tathāpi vibhaṅge " jhānanti - vitakko vicāro pīti sukhaṃ cittekaggatā"ti evaṃ vuttattā aṅgameva, yena hi adhippāyena bhagavatā uddeso kato soyeva tena vibhaṅge pakāsito hotīti.

Tividhakalyāṇaṃ dasalakkhaṇasampannanti - ettha pana ādimajjha pariyesānavasena tividhakalyāṇatā, tesaṃ yevaca ādimajka pariyosānalakkhaṇavasena dasalakkhaṇasampannatā veditabbā.
[A.] Ma- ni - kāyagatāsatisutta

[SL Page 109] [\x 109/]

Tata;yaṃ pāḷi: - paṭhamassa jhānassa paṭipadā visuddhi ādi, upekkhānu brūhaṇā majjhe, sampahaṃsanā pariyesānaṃ; paṭhamassa jhānassa paṭipadāvisuddhi ādī, ādissa katilakkhaṇāni? Ādissa tīṇi lakkhaṇāni, yo tassa paripattho tato cittaṃ visujjhati, visuddhattā cittaṃ majjhimaṃ samathanimittaṃ paṭapajjati, paṭipannattā tattha cittaṃ pakkhandati. Yañca paripatthato cittaṃ vusujjhati, yañca visuddhattā cittaṃ majjhimaṃ samathanimittaṃ paṭipajjati, yañca paṭipannattā tattha cittaṃ pakkhandati, paṭhamassa jhānassa paṭipadāvisuddhi ādi. Ādissa imāni tūṇi lakkhaṇāni, tena vuccati paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ ādikalyāṇañceva hitīti lakkhaṇasampannaṃ ca. [PTS Page 148] [\q 148/] paṭhamassa jhānassa upekkhānubrūhaṇā majjhe, majjhassa kati lakkhaṇāni, majjhassa tīṇi lakkhaṇāni visuddhaṃ cittaṃ ajjhupekkhatisamathapaṭipannaṃ ajjhu pekkhati ekattupaṭṭhānaṃ ajjhupekkhati. Yañca vusuddhaṃ cittaṃ ajjhupekkhati yañca samathapaṭipannaṃ ajjhupekkhati yadva ekattu paṭṭhānaṃ ajjhupkekhati paṭhamassa jhānassa apekkhānubrūhaṇā majjhe. Majjhassa imāni tīṇi lakkhaṇāni, tena vuccati paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ majjhe kalyāṇañceva hoti lakkhaṇasampannañca. Paṭhamassa jhānassa sampahaṃsanā pariyosānaṃ, pariyosānassa kati lakkhaṇāni? Pariyosānassa cattāri lakkhaṇāni, tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena sampahaṃsanā, indu;yānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena sampahaṃsanā tadupagaviriyavāhaṭṭhenasampahaṃsanā, āsevanaṭṭhena sampahaṃsanā, paṭhamassa jhānassa sampahaṃsanā pariyosānaṃ, pariyosānassa imāni cattāri lakkhaṇāni, tena vuccati paṭhamajjhānaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇañceva hoti catulakkhaṇa sampannañcāti. Tatra paṭipadāvisuddhi nāma: sasambāriko upacāro, upekkhānubrūhaṇā nāma: - appaṇā, sampahaṃsanā nāma: paccavekkhaṇāti evameke vaṇṇayanti; yasmā pana ekattagataṃ cittaṃ paṭipadāvisuddhi pakkhantañceva hoti upekkhānubrūhitañca, ñāṇena ca sampahaṃsitanti pāḷiyaṃ vuttaṃ. Tasmā nto appaṇāyameva āgamanavasena paṭipadāvisuddha. Tatramajjhattupekkhāya kiccavasena upekkhānubrūhaṇā dhammānaṃ anativattanādibhāvasādhanena pariyo dapakassa ñāṇassa kiccanipphattivasena sampahaṃsanā ca veditabbā. Kathaṃ yasmiṃ hi vāre appaṇā uppajjati tasmiṃ yo nīvaraṇa saṅkhāto kilesagaṇo tassa jhānassa paripantho tato cittaṃ visujjhati. Vusuddhattā āvaraṇaviharitaṃ hutvā majjhimaṃ samatha nimittaṃ paṭipajjati, majjhimaṃ samathanimittaṃ nāma samappavatto appanāsamādhiye. Tadanantaraṃ pana purimacittaṃ ekasantati pariṇāmanayena [PTS Page 149] [\q 149/] tathattaṃ upagacchamānaṃ majjhimaṃ samathanimittaṃ paṭipajjati nāma. Evaṃ paṭipannattā tathattupagamanena tattha pakkhandati nāma, eṃva tāva purimacitte vijjamānākārānipphādikā

[SL Page 110] [\x 110/]

Paṭhamassa jhānassa uppādakkhaṇeyeva āgamanavasena paṭipadāvisuddhi veditabbā. Evaṃ vusuddhassa pana tassa puna visodhetabbābhāvato visodhane vyāpāraṃ akaronto visaddhaṃ cittaṃ ajjhupekkhati nāma. Samathabhāvūpagamanena samathapaṭipannassa puna samādhāne vyāpāraṃ akaronto samathapaṭipannaṃ cittaṃ ajjhupekkhati nāma samathapaṭipannabhāvato evaṃ cassa kilesasaṃsaggaṃ pahāya ekattena upaṭṭhitassa puna ekattupaṭṭhāne vyāpāraṃ akaronto ekattu paṭṭhānaṃ ajjhupekkhati nāma. Evaṃ tatra majjhattupekkhāya kicca vasena upekkhānubrūhaṇā veditabbā. Ye panete evaṃ upekkhānubrūhite tattha jātā samādhipaññā saṅkhātā yuganaddhadhammā aññamaññaṃ anativattamānā hutvā pavattā, yānica saddhādini ivdiyāni nānākilesehi vimuttirasena ekarasāni hutvā pavattāni, yañce sa tadupagaṃ tesaṃ anativattanaekarasa bhāvānaṃ anucchavikaṃ viriyaṃ vāhayati, yā cassa tasmiṃ khaṇe pavattā āsevanā, sabbepi te ākārā yasmā ñāṇena saṅkilesavodā nesuṃ taṃ taṃ ādīnavañca ānisaṃsañca disvā tathā tathā sampahaṃsi tattā visodhitattāpariyodāpitattā nipphannāva, tasmā dhammānaṃ anativattanādibhāvasādhanena pariyodapakassa ñāṇassa kicca nipphattivasena sampahaṃsanā veditabbāti vuttaṃ, tattha yasmā upekkhāvasena ñāṇaṃ pākamaṃ hoti. Yathāha: - tathā paggahitaṃ cittaṃ sādhukaṃ ajjhupekkhati upekkhāvasena, paññāvasena paññindriyaṃ adhimattaṃ hoti, upekkhāvasena nānattakilesehi cittaṃ vimuccati vimokkhavasena, paññāvasena paññindriyaṃ adhimattaṃ hoti vumuttattā te dhammā ekarasā honti. Eka rasaṭṭhena bhāvanāti. Tasmā ñāṇakiccabhūtā sampahaṃsanā pariyo sānanti vuttā.

Idāni paṭhamajjhānaṃ adigataṃ hoti paṭhavikasiṇanti ottha gaṇanānupubbatā paṭhamaṃ, paṭhamaṃ uppannantipi [PTS Page 150] [\q 150/] paṭhamaṃ, ārammaṇopa nijjhānato paccanīkajjhāpanato vā jhānaṃ, paṭhavimaṇḍalaṃ pana sakalaṭṭhena paṭhavikasiṇanni vuccati. Taṃ nissāya paṭiladdhanimittampi paṭhavikasiṇaṃ, nimitte paṭiladdhajhānampi. Tatra imasmiṃ atthe jhānaṃ paṭhavikasiṇanti veditabbaṃ, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ adhigataṃ hoti paṭhavikasiṇanti. Evaṃ adhigate pana etasmiṃ tena yoginā vāḷavedhinā viya. Sūdena viyaca ākārā pariggahe tabbā. Yathāhi sukusalo dhanuggaho vāḷavedhāya kammaṃ kuru māno yasmiṃ vāre vāḷaṃ vijjhati, tasmiṃ vāre akkantapadānañca dhanudaṇḍassa ca jiyāya ca sarassa ca ākāraṃ parigganheyya evaṃ me ṭhitena evaṃ dhanudaṇḍaṃ evaṃ jiyaṃ evaṃ saraṃ gahetvā vāḷo viddhoti. So tato paṭṭhāya tatheva te ākāre sampādento

[SL Page 111] [\x 111/]

Avirādhetvā vāḷaṃ vijjheyya. Evameva yogināpi imaṃ nāma me bhojanaṃ bhuñjitvā evarūpaṃ puggalaṃ sevamānena evarūpe senāsane iminā nāma iriyapathena imasmiṃ kāle idaṃ adhigatanti ete bhojanasappāyādayo ākārā pariggahetabbaṃ. Evaṃ hi so naṭṭhe vā tasmiṃ te ākāre sampādetvā puna uppādetuṃ appa guṇaṃ vā paguṇikaronto punappunaṃ appetuṃ sakkhissati, yathāca kusalo sūdo bhattāraṃ parivisanto yaṃ yaṃ ruciyā bhuñjati taṃ taṃ sallakkhetvā tatā paṭṭhāya tādisaja yeva upanāmento lābhassa bhāgi hoti, evamayampi adhigatakkhaṇe bhojanādayo ākāro gahetvā te sampādento punappunaṃ appaṇāya lābhī hoti. Tasmā nena vāḷavedhinā viya sūdena viya ca ākārā pariggahetabbā. Vuttampi cetaṃ bhagavatā. " Seyyathāpi bhikkhave paṇḍito vuyatto kusalo sūdo rājānaṃ vā rājamahāmattānaṃ vā nānaccayehi nānaggarasehi sūpehi paccupaṭṭhito assa ambilaggehipi tittakaggehipi [PTS Paage 151 [\q 151/] ] kaṭukaggehipi madhuraggehipi khārike hipi akārikehipi loṇikehipi aloṇikehipi, sa ko so bhikkhave paṇḍito viyatto kusalo sūdo sakassa bhattu nimittaṃ uggaṇhāti: - idaṃ vā me ajja bhattu sūveyyaṃ ruccati, imassa vā abhiharati, imassa vā bahuṃ gaṇhāti, imassa vā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati, ambilaggaṃ vā me ajja bhattu sūpeyyaṃ rāccati, ambilaggassa vā abhiharati, ambilaggassa vā bahuṃ gaṇhāti, ambilaggassa vā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati -pe- aloṇikassa vā vanṇaṃ bhāsatīti. Sa kho so bhikkhave paṇḍito viyatto kusalo sūdo lābhīceva hoti accā danassa, lābhī vetanassa, lābhī abhihārānaṃ, taṃ kissa hetu? Tathāhi so bhikkhave paṇḍito viyatto kusalo sūdo sakassa bhattu nimittaṃ uggaṇhāti, evameva kho bhikkhave idhekacco paṇḍito viyatto kusalo bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī vihirati -pevedanāsu cittedhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpi sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādemanassaṃ, tassa dhammesu dhammānu passino viharato cittaṃ samādhiyati, upakkilesā pahīyanti, so taṃ nimittaṃ uggaṇhāti. Sakho so bhikkhavo paṇḍito viyatto kusalo bhikkhū lābhī ceva hoti diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārassa, lābhī sati sampajaññassa. Taṃ kissa hotu? Tathāhi so bhikkhave paṇḍito viyatto kusalo bhikkhu sakassa cittassa nimittaṃ uggaṇhātī"ti[a] nimittagahaṇena cassa puna te āre sampādayato appaṇā mattameva ijjhati na ciraṭṭhānaṃ, ciraṭṭhānaṃ pana samādiparipaṇthānaṃ dhammānaṃ suvisodhitattā hoti yo hi bhikkhu kāmādinavapacca vekkhaṇādīhi kāmacchandaṃ na suṭṭhu vikkhambhetvā kāyapassaddhivasena

[A.] Saṃ -ni- mahāvagga- sati- saṃ.

[SL Page 112] [\x 112/]

Kāyaduṭṭhullaṃ na suppaṭippassaddhaṃ katvā ārambhadhātumanasikārādiva sena thinamiddhaṃ na suṭṭhu paṭivinodetvā samathanimittamanasikārādiva sena uddhaccakukkuccaṃ [PTS Page 152] [\q 152/] na susamūhataṃ katvā aññepi samādipari patthe dhamme na suṭṭhu visodhetvā tdhānaṃ samāpajjati, so aviso dhitaṃ āsayaṃ paviṭṭhabhamaro viya asuddhaṃ uyyānaṃ paviṭṭherājā viya ca khippameva nikkhamati yo pana samādiparipanthe dhamme suṭṭhu viso dhetvā jhānaṃ samāpajjati, so suvisodhitaṃ āsayaṃ paviṭṭhabhamaro viya suparisuddhaṃ uyyānaṃ paṭiṭṭharājā viyaca sakalampi divasabhāgaṃ antosamāpattiyaṃ yeva hoti.

Tenāhu porāṇā.

Kāmesu chanda paṭighaṃ vinodaye
Uddhacca viddhaṃ vicikiccha pañcamaṃ,
Viveka pāmojja karena cetasā
Rājāva suddhanta gato tahiṃ rameti.

Tasmā ciraṭṭhitikāmena pāripavthikadhamme visokhetvā jhānaṃ samāpajjitabbaṃ. Cittabhāvanāvepullatthañca yathāladdhaṃ paṭibhāga nimittaṃ vaḍḍhetabbaṃ, tassa dve vaḍḍhanā bhumuyo: - u cāraṃ vā appaṇāvā, upacāraṃ patvāpi hi. Taṃ vaḍḍhetuṃ vaṭṭati, appaṇaṃ patvāpi ekasmiṃ pana ṭhāne avassaja vaḍḍetabbaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ: yathāladdhaṃ paṭibhāganimittaṃ vaḍḍhetabbanti. Tatrāyaṃ vaḍḍhanānayo: tena yoginā taṃ nimittaṃ pattavaḍḍhana pūvavaḍḍhana bhattavaḍḍhana latā vaḍḍhana dussavaḍḍhana yogena avaḍḍhetvā yathanāma kassako kasi tabbaṭṭhānaṃ naṅgalena paricchivditvā paricchedabbhantare kasati, yathā vā pana bhikkhū sīmaṃ bandhantā paṭhamaṃ nimittāti sallakkhetvā pacchā bandhanti, evameva tassa yathāladdhassa nimittassa anukka mena ekaṅgula dvaṅgula tivaṅgula caturaṅgula mattaṃ manasā pariccivditvā pariccinditvā yathā paricchedaṃ vaḍḍhetabbaṃ, apariccinditvā pana na vaḍḍhetabbaṃ. Tato vidatthi ratana pamukhapariveṇavihārasīmānaṃ gāma nigamajanapadarajjasamuddasīmanāñca paricchedavasena vaḍḍhentena [PTS Page 153] [\q 153/] cakkavāḷaparicchedena vā tato vāpi uttaraṃ paricchinditvā vaḍḍhe tabbaṃ. Yathāhi haṃsapotakā pakkhānaṃ uṭṭhitakālato paṭṭhāya parittaṃ parittaṃ padesaṃ uppatannā paricayaṃ katvā anukkamena candimasuriyasantikaṃ gacchanti, evameva bhikkhu vuttanayena nimittaṃ paricchinditvā vaḍḍhento yāva cakkavāḷaparicchedā tato vā uttariṃ vaḍḍheti, athassa taṃ nimittaṃ vaḍḍhitavaḍḍhitaṭṭhānepaṭhaviyā ukkūla vikūla nadīviduggapabbatavisamesu saṅgusatamabbhāhataṃ vasabhavammaṃ viya hoti. Tasmiṃ pana nimatte pattapaṭhamajjhānena ādikamma kena samāpajjanapahulena bhavitabbaṃ, na paccavekkhaṇabahulena, paccavekkhaṇabahulassa hi jhānaṅgāni thūlāni dubbalāni hutvā.

[SL Page 113] [\x 113/]

Upaṭṭhaśanti. Athassa tāni evaṃ upaṭṭhitatta upari ussukkanāya paccayataṃ āpajjanti, soappaguṇe jhāne ussukkamāno paṭhamajjhānā ca parihāyati, na ca sakkoti dutiyaṃ pāpuṇituṃ. Tenāha bhagavā. "Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gāvī pabbateyyā bālā avyattā akhettaññā̆ akusalā visame pabbate carituṃ, tassā evamassa: - yannūnāhaṃ agatapubbañceva disaṃ gaccheyyaṃ, akhādita pubbāni ceva tiṇāni khādeyyaṃ, apitapubbāni ca pānīyāni piveyyanti. Sā purimaṃ pādaṃ na suppatiṭṭhitaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā pacchimaṃ pādaṃ uddhareyya, sā naceva agatapubbaṃ disaṃ gaccheyya, na ca akhāditapubbāni tiṇāni khādeyya, na ca apītapubbāni pānī yāni piveyya, yasmiñcassā padese ṭhitāya evamassa yannūnāhaṃ agatapubbañceva -pe- piveyyanti tañca padesaṃ na sotthinā paccāgaccheyya, taṃ kissa hetu? Tathāhi sā bhikkhave gāvī pabba teyyā bālā avyattā akhettaññā̆ akusalā visame pabbate carituṃ, evameva ko bhikkhave idhekacco bhikkhu bālo avyatto akhettaññā̆ akusalo vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusaleha dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharaatuṃ, so taṃ nimuttaṃ nāsevati na bhāveni na bahulī karoti na svādhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhāti. Tassa evaṃ hoti: - yannūnāhaṃ citakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhatta sampasādana cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ upasampajja vihareyyanti. [PTS Page 154] [\q 154/] so na sakkoti vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avacāra samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharituṃ, tassa evaṃ hoti: yannūnāhaṃ vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukaṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajja vihaheyyanti. So na sakkoti vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehaṃ dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukaṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharituṃ, ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu ubhato bhaṭṭho, ubhato parihīno, seyyathāpi bhikkhave sā gā pabbateyyā bālā avyattā akhettaññū akusalā visame pabbate caritra"nti. Tasmānena tasmiṃ yeva tāva paṭhamajjhāne pañcahākārehi ciṇṇavasinā bhavitabbaṃ. Tatrimā pañca vasiyo: āvajjanavasī samāpajjanavasiadhiṭṭhānaṃ vasi vuṭṭhānavasi paccavekkhaṇavasiti. Paṭhamajjhānaṃ yatthicchakaṃ yadicchakaṃ yāvadicchakaṃ āvajjati āvajjanāya dandhāyitattaṃ natthīti āvajjanavasi. Paīmajjhānaṃ yatthicchakaṃ -pe- samāpajjati samāpajjanāya dandhāyitattaṃ natthīti samāpajjanavasi, evaṃ sesāpi vitthāre tabbā. Ayaṃ panettha atthappakāsani: paṭhamajjhānato vuṭṭhāya paṭhamaṃ vitakkaṃ āvajjayato bhavaṅgaṃ upacchinditvā uppannā vajjanānantaraṃ vitakkārammaṇāneva cattāri pañcavā javanāni javanti, tato dve bhavaṅgāni, tato puna vicārārammaṇaṃ āvajjanaṃ vuttanayeneva javanānati. Evaṃ pañcasu jhānaṅgesu yadā nirantaraṃ cittaṃ pesetuṃ sakkoti, athassa āvajjanavasī siddhā hoti. Ayaṃ pana matthakappattā vasī bhakavato yamakapāṭihāriye labbhati, aññesaṃ vā evarūpe kāle, ito paraṃ sīghatarā āvajja

[SL Page 114] [\x 114/]

Navasī nāma natthi, āyasmato pana mahāmoggallānassa nando panandanāgarājadamane viya sīghaṃ samāpajjanasamatthatā samāpajjana vasī nāma, accharāmatta vā dasacchārāmattaṃ vā khaṇaṃ ṭhapetuṃ samatthatā adhiṭṭhānavasī nāma, tatthava lahuṃ vuṭṭhātuṃ samatthatā viṭṭhānavasī nāma. Tadubhayadassanatthaṃ buddharakkhitattherassa vatthuṃ kattuṃ vaṭṭati, [PTS Page 155] [\q 155/] sohāyasmā upasampadāya aṭṭhavassiko hutvā therambatthale mahārohaṇaguttattherassa gilānupaṭṭhānaṃāgatānaṃ tiṃsamattānaṃ iddhimantasahassānaṃ majjhe nisinno therassa yāguṃ paṭiggāhayamānaṃ upaṭṭhakanāgarājānaṃ gahessāmīti ākāsato pakkhavdantaṃ supaṇṇarājānaṃ disvā tāvadeva pabbataṃ nimmiṇitvā nāgarājānaṃ pāhāya gahetvā tattha pāvisi. Supaṇṇarājā pabbate pahāraṃ datvā palāyi. Mahāthero āha: sace āvuso rakkhita nobhavissa sabbeva gārayhā assāmāti. Paccavekkhaṇa vasī pana āvajjanavasiyāyeva vuttā. Paccavekkhaṇajavanāneva hi tattha āvajjanānantarānīti. Imāsu pana pañcasu vasīsu ciṇṇa vasinā paguṇapaṭhamajjhānato vuṭṭhāya ayaṃ samāpatti āsannanīva raṇapaccattikā vitakkavicārānaṃ olārikattā aṅgadubbalāti ca tattha dosaṃ disvā dutiyajjhānaṃ santato manasi karitvā paṭhamajjhāne nikantiṃ pariyādāya dutiyādhigamāya yogo kātabbo. Athassa yadā paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhāya satassa sampajānassa jhānaṅgāni paccavekkhato vitakkavicarā oḷārikato upaṭṭhahanti, pīti sukhañceva cittekaggatā ca santa to upaṭṭhāti, tadāssa oḷāri kaṅgappahānāya santaṅgapaṭilābhāya ca tave nimittaṃ paṭhavīpaṭhavīti punappunaṃ manasi karoto idāni dutiyajjhānaṃ sampajjissatīti bhavaṅgaṃ upacchivditvā tadeva paṭhavikasinaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā mano dvārāvajjanaṃ uppajjati. Tato tasmiṃ yeva ārammaṇe cattāri pañca vā javanāni javanti, yesaṃ avasāne ekaṃ rūpāvacaraṃ dutiyajjhānikaṃ, sesāni vuttappakārāneva kāmāvacarānīti. Ettā vatā cesa "vitakka vicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharatī"ti evamanena dvaṅgavippahīnaṃ tivaṅga samannāgataṃ tividhakalyāṇaṃ dasalakkhaṇasampannaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ adhigataṃ hoti paṭhavikasiṇaṃ. [PTS Page 156] [\q 156/]

Tattha vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamāti - vitakkassa ca vicārassacāti imesaṃ dvinnaṃ vūpasamā samatikkamā, dutiyajjhānakkhaṇe apātu bhāvāti vuttaṃ hoti, tattha kīñcāpi dutiyajjhāne sabbepi paṭhamajjhānadhammā na santi, aññeyeva hi paṭhamajjhāne phassādayo, aññe idha, oḷārikassa pana oḷārikassa aṅgassa samatikkamā paṭhamajjhānato paresaṃ dutiyajjhānādīnaṃ adhigamo hotīti dīpanatthaṃ vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamāti evaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Ajjhantanti - idha niyakajjhattaṃ adippetaṃ, vibhaṅge pana ajjhattaṃ paccattanti ettadameva vuttaṃ, yasmā ca niyakajjhattaṃ adhippetaṃ, tasmā attano santāne jātaṃ attano santāne nibbattanti ayamettha attho. Sampasādananti - sampasādanaṃ vuccati saddhā, sampasādanayogato jhānampi sampasādanaṃ, nīla vaṇṇayogato nīlaṃ vatthaṃ viya, yasmā vā taṃ jhānaṃ sampasādana samannāgatattā vitakkavicārakkhobhavūpasamanena ca ceto sampasādayati, tasmāpi sampasādananti vuttaṃ, imasmiñca atthavikappe sampasādanaṃ cetasoti evaṃ padasambavdho veditabbo, purimasmiṃ pana attha vikappe cetasoti etaṃ ekodibhāvena saddhiṃ yoje tabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ atthayojanā: - eko udetīti ekodi. Vitakka vicārehi anajjhārūḷhattā aggo, seṭṭho hutvā udetīti attho, seṭṭhopi hi loke ekoti vuccati. Vitakkavicāravira hito vā eko asahāyo hutvā tīpi vattuṃ vaṭṭati. 1 Athavā: sampayuttadhamme udāyatīti udī, uṭṭapetīti attho, seṭṭhaṭṭhena eko ca so udīcātiekodi, samādhissetaṃ adhivacanaṃ, iti imaṃ ekodiṃ bhāveti vaḍḍhetīti isaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ ekodibhāvaṃ, so panāyaṃ ekodi yasmā cetaso na sattassa na jivassa, tasmā etaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvanti vuttaṃ, nanu cāyaṃ saddhā paṭhamajjhānepiatthi, ayañca ekodi nāmako samādhi, atha kasmā idameva sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvañcāti vuttanti? Vuccate: - aduṃhi paṭhamajjhānaṃ [PTS Page 157] [\q 157/] vitakkavicārakkhobhena vīcitaraṅgasamākulamiva jalaṃ na suppasannaṃ heti. Tasmā satiyāpi saddhāya. Sampasādananti na vuttaṃ, na suppasannattā yeva cettha samādipi na suṭṭhu pākaṭo, tasmā ekodibhāvantipi na vuttaṃ, imasmiṃ pana jhāne vitakka vicārapaḷibodhābhāvena laṅdhokāsā balavatī saddhā balavasaddhā sahāya paṭilābheneva samādhipi pākaṭo, tasmā dameva evaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ, vibhaṅge pana " sampasādananti yā saṅ saddahanā okappanā abhippasādo, cetaso ekodibhāvanti yā cittassa ṭhiti - pe- sammā samādhi"ti ettakameva vuttaṃ. Evaṃ vuttena panetena saddhiṃ ayaṃ atthavanṇāna yathā na virujkti aññadatthu saṃsandati ceva sameti ca evaṃ veditabbā.
Avitakkaṃ avicāranti - bhavanāya pahīṇatti etasmiṃ etassa vā vitakko natthīti avitakkaṃ, imināva nayena avicāraṃ, vibhaṅgepi vuttaṃ. "Iti ayañca vitakko ayañca vicāro santā honti samitā vūpasantā atthaṅgatā abbhatthaṅgatā appitā vyappitā sositā visositā vyantīkatā, tena vuccati: - avitakkaṃ avi

1. Si11. Itipivaṭṭati.

[SL Page 116] [\x 116/]

Cāraṃ"ti etthāha: - nanu ca vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamāti imināpi ayamattho siddho, athakasmā pūna vuttaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāranti? Vuccate: - evametaṃ siddhovāyamattho, na panetaṃ tadatthadīpakaṃ, nanu avocumha oḷajarikassa pana oḷārikassa aṅgassa samatikkamā paṭhamajjhānato paresaṃ dutiyajjhānādīnaṃ samadhigamo hotiti dīpanatthaṃ vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamāti evaṃ vuttanti, apica: -citakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā idaṃ sampasādanaṃ na kilesakālussiyassa, vitakkavicārānañca vūpasamā ekodibhāvaṃ, na upacārajjhānamiva nivaraṇappahāṇā, na paṭhamajjhānamiva ca aṅgapātubhāvāti, evaṃ sampa sādanaekodibhāvānaṃ hetuparidīpakamidaṃ vacanaṃ, tathā vitakkavicārānaṃ vū samā idaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ na tatiya catutthajjhānāni viya cakkhuviñgñāṇādīni viyaca abhāvāti evaṃ avitakkaavicārabhāvassa hetuparidīpakañca, na vitakkavicārābhāvamattaparidīpakaṃ, vitakkavicārābhāvamattaparidīpakameva [PTS Page 158] [\q 158/] pana avitakkaṃ avicāranti idaṃ vacanaṃ, tasmā purimaṃ vatvāpi puna vattabbamevāti. Samādhijantipaṭhamajjhānasamādhito sampayuttasamādito vā jātanti attho, tattha kiñcāpipaṭhamampi sampayuttasamādhito jātaṃ, atha kho aya meva samādhi samādhiti vattabbataṃ aharati, vitakkavicārakkhobha virahena ataviya acalattā suppasannattā ca, tasmā imassa vaṇṇa bhaṇanatthaṃ idameva samādhijanti vuttaṃ. Pītisukhanti idaṃ vutta nayameva.

Dutiyanti- gaṇanānupubbatā dutiyaṃ, dutiyaṃ uppannantipi dutiyaṃti. Idaṃ dutiyaṃ samāpajjatītipi dutiyaṃ, yaṃ pana vuttaṃ "dvaṅgavippahīṇaṅ tivaṅgasamannāgata"nti, tattha vitakkavicārānaṃ pahāṇavasena dvaṅgavippahīṇatā veditabbā. Yathāca paṭhamajjhanassa upacārakkhaṇe nīvaraṇāni pahīyanti, na tathā imassa vitakkavicārā. Appaṇākkhaṇeyeva panetaṃ vinā tehi uppajjati, tenassa te pahāṇaṅganti vuccanti. Pīti sukhaṃ cittekagga tāti imesaṃ pana tiṇṇaṃ uppattiva sana tivaṅgasamannā tatatā veditabbā, tasmā yaṃ hi vibhaṅge: - jhānanti sampasāde pīti sukhaṃ cittassekaggatāti vuttaṃ, taṃ saparikkhāraṃ jhāṃ dassetuṃ pariyāyena vuttaṃ. Ṭhapetvā pana sampasādanaṃ nippariyāyena upanijjhānalakkhaṇappattānaṃaṅgānaṃ casena tivaṅgika vevetaṃ hoti. Yathāha: -" katamaṃ tasmiṃ samaye tivaṅgikaṃ jhānaṃ hoti. Yathāha: -" katamaṃ tasmiṃ samaye tivaṅgikaṃ jhānaṃ hoti, pītisukhaṃ cittassekaggatā"ti[a] sesaṃ paṭhamajjhāne vuttanayameva.

Evaṃ adigate pana tasmimpi vuttanayeneva pañcahākārehi ciṇṇavasinā hutvā paguṇadutiyajjhānato vuṭṭhāya ayaṃ samāpatti āsannacitakkavicārapaccatthikā, yadeva tatthapītiti cetaso

[A.] Abhi - dhammasaṅganī.

[SL Page 117] [\x 117/]

Ubbillāvitaṃ, etenetaṃ oḷārikaṃ akkhāyatīti vuttāya pītiyā oḷārikattā aṅgadubbalātiva tattha dosaṃ disvā tatiyajjhānaṃ santato manasi karitvā dutiyajjhānenikantiṃ pariyādāya tatiyādhigamāya yogo kātabbo. Athassa yadā atuyato vuṭṭhāya satassa sampajānassa [PTS Page 159] [\q 159/] jhānaṅgānī paccavekkhato pīti oḷārikato upaṭṭhāti, sukhañceva ekaggatā ca santato upaṭṭhāti, tadāssa oḷārikaṅgappahāṇāya santaṅgapaṭilābhāyaca tadeva nimittaṃ paṭhavi paṭhaviti punappunaṃ manasikaroto idāni tatiyajjhānaṃ uppajjissatīti bhavaṅgaṃ upacchivditvā tadeva paṭhavikasiṇaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā manodvārāvajjanaṃ uppajjati. Tato tasmiññevārammaṇe cattāri pañca vā javanāni javanti, yesaṃ avasāne ekaṃ rūpā vacaraṃ tatiyajjhānikaṃ, sesāni vuttanayeneva kāmāvacarānīti. Ettāvatā va panesa "pītiyā ca virāgā upekhakoca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhadva kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti yantaṃ ariyā ācikkhanti upekhako satimā sukhavihārīti tatiyajjhānaṃ upa sampajja viharatī"ti [a] evamanena ekaṅgavippahīṇaṃ dvaṅgasamannāgataṃ tividhakalyāṇaṃ dasalakkhaṇasampannaṃ tatiyajjhānaṃ adhigataṃ hoti paṭhavikasiṇaṃ.

Tattha - pītiyāca virāgāti- virāgo nāma vuttappakārāya pītiyā jigucchanaṃ vā samatikkamo vā, ubhinnaṃ pana antarā casaddo sampiṇḍanattho, so vūpasamaṃ vā sampiṇḍeti vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamaṃ vā, tattha yadā vūpasamameva sampiṭheti, tadā pītiyā virāgā ca kiñca bhiyyo vūpasamācāti evaṃ yojanā veditabbā. Imissā ca yojanāyavirāgo jigucchanattho hoti, tasmā pītiyā jigucchanāva vūpasamācāti1 ayamattho daṭṭhabbo, yadā pana vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamavaṃ sampiṇḍeti. Tadā pītiyāca virāgā kiñca bhīyyo vitakka vicārānagñca vūpasamāti evaṃ yojanā veditabbā, imissāca yojanāya virāgo samatikkamanattho hoti, tasmā pītiyāca samatikkamā vitakkavicārānañca vūpasamāti ayamattho daṭṭhabbo. Kāmañcete vitakkavicārā dutiyajjhāneyeva vūpasantā, imassa pana jhānassa maggaparidīpanatthaṃ vaṇṇabhaṇanatthañcetaṃ vuttaṃ. Vitakkavicārā nañca vūpasamāti hi vutte idaṃ paññāyati: - nūna vitakkavicāravūpasamo2 maggo imassa jhānassāti, yathāca tatiye ariyamagge appahīṇānampi sakkāyadiṭṭhādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanā naṃ pahāṇāti evaṃ pahāṇaṃ vuccamānaṃ [PTS Page 160] [\q 160/] vaṇṇabhaṇanaṃ hota tadadhi gamāya ussukkānaṃ ussāhajanakaṃ, evameva idha avūpasantānampi

1. Sī11. Samatikkamācāti. 2. Sī11. 111. Nūnavitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamo [a.] Abhi-jhānavibhaṅge

[SL Page 118] [\x 118/]

Vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamo vuccamāno vaṇṇabhaṇanaṃ hoti, tenāyamattho vuttopītiyāca samatikkamā vitakkavicārānañca vūpasamāti.

Upekkhako ca viharatīti - ettha upapattito ikkatīti upekkhā, samaṃ passati apakkhapatītā hutvā passatiti attho, tāya visadāya vipulāya thāmagātāya samannāgatattā tatiyajjhānasamaṅgī upekkhakoti vuccati, upekkhā pana dasavidhā hoti: - chaḷaṅgu pekkhā prahmavihārupekkhā bojjhaṅgupekkhā viriyupekkhā saṅkhā rupekkhā vedanūpekkhā vipassanupekkhā tata;majjhattupekkhā jhānupekkhā pārisuddhupekkhāti. Tattha yā " idha kīṇāsavo bhikkhū cakkunā rūpaṃ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano upekkhako ca viharati sato sampajāno" ti[a] evamāgatā khīṇāsavassa chasu dvāresu iṭṭhāniṭṭhachaḷārammaṇāpāthe parisuddhapakatibhāvā ' vijahanākā rabhūtā upekkhā ayaṃ chaḷaṅgupekkhā nāma. Yā pana "upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharatī"ti[b]evamāgatā sattesu majjhattākārabhūtā upekkhā ayaṃ brahmavihārupekkhā nāma. Yā "upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāveti vivekanissita"nti[c] evamāgatā sahajātadhammānaṃ majjhattākārabhūtā upekkhā ayaṃ bojjhaṅgu pekkhā nāma. Yā pana "kālena kālaṃ upekkhā nimittaṃ manasi karotī"ti[d] evamāgatā anaccāraddha nātisithila viriyasaṅkhātā upekkā, ayaṃ viriyupekkā nāma. Yā "kati saṅkhārupekkhā samādhivasena uppajjanti. Kati saṅkhārāpekkhā vipassanāvasena uppajjanti, aṭṭhasaṅghārupekkhā samādhivasena uppajjanti, dasa saṅkhārupekkhā [PTS Page 161] [\q 161/] nāma. Yā pana "yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti upekhāsahagata"nti[f] evamāgatā adukkhamasukhasaññitā upekkhā ayaṃ vedanūpekkhā nāma. Yā "yadatthi yaṃ bhūtaṃ taṃ pajahati upekkhaṃ paṭilabhatī"ti[g] evamāgatā vicinane majjhattabhūtā upekkhā ayaṃ vupassanūpekkhā nāma. Yā pana chandādusu yevāpanakesu āgatā sahajātānaṃ samavāhitabhūtā upekkhā, ayaṃ tatramajjhattupekkhā nāma. Yā upekkhakoca viharatīti evamāgatā aggasukhepi tasmiṃ apakkhapātajanana upekkhā, ayaṃ jhānupekkhā nāma. Yā pana upekkhāsati pārisuddhiṃ catutthajjhānanti evamāgatā sabbapaccanīkaparisuddhā paccanīkavūpa samanepi avyāpārabhūtā apekkhā, ayaṃ pārusuddhupekkhā nāma.

[A] dīghani- saṅgītisutta. [B.] Dighani- sabbāsava. [C.] Ai - ni- ekaka. [D.] Saṃ-nimahāvagga. [C.] Paṭisambhidā [f.] Abhi- dhammasaṅganī. [G.] Saṃ-nimahāvagga 1. Si11. Santiṭṭhanā.

[SL Page 119] [\x 119/]

Tattha chaḷaṅghupekkhā ca brahmavihārupekkhāca bojjhaṅgupekkhāca tata;majjhattupekkhāca jhānupekkhāca pārisuddhupekkhāca atthato ekā ta;majjhattupekkhāva hoti, tena tena avatthābhodena panassā ayaṃ bhedho: - ekassāpi sato sattassa kumārayuvatthera senāpatirājādivasena bhedo viya, tasmā tāsu yattha chaḷaṅgupekkhā, na tattha bojjhaṅgupekkhādayo, yatthavā pana bojjhaṅgupekkā, na tattha chaḷaṅgupekkhādayo hontīti veditabbā; yathācetāsaṃ atthato ekībhāvo, evaṃ skhārupekkhā vipassanupekkhānampi, paññā eva hi sā kiccavesana dvidhā bhinnā, yathāhi parisassa sāyaṃ gehaṃ paviṭṭhaṃ sappaṃ ajapadadaṇḍaṃ gahetvā pariyesamānassa taṃ thusakoṭṭhake nipannaṃ disvā sappo nu kho noti avalo kentassa sovatthikattayaṃ disvā nibbematikassa sappo na sappoti vicinane [PTS Page 162] [\q 162/] majjhattatā hoti, evamevaṃ yā āraddhavipassa kassa vipassanāñāṇena lakkhaṇattaye diṭṭhe saṅkhārānaṃ anicca bhāvādivicinane majjhattatā uppajjati, ayaṃ vipasnupekkhā, yathā pana tassa purisassa ajapadena danḍena gāḷhaṃ sappaṃ gahetvā kinnāhāṃ imaṃ sappaṃ aviheṭhento attānañca iminā adaṃsā pento muñceyyanti muñcanākārameva pariyesato gahaṇe majjhattatā hoti. Evameva yā lakkhaṇattayassa diṭṭhattā āditte viya tayo bhave passato saṅkhāragahaṇe majjhattatā, ayaṃ saṅkhārupekkhā, iti vipassanupekkhāya siddhāya saṅkārupekkhāpi siddhāva hoti. Iminā panesā vicinanaggahaṇesu majjhattatā saṅkhātena kiccena dvidhā bhinnāti. Viriyupekkā pana vedanu pekkhāca aññamaññca avasesāhi ca atthato bhinnā evāti. Iti imāsu upekkhāsu jhānupekkā idha adhippetā, sā majjhattatā lakkhaṇā, anābhogarasā avyāpārapaccupaṭṭhānā pitivirāgapadaṭṭā nāti. Etthāha: - nanu cāyaṃ atthato tata; majjhattupekkhāva hoti sāva paṭhamadutiyajjhānesupi atthi, tasmā tatrāpi upekkhakoca viharatīti evamayaṃ vattabbāsiyā sā kasmā na vuttāti? Aparivyatta kiccato. Aparivyattaṃ hi tassā tatthakiccaṃ, vitakkādihi abhi bhūtattā, idha panāyaṃ vitakkāvacārapatihi anabhibhūtattā ukkitta sirā viya hutvā parivyattakiccā jātā, tasmā vuttāti. Niṭṭhitā "upekkhako ca viharatī"ta etassa sabbaso atthavaṇṇanā.

Dāni sato ca sampajānoti- ettha saratīti sato, sampajānā tīti sampajāno, puggalena sati ca sampajaññca vuttaṃ. Tattha saraṇalakkhaṇā sati, apammussanarasā, ārakkhapaccupaṭṭhānā; asammo halakkhaṇaṃ sampajaññaṃ, tīraṇarasaṃ, pavicayapaccapaṭṭhānaṃ. Tattha kiñcāpi idaṃ satisampajaññaṃ purimajjhānesupi atthi. Muṭṭhassa tissa hi asampajānassaupacāramattampi na sampajjati, pageva

[SL Page 120] [\x 120/]

Appaṇā, oḷārikattā pana tesaṃ jhānānaṃ bhūmiyaṃ viya purisassa cittassa gati sukhā hoti. Abyatta tattha satisampajaññakiccaṃ. Oḷārikaṅgappahāṇena [PTS Page 163] [\q 163/] pana sukhumattā imassa jhānassa, purisassa khuradhārāyaṃ viya satisappajañññakiccapariggahitā evaṃ cittassa gati bacaññitabbāti idheva vuttaṃ. Kiñca bhīyyo? Yathā dhenupako vaccho dhenuto apanītoarakkhiyamāno punadeva dhenuṃ upa gacchati, evamidaṃ tatiyajjhānasukhaṃ pītito apanītaṃ taṃ satisampajaññārakkhena arakkhiyamānaṃ puna deva pītiṃ upagaccheyya, pīti sampayuttameva siyā. Sukhe cāpi sattā sārajjanti, idañca ati madhuraṃ sukhaṃ, tatoparaṃ sukhābhāvā, satisampajañññānubhāvena panettha sukhe asārajjanā hoti no aññathāti. Immpi atthavisesaṃ dassetuṃ idaṃ idheva vuttanti veditabbaṃ.

Idāni "sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedetī"ti ottha kiñcāpi tatiyajjhānasamaṅgino sukhapaṭisaṃvedanābhogo natthi, evaṃ santepi yasmā tassa nāmakāyena sampayuttaṃ sukhaṃ, yaṃ vā taṃ nāmakāya sampayuttaṃ sukhaṃ, taṃ samuṭṭhānenassa yasmā atipaṇitena rūpena rūpakāyo phuṭṭho. Yassa phuṭṭhattā jhānā vuṭṭhitopi sukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeyya, tasmā etamatthaṃ dassento sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃ vedetīti āha.

Idāni "yantaṃ ariyā ācikkhanti upekkhako satimā sukha vihārī"ti ettha yaṃ jhānahetu yaṃ jhānakāraṇā taṃ tatiyajjhāna samaṅgi puggalaṃ buddhādayo ariyā ācikkhanti desti peññāpenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttāni karonti pakāsenti pasaṃ santīti adhipapāyo. Kinti? Upekkhako satimā sukhavihārīti. Taṃ tatiyajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharatīti evamettha yojanā veditabbā. Tasmā pana naṃ te evaṃ pasaṃsantīti? Pasaṃsārabhato. Ayaṃ hi yasmā atimadhurasukhe sukhapāramuppattepi tatiyajjhāne upekkhako, na tattha sukhābhisaṅgena ākaḍḍhiyati. Yathāca pīti na uppajjati evaṃ upaṭṭhitasatitāya satimā. Yasmā ca ariyakantaṃ ariyajanasevitamevaca asaṅkiliṭṭhaṃ sukhaṃ nāmakāyena paṭisaṃvedeti. Tasmā pasaṃsāraho, iti pasaṃsārahato naṃ ariyā te [PTS Page 164] [\q 164/] evaṃ passāhetubhute guṇe jakāsentā upekkhako satimā sukha vihārīti evaṃ pasaṃsantītiveditabbaṃ. Tatiyantigaṇanānupubbatā tatayaṃ, idaṃ tatiyaṃ samāpajjatītipi tatiyaṃ. Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ "ekaṅgavippahīṇaṃ duvaṅgasamannāgataṃ"ti ettha pītiyā pahāṇa vasenaekaṅgavippahīṇatā veditabbā. Yā panesā dutiyajjhānassa vitakkavicārā viya appaṇākkhaṇeyeva pahīyati, tenassa sā pahāṇaṅganti vuccati. Sukhaṃ cittekaggatāti imesaṃ pana cinnaṃ uppattivasena duvaṅgasamannāgatatā veditabbā. Tasmā yaṃ vibhaṅge "jhānanti upekkhāsatisampajaññaṃ sukhaṃ cittassekaggatā"ti vuttaṃ, taṃ saparikkāraṃ jhānaṃ dassetuṃ pariyāyena vuttaṃ, ṭhapetvā pana upekkhāsatisampajaññāni nippariyāyena upanijjhānalakkhaṇappattānaṃ aṅgānaṃ vasena duvaṅgikamevetaṃ hoti. Yathāha: -" katamaṃtasmiṃ samaye duvaṅgikaṃ jhānaṃ hoti sukhaṃ cittassekaggatā"ti. Sesaṃ paṭhamajjhāne vuttanayameva.

Evaṃ adhigate pana tasmimpi vuttanayeneva pañcahākārehi ciṇṇavasinā hutvā paguṇatatiyajjhānato vuṭṭhāya ayaṃ samāpatti āsannapītipaccatthikā yadeva tattha sukhamiti cetaso ābhogo eteneta oḷārikamakkhāyatīti evaṃ vuttassa sukhassa oḷārikattā aṅgadubbalāti ca tattha dosaṃ disvā catutthajjhānaṃ santato manasi karitvā tatiyajjhāne nikantiṃ1 pariyādāya catutthādhigamāya yogo kāyabbo. Athassa yadā tatiyato vuṭṭhāya satassa sampajānassa jhānaṅgāni paccavekkhato cetasikasomanassasaṅkhātaṃ sukaṃ oḷārikato u ṭṭhāti, upekkhāvedanā ceva cittekaggatā ca santato upaṭṭhāti, tadāssa oḷārikaṅgappahāṇāya santaaṅgapaṭilābhāyaca tadeva nimittaṃ paṭhavī paṭhavīti punappunaṃ manasikaroto idāni catuttajkādhānaṃ uppajjissatīti bhavaṅgaṃ upacchinditvā tadeva paṭhavikasiṇaṃ ārammaṇi katvāmanodvārāvajjanaṃ uppajjati, tato tasmiññevārammaṇe cattāri pañca vā javanāni uppajjanti. [PTS Page 165] [\q 165/] yesaṃ avasāne ekaṃ rūpāvacaraṃ catutthajjhānikaṃ, sesāni vuttippakārāneva kāmāvacarāni. Ayaṃ pana viseso: yasmā sukhā vedanā adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya āsevanappavacāyenapaccayo na hoti, catutthajjhāne ca adukkhamasukhāya vedanāya uppajjitabbaṃ. Tasmā tāni upekkhāvedanāsampayuttāni honti. Upekhāsampa yuttattā yeva cettha pīti parihāyatīti. Ettāvatā cesa sukhassa ca pahāṇā dukkhassa ca pahāṇā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhaṃ asukhaṃ upekkāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. [A] evamanena ekaṅgavippahīṇaṃ duvaṅgasamannāgataṃ tividhakalyāṇaṃ dasalakkhaṇasampaṇṇaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ adigata hoti paṭhavikasiṇaṃ.

Tattha " sukhassa ca pahāṇā dukkhassa ca pahāṇā"ti- kāyika sukhassa ca kāyikadukkhassa ca pahāṇā " pubbevā"ti - tañca ko pubbeva, na catutthajjhānakkhaṇe. "Somanassadomanassānaṃ atṇaṅgamā"ta - cetasikasukhassa cetasikadukkhassa cāti imesampi dvinnaṃ pubbeva atthaṅgamā pahāṇā icceva vuttaṃ hoti, kadā pana neṃ pahāṇaṃ hoti? Catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ upacārakkhaṇe. Somanassaṃ hi

1. Si11. Niyanti. [A]
Abhi- jhānavibhaṅge.

[SL Page 122] [\x 122/]

Catutthajjhānassa upacārakkhaṇeyeva pahīyati. Dukkhadomanassa sukāni paṭhamadutiyatatiyajjhānānaṃ upacārakkhaṇesu, evametesaṃ pahāṇakkamena avuttānaṃ induriyavibhaṅge pana indriyānaṃ udde sakkameneva idhāpi vuttānaṃ sukhadukkhasomanassadomanassānaṃ pahāṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Yadi panetāni tassa tassa jhānassaupavārakkhaṇeyeva pahīyanti, atha kasmā " kattha cūppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃnirujjhati? Idha bhikkhave bhikkhū vivicceva kāmehi vivicca adusaleha dhammehi samitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ettha cuppannaṃ dukkhindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati, tattha cuppannaṃ domanassinduyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati, ettha cuppannaṃ sukhindriyaṃ apari sesaṃ nirujjhati, ettha cūppannaṃ somanassindriyaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhati. Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahāṇā dukkhassa ca pahāṇā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhaṃ asukhaṃ2 upekkhāsatipāsuddhiṃ catutthajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharati ettha cuppannaṃ somanassindurirayaṃrisesaṃ [PTS Page 166] [\q 166/] nirujjhatī"ti[a] evaṃ jhānesveva nirodho vuttoti? Atisayanirodhattā. Atisaya nirodho hi nesaṃ paṭhamajjhānādisu, na nirodhoyeva. Nirodho yeva pana upacārakkhaṇe nātisayanirodo, tathāhi nānāvajjane paṭhamajjhānūpacāre niruddhassāpi dukkhindriyassa ḍaṅsamakasādi samphassena vā visamāsanūpatāpena vā siyā uppatti, natveva anto appaṇāyaṃ. Upacāre vā niruddhampetaṃ na suṭṭhu niruddhaṃ hoti paṭipakkhena pana avihatattā, anto appanāyaṃpana pīti pharaṇena sabbo kāyo sukokkanto hoti, sukhokkanta kāyassaca yuṭṭhu niruddhaṃ hoti dukkinduyaṃ paṭipakkhena vihatattā, nānāvajjaneyeva ca dutiyajjhānupacāre pahīṇassa domanassindriyassa yasmā etaṃ vitakkāvicārappaccayepi kāyakilamathe cittupaghāte ca sati uppajjati, vitakkavicārābhāve neva uppajjati, yattha pana uppajjati tattha vitakkavicārābhāve appahīṇā eva ca dutiyajjhānupacāre vitakkavicārāti, tatthassa siyā uppatti natveva dutiyajjhāne pahīṇapaecayattā. Tathā tatiyajjhānupacāre pahīṇassāpi sukhindriyassa pītisamuṭṭhānapaṭhīta rūpaphūmakāyassa siyā uppatti, natveva tatiyajjhāne. Tatayajjhāne hi sukhassa paccaya bhūtā pīti sabbaso nirujjhati. 1Tathā catutthajjhānupacāre pahīṇassāpi somanassinduyassa ānnattā appaṇāppattāya upekkhāya abhāvena sammā anatikkantattā ca siyā uppatti, natveva catutthajjhāne. Tasmā yeva ca etthuppannaṃ dukkhindurirayaṃ aparisesaṃ nirujjhatīti tattha tattha aparisesaggahaṇaṃ katanti etthāhaṃ: - athevaṃ tassa tassa jhānassupacāre pahīṇāpi etā vedanā idha kasmā samāhaṭāti? Sukhaggahaṇatthaṃ. Yā hi ayaṃ "adukkhamasukhaṃ"ti etthaadukkhamasukhā vedanā vuttā sā sukhumā duviññeyyā, na sakkā sukhena gahetuṃ, tasmā yathā nāma duṭṭhassa yathā tathā vā upasaṅka

1. Si1 niruṇḍāti. 2. Abhi - indurirayavibhaṅga

[SL Page 123] [\x 123/]

Mitvā gahetuṃ asakkuneyyassa goṇassa gahaṇattaṃ gopo ekasmiṃ vaje sabbā gāvo samāharati, [PTS Page 167] [\q 167/] athekekaṃ niharanto paṭi pāṭiyā āgataṃ ayaṃ so gaṇhatha nanti tampi gāhayati, evameva bhagavā sukhagahaṇatthaṃ sabbā etā samāhari. Evaṃ hi samāhaṭā etā dassetvā yaṃ neva sukhaṃ na dukkhaṃ na somanassaṃ na domanassaṃ, ayaṃ adukkhamasukhā vedanāti sakkā hoti esā gāhayituṃ. Apica: adukkhamasukhāya cetovimuttiyā paccayadassanatthañcāpi etā vuttāti veditabbā. Sukhadukkhappahāṇādayo hi tassā paccayā, yathāha: - " cattāro kho āvuso paccāya adukkhamasukhāya ceto vimuttiyā samāpattiyā, idha āvuso bhikkhu sukhasasa ca pahāṇā dukkhassa ca pahāṇā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhaṃ asukhaṃ2 upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ime kho āvuso cattāro paccayā adukkhamasukhāya cetevumuttiyā samāpattiyāti. Yathā vā aññattha pahīṇāpi sakkāyadiṭṭhiādayo tatiyamaggassa vaṇṇabhaṇa natthaṃ tattha pahīṇāti vuttā, evaṃ vaṇṇabhaṇanatthampetassa jhānassa tā idha vuttāti veditabbā. Paccayaghātena vā ettha rāgadosānaṃ atidūrabhāvi dassetumpetā vuttāti veditabbā. Etāsu hi sukha somanassassa paccayo, somanassaṃ rāgassa, dukkhaṃ domanassassa domanassaṃ dosassa, sukhādighātena ca sappaccayā rāgadosā hatāti atidūre hontīti. Adukkhamasukhanti - dukkhā bhāvena adukkhamasukhā, apekhātipi vuccati. Sā iṭṭhāniṭṭha viparītānubhavanalakkhaṇā, majjhattarasā, avibhūtapaccupaṭṭhānā sukha dukkhanirodhapadaṭṭhānāti1 veditabbā. Upekkāsatipārisuddhinti upekkhāya janitasatiyā pārisuddhiṃ, imasmiṃ hi jhāne suparisuddhā sati, yā ca tassā satiyā pārisuddhi sā upekkhāya katā na aññena, tasmā etaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhinti muccati. Vibhaṅgepi vuttaṃ: - ayaṃ sati emāya upekkhāya visadā hoti parisuddhi pariyodātā, tena vuccati upekkhāsatipārisundinti. Yāya [PTS Page 168] [\q 168/] ca apekkhāya ettha sati pārisuddhi hoti, sā atthato tatramajjhattatātī veditabbā, na kevalañcettha tāya satiyeva parisuddhā, api ca ko sabbepi sampayuttadhammā satisīsena pana desanā vuttā. Tattha kiñcāpi ayaṃ apekkhā heṭṭhāpi tīsu jhānesu vijjati, yathā pana divā suriyappa bhābhibhavā sommabāvena ca attano apakārakattena vā sabhāgāya rattiyā alābhā divā vijjamānāpi candalekhā aparasuddhā hoti apariyedātā. Evamayampi tatramajjhattupekkhā candalekhā vitakkādi paccanīkadhammatejābibhavā2 sabhāgāya ca upekkhā vedanā rattiyā

1. Sī11. Sukhanirodhapadaṭṭhānāti. 2. Ma. 11. Vitakkādipaccanikadhammatejābibhavābhāvā [a.] Ma- ni- culavedalla.

[SL Page 124] [\x 124/]

Appaṭilābāvijjamānāpi paṭhamādijhānabhede aparisuddhā hoti. Tassā ca aparisuddhāya divā aparisuddhacandalekhāya pabhā viya jahajātāpi sati ādayo aparisuddhāva honti, tasmā tesu ekampi upekkhā satipārisuddhiti na vuttaṃ. Idha pana vitakkādipaccanīkatejāhi bhavābhāvā sabhāgāya ca upekkhā vedanā rattiyā paṭilābhā, ayaṃ tata;majjhattupekkhā candalekhā ativiya parisuddhā. Tassā parisuddhattā parisuddhacandalekhāya pabhā viya sahajātāpi sati ādayo parisuddhā honti veditabbaṃ. Catutthanti gaṇanānupubbatā catutthaṃ, idaṃ catutthaṃ samāpajjatītipi catutthaṃ. Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ "ekaṅgavippahīṇaṃ duvaṅgasamannāgataṃ"ti tattha somanassassa pahāṇavasena ekaṅgavippahīṇatā veditabbā. Tañca pana somanassaṃ ekavīthiyaṃ purimajavanesu yeva pahīyati, tenassa taṃ pahāṇaṅganti vuccati. Upekkhā vedanā cittekaggatāti imesaṃ pana dvinnaṃ uppattivasena dvaṅgasamannāgatatā veditabbā. Sesaṃ paṭhamajjhāne vuttanayameva esa tāva catukkajjhāne nayo.

Pañcakajjhānaṃ pana nibbattentena paguṇapaṭamajjhānato vuṭṭhāya ayaṃ samāpatti āsannanīvaraṇapaccatthikā vitakkassa oḷārikattā aṅgadubbalāti ca tattha dosaṃ [PTS Page 169] [\q 169/] disvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ santato manasi karitvā paṭhamajjhāne nikantiṃ pariyādāya dutiyādhigamāya yogo kātabbo. Athassa yadā paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhāya satassa sampajānassa jhānaṅgāni paccavekkhato vitakkamattaṃ oḷārikato upaṭṭhāti, vicārādayo santato, tadāssa. Oḷārikaṅgappa hāṇāya santaṅgapaṭilābhāya ca tadeva nimittaṃ paṭhavī paṭhavīti punappunaṃ manasikarote vuttanayeneva dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ uppajjati. Tassa vitakkamattaveva pahāṇaṅgaṃ. Vicārādini cattāri samannāgataṅgāni. Sesaṃ vuttappakārameva evaṃ adhigate pana tasmimpivuttanayeneva pañcahākārehi cinṇavasinā hutvā paguṇadutiyajjhānato vuṭṭhāya ayaṃ samāpatti āsannavitakka paccatthikā vicārassa oḷārikattā aṅgadubbalāti ca tattha dosaṃ disvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ santato manasi karitvā dutiyajjhāne nikantiṃ pariyādāyatatiyādhigamāya yogo kātabbo. Athassa yadā dutiyajjhānato vuṭṭhāya satassa sampajānassa jhānaṅgāni paccavekkhato vicāramattaṃ oḷārikato upaṭṭhāti, pītiādīti santato. Tadāssa oḷārikaṅgappahāṇāya santaaṅgapaṭilābhāya ca tadeva nimuttaṃpaṭhavī paṭhavīti punappuna manasikaroto vuttana yeneva tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ uppajjati. Tassa vicāramattameva pahāṇaṅgaṃ, catukkanayassa dutiyajjhāne viya pīti ādīni tīṇi samannā gataṅgāni. Sesaṃ vuttappakārameva. Iti yaṃ catukkanaye dutiyaṃ

[SL Page] [\x /] taṃ dvidhā bhindutvā pañcakanaye dutiyañceva tatiyañca hoti. Yāni ca tattha tatiyacatutthāni tānidha catutthapañcamāni honti. Paṭhamaṃ paṭhamamevāti.

Iti sādhujanapāmojjatthāya kate vusuddhimagge

Samādibāvanādikāre

Paṭhavikasiṇa niddeso nāma
Catuttho paricchedo. [PTS Page 170] [\q 170/]

5.

Sesakasiṇa niddeso.

Idāni paṭhavikasiṇānantare āpokasiṇe vivorakathā hoti: yatheva hi paṭhavikasiṇaṃ, evaṃ āpokasiṇampi bāvetu kāmena sukhanisinnena āpasmiṃ nimittaṃ ganhitabbaṃ, kate vā akate vāti sabbaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ. Yathā ca idha evaṃ sabbattha, ito paraṃ hiettakampiavatvā visesamattameva vakkhāma. Idhāpi pubbekatādikārassa puññavato akate āpasmiṃ pokkharaṇiyā vā taḷāke vā loniyaṃ vā samudde vā nimittaṃ uppajjati, cūḷa sivattherassa viya: - tassa kirāyasmato lābhasakkāraṃ pahāya vivittavāsaṃvasissāmīti mahātitthe nāvaṃ abhiruhitvā jambudīpaṃ gacchato antarā mahāsamuddaṃ olekeyato tappaṭibhāgaṃ kasiṇanimittaṃ udapādi. Akatādikārena cattārokasiṇadose pariharantena nīlapītalohitodātavaṇṇānaṃ aññataravanṇaṃ āpaṃ agahetvā yampana bhūmiṃ asampattameva ākāse suṅvatthena gahitaṃ udakaṃ aññaṃ vā tathārūpaṃ vippasannamanāvilaṃ, tena pattaṃ vā kuṇḍikaṃ vā samatittikā pūretvā vuhārapaccante vuttappakāre paṭicchanne okāse ṭhapetvā sukhanisinnena na vaṇṇo paccavejhitabbo, na lakkhaṇaṃ manasikātabbaṃ. Nissayasavaṇṇameva katvā ussadavasena paṇṇattidhamme cittaṃ ṭhapetvā ambu udakaṃ vāri salilanti ādisu āpo nāmesu pākamanāmavasena āpo āpoti bhāvetabbaṃ. Tassevaṃ bhāvayato anukkamena vuttanayeneva nimittadvayaṃ uppajjati. Idha pana uggahanimittaṃ calamānaṃ viya upaṭṭhāti. [PTS Page 171] [\q 171/] sace pheṇabubbulakasammissaṃ udakaṃ hotī, tādisameva upaṭṭhāti. Kasiṇadoso paññāyati, paṭibhāganimittaṃ pana paripphandanaṃ1 ākāse ṭhapitamaṇitālavaṭhmaṃ viya maṇimayādāsa

1. Sī. 11. Nipparipphandaṃ.

[SL Page 126] [\x 126/]

Maṇḍalaṃ viya ca hutvā upaṭṭhāti. So tassa saha upaṭṭhāneneva upacārajjhānaṃ vuttanayeneva catukkapañcakajjhānāni ca pāpuṇitīti.

Āpokasiṇaṃ.

Tejokasinaṃ bhāvetukāmenāpi tejasmiṃ nimittaṃ gaṇhi tabbaṃ. Tattha katādikārassa puññvato akate nimittaṃ ganhantassa dīpasikhāya vā uddhano vā pattapacanaṭṭhāne vā dava ḍāhe vā yattha katthaci1 aggijālaṃ olekaintassa nimittaṃ uppajjati cittaguttattherassa viya. Tassahāyasmāto dhammasavaṇaṃ divase uposathāgāraṃ paviṭṭhassadīpasikhaṃ olokentasseva nimittaṃ uppajji. Itarena pana kātabbaṃ, tatridaṃ karaṇavidhānaṃ: siniddhāni sāradārūni phāletvā sukkhāpetvā ghaṭikaṃ ghaṭīkaṃ katvā patirūpaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ vā maṇḍapaṃ vā gantvā pattapacanākārena rāsiṃ katvā ālimpetvā kaṭasārako vā camme vā paṭe vā vidatthi caturaṅgulappamāṇaṃ chiddaṃ kātabbaṃ, taṃ purato ṭhapetvā vuttanayeneva nisīditvā heṭṭhā tiṇakaṭṭhaṃ vā upari dhūmasikhaṃ vā amanasi karitvā vemajjhe ghanajālāya nimittaṃ gaṇhitabbaṃ, nīlantivā pitantivāti ādivasena vaṇṇo na paccavekkhitabbo, uṇhattavasena lakkhaṇaṃ na manasi kātabbaṃ, nissayasavaṇṇameva katvā ussadavasena paṇṇattidhamme cittaṃ ṭhapetvā pāvakokaṇhavattani jātavedo hutāsanoti ādisu aggināmesu pākama nāmavaseneva tejo tejoti bhāvetabbaṃ. Tassevaṃ bhāva yato anukkamena vuttanayameva2 nimittadvayaṃ uppajjati. Tattha uggahanimittaṃ jālaṃ chijjitvā chijjitvā patanasadisaṃ hutvāupaṭṭhāti. [PTS Page 172] [\q 172/] akate gaṇhantassa pana kasiṇadoso paññāyati. Alātakhaṇḍaṃ vā aṅgārapiṇḍo vā chārikā vā dhūmo vā upaṭṭhāti, paṭibhāganimittaṃ nicacalaṃ ākāseṭhapitarattakambalakhaṇḍaṃ viya suvaṇṇatālavaṇṭaṃ viya kañcanatthambho viya ca upaṭṭhāti. So tassa saha upaṭṭhāne neva upacārajjhānaṃ vuttanayeneva catukkapañcakajjhānāni ca pāpunātīti.

Tejokasiṇaṃ

Vāyokasinaṃ bhāvotukāmenāpi vāyusmiṃ nimittaṃ gahetabbaṃ, tañca ko diṭṭavasena vā phuṭṭhavasena vā, vuttaṃ hetaṃ aṭaṭhakathāsu: vāyokasiṇaṃ uggaṇhanto vāyusmiṃ nimittaṃ gaṇhāti, ucchaggaṃ vā eritaṃ sameritaṃ upalakkheti, veḷaggaṃ vā -perukkhaggaṃ vā kesaggaṃ vā eritaṃ sameritaṃ upalakkheti. Kāyasmiṃ vā phuṭṭhaṃ upalakkhetī"ti, [a]

1. Sī11. Yatthakatthacideva. 2. Ma. 1 Puna vuttanayeneva. [A] mahāaṭṭhakathā.

[SL Page 127] [\x 127/]

Tasmā samasīsaṭṭhitaṃ ghanapattaṃ ucchuṃ vā veḷuṃ vā rukkhaṃ vā caturaṅgulappamāṇaghanakesassa purisassa sīsaṃ vā vātena pahariya mānaṃ disvā ayaṃ vātoetasmiṃ ṭhāne paharatīti satiṃ thapetvā yaṃ vā panassa vātapānantarikāya vā bhitticchiddena vā pavisitvā vato kāyappadesaṃ paharati, tattha satiṃ ṭhapetvā vāta māḷuta anilādisu vātanāmesu pākaṭanāmevaseneva vāyo vāyoti bhāvetabbaṃ. Idhauggahanimittaṃ uddhanato otāritamattassa pāyāsassa usumavaṭṭisadisaṃ calaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti, paṭibhāganimittaṃ sannisinnaṃ hoti niccalaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.

Vāyokasiṇaṃ

Tadanantaraṃ pana "nīlakasiṇaṃ uggaṇhanto nīlakasmiṃ nimittaṃ gaṇhāti pupphasmiṃ vā vatthasmiṃ vā vaṇṇadhātuyā vā"ti vacanato katādhikārassa puññavato tāva tathārūpaṃ mālāvacchaṃ vā pūjaṭṭhānesu pupphasavtharaṃ vā nilavatthamaṇīnaṃ [PTS Page 173] [\q 173/] vā aññataraṃ disvāva nimittaṃ uppajjati, itarena nīluppalagirikanṇikādīnā pupphāni gahetvā yathā kesaraṃ vā vaṇṭaṃ vā na paññāyati, evaṃ caṅgoṭakaṃ vā karaṇḍapaṭalaṃ vā pattehi yeva samatittikaṃ pūretvā sattharitabbaṃ, nīlavaṇṇena vā vatthena bhaṇḍikaṃ banditvā pūretabbaṃ, mukhavaṭṭiyaṃ vāssa bheritalamiva bandhatabbaṃ. Kaṃsanīla palāsanīla aññananīlānaṃ vā aññatarena dhātunā paṭhavikasiṇe vuttanayena sajahārimaṃ vā bhattiyaṃ yeva vā kasiṇamaṇḍalaṃkatvā visabhāgavaṇṇena paricchinditabbaṃ, tato paṭhavikasiṇe vutta nayena nīlaṃ nīlanti manasikāro pavattetabeṃbā. Idhāpi uggahanimitte kasiṇadoso paññāyati, kesaravaṇṭaka pattantarikādīni upaṭṭhahanti. Paṭibhāganimittaṃ kasiṇamaṇḍalato muñcitvā ākāse maṇitālavaṇṭasadisaṃ upaṭṭhāti. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.

Nīlakasiṇaṃ

Pītakasiṇepi eseva nayo. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ: - pītakasiṇaṃ uggaṇhanto pītakasmiṃ nimittaṃ gaṇhāti pupphasmiṃ vā vatthasmiṃ vā vanṇadhātuyā vā"ti[a.] Tasmā idhāpi katādhikārassa puññavato tathārūpaṃ mālāvacchaṃ vā pupphasantharaṃ vā pītavatthadhātūnaṃ vā aññataraṃ disvāva nittaṃ uppajjati, cittaguttattherassa viya. Tassa kirāyasmako cittalapabbate pattaṅgapupphehi kataṃ āsanapūji passato saha dassaneneva āsanappamāṇaṃ nimittaṃ

[A.] Mahāaṭṭhakathā.

[SL Page 128] [\x 128/]

Udapādi. Itarena kaṇikārapupphādīhi vā pītavatthena vā dhātunā vā nīlakasiṇe vuttanayeneva kasiṇaṃ katvā pītakaṃ pītakanti manasikāro pavattetabbo. Sesaṃ tādisamevāti.

Pīta kasiṇaṃ

Lohitakasiṇepi eseva nayo vuttaṃ hetaṃ: -" lohita kasiṇaṃ uggaṇhanto lohitakasmiṃ nimittaṃ gaṇhāti pupphasmiṃ [PTS Page 174] [\q 174/] vā vatthasmiṃ vā vaṇṇadhātuyā vā"ti, [a] tasmā idhāpi katādhikārassa puññavato tathārūpaṃ pandhujivakādimālāvacchaṃ vā pupphasantharaṃ vā lohitakavatthamaṇidhātūnaṃ vā aññataraṃ disvāva nimittaṃ uppajjati. Itarena jayasumana bandhujivaka rattakaraṇḍakādi pupphehi1 vā rattavatthena vā dhātunā vā nīlakasiṇe vuttanaye neva kasiṇaṃ katvā lohitakaṃ lohitakanti manasikāro pavattetabbo. Sesaṃ tādisamevāti.

Lohita kasiṇaṃ

Odātakasiṇepi "odātakasiṇaṃ uggaṇhanto odātasmiṃ nimittaṃ gaṇhāti pupphasmi vā vatthasmiṃ vā vaṇṇadhātuyā vā"tī[a] vacanato katādikārassa tāva puññavato tathārūpaṃ mālāvacchaṃ vā vassika sumanādi pupphasantharaṃ vā kumuda padumarusiṃ vā odāta vatthadhātūnaṃ vā aññataraṃ disvāva nimittaṃ uppajjati, tipumaṇḍala rajatamaṇḍala candamaṇḍalesupi uppajjati yeva. Itarena vuttappa kārehi odātapupphehi vā odātavatthena vā dhātunā vā nīlakasiṇe vuttanayeneva kasiṇaṃ katvā odātaṃ odātanti manasikāro pavattetabbo. Sesaṃ tādisamevāti.

Odāta kasiṇaṃ.

Ālokakasiṇe pana "ālokakasiṇaṃ uggaṇhanto ālokasmiṃ nimittaṃ gaṇhātī bhitticchidde vā tāḷacchidde vā vāta panāntarikāya vā"ti[a] vacanato katādhikārassa tāva puññavato yaṃ bhitticchiddādīnaṃ aññatarena suriyāloko vā candāloko vāparisitvā bittiyaṃ vā bhūmiyaṃ vā maṇaleṃ samuṭṭhāpeti, ghanapaṇṇarukkhasākhantarena vāghanasādhāmaṇḍapantarena vā nikkhamitvā bhumiyameva maṇḍalaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti, taṃ disvāva nimittaṃ uppajjati.

1. Ma. 1 Rattakoraṇḍakādipupphehi. [A.] Mahāaṭṭhakathā

[SL Page 129] [\x 129/]

Itarenāpi tadeva vuttappakāraṃ obhāsamaṇḍalaṃ obhāso obhā soti vā āloko ālokota vā bhāvetabbaṃ. Tathā asakkontena ghame dīpaṃ jāletvā ghaṭamukhaṃ dahitvā ghaṭe chiddaṃ katvā bhittimukhaṃ ṭhapetabbaṃ, tena chiddena dīpāloko nikkhamitvā bhittiyaṃ maṇḍalaṃ karoti. Taṃ [PTS Page 175] [\q 175/] āloko ālokoti bhāvetabbaṃ, idaṃ itarehi ciraṭṭhitikaṃ hoti. Idha uggahanimittaṃ bhittiyaṃ vā bhūmiyaṃ vā uṭṭhitamaṇḍalasadisameva hoti. Paṭibhāga nimittaṃ ghanavippasannaālokapuñjasadisaṃ. Sesaṃ tādisa mevāti.

Āloka kasiṇaṃ

Pariccinnākāsakasiṇepi "ākāsakasiṇaṃ uggaṇhanto ākāsasmiṃ nimittaṃ ganhāti bhatticchidde vā tāḷacchidde vā vāta pānantarikāya vā"ti1 vacanato katādhikārassa tāva puññavato bhitticchiddādisu aññataraṃ disvāva nimittaṃ uppajjati. Itarena succhannamaṇḍape vā cammakaṭasārakādīni vā aññatarasmiṃ vidatthi caturaṅgulappamāṇaṃ chiddaṃ katvā tadeva vā bitticchiddādibhedaṃ chiddaṃ ākāso ākāsoti bāvetabbaṃ. Idha uggahanimittaṃ saddhiṃ bhittipariyantādihi chiddasadisameva hoti, vaḍḍhiyamānampi na vaḍḍhati. Paṭibhāganimittaṃ ākāsamaṇḍalavema hutvā upaṭṭhāti, vaḍḍhiyamānañca vaḍḍhati. Sesaṃ paṭhavikasiṇe vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.

Paricchinnākāsa kasiṇaṃ.

Itikasiṇāni dasabalo dasa yāni avoca sabbadhammadaso,
Rūpāvacaramhi catukka pañcakajjhāna hetūni.

Evaṃ tānica tesañca bhāvanānayamimaṃ viditvāna,
Tesveva ayaṃ bhīyyo pakiṇṇaka kathāpi viññeyyā.

Imesu hi paṭhavikasiṇavasena ekopi hutvā pahudhā hotīti ādībhāvo ākāse vā udake vā paṭhaviṃ nimminitvā padasā gamanaṃ ṭhānanisajjadikappanaṃ vā parittaappamāṇanayena abhibhāyatana paṭilābhoti evamādini ijjhanti. Āpokasiṇavasena paṭhaviyaṃ ummujjanaṃ nimujjanaṃ udakavuṭṭhisamuppādanaṃ nadīsamuddādi nimmānaṃ paṭhavipabbatapāsādādīnaṃ kampananti evamādini ijjhanti. Tejo kasiṇavasena dhūmāyanā pajjalanā aṅgāravuṭṭhisamuppādanaṃ tejasā tejopariyādānaṃ yadeva so icchati [PTS Page 176] [\q 176/] tassa dahanasamatthatā dibbena cakkhunā rūpadassanatthāya ālokakaraṇaṃ parinibbāṇasamaye tejodhātuyā sarīrajjhāpananti evamādini ijjhanti. Vāyo kasiṇavasena vāyugatigamanaṃ vātavuṭṭhi samuppādananti evamādini

1. Mahāaṭṭhakathā.

[SL Page 130] [\x 130/]

Ijjhanti. Nīlakasiṇavasena nīlarūpanimmānaṃ avdhakārakaraṇaṃ suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇanayena abibhāyatanapaṭilābo subhavimokkhādhi gamoti evamādini ijjhanti. Pītakasaṇavasena pītakarūpanimmānaṃ suvanṇanti adhimuccanā vuttanayeneva abhibhāyatanapaṭilābho subhavimokkhādhigamocāti evamādini ijjhanti. Lohitakasiṇa vasena lohitakarūpanimmānaṃvuttanayeneva abhibhāyatana paṭilābho subhavimokkhādhigamoti evamādini ijjhanti. Odātakasiṇa vasena odātarūpanimmānaṃ thinamiddhassa dūrabhāvakaraṇaṃ avdhakāravidha manaṃ dibbena cakkhunā rūpadassanatthāya ālokakaraṇanti evamā dini ijjhanti. Ālokakasiṇavasena sappabhārūpanimmānaṃ thīnamuddhassa dūrabhāvakāraṇaṃ andhakāravidhamanaṃ dibbena cakkhunā rūpa dassanatthaṃ ālokakaraṇanti evamādini ijjhanti. Ākāsakasiṇa vasena paṭicchannānaṃ vivaṭakaraṇaṃ anto paṭhavipabbatādisupi ākāsaṃ nimminitvā iriyāpathakappanaṃ tirokuḍḍādisu asajjamāna gamananti evamādini ijjhanti. Sabbāneva uddhaṃ adho tiriyaṃ advayaṃ appamāṇanti imaṃ pabhedaṃ labhanti, vuttaṃ hetaṃ: paṭhavikasiṇameko sañjānāti uddhaṃ adho tiriyaṃ advayaṃ appamāṇa"nti ādi. [A] tattha uddhanti uparigaganatalābhimukhaṃ, adhoti heṭṭhā bhūmu talābhimukhaṃ, tiriyanti khettamaṇḍalamiva samantā paricchinditaṃ1 ekacco hi uddhameva kasiṇaṃ vaḍḍheti, ekacco adho, ekacco samantato. Tena tena vā kāraṇena evaṃ pasāreti, āloka miva dibbacakkhūnā [PTS Page 177] [\q 177/] rūpadassanakāmo, tena vuttaṃ "uddhaṃ adho tiriyaṃ"ti. Advayanti idaṃ pana ekassa aññabhāvānūpagamanatthaṃ vuttaṃ, yathāhi adakaṃ paviṭṭhassa sabbadisāsu udakameva hoti na aññaṃ, evameva paṭhavikasiṇaṃ paṭhavikasiṇameva hoti, natthi tassa añño kasiṇasambhedoti. Eseva nayo sabbattha; appamāṇanti idaṃ tassa pharaṇaappamāṇavasena vuttaṃ, taṃhi cetasā pharanto sakalameva pharati na ayamassa ādi idaṃ majjhanti pamāṇaṃ gaṇhātīti. "Ye ca te sattā kammāvaraṇena vā samannāgatā kilesācaraṇena vā samannāgatā vipākāvaraṇena vā samannāgatā assaddhā acchandikā duppaññā abhabbā niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ"ti[b] vuttā, tesaṃ ekassāpi ekakasiṇepi bhāvanā na ikjhati. Tattha kammāvaraṇena samannāgatātiānantariyakamma samaṅgino, kilovaraṇena samannāgatātiniyatamicchādiṭṭhi kāceva ubhatobyañjanakapaṇḍakāca. Vipākāvaraṇena samannāgatātiahetukadvihetukapaṭisavdikā, assaddhāti- buddhādisu saddhāvirahitā, acchandikātiapaccanīkapaṭipadāyaṃ chandavirahitā, duppaññāti lokiyalokuttarasammādiṭṭhiyā virahitā, abhabbā niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattanti - kusalesu dhammesu niyāmi.

1. Si1 paricchinditvā. [A.] Saṃ -ni - [b.] Aṅguttarani-

[SL Page 131] [\x 131/]

Saṅkhātaṃ1 sammattasaṅkhātañca2 ariyamaggaṃ okkamituṃ abhabbāti attho. Na kevalañca kasiṇeyevapaaññesupi kammaṭṭhānesu etesaṃ ekassāpi bāvanā na ijjhati. Tasmā vigatavipākācaraṇe nāpi kulaputtena kammāvaraṇañca kilesācaraṇañca ārakā parivajjetvā saddhammasavaṇasappurisūpanissayādīhi saddhañca chandañca paññca vaḍḍhetvā kammaṭṭhānānuyogeyogo karaṇīyoti.

Iti sādhujanapāmojjatthāya kate visundimagge

Samādibāvanādikāre
Sesa kasiṇa niddeso nāma

Pañcamo paricchedo. [PTS Page 178] [\q 178/]

6.

Asubhakammaṭṭhāna naddeso.

Kasiṇānantaraṃ uddiṭṭhesu pana " uddhumātakaṃ vinīlakaṃ vipubbakaṃ vicchiddakaṃ vikkhāyitakaṃ vikkhittakaṃ hatavikkhittakaṃ lohitakaṃ puḷavakaṃ aṭṭhikaṃ"ti[a] dasasu aviññāṇaka asubhesu bhastā viya vāyunā uddhaṃ jīvitapariyādānā yathānukkamaṃ samuggatena sūna bhāvena uddhumātattā uddhumātaṃ, uddhumātameva uddhumātakaṃ, paṭikkūlattā vā kucchitaṃ uddhumātanti uddhumātakaṃ; tathā rūpassa chavasarī rassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vinīlaṃ vuccati viparibhinnavaṇṇaṃ, vinīlameva vinīlakaṃ, paṭikkūlattā vā kucchitaṃ vinīlanti vinīlakaṃ; maṃsussa daṭṭānesu rattavaṇṇassa pubbasannivayaṭṭhānesu setavaṇṇassa yebuyyena ca nīlavaṇṇassa nīlaṭṭhāne nīlasāṭakapārutasseva chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Paribhinnaṭṭhānesu vissandamānapubbaṃ vipubbaṃ, vipubbameva vipubbakaṃ, paṭikkūlattā vā kucchitaṃ vipubbanti vipubbakaṃ. Tathārūpassa chavasarīrassetaṃ adivacānaṃ. Vicciddaṃ vuccati dvidhā chindanena apacāritaṃ, vicciddameva vicciddakaṃ, paṭikkūlattā vā kucchitaṃ vicchiddanti vivachiddakaṃ. Vemajjhe chinnassa chavasarirassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. [PTS Page 179] [\q 179/] itoca ettoca vividā kārena soṇasigālādihi khāyitanti vikkhāyitaṃ, vikkhāyitameva vikkhāyitakaṃ. Paṭikkūlattā vā kuccitaṃ vikkhāyitanti vikkhā yitakaṃ. Tathārūpassa chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vividhaṃ khittaṃ vikkhittaṃ, vikkhittameva vikkhittakaṃ. Paṭikkūlattā vā kucchitaṃ vikkhittanti vikkittakaṃ. Aññena tthaṃ aññena pādaṃ

1. Sī11. Niyāmasammataṃ. 2. Sī11. Sammattasammatañca [a.] Abhi -dhammasaṅganī.
[SL Page 132.] [\x 32/]

Aññena sīsanti evaṃ tato tato khittassa chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacānaṃ. Hatañca taṃ purimanayeneva vikkhittakañcāti hata vikkhittakaṃ, kākapādākārena aṅgapaccaṅgesu satthena nitvā vuttanayena1 vikkhittassa chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacānaṃ. Lohitaṃ kirati vikkhipati ito citoca paggharatīti lohitakaṃ, paggharita lohitamakkhitassa chavajarīrassetaṃ adivacānaṃ. Puḷavā vuccanti kimayo, pūḷave kiratīti pūḷavakaṃ. Kimiparipuṇṇassa chavasarī rassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Aṭṭiyeva aṭṭhikaṃ, paṭikkūlattā vā kucchitaṃ aṭṭhiti aṭṭhikaṃ. Aṭṭhisaṅghalikāyapi ekaṭṭhikassapi etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Imāni ca pana uddhumātakādini nissāya uppannanimittānampi namittesu paṭiladdhajhānānampi etaneva nāmāni.

Tattha uddhumātakasarīre uddhumātakanimittaṃ uppādetvā uddhumātakasaṅkhātaṃ jhānaṃ bāvetukāmena yoginā paṭhavikasiṇe vuttanayeneva vuttappakāraṃ ācariyaṃ apasaṅkamitvākammāṭṭhānaṃ uggahetabbaṃ. Tenassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathentena asubha nimittatthāya gamanavidhānaṃ samantā nimittūpalakkhaṇā ekādasa vidhena nimittaggāho gatāgatamaggapaccavekkhaṇanti evaṃ appa ṇāvidhānapariyosānaṃ sabbaṃ katthatabbaṃ, tenāpisabbaṃ sādhukaṃ uggahetvā pubbe vuttappakāraṃ senāsanaṃ upagantvā uddhumātaka nimittaṃ pariyesantena vihātabbaṃ. Evaṃ viharantena ca asu kasmiṃ nāma gāmadvāre vi aṭvimukhe vā patthe vā pabbatapāde vā rukkhamūle [PTS Page 180] [\q 180/] vā susāne vā uddhumātakasarīraṃ nikthittanti kathentānaṃ vacanaṃ sutvāpi na tāvadeva atatthena pakkhandantena viya gantabbaṃ, kasmā? Asubhaṃ hi nāmetaṃ vāḷamigādhiṭṭhikampi amanussādhiṭṭhitampi hota. Tatrassa jīvitantarāyopi siyā. Gamana maggo vā panettha gāmvārena vā nahānatitthenavā kedāra koṭiyā vāhoti. Tattha visabhāga rūpaṃ āpāthaṃ āgacchati, tadeva vā sarīraṃ visabhāgaṃ hoti. Purisassahi itthisarīraṃ itthiyāca purisa sarīraṃ visabhāgaṃ. Tadetaṃ adhunā mataṃ subhato pi upaṭṭhāti, tenassa brahmacariyantarāyopi siyā. Sace pana nayidaṃ mādisassa bhāriyanti attānaṃ takkayati, evaṃ takkayamānena gantabbaṃ. Gacchantena ca saṅghattherassa vā aññassa vā abhiññātassa bhikkhuno kattvo gantabbaṃ. Kasmā? Sace hissa susāne amanussa sīhavyagghādīnaṃ rūpasaddādianiṭṭhārammaṇābibhūtassa aṅga paccaṅgāni vā pavedhenti, bhuttaṃ vā na parisaṇṭhāti, añño vā ābādho hoti, athassa so vihāre pattacīvaraṃ surakkhitaṃ karissati dahare vā sāmaṇere vā pahinitvā taṃ bikkhuṃ paṭijaggissati. Apica susānaṃ nāma nirāsaṅkaṭṭhānanti vaññāmānā katakammāpi

1. Sī11. Suttevuttanayena.

[SL Page 133] [\x 133/]
Akatakammāpi corā samosaranti, te manussehi anubandā bhikkhusasa samīpe bhaṇḍakaṃ chaḍḍetvāpi palāyanti. Manussā sahoḍhaṃ coraṃ addasāmāti bikkhuṃ gahetvā viheṭhenti. Athassa so mā imaṃ viheṭhayittha māmāyaṃ kathetvā iminā nāma kammena gatoti te manusse saññāpetvā sotthibhāvaṃ karissati. Ayamānisaṃso kathetvā gamane, tasmā vuttappakārassa bhikkhuno kathetvā asubha nimittadassane sañjātābilāsenayathā nāma khattiyo abhise kaṭṭhānaṃ yajamāno yaññasālaṃ adhano vā pana nidhiṭṭhānaṃ pīti somanassajāto gacchati evaṃ pītisomanassaṃ uppādetvā aṭṭha kathāsu vuttena vidhinā gantabbaṃ. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ: - uddhumātakaṃ asubhanimittaṃ uggaṇhanto eko adutayo gacchati upaṭṭhitāya satiyā apammuṭṭhāya antogatehi indriyehi abahigatena mānasena gatāgatamaggaṃ paccavekkhamāno. Yasmiṃ padese uddhumātakaṃ [PTS Page 181] [\q 181/] asubhanimittaṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ padese pāsāṇaṃ vā vammikaṃ vā rukkhaṃ vā gacchaṃ vā lataṃ vā sanimittaṃ karoti, sārammaṇi karoti, sanamittaṃ katvā sārammaṇaṃ katvā uddhumātakaṃ asubhanimittaṃ sabhāvabhāvato upalakkheti. Vaṇṇatopi liṅga topi saṇṭhānatopi disatopi okāsatopi paricchedatopi sandhito vicarato ninnato thala santato, so taṃ nimittaṃ suggahitaṃ karoti sūpadhāritaṃ upadhāreti suvavatthitaṃ vavatthapetī, so taṃ nimittaṃ suggahitaṃ katvā sūpadhāritaṃ upadhāretvā suva vatthitaṃ vavatthapetvā eko adutiyo gacchati upaṭṭhitāya satiyā apammuṭṭāya antogatehi indriyehi abahigatena mānasena gatā gatamaggaṃ paccavekkhamāno. So caṅkamantopi tabbhāgiyaññeva caṅkamaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, nisīdantopi tabbhāgiyaññeva āsanaṃ paññā peti. Samantā nimittupalakkhaṇā kimatthiyā kimānisaṃsāti? Samantā nimittūpalakkhaṇā asammohatthā asammohānisaṃsā. Ekādasavidhena nimittaggāho nimatthiya kimānisaṃsoti? Ekā dasavidhena nimittaggāho kimatthiyo kimānisaṃsoti? Ekā dasavidhena nimittaggāho upanibandhanattho upanibandhanāni saṅso, gatāgatamaggapaccavekkhanā kimatthiyā kimānisaṃsāti? Gatāgatamaggapaccavekkhaṇā vīthisampaṭipādanatthā vīthisampaṭipādanāni saṅsā. So ānisaṃsadassāvī ratanasaññi hutvā cittikāraṃ upaṭṭhāpetvā sampiyāyamāno tasmiṃ ārammaṇe cittaṃ upanibandhati addhā imāya paṭipadāya jarāmaraṇamhā parimuccissāmiti. So vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Tassādhigataṃ hoti rūpāvacaraṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ dibbe ca vihāro bhāvanāmayañca puññakiriyavatthū"ti[a.] Tasmā yo cittasaññattatthāya sivathika dasasanaṃ gacchati. So gaṇḍiṃ paharitvā gaṇaṃ sannipātetvāpi gacchatu. Kammaṭṭhānasīsena pana gacchantena ekakena aduti

[A.] Mahāaṭṭhakathā.

[SL Page 134] [\x 134/]

Yena mūlakammaṭṭhānaṃ avissajjetvā taṃ manasikaronteneva susāne soṇādi parissayavinodanatthaṃ kattaradaṇḍakaṃ vā [PTS Page 182] [\q 182/] yaṭṭhiṃ vā gahetvā sūpaṭṭhitabhāvasampādanena apammuṭṭhasatiṃ katvā manacchaṭṭhānañca indurirayānaṃ antogatabhāvasampādanato abahigata manena hutvā gantabbaṃ. Vihārato nikkhamanteneva asuka disāya asukadvārena nikkhantomhīti dvāraṃ sallakkhetabbaṃ. Tato yena maggena gacchati. So maggo vavatthapetabbo: - ayaṃ maggo pācīnadisābhimukho vā gacchati pacchima disābhimukho vā uttara disābhimukho vā dakkhiṇa disābhimuko vā vidisābhimukho vāti. Imasmiṃ pana ṭhānevāmato gacchati, imasmiṃ ṭhāne dakkhiṇato, imasmiñcassa ṭhāne pāsāṇo, imasmiṃ vammiko, imasmiṃ rukkho, imasmiṃ gaccho, imasmiṃ latāti evaṃ gamanamaggaṃ vavatthapentena nimittaṭṭhānaṃ gantabbaṃ. Noca kho paṭivātaṃ, paṭivātaṃ gacchantassa hi kuṇapagavdho ghāṇaṃ paharitvā matthaluṅgaṃ vā saṅkhobheyya āhāraṃ vā chaḍḍāpeyya vippaṭisāraṃ vā janeyya odisaṃ nāma kuṇapaṭṭhānaṃ āgatomhīti. Tasmā paṭivātaṃ vajjetvā anuvātaṃ gantabbaṃ. Sace anuvātamaggena na sakkā hoti gantuṃ, antarāmagge pabbato vā papāto vā pāsāṇo vā vati vā kaṇṭakādhānaṃ1 vā udakaṃ vā cikkhallaṃ vā hoti, cīvarakaṇṇena nāsaṃ pidahitvā gantabbaṃ. Idamassa gamanavattaṃ. Evaṃ gatena pana na tāva asubhanimittaṃ oloketabbaṃ, disā vavatthapetabbā, ekasmiṃ hi disābhāge ṭhitassa ārammaṇañca na vibhūtaṃ hutvā khāyiti, cittañca na kammaniyaṃhoti, tasmā taṃ vajjetvā yattha ṭhitassa ārammaṇañca vibhūtaṃ hutvā khāyati, cittañca kammaniyaṃ hoti, tattha ṭhātabbaṃ. Paṭivātānuvātañca pahātabbaṃ, paṭivāte ṭhitassa hi kuṇapagandhena ubbāḷhassa cittaṃ vidhāvati. Anuvāte ṭhitassa sace tattha adhivatthā amanussā honti. Te kujjhivo anatthaṃ karonni, tasmā īsakaṃ ukkamma nātianuvāte ṭhātabbaṃ. Evaṃ tiṭṭhamānenāpi nātidūre nāccāsanne nānupādaṃ nānusīsaṃ ṭhātabbaṃ. Atiidūre ṭhitassa hi ārammaṇaṃ avibhūtaṃ hoti, accāsanne bhayaṃ uppajjati, anupādaṃ vā anusīsaṃ vā ṭhitassa sabbaṃ asubhaṃ samaṃ na paññāyati, tasmā nātidūre nāccā sanne olokentassa phāsukaṭṭhāne sarīravemajjhabhāge ṭhātabbaṃ. [PTS Page 183] [\q 183/] evaṃ ṭhitena "tasmiṃ padese pāsāṇaṃ vā dhammikaṃ vā rukkhaṃ vā gacchaṃ vā lataṃ vā sanimittaṃ karoti"ti evaṃ vuttāni samannā nimittāni upalakkhe tabbāni. Tatridaṃ upalakkhaṇavidhānaṃ: - sace tassa nimittassa samantā cakkupathe pāsāṇo hoti. So ayaṃ pāsāno ucco vā nīco vā khuddako vā mahanto vā tambo vā kāḷo vāseto vā digho vā parimaṇḍalo vāti vavatthapetabbo. Tato.

1. Ma. 11 Kaṇṭakaṭṭhānaṃ.

[SL Page 135] [\x 135/]

Imasmiṃ nāma okāse ayaṃ pāsāṇo idaṃ asubhanimittaṃ, idaṃ asubha nimittaṃ ayaṃ pāsānoti sallakkhetabbaṃ. Sace vammiko hota. Sopi uccovā nīcovā khuddakovā mahantovā tambovā kāḷo vā seto vā digho vā parimaṇḍalovāti vavatthapetabbo. Tato imasmiṃ nāma okāse ayaṃ vammiko idaṃ asubhanimittanti sallakkhetabbaṃ. Sace rukkho hotī, sopi assattho vā nigrodo vā kacchakovā kapitthakovā ucco vā nīco vā khuddako vā mahanto vā tambo vā kāḷo vā seto vāti vavatthapetabbo. Tato imasmiṃ nāma okāse yaṃ rukkho idaṃ asubhanimittanti sallakkhetabbaṃ. Sace gaccho hoti sopi sivdi vā karamando vā kaṇavīro vā kuraṇḍako vā ucco vā nīco vā khuddako vā mahanto vāti vavatthapetabbo. Tato imasmiṃ nāma okāse ayaṃ gaccho idaṃ asubhanimittanti sallakkhe tabaṃbaṃ. Sace latā hoti, sāpi lākhu vā kumbhaṇḍi vā sāmā vā kālavallī vā pūtilatā vāti vavatthapetabbā. Tato imasmiṃ nāma okāse ayaṃ lataidaṃ asubhanimittaṃ, idaṃ asubhanimittaṃ ayaṃ latāti sallakkhe tabbaṃ. Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ sanimittaṃ karoti sārammaṇi karotīti, taṃ idheva antogadhaṃ. Punappunaṃ vavatthapento hi sanimittaṃ karoti nāma. Ayaṃ pāsāṇo idaṃ asubhanimittaṃ, idaṃ asubhanimittaṃ ayaṃpāsānoti evaṃ dve dve samāsetvā samāsetvā vavatthapento sārammaṇaṃ karoti nāma. Evaṃ sanimittaṃ sārammaṇañca katvā pana sabhāvabhāvato vavatthapetīti vuttattā yvāssa sabhāvabhāvo anaññasādhāraṇo attaniyo uddhumātakabhāvo, tena manasikā tabbaṃ. Vaṇitaṃ uddhumātakanti evaṃ sabhāvena sarasena vavatthape tabbanti attho. Evaṃ vavatthapevo vaṇṇatopi liṅgatopi saṇṭhānatopi [PTS Page 184] [\q 184/] disatopi okāsatopi paricchedatopīti kbbidhena nimittaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Kathaṃ? Kena hi yoginā idaṃ sarīraṃ kāḷassa vā odātassa vā maṅguracchavino vāti vaṇṇato vavatthapetabbaṃ. Liṅgato panaitthiliṅgaṃ vā purisaliṅgaṃ vāti avavatthapetvā paṭhama vayo vā makjhimavaye vā pachchimavaye vā ṭhitassāti1 vavatthapetabbaṃ. Saṇṭhānato uddhumātakasaṭhṭhānavaseneva idamassa sīsasaṇṭhānaṃ, idaṃ gīvāsaṇṭhānaṃ, idaṃ hatthasaṇṭhānaṃ, idaṃ udarasaṇṭhānaṃ, idaṃ nābisaṇṭhānaṃ, idaṃ kaṭisaṇṭhānaṃ, idaṃ ūrusaṇṭhānaṃ, idaṃ jaṅghā saṇṭhānaṃ, idaṃ pādasaṇṭhānanti vavatthapetabbaṃ. Disato pana imasmiṃ sarīre dve disā nābhiyā adho heṭṭhimā disā uddhaṃ uparimā disāti vavatthapetabbaṃ, athavā: - ahaṃ imissā disāya ṭhito asubha nimittaṃ imissāti vavatthapetabbaṃ. Okāsato pana imasmiṃ nāma okāse hatthā, imasmiṃ pādā, imasmiṃ sīsaṃ imasmiṃ majjhimo kāyo ṭhitoti vavatthapetabbaṃ. Athavā: - ahaṃ imasmiṃ okāse ṭito

1. Ma 1. Ṭhitassaidaṃsarīranti.

[SL Page 136] [\x 136/]

Asubhanimittaṃ imasminti vavatthapetabbaṃ. Paricchedato idaṃ sarīraṃ adho pādatalena upari kesamatthakena tiriyaṃ tacena pariccinnaṃ, yathāparicchinne ca ṭhāne dvattiṃsakuṇapa bharitamevāti vavatthapetabbaṃ. Athavā: - ayamassa hatthaparicchedo, ayaṃ pāda paricchedo, ayaṃ sīsaparicchedo, ayaṃ majjhimakāyaparicchedoti vavatthapetabbaṃ. Yattakaṃ vā pana ṭhānaṃ gaṇhāti, tattakameva idaṃ īdisaṃ uddhumātakanti paricchinditabbaṃ. Purisassa pana itthi sarīraṃ, itthiyā vā purisasarīraṃ na vaṭṭati. Visabhāge ārammaṇaṃ na upaṭṭhāti, vipphandanasseva paccayo hoti. "Ugghāṇitāpi bhi itthi purisassa cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhatī"ti. Majjhimaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ, tasmā sabhāgasarīreyeva evaṃ chabbidhena nimittaṃ gaṇhitabbaṃ. Yo pana purimabuddhānaṃ santike āsevitakammaṭṭhāno paribhaṭa dhutaṅgo parimadditamahābhuto pariggahitasaṅkhāro vavatthāpitanāma rūpe ugghāṭitasattasañño katasamaṇadhammo [PTS Page 185] [\q 185/] vāsitavāsano bhāvitabhāvano sabījo gñāṇuttaroappakileso kulaputto, tassa olokitaolokitaṭṭhāneyeva paṭibhāganimittaṃ upaṭṭhāti. No ce evaṃ upaṭṭhāti, athevaṃ chabbidhena nimittaṃ gaṇhato upaṭṭhāti. Yassa pana evampi na upaṭṭhāti, tena sandhito vivarato ninnato thalato samantatoti punapi pañcavidhena nimittaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Tattha sandhitotiasitisatasandhito, uddhu mātake pana kathaṃ asītisatasandhiyo vavatthapessati, tasmānena tayo dakkhiṇahatthasandhi, tayo vāmahatthasandhi, tayo dakkhiṇapāda sandhi, tayo vāmapādasandhi, eko gīvāsavdhi, eko kaṭisanditi evaṃ cuddasa mahāsandhivasena sandhito vavatthapetabbaṃ. Vivaratotivivaraṃ nāma hatthantaraṃ pādantaraṃ udarantaraṃ kaṇṇantaranti evaṃ vivarato vavatthapetabbaṃ, akkhinampi nimmilitabhāvo vā ummi litabhāvo vā mukhassaca pihitabhāvo vā vivaṭabhāvo vā vavatthape tabbo. Ninnatoti - yaṃ sarīre ninnaṭṭhānaṃ akkhikūpo vā antomukhaṃ vā galavāṭako vā, taṃ vavatthapetabbaṃ, athavā: - ahaṃ ninne ṭhito sarīraṃ unnateti vavatthapetabbaṃ. Thalatoti -yaṃ sarīre unnataṭṭhānaṃ jaṇnukaṃ vā uro vā nalāmaṃ vā, taṃ vavatthapetabbaṃ. Athavā: - ahaṃ thale ṭhito sarīraṃ ninneti vavatthape tabbaṃ. Samantatotisabbaṃ sarīraṃ samantato vavatthapetabbaṃ. Sakalasarīre ñāṇaṃ cāretvā yaṃ ṭhānaṃ vibūtaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti, tatattha uddhumātakaṃ uddhumātakanti cittaṃ ṭhapetabbaṃ. Sace evampi na upaṭṭhāti, udarapariyosānaṃ atirekauddhumātakaṃ hoti, tattha uddhumātakaṃ uddhumātakanti cittaṃ ṭhapetabbaṃ.

Idāni "so taṃ nimittaṃ suggahitaṃ karotī"ti ādisu ayaṃ vinicchayakathā: - tena yoginā tasmiṃ sarīre yathā vuttanimittaggāha vasena suṭṭhunimittaṃ gahetabaṃbaṃ. Satiṃ sūpaṭṭhitaṃ katvā āvajjitabbaṃ.

[SL Page 137] [\x 137/]

Evaṃ punappunaṃ karontena sādhukaṃ upadhāretabbañceva vavattha petabbañca. Sarīrato nātidūre nāccāsanne padese ṭhitena vā nisinnena vā cakkhuṃ ammīletvā oloketvā nimittaṃ gaṇhā [PTS Page 186] [\q 186/] tabbaṃga uddhumātakapaṭikkūlaṃ uddhumātakapaṭikkūlanti satakkhattuṃ sahassakkhattumpi ummiletvā oloketabbaṃ. Nimmiletvā āvajji tabbaṃ. Evaṃ punappunaṃ karontassa uggahanimittaṃ suggahitaṃ hoti. Kadā suggahitaṃ hoti? Yadā ummīletvā olokentassa nimmīletvā āvajjentassa ca ekasadisaṃ hutvā āpatheṃ āgacchati, tadā suggahitaṃ nāma hoti. So taṃ nimittaṃ evaṃ suggahitaṃ katvā sūpadhārītaṃ upadhāretvā suvavatthitaṃ vavatthapetvā sace tattheva bhāvanāpariyosānaṃ pattuṃ na sakkoti, athā nena āgamana kāle vuttanayeneva ekakena adutiyena tadeva kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikarontena sūpaṭṭhitaṃ satiṃ katvā antogatehi indriyehi abahigatena mānasena attano senāsanamevāgantabbaṃ, susānā nikkhamanteneva ca āgamanamaggo vavatthapetabbo: yena maggena nikkhantosmi ayaṃ maggo pācīnadisābhimukho vā gacchati, pacchima - uttara - dakkhiṇadisābhimukho vā gacchati, vidisābhi mukho vā gacchati, imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne vāmato gacchati, imasmiṃ dakkhiṇato, imasmiñcassa ṭhāne pāsāṇo, imasmiṃ vammiko, imasmiṃ rukkho, imasmiṃ gaccho, imasmiṃ latāti. Evaṃ āgamana maggaṃ vavatthapetvā āgatena caṅkamantenā pi tabbhāgiyova caṅkamo adhiṭṭātabbo, asubhanimitta disābimukhe bhūmuppadese caṅkamitabbanti attho, nisīdantena āsanampi tabbhāgiyameva paññapetabbaṃ. Sace pana tassa disāyaṃ sobbho vā papāto. Vā rukkho vā vatī vā kalalaṃ vā hoti, na sakkā taṃ disābhimukhe bhumippadese caṅkamituṃ, āsanampi anokāsattā na sakkā pañña petuṃ, taṃ disaṃ anavalokentenāpi okāsānurūpe ṭhāne caṅkamitabbañceva nisīditabbañca. Cittaṃ pana taṃ disābhimukhaṃ yeva kātabbaṃ.

Idāni "samantā nimittupalakkhaṇā kimatthiyā"ti ādipañhānaṃ asammohatthāti ādimhi vissajjane ayamadhippāyo: - yassa hi ave lāyaṃ addhumātakanimittaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā samantā nimittūpalakkhaṇaṃ katvā nimittaggahaṇatthaṃ cakkhuṃ ummiletvā olokentasseva taṃ sarīraṃ uṭṭhahitvā [PTS Page 187] [\q 187/] ṭhaataṃ viya ajjhottharamānaṃ viya anubandhamānaṃ viyaca hutvā upaṭṭhāti, so taṃ bībhacchaṃ bhehavārammaṇaṃ disvā vikkhittacitto ummattako viya hoti, bhayaṃ chamhitattaṃ loma haṃsaṃ pāpuṇāti. Pāḷiyaṃ hi vubhattaaṭṭhatiṃsārammaṇesu aññaṃ evarūpaṃ bheravārammaṇaṃ nāma natthi, imasmiṃ hi kammaṭṭhāne jhānavibbhantako nāma hoti kasmā? Atibheravattā kammaṭṭhā

[SL Page 138] [\x 138/]

Nassa, tasmā tena yoginā satthamhitvā satiṃ sūpaṭṭhitaṃ katva " matasarīraṃ uṭṭhahitvā anubandhanakaṃ nāma natthi, sacehi so etassa samīpe ṭhito pāsāṇo vā latā vā āgaccheyya, sarīrampi āgaccheyya. Yathā pana so pāsāno vā latā vā nāgacchati, evaṃ sarīrampi nāgacchati. Ayaṃ pana tuyhaṃ upaṭṭhānākāro saññājo saññāsambhavo, kammaṭṭhānaṃ te ajjaupaṭṭhitaṃ, mā bhāyi bhikkhū"ti tāsaṃ vinodetvāhāsaṃ uppādetvā tasmiṃ nimitte cittaṃ sañcāretabbaṃ. Evaṃ visesamadhigacchati. Idametaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ: "samantā nimittūpalakkhaṇā asammohatthā"ti. Ekādasa videṇa pana nimittaggāhaṃ sampādento kammaṭṭhānaṃ upani bandhati, tassa hi cakkūni ummīletvā olokanapaccayā uggaha nimittaṃ uppajjati, tasmiṃ mānasaṃ cārentassa paṭibhāganimittaṃ uppajjati, tattha mānasaṃ cārento appaṇaṃ pāpuṇāti, appaṇāya ṭhatvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhento arahattaṃ sacchikaroti. Tena vuttaṃ "ekādasavidhena nimittaggāho upanibandhanattho"ti. " Gatāgata maggapaccavekkhaṇā vīthisampaṭipādanatthā"ti ettha pana: - yā gata maggassa ca āgatamaggassa ca paccavekkhaṇā vuttā, sā kammaṭṭhāna vīthiyā sampaṭipādanatthāti attho. Sace hi imaṃ bhikkhuṃ kammaṭṭānaṃ gahetvā āgacchantaṃ antarāmagge deci ajja bhante katamiti divasaṃ vā pucchanti, pañhaṃ vā pucchanti, paṭisanthāraṃ vā karonti, ahaṃ kammaṭṭhānikoti tuṇhībhūtena gantuṃ na vaṭṭati. Divaso kathetabbo, pañho vissajjetabbo. Sace na jānāti na jānāmīti vattabbaṃ. Dhammiko paṭisanthāro kātabbo. [PTS Page 188] [\q 188/] tassevaṃ karontassa uggahitaṃ karuṇanimittaṃ nassati, tasmiṃ nassantepi divasaṃ puṭṭena kattebbameva. Pañhaṃ ajānantena na jānāmīti vattabbaṃ, jānantena ekadesena kathetumpi vaṭṭati. Paṭisanthāro pi kātabeṃbā, āgantukaṃ pana bhikkhuṃ disvā āgantukapaṭisanthāro kātabbova. Avasesānipi cetiyaṅgaṇavattabodhi yaṅgaṇavatta aposathāgāravatta bhojanasālā jantāghara ācariyupajjhāyaāgantukagamikavattādīni sabbāni khandhakavattāni pūretabbāneva. Tassa tāni pūrentassāpi taṃ taruṇanimittaṃ nassati, puna gantvā nimittaṃ gaṇhāssāmīti gantukāmassā pi amanussehi vā vāḷamigehi vā adhiṭṭhitattā susānampi gantuṃ vā na sakkā sakkā hoti, nimittaṃ vā antaradhāyati uddhumātakaṃ hi ekameva vā dve vā divase ṭhatvā vinīlakādibhāvaṃ gacchati. Sabbakammaṭṭhānesu etena samaṃ dullabhaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ nāma natthi. Tasmā evaṃ naṭṭhe nimitte tena bhikkhunā rattiṭṭhāne vā divāṭṭhāne vā nisīditvā ahaṃ iminā nāma dvārena vihārā nikkhamitvā asukadisābhimukhaṃ maggaṃ paṭipajjitvā asukasmiṃ nāma ṭhāne vāmaṃ gaṇhiṃ, asukasmiṃ dakkhiṇaṃ, tassa asukasmiṃ ṭhāne pāsāṇo, asukasmiṃ vammikarukkhagaccha

[SL Page 139] [\x 139/]

Latānaṃ aññataraṃ sohaṃ tena maggena gantvā asukasmiṃ nāma ṭhāne asubhaṃ addasaṃ, tattha asukadisābhimukhā ṭhatvā evañcevañca samantā nimittāni sallakkhetvā evaṃ asubhanimittaṃ uggahetvā asukadisāya susānato nikkhamitvā evarūpena nāma maggena idañcidañca karonto āgantvā idha nisinnoti evaṃ yāva pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā nisinnaṭṭhānaṃ, tāva gatāgatamaggo pacca vekkhitabbo. Tassevaṃ paccavekkhato taṃ nimittaṃ pākamaṃ hoti, purato nikkhittaṃ viya upaṭṭhāti. Kammaṭṭhānaṃ purimā kāreneva vīthiṃ paṭipajjati. Tena vuttaṃ "gatāgatamaggapacca vekkhaṇā vīthi sampaṭipādanatthā"ti.

Idāni "ānisaṃsadassāvi ratanasaññi hutvā cittīkāraṃ upaṭṭhā petvā sampiyāyamāno tasmiṃ ārammaṇe cittaṃ upanibandhatī"ti etthauddhumātakapaṭikkūle mānasaṃ cāretvā jhānaṃ nibbattetvā jhānapadaṭṭhānaṃ vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhento [PTS Page 189] [\q 189/] addhā imāya paṭipadāya jarā maraṇamhā parimuccissāmīti evaṃ ānisaṃsadassāvinā bhavitabbaṃ yathā pana duggato puriso mahagghaṃ maṇiratanaṃ labhitvā dullabhaṃ vata me laddhanti tasmiṃ ratanasaññi hutvā gāravaṃ janetvā vipulena pemena sampiyāyamāno taṃ rakkheyya evameva dullabhaṃ me idaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ laddhaṃ duggatassa mahaggha maṇiratanasadisaṃ, catudhātu kammaṭṭhāniko hi attano cattāro mahābhūte parigaṇhāti, ānāpānakammaṭṭhāniko attano nāsikāvātaṃ parigaṇhāti, kasiṇakammaṭṭhāniko kasiṇaṃ katvā yathāsukhaṃ bhāveti, evaṃ itarāni kammaṭṭhānāni sulabhāni, idaṃ pana ekameva vā dve vā divase tiṭṭhati, tatoparaṃ vinīlakādibhāvaṃ pāpuṇātīti natthi ito dullabha taranti tasmiṃ ratanasaññinā hutvā cittīkāraṃ upaṭṭhapetvā sampiyāyamānena taṃ nimittaṃ rakkhitabbaṃ. Rattiṭṭhāne ca divāṭṭhāneca uddhumātaka paṭikkūlaṃ uddhumātakapaṭikkūlanti tattha punappunaṃ cittaṃ upanibndhitabbaṃ. Punappunaṃ taṃ nimittaṃ āvajji tabbaṃ. Manasi kātabbaṃ, takkāhataṃ vitakkāhataṃ kātabbaṃ, tassevaṃ karoto paṭibhāganimittaṃ uppajjati. Tatridaṃ nimitta dvayassa nānākaraṇaṃ uggahanimittaṃ pana yāvadatthaṃ bhuñkitvā nipanno thūlaṅgapaccaṅgapuriso viya. Tassa paṭibhāganimittapaṭilābhasamakāla meva bahiddhā kāmānaṃ amanasikārā vikkhambhanavasena kāmacchando pahīyati, anunayappahāṇeneva cassa lohitappahāṇena pubbo viya vyāpādopi pahīyati, tathā āraddhaviriyatāya thīnamiddhaṃ, avippaṭi sārakarasantadhammānuyogavasena uddhacca kukkuccaṃ, adhigatavise sassa paccakkhatāya paṭipattidesake satthari paṭipattiṃ paṭipatti phale ca vicikicchāti pañcaṇīvaraṇāni pahīyanti. Tasmiṃ yeva ca

[SL Page 140] [\x 140/]

Nimitte cetaso abhiniropanalakkhaṇo vitakko, nimittānu majjanakiccaṃ sādhayamāno vicāro, paṭiladdhavisesādhigamappaccayā pīti, pītimanassa passaddhisambhavato passaddhinimittaṃ sukhaṃ, sukhitassa [PTS Page 190] [\q 190/] cittasamādhisambhavato sukhanimittā ekaggatā cāti jhānaṅghāni pātu bhavanti. Evamassa paṭhamajjhānapaṭibimbabhūtaṃ upacārajjhānampi taṃ khaṇaṃ yeva nibbattati. Ito paraṃ yāva paṭhamajjhānassa appaṇā ceva vasippattica, tāva sabbaṃ paṭhavikasiṇe vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.

Ito paresu pana vinīlakādīsu pi yaṃ taṃ "uddhumātakaasubha nimittaṃ uggaṇhanto eko adutiyo gacchati upaṭṭhitāya satiyā"ti ādinā nayena gamanaṃ ādikaṃ katvā lakkhaṇaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ vinīlakaṃ asubhanimittaṃ uggaṇhanto vipubbakaṃ asubha nimittaṃ uggaṇhantoti evaṃ tassa tassa vasena tattha uddhumātaka padamattaṃ parivattetvā vuttanayeneva savinicchayādhippāyaṃ vedi tabbaṃ. Ayaṃ pana viseso: vīnīlake vinīlakapaṭikkūlaṃ vinīlaka paṭikkūlanti manasikāro pavattetabbo. Uggahanimittañcettha kabaraṃ kabaravanṇaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti. Paṭibhāganimittaṃ pana ussada vasena upaṭṭhāti. Vipubbake vipubbakapaṭikkūlaṃ vipubbakapaṭikkūlanti manasikāro pavattetabbo, uggahanimittaṃ panettha paggha rantamiva upaṭṭhāti. Paṭibhāganimittaṃ niccalaṃ sannisinnaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti. Vicchiddakaṃ yuddhamaṇḍale vā corāṭaviyaṃ vā susāne vā yattha rājāno core kindāpenti, araññe vā pana sīha vyagghehi kinnapurisaṭṭhāne labbhati, tasmā tathārūpaṃ ṭhānaṃ gantvā sace nānādisāyaṃ patitampi ekāvajjanena āpāthaṃ āgacchati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ no ce āgacchati, sayaṃ hatthena na parāmasitabbaṃ, parāmasanto hi vissāsaṃ āpajjati, tasmā ārāmikena vā samaṇuddesena vā aññena vā kenaci ekaṭṭhāne kāretabbaṃ. Alabhantena kattarayaṭṭhiyā vā daṇḍakena vā ekaṅgulantaraṃ katvā upanāmetabbaṃ. Evaṃ upanāmetvā vicchiddakapaṭikkūlaṃ vicchiddakapaṭikkūlanti manasikāro pavattetabbo. Tattha uggaha nimittaṃ majjhe chinnaṃ1 viya upaṭṭhāti, paṭibhāganimittaṃ pana paripuṇṇaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti. [PTS Page 191] [\q 191/] vikkhāyitake vikkhāyitakapaṭikkūlaṃ vikkhāyitakapaṭikkūlanti manasikāro pavattetabbo. Uggaha nimittaṃ panettha tahi tahiṃ khāyitasadisameva upaṭṭhāti, paṭibhāga nimittaṃ pana paripuṇṇaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti. Vikkhittakampi vicchiddake vuttanayeneva aṅgulaṅgulantaraṃ kāretva vā katvā vā vikkittakapaṭikkūlaṃ vikkittakapaṭikkūlanti manasikāro pavattetabbo. Ettha uggahanimittaṃ pākaṭantaraja hutvā

1. Ma. 11. Chidda.

[SL Page 141] [\x 141/]

Upaṭṭhāti, paṭibhāganimittaṃ pana paripuṇṇaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti. Hata vikkittakampi vicchiddake vuttappakāresu yeva ṭhānesu labbhati. Tasmā tattha gantvā vuttanayeneva aṅgulaṅgulantaraṃ kāretvā vā katvā vā hatavikkhittakapaṭikkūlaṃ hatavikkhittakapaṭikkūlanti manasikāro pavattetabbo. Uggahanimittaṃ panettha paññāya māna pahāramukhaṃ viya hoti. Paṭibhāganimittaṃ paripuṇṇameva hutvā upaṭṭhāti. Lohitakaṃ yuddhamaṇḍalādisu laddhappahārānaṃ hatthapādā disu vā chinnesu bhinnagaṇḍapiḷakādīnaṃ vā mukhato paggharamānakāle labbhati. Tasmā taṃ disvā lohitakapaṭikkūlaṃ lohitaka paṭikkūlanti manasikāro pavattetabbo. Ettha uggahanimittaṃ vātappahaṭā viya rattapaṭākā calamānākāraṃ upaṭṭhāti. Paṭibhāga nimittaṃ pana sannisinnaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti. Puḷavakaṃ dvīhatīhacca yena kuṇapassa navahi vaṇamukhehi kimirāsipaggharaṇakāle hoti. Apica taṃ soṇasigālamanussagomahisahatthiassaajagarādīnaṃ sarīrappamāṇameva hutvā sālibhattarāsi viyatiṭṭhati. Tesu yattha katthaci puḷavakapaṭikkūlaṃ puḷavakapaṭikkūlanti manasi kāro pavatte tabbo. Cullapiṇḍapātikatissattherassa hi kāḷadīghavāpiyā anto hatthikuṇape nimittaṃ upaṭṭhāsi. Uggahanimittaṃ panettha cālamānaṃ viya upaṭṭhāti. Paṭibhāganimittaṃ sālibhattapiṇḍo viya sannisinnaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti. Aṭṭhikaṃ "so passeyya sarīraṃ sīvathikāya kḍḍitaṃ aṭṭhisaṅkhalikaṃ samaṃsalohitaṃ nahārusambandhaṃ"ti[a] ādīnā nayona nānappakārato [PTS Page 192] [\q 192/] vuttaṃ tasmā yattha taṃ nikkhittaṃ hoti, tattha purimanayeneva gantvā samantā pāsāṇādīnaṃ vasena sanimittaṃ sārammaṇaṃ katvā idaṃ aṭṭhikanti sabhāvabhāvatoupalakkhetvā vaṇṇādivasena ekādasahākārehi nimittaṃ uggahe tabbaṃ. Tapana vaṇṇato setanti olokentassa na upaṭṭhāti, odātakasiṇasambhedo hoti, tasmā aṭṭhikanti paṭikkūla vaseneva oloketabbaṃ. Liṅganti idha śatthādīnaṃ nāmaṃ, tasmā hatthapādasīsaudarabāhudaṭi ūrujaṅghānaṃ vasena liṅgato vacattha petabbaṃ. Dīgha rassa vaṭṭacaturassa khuddaka mahantavasena pana saṇṭhānato vavatthapetabbaṃ. Disokāsā vuttanayāeva, tassa tassa aṭṭhino pariyantavasena paricchedato vavatthapetvā yade cettha pākamaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti, taṃ gahetvā appaṇā pāpuṇitabbā. Tassa tassa aṭṭhino ninnaṭṭhānathalaṭṭhānavasena pana ninnato thalako ca vavatthapetabbaṃ. Padesavasenāpi ahaṃninne aṭṭhi thale ahaṃ vā thale aṭṭhi nunnetipi vavatthapetabbaṃ. Dvinnaṃ pana aṭṭhikānaṃ ghaṭitaghaṭitaṭṭhānavasena sandhito vavatthapetabbaṃ. Aṭṭhikānaṃ yeva antaravasena vivarā 'vivara vavatthapetabbaṃ. Sabbattheva pana ñāṇaṃ cāretvā imasmiṃ ṭhāne idamaṭṭhiti

[A.] Dīghanikāya.

[SL Page 142] [\x 142/]

Samannato vavatthapetabbaṃ. Evampi nimitte anupaṭṭhahante nalāṭaṭṭhimhi cittaṃ saṇṭhapetabbaṃ. Yathācettha evaṃ idaṃ ekādasa vidhena nimittaggahaṇaṃ ito purimesupi puḷavakādisu yujjamāna vasena sallakkhetabbaṃ. Idañca pana kammaṭṭhānaṃ sakalāyapi aṭṭhi saṅghalikāya ekasmimpi aṭṭike sampajjati. Tasmā tesu yattha katthaci ekādasavidhena nimittaṃuggahetvā aṭṭhikapaṭikkūlaṃ aṭṭhikapaṭikkūlanti manasikāro pavattetabbo. Idha uggaha nimittampi paṭibhāganimittampi ekasadisameva hotīti vuttaṃ, taṃ ekasmiṃ aṭṭhike yuttaṃ. Aṭṭhisaṅkhalikāya pana uggahanimitte paññāyamāna1 vivaratā, paṭibhāganimitte paripuṇṇabhāvo yujjati, ekaṭṭhikepi [PTS Page 193] [\q 193/] ca uggahanimittena bībhacchena bhayānakena bhavitabbaṃ. Paṭibhāganimittena pītisomanassajanakena, upacārā vahattā. Imasmiṃ hi okāse yaṃ aṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ, taṃ dvāraja datvāva vuttaṃ, tathāhi. Tattha catusu brahmavihāresu dasasuca asubhesu paṭibhāganimittaṃ natthi, brahmavihāresu hi sīmasambhedo yeva nimittaṃ dasasu ca asubhesu nibbikappaṃ katvā paṭikkūlabhāveyeva diṭṭhe nimittaṃ nāma hotīti vatvāpi puna anantarameva duvidhaṃ idha nimittaṃ uggahanimttaṃ paṭibhāganimittaṃ, uggahanimittaṃ virūpaṃ bībhacchaṃ bhayānakaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhātīti vuttaṃ. Tasmā yaṃ vicāretvā avocumbha, idamevettha yuttaṃ. Apica: - mahātissattherassa dantaṭṭhi kamattāvalokanena sakalitthisarīrassa aṭṭhisaṅghāṭabhāvena upaṭṭhānādīni cettha nidassanānīti.

Iti asubhāni subhaguṇo dasasatalocanena thutakitti,
Yāni avoca dasabalo ekekajjhānahetūni.

Evaṃ tāni ca tesañca bhāvanānayamimaṃ viditvāna,
Tesveva ayaṃ bhiyyo pakiṇṇaka kathāpi viññeyyā.

Etesu hi yattha katthaci adhigatajjhāno suvikkhambhitarāgattā vītarāgo viya nilloluppacāro hoti. Evaṃ santepi yvāyaṃ asubhappabhedo vutto, so sarīrasabhāvappattivasena ca rāgacarita bhedavasenacāti veditabbo. Chavasarīraṃ hi paṭikkūlabhāvaṃ āpajja mānaṃ uddhumātakasabhāvappattaṃ vā siyā, vinīlakādīnaṃ vā aññatara sabhāvappattaṃ. Iti yādisaṃ yādisaṃ sakkā hoti laddhuṃ, tādise tādise uddhumātakapaṭikkūlaṃ vinīlakapaṭikkūlanti evaṃ nimittaṃ ganhitabbamevāti sarīrasabhāvappattivasena dasadhā asubhappabhedo vuttoti veditabbo.

Visesato cettha uddhumātakaṃ sarīrasaṇṭhānavipattippakāsa nato saṇṭhānarāgino sappāyaṃ, vinīlakaṃ chavirāgavipattippakā

1. Sī11. Paññāyamāno.

[SL Page 143] [\x 143/]

Sanato sarīravaṇṇarāgino sappāyaṃ, vipubbakaṃ kāyavanṇapaṭi baddhassa duggandhabhāvassa pakāsanato [PTS Page 194] [\q 194/] mālāgandhādivasena samuṭṭhā pita sarīragandharāgino sappāyaṃ. Vicchiddakaṃ anto susurabhāvappa kāsanato sarīre ghanabhāvarāgino sappāyaṃ, vikkhāyitakaṃ maṃsūpa cayasampattivināsappakāsanato thanādisu sarīrappadesesu saṃsūpa cayarāgino sappāyaṃ. Vikkhittakaṃ aṅgapaccaṅgānaṃ vikkhepappa kāsanato aṅgapaccaṅgalīlārāgino sappāyaṃ, hatavikkhittakaṃ sarīrasaṅghātabhedavikāppakāsanato sarīrasaṅghātasampattirāgino sappāyaṃ, lohitakaṃ lohitamakkhitapaṭikkūlabhāvappakāsanato alaṅkārajanitasobhārāgino sappāyaṃ, puḷavakaṃ kāyassa aneka kimikulasādhāraṇabhāvappakāsanato kāye mamattāragino sappāyaṃ, aṭṭhikaṃ sarīraṭṭhīnaṃ paṭikkūlabhāvappakāsanato dantasampatti rāgino sappāyanti. Evaṃ rāgacaritabhedavasenā pi dasadhā asubhappabhedo vuttoti veditabbo. Yasmā pana dasavidhe pi etasmiṃ asubhe seyyathāpi nāma aparisaṇṭhitajalāya sīghasotāya nadiyā arittabaleneva nāvā kiṭṭhati, vinā arittena na sakkā ṭhapetuṃ, evameva dubbalattā ārammaṇassa vitakkabaleneva cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hutvā tiṭṭhati, vinā vitakkena na sakkā ṭhapetuṃ, tasmāpaṭhamajjhāna mevettha hoti na dutiyādīni. Paṭikkūle pi hi etasmiṃ ārammaṇe addhā imāya paṭipadāya jarāmaraṇamhā parimuccissāmīti evaṃ ānisaṃsadassāvitāya ceva nīvaraṇasantāpappahāṇena ca pīti somanassaṃ uppajjati bahuṃ dānime vetanaṃ labhissāmīti ānisaṃsa dassāvino pupphachaḍḍakassa gutharāsimhi viya, ussannavyādhi dukkhassa rokino vamanavirecanappavattiyaṃ viyaca. Dasavidhampi cetaṃ asubhalakkhaṇato ekameva hoti, dasavidhassāpi hi etassa asuciduggandhajegucchapaṭikkūlabhāvo eva lakkhaṇaṃ, tadetaṃ iminā lakkhaṇena na kevalaṃ matasarīre, dantaṭṭhikadassāvino pana cetiyapabbatavāsimahātissattherassa viya, hatthikkhandhagataṃ rājānaṃ olokentassa saṅgharakkhitattherupaṭṭhākasāmaṇerassa viyaca jiva mānakasarīre pi upaṭṭhāti. Yathevahi matasarīraṃ evaṃ jivamānakampi asubhameva, [PTS Page 195] [\q 195/] asubhalakkhaṇaṃ panettha āgantukena alaṅkārena paṭicchannattā na paññāyati. Pakatiyā pana idaṃ sarīraṃ nāma atirekatisataaṭṭhikasamussayaṃ, asītisatasandhisaṅghaṭitaṃ, navanahāru satanibaddhaṃ, navamaṃsapesisatānulittaṃ, allamanussacammapariyo naddhaṃ, chaviyā paṭicchannaṃ, chiddāvachiddaṃ, medakathālikā viya niccuggha ritapaggharitaṃ, kimisaṅghanisevitaṃ, rogānaṃ āyatanaṃ, dukkha dhammānaṃ vatthu, pahibhinnapurāṇagaṇeṃḍā viya navahi vaṇamukhehi satata vissandanaṃ, yassa ubhohi akkhihi akkhigūthako paggharati, kaṇṇa bilehi kanṇaguthako, nāsāpuṭehi siṅghāṇikā, mukhato āhāra pittasemharuhirāni, adhodvārehi uccārapassāvā, navanavutiyā

[SL Page 144] [\x 144/]

Lemakūpasahassehi asūcisedayūso paggharati, nīlamakkhikādayo samparicārenti. Yaṃ dantakaṭṭhamukhadhovana sīsamakkhana nahāna nivāsana pāpuraṇādihi apaṭijaggitvā yathājātova parusavippakiṇṇa keso hutvā gāmena gāmaṃ vicaranto rājāpi pupphachaḍḍakacaṇḍā lādasu aññataropi samasarīra paṭikkūlatāya nibbiseso hoti, evaṃ asuciduggandhaje gucchapaṭikkūlatāya rañño vā caṇḍālassa vā sarīre vemattaṃ nāma natthi. Dantakaṭṭhamukhadhovanādīhi panettha dantamalādīni pamajjitvā nānāvatthehi hirikopīnaṃ paṭicchādetvā nānāvaṇṇena sarabhivilepanena vilimpitvā pupphābharaṇādihi alaṅkaritvā ahanti mamāti gahetabbākārappattaṃ karonti. Tato iminā āgantukena alaṅkārena paṭicchannattā tadassa yathāvasarasaṃ asubhalakkhaṇaṃ asañjānantā purisā itthisu, itthiyo capurisesu ratiṃ karonti. Paramatthato panettha raññitabbaka yuttaṭṭhānaṃ nāma aṇumattampinatthi, tathāhi: - kesalomanakhadanta khelasiṅghāṇaka uccārapassāvādisu ekakoṭṭhāsampi sarīrato pahi patitaṃ sattā hatthena phūsitumpi na icchanti aṭṭīyanti harāyanti jigucchanti. Yaṃ yaṃ panettha avasesaṃ hoti, taṃ ti evaṃ paṭikkūlampi samānaṃ avijjavdhakārapariyonaddhā attasineharāgarattā iṭṭhaṃ kantaṃ niccaṃ sukhaṃ [PTS Page 196] [\q 196/] attāti ghanti. Te evaṃ gaṇhantā aṭaviyaṃ kiṃsukarukkhaṃ disvā rukkhato apatitaṃ apatitaṃ pupphaṃ ayaṃ maṃsapesi ayaṃ maṃsapesīti vihaññamānena jarasigālena samānataṃ āpajjanti tasmā.

Yathā hi pupphitaṃ disvā sigālo kiṃsukaṃ vano,
Maṃsarukkho mayā laddho iti gantvāna vegasā.

Patitaṃ patitaṃ pupphaṃ ḍasitvā atilolupo,
Nayidaṃ maṃsaṃ aduṃ maṃsaṃ yaṃ rukkhasminti gaṇhati.

Koṭṭhāsaṃ patitaṃ yeva asubhanti tathā budho,
Agahetvāna gaṇheyya sarīraṭṭhampi naṃ tathā.

Imaṃ hi subhato kāyaṃ gahetvā tattha mucchitā,
Bālā karontā pāpāni dukkhā na parimuccare.

Tasmā passeyya medhāvī jivino vā matassa vā,
Sabhāvaṃ pūtikāyassa subhabhāvena vajjitaṃ.

Vuttaṃ hetaṃ.

Dūggavdo asucī kāyo kuṇapo ukkarūpamo,
Nivdito cakkhubhūtehi kāyo bālābhinandito.

Alla camma paṭicchanno navadvāro mahāvaṇo,
Samantato paggharati asuci pūti gandhiyo.

[SL Page 145] [\x 145/]

Sace imassa kāyassa antopāhirato siyā,
Daṇḍaṃ nūna gahetvāna kāke soṇe ca vārayeti. [A]

Tasmā dabbajātikena bhikkhunā jivamānasarīraṃ vā hotu mata sarīraṃ vā yattha yattha asubhākāro paññāyati, tattha tattheva nimittaṃ gahetvā kammaṭṭhānaṃ appaṇaṃ pāpotabbanti.

Iti sādhujanapāmojjatthāya kate visuddhimagge

Samādhibhāvanādhikāre

Asubhakammaṭṭhāna niddeso nāma

Chaṭṭhi paricchedo. [PTS Page 197] [\q 197/]

7.

Chaanussati niddeso.

Asubhānantaraṃ uddiṭṭhāsu pana dasasu anussatīsu punappunaṃ uppajjanato satiyeca anussati. Pavattitabbaṭṭhānamhi yeva vā pavattattā saddhāpabbajitassa kulaputtassa anurūpā satītipi anussati. Buddhaṃ ārabbha uppannā anussati buddhānussati. Buddhaguṇā rammaṇāya satiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Dhammaṃ ārabbha uppannā anussati dhammānussati. Svākkhātatādi dhammaguṇārammaṇāya satiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ, saṅghaṃ ārabbha uppannā anussati saṅghānussati. Suppaṭipannatādisaṅghaguṇārammaṇāya satiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Sīlaṃ ārabbha uppannā anussati sīlānussati, akhaṇḍatādi sīlaguṇāramma ṇāya satiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Cāgaṃ ārabbha uppannā anussati cāgānussati, muttacāgatādi cāgatuṇārammaṇāya satiyā etaṃ adhi vacānaṃ. Devatā ārabbha uppannā anussati devatānussati. Devatā sakkhiṭṭāne ṭhapetvā attano saddhādi guṇārammaṇāya satiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Maraṇaṃ ārabbha uppannā sati maraṇasati, jīvitindriyūpacchedārammaṇāya satiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Kesādibhedaṃrūpakāyaṃ gatā kāye vā gatāti kāyagatā, kāyagatā ca sā sati cāti kāyagatasatīti vattabbe rassaṃ akatvā kāyagatāsatīti vuttā. Kesādikāyakoṭṭhāsa nimittārammaṇāya satiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Ānāpāne ārabbha uppannā sati ānāpānasati. Assāsapassāsa nimittārammaṇāya satiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Upasamaṃ ārabbhauppannā anussati upasamānussati. Sabbadukkhūpasamārammaṇāya satiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. [PTS Page 198] [\q 198/] iti imāsu dasasu anussatīsu buddhānussatiṃ tāva bhāvetukāmena aveccappasādasamannāgatena yoginā patī

2. Khu- suttanipāta.

[SL Page 146] [\x 146/]

Rūpe senāsane rahogatena tisallīnena "itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammā sambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi sattha devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā"ti[a] evaṃ buddhassa bhagavato guṇā anussaritabbā. Tatrāyaṃ anussaraṇa nayo: - so bhagavā ti pi arahaṃ, iti pi sammā sambuddho iti pi vijjācaraṇasampanno iti pi sugato lokavidu iti pi anuttaro iti pi purisadammasārathi iti pi sattha iti pi devamanussānaṃ iti pi buddho bhagavāti anussarati. Iminā ca iminā ca kāraṇenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tattha - ārakattā, arīnaṃ arānaṃ ca hatattā, paccayādīnaṃ arahattā, pāpakaraṇe rahābhāvāti, imehi tāva kāraṇehi so bhagavā arahanti anussarati. Ahakā hi so sabbakilesehi, vidūra suvidūre ṭhito, maggena savāsanānaṃ kilesānaṃ viddhaṃsitattāti ārakattā arahaṃ.

So tato ārakā nāma yassa yenāsamaṅgitā,
Asamaṅgi ca dosehi nāto tenārabhaṃ matoti.

Te cānena kilesārayo maggena hatāti arīnaṃ hatattāpi arahaṃ.

Yasmā rāgādisaṅkhātā sabbepi arayo hatā.
Paññāsatthena nāthena tasmāpi arahaṃ matoti.

Yañcetaṃ avijjābhavataṇhāmayanābhi puññādiabisaṅkhārāraṃ jarāmaraṇanemi āsavasamudayamayenaakkhena vijkditvā tibhavarathe samāyojitaṃ anidikālappavattaṃ saṃsāracakkaṃ, tassānena bodhi manḍe viriyapādohi sīlapaṭhaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya saddhāhatthena kammakkhaya karañāṇapharasuṃ gahetvā sabbe arā hatāti arānaṃ hatattāpi arahaṃ. Athavā: saṃsāracakkanti anamataggaṃ saṃsāravaṭṭaṃ vuccati, tassa ca avijjā nābhi mūlattā, jarāmaraṇaṃ nemi pariyosānattā, sosa dasa dhammā arā avijjāmūlakattā jarā maraṇa pariyantattā ca. Tattha dukkhādisu aññāṇaṃ avijjā, kāmabhave ca avijā [PTS Page 199] [\q 199/] kāmabhave saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo hoti, rūpabhave saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo hoti, arūpabhave avijjā arupabhave saṅkhārānaṃ paccayo hoti. Kāmabhave saṅkhārā kāma bhave paṭisandhiviññāṇaṃ kāmabhave nāmarūpassa paccayo hoti, tathā rūpabhave, arūpabhave nāmasseva paccayo hoti. Kāmabhave nāmarūpaṃ kāmabhave saḷāyatanassa paccayo hoti. Rūpabhave nāmarūpa rūpabhave tiṇṇaṃ āyatanānaṃ paccayo hoti. Arūpabhave nāmaṃ arūpabhave ekassāyatanassa paccayo hoti. Kāmabhave saḷāyatanaṃ kāmabhave chabbidhassa phassassa paccayo hoti. Rūpabhave tīṇi āyatanāni rūpabhave tiṇṇaṃ phassānaṃ, arūpabhave ekaṃ manāyatanaṃ arūpabhave ekassa phassassa

[A.] Vinayapārājikapāḷi verañjakaṇḍa. (Aññatthāpi. )

[SL Page 147] [\x 147/]
Paccayo hoti. Kāmabhave cha phassā kāmabhave channaṃ vedanānaṃ paccayā honti. Rūpabhave tayo tattheva tissannaṃ, arūpabhave eko tatthavi ekissā vedanāya paccayo hotī. Kāmabhave cha vedanā kāmabhave channaṃ taṇhākāyānaṃ paccayā honti. Rūpa bhave tisso tattheva tiṇṇaṃ, arūpabhave ekā vedanā arūpabhave ekassa taṇhākāyassapaccayo hota. Tattha tattha sā sā taṇhā upādānassa, upādānādayobhavādīnaṃ. Kathaṃ? Idhekacco kāme paribhuñjissāmīti kāmūpādānapaccayā kāyena duccaritaṃ carati, vācāya duccaritaṃ carati, manasā duccaritaṃ carati, duccaritapāripūriyā apāye uppajjati, tatthassa uppattihetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo, kammanibbattā khandhā uppattibhavo, khandhānaṃ nibbatti jāti, paripāko jarā, bhedomaraṇaṃ. Aparo saggasampattiṃ anubhavissāmīti tatheva sucaritaṃ carati, sucaritapāripūriyā sagge uppajjati, tatthassa uppattihetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ kammabhavoti so eva nayo. Aparo pana brahmalokasampattiṃ anubhavissāmīti kāmūpādānapaccayā eva mettaṃ bhāveti, karuṇaṃ - muditaṃ - upekkhaṃ- bhāvetibhāvanā pāripūriyā brahmaloke [PTS Page 200] [\q 200/] nibbattati. Tatthassa nibbattihetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ kammabhavoti, so eva nayo. Aparo arūpabhave samttiṃ anubhavissāmīti tatheva āsānañcāyatanādi samāpattiyo bhāveti, bhāvanāpāripūriyā tattha tattha nibbattati tatthassa nibbatti hetubhūtaṃ kammaṃ kammabhavo, kammanibbattā khandhā uppattibhavo, khandhānaṃ nibbatti jāti, paripāko jarā, bhedomaraṇanti, eseva nayo sesūpādānamūlikāsupi yojanāsu. Evamayaṃ avijjā hetu, saṅkhārā hetusamuppannā, ubhopete hetusamuppannāti paccaya pariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ, atītampi addhānaṃ anāgatampi addhānaṃ avijjā hetu, saṅkhārā hetusamuppannā, ubhopete hetusamuppannāti paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇanti, etena nayena sabbapadāni vitthāretabbāni. Tattha avijjā saṅkhārā eko saṅkhepo, viññāṇanāmarūpasaḷāyatanaphassavedānā eko, taṇhūpādānabhavā eko, jātijarāmaraṇaṃ eko, purima saṅkhepo cettha atīto addhā, dve majjhimā paccuppanno, jāti jarāmaraṇaṃ anāgato, avijjā saṅkhāra gahaṇena cettha taṇhū pādānabhavā gahitāva hontīti ime pañca dammā atīte kammavaṭṭaṃ, viññāṇādayo pca etarahi vipākavaṭṭaṃ, tanhūpādānabhavagahaṇena avijā saṅkhārā gahitāva hontīti ime pañca dhammā etarahi kammavaṭṭaṃ, jātijarāmaraṇāpadesena viññāṇādīnaṃ niddiṭṭhattā ime pañcadhammā āyati vipākavaṭṭaṃ, te ākārato vīsati vidhā honti, saṅkhāraviññāṇānañcettha antarā eko sandhi, vedanā taṇhānamantarā eko, bhavajātīnamantarā ekoti, iti bhagavā etaṃ catusaṅkhepaṃ tiyaddhaṃ visatākāraṃ tisandhiṃ paṭicca

[SL Page 148] [\x 148/]

Samuppādaṃ sabbākārato jānāti passataa aññāti paṭivijjhati. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā, tena vuccati "paccaya pariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñānaṃ"ti[a] iminā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇena bhagavā te dhamme yathābhūtaṃ ñātvā tesu nibbindanto virajjanto vimuccanto vuttappakārassa imassa saṃsāracakkassa are hani vihani viddhaṃsesi. Evampi arānaṃ hatattā arahaṃ. [PTS Page 201] [\q 201/]

Arā saṃsāracakkassa hatā ñāṇāsinā yato.
Lokanāthena tenesa arahanti pavuccati.

Aggadakkhiṇeyyattā ca civarādipaccaye arahati pūjāvisesañca, teneva ca uppanne tathāgate ye keci mahesakkhā devamanussā na te aññattha pūjaṃ karonti. Tathāhi: brahmā sahampati sineru mattena ratanadāmena tathāgataṃ pūjesi, yathābalañca aññe devāmanussā ca bimbisāra kosala rājādayo, parinibbutampi ca bhagavantaṃ uddissa knnavutikoṭidhanaṃ vissajjetvā asoka mahārājā sakala jambudīpe caturāsītivihārasahassāni patiṭṭhāpesi. Ko pana cādo aññesaṃ pūjāvisesānanti! Paccayādīnaṃ arahattāpi arahaṃ.

Pūjāvisesaṃ saha paccayehi
Yasmā ayaṃ arahati lokanātho,
Atthanurūpaṃ arahanti loke
Tasmā jino arahati nāmametaṃ.

Yathāca loke keci paṇḍitamānino bālā asilokabhayena raho pāpaṃ karonti, evamesa na kadāci karotīti pāpakaraṇe rahābhāvatopi arahaṃ.

Yasmā natthi raho nāma pāpakammesu tādino,
Rahābhāvena tenesa arahaṃ iti vissuto.

Evaṃ sabbathā pi.

Ārakattā hatattā ca kilesārīna so muni,
Hatasaṃsāra cakkāro paccayādīna cāraho,
Na raho karoti pāpāni arahaṃ tena vuccatīti.

Sammā sāmañca sabbadhammānaṃ buddhattā pana sammā sambuddho. Tathāhi: - esa sabbadhammesammā sambuddho, abhiññeyye dhamme abhiññeyyato buddho, pariññeyye. Dhamme pariññeyyato, pahātabbe pahātabbato, sacchikātabbe sacchikātabbato, bhāvetabbe bhāvetabbato. Teneva cāha: -

Abhiññeyyaṃ abhiññātaṃ bhāvetabbañca bhāvitaṃ,
Pahātabbaṃ pahīnamme tasmā buddhosmi brahmaṇāti. [PTS Page 202 [\q 202/] b.]

[A.] Paṭisambhidāmagga. [B.] Saṃ - nikāya.

[SL Page 149] [\x 149/]

Apica: - cakkhuṃ dukkhasaccaṃ, tassa mūlakāraṇabhāvena samuṭṭhāpikā purimataṇhā samudayasaccaṃ, ubhinnaṃ appavatti nirodhasaccaṃ, nirodha pajānanā paṭipadā maggasaccanti, evaṃ ekeka paduddhārenā pi sabba dhamme sammā sāmañca buddho, esa nayo sotaghāna-jivhā- kāya manesu. Eteneva nayena rūpādīni cha āyatanāni, cakkhuviññāṇādayo cha viññāṇakāyā, cakkhusamphassādayo cha phassā, cakkhu samphassajādayo cha vedanā, rūpasaññādayo cha saññā, rūpasañceta nādayo cha cetanā, rūpataṇhādayo cha taṇhākāyā, rūpavitakkādayo cha vitakkā, rupavicārādayo cha vicārā, rūpakkhandhādayo pañca kkhandhā, dasa kasiṇāni, dasa anussatiyo, uddhumātakasaññādīva sena dasa saññā, kesādayo dvattiṃsākārā, dvādasāyatanāni, aṭṭhā rasa dhātuyo, kāmabhavādayo nava bhavā, paṭhamādini cattāri jhānāni, mettābhāvanādayo catasso appamaññā, catasso arūpasamā pattiyo, paṭilomato jarāmaraṇādīni anulomato avijjādīni paṭiccasamuppādaṅgāni ca yojetabbāni. Tatrāyaṃ ekapadayojanā: "jarāmaraṇaṃ dukkhasaccaṃ, jāti samudayasaccaṃ, ubhinnampi nissaraṇaṃ nirodhasaccaṃ, nirodhapajānanā paṭipadā maggasaccaṃ"ti evaṃ ekeka paduddhārena sabbadhamme sammā sāmañca buddho anubuddho paṭi buddho. Tena vuttaṃ: - " sammā sāmañca sabbadhammāni buddhattā pana sammāsambuddho"ti.

Vijjāhi pana caraṇena ca sampannattā vijjācaraṇa sampanno. Tattha vijjāti - tisso vijjā aṭṭha pi vijjā. Tisso bhayabherava sutte vuttanayeneva veditabbā, aṭṭha ambaṭṭha sutte. Tatra hi vipassanāñaṇena manomayiddhiyā ca saha cha abhiññā pariggahetvā aṭṭha vijjā vuttā. Caraṇanti - sīlasaṃvaro, indriyesu guttadvāratā, bhojane mattaññutā, jāgariyānuyogo, satta dhammā, cattāri rūpāvacarajjhāninīti, ime panṇarasa dhammā veditabbā; ime yeva hi paṇṇarasa dhammā - yasmā etehi carati ariyasāvako gacchati amataṃ disaṃ, tasmā carannti vuttā. Yathāha: -"idha mahānāma ariya sāvako sīlavā hotī"ti sabbaṃ majjhimapaṇṇāsake [PTS Page 203] [\q 203/] vuttanaye neva veditabbaṃ. Bhagavā imāhi vijjāhi iminā ca caraṇena samannāgato. Tena vuccati " vijācaraṇasampanno"ti. Tattha vijjāsampadā bhagavato sabbaññutaṃ pūretvā ṭhitā, caraṇasampadā mahākāruṇikataṃ. So sabbaññutaṃ pūretvā ṭhitā, caraṇasampadā mahākāruṇikataṃ. So sabbaññutāya sabbasattānaṃ atthānatthaṃ ñatvā mahākāruṇikatāyaanatthaṃ parivajjetvā atthe nayojeti. Yathātaṃ vijajācaraṇasampanno. Tenassa sāvakā suppaṭipannā honti, no duppaṭipannā vijjācaraṇavipannānaṃ hi sāvakā attantapādayo viya.

[SL Page 150] [\x 150/]

Sobhanagamanattā sundaraṃ ṭhānaṃ gatattā sammā gatattā sammā ca gadattā sugato, gamanampi hi gatanti vuccati, tañca bhagavato sobhanaṃ parisuddhamanavajjaṃ. Kiṃ pana tanti? Ariyamaggo. Tena hesa gamanena khemaṃ disaṃ asajjamāno gatoti sobhanagamanattā sugato. Sundarañcesa ṭhānaṃ gato amataṃ nibbānanti sundaraṃ ṭānaṃ gatattā pi sugato. Sammā ca gato tena tena maggena pahīne kilese puna apaccāgacchanto. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ: - " sotāpattimaggena ye kilesā pahīnā te kilesena puneti na pacceti na paccāgacchatīti sugato -pe- arahattamaggena ye kilesā pahīnā te kilese na puneti na pacceti na paccāgacchatīti sugato"ti[a.] Sammā vā gato dīpaṅkarapādamūlatoppabhūti yāva bodhimaṇḍā tāva samatiṃsapāramī pūrikāya sammāpaṭipattiyāsabbalokassa bhitasukhameva karonto sassataṃ ucchedaṃ kāma sukhaṃ attakilamathanti ime ca ante anupagacchanto gatoti sammāgatattā pi sugato. Sammā cesa gadati yuttaṭṭhāne yutta meva vācaṃ bhāsatīti sammāgadattāpi sugato. Tatū;daṃ sādhakaṃ suttaṃ: - "yaṃ tathāgato vācaṃ jānāti abūtaṃ atacchaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ, sā ca paresaṃ appiyā amanāpā, taṃ tathāgato vācaṃ na bhāsati; yañca tathāgato vācaṃjānāti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ, sā ca paresaṃ appiyā amanāpā, tampi tathāgato vācaṃ na [PTS Page 204] [\q 204/] bhāsati; yañca ko tathāgato vācaṃ jānāti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ, sā ca paresaṃ appiyā amanāpā, tatra kālaññū tathāgato hoti tassā vācāya veyyākaraṇāya, yampi tathāgato vācaṃ jānāti abhūtaṃ atacchaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ, sāca paresaṃ piyā manāpā, na taṃ tathāgato vācaṃ bhāsati. Yañca tathāgato vācaṃ jānāti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ anattha saṃhitaṃ, sāca paresaṃ piyā manāpā, tampi tathāgato vācaṃ na bhāsati. Yañca kho tathāgato vācaṃ jānāti bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ atthasaṃ hitaṃ, sāca paresaṃ piyā manāpā, tatra kālaññū tathāgato hoti tassā vācāya veyyākaraṇāyā"ti evaṃ sammā gadattāpi sugatoti veditabbo.

Sabbathāpi viditalokattā pana lokavidū so hi bhagavā sabhāvato samudayato nirodhato nirodhūpāyatoti sabbathā lokaṃ avedi aññāsi paṭivijjhi. Yathāha: - " yaṭhtha kho āvuso na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na uppajjati, nāhantaṃ gamanena lokassantaṃ ñāteyyaṃ diṭṭheyyaṃ patteyyanti vadāmi, na cāhaṃ āvuso appatvāvalokassantaṃ dukkhassantakiriyaṃ vadāmi. Api cāhaṃ āvuso imasmiṃyeva vyāmamatte kaḷebare sasaññimhi samanake lokañca paññāpemi lokasamudayañca lokanirodhañca lokanirodhagāminiñca paṭipadaṃ.

[A.] Mahāaṭṭhakathā. [B.] Saṃ - kināya.

[SL Page 151] [\x 151/]

Gamanena na pattabbo lokassanto kadācanaṃ,
Na ca appatvā lokantaṃ dukkhā atthi pamocanaṃ.

Tasmā have lokavidū sumedho
Lokantagu vusita brahma cariyo,
Lokassa antaṃ samitāvi ñatvā
Nāsiṃsatī lokamivaṃ parañcā"ti, [a]

Apica: - tayo lokā saṅkhāraloko sattaloko okāsa lokoti, tattha ekoloko "sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhikikā"ti āgataṭṭhāne [PTS Page 205] [\q 205/] saṅkhāraloko veditabbo. " Sassato lokoti vā asassato lokotivā"ti āgataṭṭhāne sattaloko.

" Yāvatā chandumasuriyā pariharanti disā hanti virocanā,
Tāva sahassadhā loko ettha te vattatī vaso"ti, [b]

Āgataṭṭhāne okāsaleko, tampi bhagavā sabbathā avedi, tathāhissa" eko loko sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhitikā, dve lokā nāmañca rūpañca, tayo lokā tissodanā, cattāro lokā cattāro āhārā, pañca lokā pañcūpādānakkhandhā, cha lokā cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni, satta lokā sattaviññāṇaṭṭhitiyo, aṭṭhaleko aṭṭhalokadhammā, navalokā navasattāvāsā, dasalokā dasāyatanāni, dvādasalokā dvādasāyatanāni, aṭṭhārasalokā aṭṭhā rasadhātuyo"ti[c] ayaṃ saṅkhāralokopi sabbathā vidito. Yasmā panesa sabbesampi sattānaṃ āsayaṃ jānāti anusayaṃ jānāti caritaṃ jānāti adhimuttiṃ jānāti apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye bhabbābbe satte pajānāti, tasmāssa sattaloko pi sabbathā vidito. Yathāca sattaloko evaṃ okāsalokopi. Tathāhesa ekaṃ cakkāvāḷaṃ āyāmato ca vitthārato ca yojanānaṃ dvādasa satasahassāni catuttiṃsa satāni ca paññāsañca yojanāni.

Parikkhepato.

Sabbasatasahassāni kttiṃsa parimaṇḍalaṃ.
Dasa ceva sahassāni aḍḍhuḍḍhāni satāni ca.

Tattha.

Dvesatasahassāni cattāri nahutāni ca,
Ettakā pahalattena saṅkhātāyaṃ vasundharā.

Tassāyeva sandhārakaṃ.

[A.] Aṅguttaracatukka. [B.] Saṃ - nikāya. [C.] Paṭisambhidi.

[SL Page 152] [\x 152/]

Cattāri satasahassāni aṭṭheva nahutāni ca,
Ettakaṃ pahalattena jalaṃ vāte patiṭṭhitaṃ.

Tassā pi sandhārako. [PTS Page 206] [\q 206/]

Navasata sahassāni māḷuto nahamuggato.
Saṭṭhiñceva sahassāni esā lokassa saṇṭhitīti.

Evaṃ sanṭhite cettha yojanānaṃ.

Caturāsīti sahassāni ajjhogāḷho mahaṇṇave,
Accuggato tāvadeva sineru pabbatuttamo.

Tato upaḍḍhupaḍḍhena pamāṇena yathākkamaṃ,
Ajjhogāḷhuggatā dibbā nānāratana cittitā.

Yugandharo īsadharo karaviko sudassano,
Nemindharo vinatako assakaṇṇo giribrahā.

Ete satta mahāselā sinerussa samantato,
Mahārājānamāvāsā devayakkha nisevitā.

Yojanānaṃ satānucco himavā pañca pabbato,
Yojanānaṃ sahassāni tīṇi āyatavitthato, 1
Caturāsīti sahassehi kūṭehi patimaṇḍito.

Tipañca yojanakkhandha parikkhepā nagavhayā,
Paññāsa yojanakkhandha sādhāyāmā samantato.

Satayojana vitthinṇā tāvadeva ca uggatā.
Jambu yassānubhāvena sambudīpo pakāsito.

Yañcetaṃ ṃmbuyā pamāṇaṃ, etadeva asurānaṃ citrapāmaliyā, garuḷānaṃ simbalirukkhassa, aparagoyāne kadambassa, uttara kurūsu kapparukkhassa, pubbavidehe sirīsassa, tāvatiṃsesu pāricchattakassāti.

Tenāhu porāṇā: -

Pāṭalī simbalī jambu devānaṃ pāricchattako,
Kadambo kapparukkho ca sirīsena bhavati sattamaṃ.

Dveasītisahassāni ajjhogāḷho mahaṇṇave,
Accuggato tāvadeva cakkāvāḷa siluccayo,
Parikkhipitvā taṃ sabbaṃ lokadhātumayaṃ ṭhitoti. [PTS Page 207] [\q 207/]

Tattha - candamaṇḍalaṃ ekūnapaññāsayojanaṃ, suriyamaṇḍalaṃ paññāsayojanaṃ, tāvatiṃsabhavanaṃ dasasahassayojanaṃ, tathā asurabhavanaṃ, avīcimahānirayo, jambudīpo ca. Aparagoyānaṃ

1. Ma. 11. Āyāmavitthato.

[SL Page 153] [\x 153/]

Sattasahassayojanaṃ, tathā pubbavidehaṃ, uttarakuru aṭṭhasahassa yojanaṃ, ekameko cettha mahādīpo pañcasata pañcasataparitta dīpaparivāro, taṃ sabbampi ekaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ ekā lokadhātu, tadantaresu lokantarikanirayā, evaṃ anantāni cakkavāḷāni anantā lokadhātuyo bhagavā anantena buddhañāṇena avedi aññāsi paṭivijjhi evamassa okāsalokopi sabbathā vidito evampi sabbathā viditalokattā lokavidū.

Attanā pana guṇehi visiṭṭhatarassa kassaci abhāvato natthi etassa uttaroti anuttaro. Tathā hesa sīlaguṇenāpi sabbaṃ lokamabhibhavati, samādhi - paññā- vumutti - vumuttiñāṇadassanaguṇe nā pi, sīlaguṇenāpi asamo asamasamo appaṭimo appaṭibhāgo appaṭipuggalo -pevumuttigñāṇadassanaguṇenā pi, yathāha: nakho panāhaṃ bhikkhave samanupassāmi sadevako loke samārake -pesadevamanussāya attanā sīlasampannataraṃ" ti[a] vitthāro, evaṃ aggappasādasuttādīni "na me ācariyo atthi"ti ādigāthāye ca vitthāretabbā.

Purasadamme sārethīti purisadammasārathi. Dameti vinetīti vuttaṃ hoti, tattha purisadammotiadantā dametuṃ yuttā tiracchāna purisā pi manussa amanussapurisā pi, tathāhi: - bhagavatā tiracchānapurisā pi apalālo nāgarājā, cūḷodaro, mahodaro, aggisiko, dhūmasiko, āravāḷo nāgarājā, dhanapālako hatti evamādayo damitā nibbisā katā saraṇesu ca sīlesu ca patiṭṭhāpitā. Manussapurisā pi saccaka nigaṇṭhaputta ambaṭṭhamāṇava [PTS Page 208] [\q 208/] pokkharāsāti soṇadaṇḍa kūmadantādayo, amanussapurisā pi āḷavaka suciloma kharalomayakkha sakkadevarājādayo damitā vinītā vicitrehi vinayanūpāyehi. " Ahaṃ kho kesi purisadamme saṇhena pi vinemi, pharusena pi vinemi, saṇhapharusena pi vinemī"ti[b] idañcettha suttaṃ vitthāre tabbaṃ. Apica: - anuttaro purisadammasārathīti ekamevidaṃ atthapadaṃ, bhagavā hi tathā purisadamme sāretī yathā ekapallaṅkeneva nisinnā aṭṭhadisā asajjamānā dhāvanti, tasmā "anuttaro purisadammasārathi"ti vuccati. " Hattidamakena bhikkhave hatthidammo sārito ekaṃ yeva disaṃ dhāvatī"ti[c] idaṃ cettha suttaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ.

Diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthehi yathārahaṃ anusāsatīti satthā. Apica satthāti satthā bhagavāsatthavāho, yathā satthavāho satthe kantāraṃ tāreti, corakantāraṃ tāreti, vāḷakantāraṃ

[A.] Saṃ- nikāya. [B.] Aṅguttaranikā. [C.] Saṃ- nikāya.

[SL Page 154] [\x 154/]

Tāreti, dubhikkhakantāraṃ tāreti, nirūdakakantāraṃ tāreti, uttāreti, nittāreti, patāreti khemantabhūmiṃ sampāpeti, evaṃ mevaṃ bhagavā satthā satthavāho satte kantāraṃ tāreti jāti kantāraṃ tāretīti ādinā niddesanayena pettha atto vedi tabbo. Devamanussānanti devānañca manussānañca, ukkaṭṭha paricchedavasena bhabbapuggalaparicchedavasena cetaṃ vuttaṃ. Bhagavā pana tiracchānagatānampi anusāsanippādānena satthāyeva, tepihi bhagavato dhammasavaṇena upanissayasampattiṃ patvātāya eva upanissayasampattiyā dutiye tatiya vā attabhāve maggaphalabhāgino honti. Maṇḍukadevaputtādayo cettha nidassanaṃ: - bhagavati kira gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre campānagaravāsīnaṃ dhammaṃ desaya māne eko maṇḍūko bhagavato sare nimittaṃ [PTS Page 209] [\q 209/] aggahesi. Taṃ eko vacchapālako daṇḍamolubbha tiṭṭhanto sīse sanni rumbhitvā aṭṭhāsi. So tāvadeva kālaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsabhavane dvādasayojanike kaṇakavimāne nibbatti suttappabuddho viya, tattha accharāsaṃghaparivutaṃ attānaṃ disvā are ahampi nāma idha nibbatto kinnukho kammaṃ akāsinti āvajjento na aññaṃ kiñci addasā aññatra bhagavato sara nimittaggāhā, so tāvadeva saha vimānena āgantvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandi. Bhagavā jānantova pucchi.

Ko me vandati pādāni iddhiyā yasasā jalaṃ,
Abhikkantena vaṇṇena sabbā obhāsayaṃ disāti.

Manḍūkohaṃ pure āsaṃ udake vārigocaro,
Tava dhammaṃ suṇantassa avadhī vacchapālakoti. [A]

Bhagavā tassa dhammaṃ desesi caturāsītiyā pāṇasahassānaṃ dhammābhi samayo ahosi. Devaputto pi sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāya sitaṃ katvā pakkāmīti.

Yampana kiñci atthi ñeyyaṃ nāma sabbassa buddhattā vimokkhanti kañāṇavasena buddho. Yasmā vā cattāri saccāni attanā pi bujkdi, aññe pi satte bodhesi, tasmā evamādihi pi kāraṇehi buddho. Imassa ca pana atthassa viññāpanatthaṃ: - " bujkditā saccānīti buddho, bodhetā pajāyāti buddho"ti evaṃ pavatto sabbo pi niddesanayo paṭisambhidānayo vā vitthāretabbo.

Bhagavāti idaṃ panassa guṇavisiṭṭha sattuttama garugāravādhivacanaṃ tenāhu porāṇā: -

Bhagavāti vacanaṃ seṭṭhaṃ bhagavāti vacanuttamaṃ,
Garugāravayutto so bhagavā tena vuccatī ti.
[A.] Saṃ- nikāya.

[SL Page 155] [\x 155/]

Catubbidhaṃ vā nāmaṃ: - āvatthikaṃ liṅgikaṃ nemittikaṃ adhicca samuppannanti. Adhivaccasamuppannaṃ nāma: - lokiyavohārena yadicchakanti vuttaṃ hoti. Tattha vaccho [PTS Page 210] [\q 210/] dammo balivaddoti evamādi āvatthikaṃ, daṇḍi chattī sikhī karīti evamādi liṅgikaṃ, tevijjo chaḷa bhiññoti evamādi nemittikaṃ, sirivaḍḍhako dhanavaḍḍhakoti evamādi vacanatthaṃ anapekkhitvā pavattaṃ adhiccasamuppannaṃ, badaṃ pana bhagavāti nāmaṃ nemittikaṃ. Na mahāmāyāya, na suddhodasamahā jena na asītiyā ñātisahassehi kataṃ, na sakkasantusitādīhi devatāvisesehi. Vuttañcetaṃ dhammasenāpatinā: - " bhagavāti netaṃ nāmaṃ mātarā kataṃ na pitarā kataṃ, na bhātarā kataṃ, na bhaginiyā kataṃ, na mittāmaccehi kataṃ, na ñātisālohitehi kataṃ, na samaṇabrāhmaṇehi kataṃ, na devatāhikataṃ, vimokkhantikametaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ bodiyā mule saha sabbañññutañāṇassa paṭilābhā sacchikā paññatti yadidaṃ bhagavā"ti[a.] Yaṃ guṇanemittikañcetaṃnāmaṃ, tesaṃ guṇānaṃ pakāsanatthaṃ imaṃ gāthaṃ vadanti.

Bhagi bhaji bhāgi vibhattavā iti
Akāsi bhagganti karūti bhāgyavā,
Pahūhi ñāyehi subhāvitattano
Bhavantago so bhagavāti vuccatīti.

Niddese vuttanayeneva cettha tesaṃ tesaṃ padānaṃ attho daṭṭhabbo. Ayaṃ pana aparo nayo.

Bhagyavā bhaggavā yutto bhagehi ca vibhattavā,
Bhattavā vantagamano bhavesu bhagavā tatoti.

Tattha: - " vanṇāgamo vaṇṇavipariyāyoti ādikaṃ nirutti lakkhaṇaṃ gahetvā saddanayenavā pisodarādipakkhepalakkhaṇaṃ gahetvā yasmā lokiyalokuttarasukhābhinibbattakaṃ dānasīlādi pārappettaṃ bhāgyamassa atthi tasmā bhāgyavāti vattabbe bhagavāti vuccatīti ñātabbaṃ. Yasmā pana lobha dosa moha viparīta manasi kāra ahirikānottappa kodhūpanāha makkha palāsa bassā macchariya māyā sātyye thambha sārambha mānātimāna madappamāda taṇhā vijjā tividhākusalamūla duccarita saṃkilesamala visamasaññā [PTS Page 211] [\q 211/] vitakkappapañca catubbidha vipariyāsa āsava gattha ogha yoga agati taṇhūppādupādāna pañca cetokhila vinibandha nīvaraṇābinandana cha vivādamūla taṇhā kāya sattānusaya aṭṭhamicchatta navataṇhā mūlaka dasākusalakammapatha dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhigata aṭṭhasatataṇhāvicaritappabheda sabbadaratha pariḷāha kilesasatasahassāni saṃkhepato vā pañca kilesakkhandha abhisaṅkhāra devaputta maccu māre abhañji. Tasmā bhaggattā etesaṃ parissa yānaṃ bhaggavāti vattabbe bhagavāti vuccati. Āhacettha.

[A.] Niddesa.

[SL Page 156] [\x 156/]

Bhaggarāgo bhaggadoso bhaggamoho anāsavo,
Bhaggāssa pāpakā dhammā bhagavā tena vuccatīti.

Bhāgyavatāya1 cassa satapuññalakkhaṇadharassa rūpakāyasampatti dīpitā hoti, bhaggadosatāya dhammakāyasampatti, tathā lokiya parikkhakānaṃ2 bahumatabhāvo, gahaṭṭhapabbajitehi abigamanīyatā, abigatānañca tesaṃ kāyacittadukkhāpanayane paṭibalabhāvo, āmisadānadhammadānehi upakāritā, lokiyalokuttarasukhehi ca saṃyojanasamatthatā dīpitāhoti. Yasmā ca loke issariya dhamma yasa siri kāmappayattesu chasu dhammesu bhagasaddo vattati. Paramaṃ cassa sakacitte issariyaṃ, aṇimā laghimādikaṃ vā lokiya sammataṃ sabbākāraparipūraṃ atthi, tathā lokuttaro dhammo, lokattaya vyāpito yathābhūta guṇādhigato ativiya parisuddho yaso, rūpa kāyadassanavyāvaṭajananayanamanappasādajananasamatthā sabbākāra paripūrā sabbaṅgapaccaṅgasiri, yaṃ yaṃ etena icchitaṃ patthitaṃ atta hitaṃ parahitaṃ vā tassa tassa tatheva abhinipphannattā icchita nipphatti saññito kāmo, sabbalokagarubhāvappattihetubhūto sammāvāyāmasaṅkhāto payatto ca atthi, tasmā imehi bhagehi yuttattāpi bhagā assa santīti iminā atthena bhagavāti vuccati. Yasmā pana kusalādīhi bhedehi sabbadhamme, khandhāyatana dhātu sacca indriya paṭiccasamuppādādīhi [PTS Page 212] [\q 212/] vā kusalādidhamme, pīḷana saṅghata santāpa viparināmaṭṭhena vā dukkhamariyasaccaṃ, āyūhana nidāna saṃyoga paḷibodhaṭṭhena samudayaṃ, nissaraṇa vivekā 'saṅkhata amataṭṭhena nirodaṃ, niyyānikahetudassanādhipateyyaṭṭhena maggaṃ' vibhattavā vibhajitvā vivaritvā desitavāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tasmā vibhattavāti vattabbe bhagavāti vuccati. Tasmā ca esa dibbabrahmaariyavihāre kāyacittaupadhiviveke suññatāppanihitānimittavimokkhe aññe ca lokiyalokuttare uttarimanussadhamme bhaji sevi bahulamakāsi, tasmā bhattavāti vattabbe bhagavāti vuccati. Yasmā pana tūsu bhavesu taṇhāsaṅkhātaṃ gamanamanena vantaṃ, tasmā bhavesu vantagamanoti vattabbe bhavasaddato bhakāraṃ gamanasaddato gakāraṃ vantasaddato vakārañca dīghaṃ katvā ādāya bhagavāti vuccati. Yathā loke mehanassa khassa mālāti vattabbe mekhalāti.

Tassevaṃ iminā ca iminā ca kāraṇena so bhagavā arahaṃ -peiminā ca iminā ca kāraṇena bhagavāti buddhaguṇe anussarato neva tasmiṃ samayo rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na dosa pariyuṭṭhitaṃ, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, ujugatamevassa tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ hoti tathāgataṃ āhabbha. Iccassa evaṃ rāgā

1. Bhāgyavantatāya 2. Ma11. Lokiyasarikkhakānaṃ.

[SL Page 157] [\x 157/]

Disu pariyuṭṭhānābhāvena vikkhamhitanīvaraṇassa kammaṭṭhānābimukha tāya ajugatacittassa buddhaguṇapoṇā vitakkavicārā pavattanti, buddhaguṇe anuvitakkayato anuvicārayato pīti uppajjati, pīti manassa pītipadaṭṭhānāya passaddhiyā kāyacittadarathā paṭippassambanti, passaddhadarathassa kāyikampi cetasikampi sukhaṃ uppajjati, sukhino buddhaguṇārammaṇaṃhutvā cittaṃ samādhiyatīti anukkamena ekakkhaṇe jhānaṅgāni uppajjanti, buddhaguṇānampana gambhīratāya nāppakāraguṇānussaraṇādhimuttatāya vā appanaṃ appatvā upa cārappattameva jhānaṃ hoti. Tadetaṃ buddhaguṇānussaraṇavasena uppannattā buddhānussaticceva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Imañca pana buddhānussatimanuyutto bhakkhū satthari sagāravo hoti sappatisso, saddhāvepullaṃ sativepullaṃ paññāvepullaṃ puññavepullaṃ ca adhi gacchati, pītu pāmojjabahulo hoti, bhayabherava [PTS Page 213] [\q 213/] saho dukkhādhi vāsanasamattho, satthārā saṃvāsasaññaṃ paṭilabhati, buddhaguṇānussatiyā ajjhāvutthañcassa sarīrampi cetiyagharamiva pūjārahaṃ hoti, buddhabhumiyaṃ cittaṃ namati, vītikkavitabbavatthusamāyoge cassa sammukhā satthāraṃ passato viya hirottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhāti, uttariṃ appaṭivijjhanto pana sugatiparāyano hoti.

Tasmā bhave appamādaṃ kayirātha sumedhaso,
Evaṃ mahānubhāvāya buddhānussatiyā sadāti.
Idaṃ tāva buddhānussatiyaṃ vitthārakathā mukhaṃ.

Dhammānussatiṃ bhāvetukāmenāpi rahogatena patisallīnena "svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehi passiko opanayiko paccattaṃ veditabbo. Viññūhī"ti[a] evaṃ pariyattidhammassa ceva navavidhassa ca lokuttaradhammassa guṇā anussari tabbā. Svakkhātotiimasmiṃ hi pade pariyattidhammopisaṅgahaṃ gacchati, itaresu lokuttaradhammova. Tattha pariyattidhammo tāva: - svākkhāto ādimajjhapariyosānakalyāṇattā, sātthasavyañjana kevalaparipuṇṇaparisuddhabrahmacariyappakāsanattā ca. Yaṃ hi bhagavā ekagāthampi deseti, sā samantabhadrakattā dhammassa paṭhamapādena ādikalyāṇā, dutiyatatiyapādehi majjhe kalyāṇā, pacchimapādena pariyosānakalyāṇā, ekānusandhikaṃ suttaṃ nidānena ādi kalyāṇaṃ, nigamanena pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ, sesena majjhe kalyāṇaṃ. Nānānusandhikaṃ suttaṃ paṭhamānusandhinā ādikalyāṇaṃ, pacchimena pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ, sesehi majjhe kalyāṇaṃ apica: sanidānasauppattikattā ādikalyāṇaṃ, veneyyānaṃ anu

[A.] Saṃ- nikāya.

Rūpato atthassa avitaparitatāya ca hetudāharaṇayuttato ca majjhe kalyāṇaṃ, sotunaṃsa ddhāpaṭilābhajananena nigamanena ca pariyo sānakalyāṇaṃ. Sakalo pi sāsanadhammo attano atthabhūtena sīlena ādikalyāṇo, samathavipassanāmaggaphalehi majjhe kalyāṇo, nibbāṇena pariyosānakalyāṇo, sīlasamādhihi vā ādi kalyāno, vipassanāmaggehi [PTS Page 214] [\q 214/] majjhe kalyāṇo, phalanibbāṇehi pariyosānakalyāno. Buddhasuboditāya vā ādikalyāṇo, dhammasudhammatāya majjhe kalyāno, saṅghasuppaṭipattiyā pariyosāna kalyāṇo, taṃ sutvā tathattāya paṭipannena adhigantabbāya. Abhisambodiyā vā ādikalyāno, paccekabodhiyā majjhe kalyāṇo, sāvakabodhiyā pariyosānakalyāṇo. Suyyamānocesa nīvaraṇa vikkhambhanato savaṇena pi kalyāṇamevāvahatīti ādikalyāno, paṭipajjiyamāno samathavipassanā sukhāvahanato paṭipattiyā pi kalyāṇaṃ āvahatīti majjhe kalyāṇo, tathā paṭipanno ca paṭipattiphale niṭṭhite tādibhāvāvahanato paṭipattiphalena pi kalyaṇaṃ āvahatīti pariyosānakalyāṇoti evaṃ ādimajjhapariyosānakalyāṇattā svākkhāto. Yaṃ panesa bhagavā dhammaṃ desento sāsanabrahmacariyaṃ maggabrahmacariyañca pakāseti nānā nayehi dīpeti, taṃ yathānūrūpaṃ atthasampattiyā sātthaṃ, vyañjana sampattiyā savyañjanaṃ, saṅkāsana pakāsanavivaraṇa vibhajana uttānī karaṇa paññatti atthapadasamāyogato sātthaṃ, akkharapadavyañjanā kāraniruttiniddesasampattiyā savyañjanaṃ, atthagambhīratā paṭi vedhagambhīratāhi sātthaṃ, dhammagambhīratā desanāgambhīratāhi savyañjanaṃ, atthapaṭibhāna paṭisambhidā visayato sātthaṃ, dhammanirātti paṭisambhidāvisayato savyañjanaṃ, paṇḍita vedanīyato parikkhaka janappasādakanti sātthaṃ, saddheyyato lokiyajanappasādakanti savyañjanaṃ, gambhīrādhippāyato sātthaṃ, uttānapadato savyañjanaṃ, upanetabbassa abhāvato sakalaparipuṇṇabhāvena kevalaparipunṇaṃ, apanetabbassa abāvato niddosabhāvena parisuddhaṃ. Apica: paṭipattiyā adigama vyattito sātthaṃ, pariyattiyā āgama byattito savyañjanaṃ, sīlādipañcadhammakkhandha yuttato kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ, nirupakkilesato nittharaṇatthāya pavattito lokā misanirapekkhato ca parisuddhanti evaṃsāttha savyañjana kevalaparipuṇṇa parisuddha brahmacariyappakāsanato svākkhāto, atthavipallā sābhāvato vā suṭṭhu akkhātoti svākkhāto. Yathāhi aññatitthi yānaṃ dhammassa attho vipallāsaṃ āpajjati, antarāyikāti vutta dhammānaṃ antarāyikattābhāvato [PTS Page 215] [\q 215/] niyyānikāti ca vuttadhammānaṃ niyyānikattābhāvato tena te durakkhātadhammāyeva honti, na tathā bhagavato dhammassa attho vipallāsaṃ āpajjati ime dhammā antarāyikā ime nīyyānikāti evaṃ vuttadhammānaṃ tathābhāvāna

[SL Page 159] [\x 159/]

Tikkamanatoti evaṃ tāva pariyattimmo svakkhāto. Lokuttaradhammo pana nibbāṇānurūpāya paṭipattiyā paṭipadānurūpassa ca nibbāṇassa akkhātattā svākkhāto, yathāha: -

Supaññattā kho pana tena bhagavatā sāvakānaṃ nibbāṇa gāminī paṭipadā saṃsandatī nibbāṇañca paṭipadā ca, seyyathāpi nāma gaṅgodakaṃ yamunodakena saṃsandati sameti, evameva supaññattā ko pana tena bhagavatā sāvakānaṃ nibbāṇagāminī paṭipadā ssandati nibbāṇañca paṭipadācāti, [a]

Ariyamaggo cettha antadvayaṃ anupagamma pajjhimā paṭipadā bhūtova majjhimā paṭipadāti akkātattā svākkhāto. Sāmañña phalāni paṭippassaddhakilesāneva paṭippassaddhakilesānīti akkhātattā svākkātāni. Nibbāṇaṃ sassatāmatatāṇaleṇādisabhāva meva sassatādisabhāvavasena akkhātattā svākkhātanti evaṃ lokuttaradhammopi svākkhāto.

Sanduṭṭhikoti ettha pana ariyamaggo tāva attano santāne rāgādīnaṃ abhāvakaraṇena1sāmaṃ daṭṭhabboti sandiṭṭhiko. Yathāhaṃ: "ratto ko brāhmaṇa rāgena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto attavyābādhāya pi ceteti paravyābādhādhipiceteti ubhayavyābādhāya pi ceteti, cetasikampi dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, rāge pahīṇe nevattavyābādhāya ceteti, na paravyābādhādhipiteteti ubhayavyābādhāya ceteti, na cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti, evampi kho brāhmaṇa sandiṭṭhiko dhammo hotī"ti. [PTS Page 216 [\q 216/] b.]

Apica: - navavidho pi lokuttaradhammo yena yena adhigato hoti, tena tena parasaddhāya gantabbataṃ hitvā paccavekkhaṇa ñāṇena sayaṃ daṭṭhabboti sandiṭṭhiko. Athavā: - pasatthā diṭṭhi sandiṭṭhi, sandiṭṭhiyā jayatīti sandiṭṭhiko, tathāhettha ariyamaggo sampayuttāya ariyaphalaṃ kāraṇabhūtāya nibbāṇaṃ visayībhūtāya sandiṭṭhiyā kilese jayati, tasmā yathā rathena jayatīti rathiko, evaṃ navavidhopi lokuttaradhammo savdiṭṭhiyā jayatīti savdiṭṭhiko, athavā: - diṭṭhanti dassanaṃ vuccati, diṭṭhameva sandiṭṭhaṃ sandassananti attho. Sandiṭṭhaṃ arahatīti sandiṭṭhiko. Lokuttaradhammo hi bāvanābhi samayavasena sacchikiriyābhisamayavasena ca dissamānoyeva vaṭṭabhayaṃ nivatteti. Tasmā yathā vatthamarahatītivatthiko, evaṃ sandiṭṭhaṃ arahatīti sandiṭṭhiko.

Attano phaladānaṃ sandhāya nāssa kāloti akālo, akālo yeva akāliko. Na pañcāhasattāhādibhedaṃ kālaṃ khepetvā phalaṃ deti, attano pana pavattisamanantarameva phaladoti vuttaṃ

[A.] Saṃ - nikāya. [B.] Aṅguttaranika. 1. Ma. 11. Abhāvaṃkarottenaariyapuggalena

[SL Page 160] [\x 160/]
Hoti. Athavā: - attano phalappadāno pakaṭṭho kālo patto assāti kāliko. Ko so? Lokiyo kusaladhammo, ayaṃ pana samanantaraphalattā na kālikotiakāliko, idaṃ maggameva sandhāya vuttaṃ.

Ehi passa imaṃ dhammanti evaṃ pavattaṃ ehi passa vidhiṃ arahatīti ehipassiko. Kasmā panesa taṃ vidiṃ arahatīti? Vijjamānattā parisuddhattāca, rittamuṭṭhiyaṃ hi hiraññaṃ vā suvaṇṇaṃ vā atthiti vatvāpi ehi passa imanti na sakkā vattuṃ, kasmā? Avijjamānattā. Vijjamānampica guthaṃ vā muttaṃ vā manuññabhāvappakāsanena citta sampahaṃsanatthaṃ ehi passaimanti na sakkā vattuṃ. Apica kho taṃ tiṇehi vā paṇnehi vā paṭiccādetabbamevahoti. Kasmā? Aparisuddhattā. Ayaṃ pana navavidhopi lokuttaradhammo sabhāva tova vijjamāno vigatavalāhake ākāse sampunṇa candamaṇḍalaṃ viya, paṇḍukambale nikkhittajātimaṇi viya ca parisuddho. [PTS Page 217] [\q 217/] tasmā vijjamānattā parisuddhattā ca ehi passa vidiṃ arahatīti1 ehi passiko.

Upanetabboti opanayiko. Ayaṃ panettha vinicchayo: - upanayanaṃ upanayo. Ādittaṃ ceḷaṃ vā sīsaṃ vā ajjhupekkhitvāpi bhāvanāvasena attano citte upanayanaṃ arahatītiopanayiko. Idaṃ saṅkhate lokuttaradhamme yujjati. Asaṅkhato pana attano cittena upanayanaṃ arahatīti opanayiko. Sacchikiriyāvasena allīyanaṃ aharatīti attho. Athavā: - nibbāṇaṃ upanetīti ariya maggo upaneyyo, saccikātabbataṃ upanetabbotiphalaṃ nibbāṇadhammo upaneyyo. Upaneyyova opanayiko.

Paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhīti sabbehipi ugghaṭitaññu ādihi viññuhi attani attani veditabbo: - bhāvito me maggo, adhigataṃ phalaṃ, sacchikato nirodhoti. Na hi upajjhāyena bhāvite magge saddhivihārikassa kilesā pahīyanti, na so tassa phalasamāpattiyā phāsuṃ viharati. Na tena sacchikataṃ nibbāṇaṃ sacchikaroti, tasmā na esa parassa sīse ābharanaṃ viya daṭṭhabbo, attano pana citteyeva daṭṭhabbo. Anubhavitabbo viññūhīti vuttaṃ hoti. Bālānaṃ pana avisayo cesa. Apica: svākkhāto ayaṃ dhammo. Kasmā? Sandiṭṭhikattā, savdiṭṭhiko akālikattā, akāliko ehipassikattā, yoca ehi passiko, so nāma opanayiko hotīti tassevaṃ svākkhātatādibhede dhammaguṇe anussarato neva tasmiṃ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti. Na dosa- na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, ujugatamevassa tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ

1. Sī. 11. Ehipassaṃ arahatīti.

[SL Page 161] [\x 161/]

Hoti dhammaṃ ārabbhāti purimanayeneva vikkhamhitanīvaraṇassa ekakkhaṇe jhānaṅgāni uppajjanti dhammaguṇānaṃ pana gambhīratāya nānāppakāraguṇānussaraṇādhimuttatāya vā appanaṃappatvā upacārappattameva jhānaṃ hoti. Tadetaṃ dhammaguṇānussaraṇavasena uppannattā dhammānussaticceva saṅghaṃ gacchati. [PTS Page 218] [\q 218/] imañca pana dhammānussatimanuyutto bhikkhū evaṃ opanayikassa dhammassa desetāraṃ iminā 'paṅgena samannāgataṃ satthāraṃ neva atītaṃse samanu passāmi na panetarahi aññattha tena bhagavatāti evaṃ dhammaguṇa dassaneneva satthari sagāravo hoti sappatisso, dhamme garu vittīkāro saddhādivepullaṃ adhigacchati, pītipāmojjabahulo hoti. Bhayabherava saho, dukkhādivāsanasamattho, dammena saṃvāsa saññaṃ paṭilabhati dhammaguṇānussatiyā ajjhāvutthañcassa sarīrampi cetiyagharamiva pūjārahaṃ hoti, anuttaradhammādhigamāya cittaṃ namati, vītikkamitabbavatthusamāyoge cassa dhammasudhammataṃ samanussarato hirottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhāti, uttariṃ appaṭivijjhanto pana sugatiparāyano hoti.

Tasmā bave appamādaṃ kayirātha suvedhaso,
Evaṃ mahānubhāvāya dhammānussatiyā sadāti.

Idaṃ dhammānussatiyaṃ vitthārakathāmukhaṃ.

Saṅghānussatiṃ bhāvetukāmenāpi rahogatena patisallīnena "supaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujupaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyapaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcipaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggālā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhineyyo añjalikaraṇiyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā"ti. [A] evaṃ ariyasaṅghaguṇā anussari tabbā. Tattha supaṭipannoti - suṭṭhu paṭipanno, sammā paṭipadaṃ anivattipaṭipadaṃ anulomapaṭipadaṃ apaccanīkapaṭipadaṃ dhammānudhammapaṭi padaṃ paṭipannoti vuttaṃ hoti. Bhagavato ovādānusāsaniṃ sakkaccaṃ suṇantīti sāvakā, sāvakānaṃ saṅgho sāvakasaṅgho. Sīladiṭṭhisāmaññatāya saṅghātabhāvaṃ āpanno sāvakasamuhoti attho. Yasmā [PTS Page 219] [\q 219/] pana sā sammā paṭipadā ujū avaṅkā akuṭulā ajimhā ariyo ca ñāyotipi vuccati, anucchavikattā ca sāmīcitipi saṅkhaṃ gatā, tasmā taṃ paṭipanno ariyasaṅgho ujupaṭipanno ñāyapaṭipanno sāmīcipaṭipannotipi vutto. Ettha ca ye maggaṭṭhā te sammāpaṭipattisamaṅgitāya supaṭipannā, ye phalaṭṭhā te sammā paṭi

1. Saṃ- nikāya.

[SL Page 162] [\x 162/]

Padāya adigantabbassa adhigatattā atītaṃ paṭipadaṃ upādāya supaṭipannāti veditabbā. Apica: - svākkhāte dhammavinaye yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipannattāpi apanṇakapaṭipadaṃ paṭipannattāpisupaṭipanno. Majjhimāya paṭipadāya antadvayaṃ anupagamma paṭipannattā kāyavacī manovaṅka kuṭula jimha dosappahānāya paṭipannattā ca ujupaṭipanno. Ñāyo vuccati nibbāṇaṃ, tadatthāya paṭipannattā ñāya paṭipanno. Yathā paṭipannā sāmīcikammā1 rahā honti, tathā paṭipannattā sāmīcipaṭipanno. Yadidanti yāni imāni. Cattāri purisa yugānīti yugalavasena paṭhamamaggaṭṭho phalaṭṭhoti idamekaṃ yugalanti evaṃ cattāri purisayugalāni honti. Aṭṭhapurisapuggalāni purisa puggalavasena eko paṭhamamaggaṭṭho eko phalaṭṭhoti iminā nayena aṭṭheva purisapuggalā honti. Etthaca purisoti vā puggaloti vā ekaṭṭhānetāni padāni. Veneyyavasena panetaṃ vuttaṃ, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅghoti yānimāni yugavasena cattāri purisayugāni pāṭiyekkato aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyoti ādīsu ānetvā hunitabbanti āhunaṃ, duratopi ānetvā sīlavantesu dātabbanti attho. Catunnaṃ paccayānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ, taṃ āhunaṃ paṭiggahetuṃ yutto tassa mahapphalakaraṇatoti āhuneyyo. Athavā: dūra topi āgantvā sabbasāpateyyampi ettha hūnitabbanti āhavaniyo sakkādinampi vā āhavanaṃ arahatīti āhavanīyo. Yo cāyaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ āhavanīyo nāma aggi yattha hutaṃ mahapphalanti tesaṃ laddhi. [PTS Page 220] [\q 220/] sace hutassa mahapphalatāya āhavanīyo, saṅghova āhava niyo, saṅghe hutaṃ hi mahapphalaṃ hoti. Yathāha: -

"Yo ca vassasataṃ jantu aggiṃ paricare vane,
Ekañca bhāvitattānaṃ muhuttampi pūjaye,
Sāyeva pūjanā seyyā yañce vassasataṃ hutaṃ"nti. [A]

Tadetaṃ nikāyantare āhavanīyoti padaṃ idha āhuneyyoti iminā padena atthato ekaṃ, vyañjanato panettha kiñcimatta meva nānāṃ, iti āhuneyyo. Pāhuneyyotiettha pana pāhunaṃ vuccati disāvīdisato āgatānaṃ piyamanāpānaṃ ñāti mittānaṃ attāyasakkārena paṭiyattaṃ āgantukadānaṃ, tampi ṭhapetvā te tathārūpe pāhunake saṅghasseva dātuṃ yuttaṃ, saṅghova taṃ paṭiggahetuṃ yutto. Saṅghasadiso hi pāhunako natti, tathāhesa ekakhuddhantare ca dissati, abbokinṇañca. Piya manāpattakarehi dhammehi samannāgatoti evaṃ pāhunamassa dātuṃ yuttaṃ, pāhunañca paṭiggahetuṃ yuttoti pāhuneyyo. Yesaṃ

1. Ma. 1. Sāmicipaṭipannārahā. [A.] Dhammapada.

[SL Page 163] [\x 163/]

Pana pāhavanīyoti pāḷi, tesaṃ yasmā saṅgho pubbakāraṃ arahati tasmā sabbapaṭhamaṃ ānetvā ettha hunitabbanti pāhavanīyo. Sabbappakārena vā āhavanaṃ arahatīti pāhavaniyo, svāyamidha teneva atthena pāhuneyyoti vuccati. Dakkhiṇāti pana para lokaṃ saddahitvā dātabbadānaṃ vuccati. Taṃ dakkinaṃ arahati dakkhiṇāya vā hito, yasmā naṃ mahapphalakaraṇatāya visodhetīti dakkhiṇeyyo. Ubo hatthe sirasi patiṭṭhāpetvā sabbalokena kayiramānaṃ añjalikammaṃ arahatīti añjalikaraṇiyo. Anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti sabbalokassa asadisaṃ puññavirūha naṭṭhānaṃ, yathāhi - rañño vā amaccassa vā sālīnaṃ vā yacānaṃ vā virūhanaṭṭhānaṃ rañño sālikkhettaṃ yavakkhettanti vuccati. Evaṃ saṅgho sabba lokassa puññānaṃ virūhanaṭṭhānaṃ saṅghaṃ nissāya hi lokassa nānappakārahitasukhasaṃvattanikāni puññāni virūhanti. Tasmā saṅgho anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassāti. Evaṃ supaṭipannatādibhede saṅghaguṇe anussarato neva [PTS Page 221] [\q 221/] tasmiṃ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti. Na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti. Na moha pariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti. Ujugatamevassa tasmiṃ samayo cittaṃ hoti, saṅghaṃ ārabbhāti purimanayeneva vikkhamhitanīvaraṇassa ekakkaṇeyeva jhānaṅgāni uppajjanti, saṅghaguṇānaṃ panagambhīra tāya nānappakāraguṇānussaraṇādimuttatāya vā appanaṃ appatvā upacārappattameva jhānaṃ hoti. Tadetaṃ saṅghaguṇānussaraṇa vasena uppannattā saṅghānussaticceva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Imaṃ ca pana saṅghānussatiṃ anuyutto bikkhū saṅghe sagāravo hoti sappatisso, saddhādivepullaṃ adigacchata, pītipāmojjabahulo hoti, bhayabherava sabho, dukkhādivāsanasamattho saṅghena saṃvāsasaññaṃ paṭilabhati, saṅghaguṇānussatiyā ajjhāvutthañcassa sarīraṃ sannipatita saṅghamiva uposathāgāraṃ pūjārahaṃhotī, saṅghaguṇādhigamāya cittaṃ namati, vītikkamitabbavatthusamāyoge cassa sammukhā saṅghaṃ passato viya hirottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhāti, uttariṃ appaṭivijjhanto pana sugatiparāyano hoti.

Tasmā have appamādaṃ kayirātha sumedhaso,
Evaṃ mahānubhāvāya saṅghānussatiyā sadāti.

Edaṃ saṅghānussatiyaṃ vitthārakathāmukhaṃ.

Sīlānussatiṃ bhāvetukāmena pana rahogatena patisallīnena: "aho vata me sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acciddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni vuññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādisaṃvattanikānī"ti[a] evaṃ akhaṇḍatādi guṇavasena attano sīlāni

[A.] Saṃ- nikāya.

[SL Page 164] [\x 164/]

Anussaritabbāni. Tāni ca gahāṭṭhena gahaṭṭhasīlāni, pabbajitena pabbajitasīlāni. Gahaṭṭhasīlāni vā hontu pabbajitasīlāni vā, yesaṃ ādimhi vā ante vā ekampi na bhinnaṃ, tāni pariyantejinna sāmako viya na khaṇḍānīti akhaṇḍāni. [PTS Page 222] [\q 222/] yesaṃ vemajjhe ekampi na bhinnaṃ, tāni majjhe vinividdhasāmako viya na kddānīti acchiddāni. Yesaṃ paṭipāṭiyā dve vā tīṇi vā na bhinnāni, tāni piṭṭhiyā vā kucchiyā vā uṭṭhitena dighavaṭṭhādisaṇṭhānena visabhāgavaṇṇena kālarattādīnaṃ aññatarasarīravaṇṇā gāvī viya na sabalānīti asa balāni. Yāni antarantarā na bhinnāni, tāni visabhāgabinduvicitrāgāvī viya na kammāsānīti akammāsāni. Avisesena vā sabbānipi sattavidhena methunasaṃyogena kodhūpanāhādīhi ca pāpadhammehi anupahatattā akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni. Tāni yeva taṇhādāsavyato mocetvā bhujissabhāvakaraṇena bhujissāni. Buddhādīhi viññuhipasatthattā viññuppasatthāni, taṇhādiṭṭhihi aparā maṭṭhattā kenaci vā ayaṃ te sīlesu dosoti evaṃ parāmaṭṭhuṃ asakkuṇeyyatāya aparāmaṭṭhāni, upacārasamādhiṃ appanāsamādhiṃ vā. Athavā pana maggasamādiṃ phalasamādhiṃvāpi saṃvattentīti samādhisaṃ vattanīkāni, evaṃ akhaṇḍatādiguṇavasena attano sīlāni anussarato neva tasmiṃ samayorāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti na moha pariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, ujugatamevassa tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ hoti. Sīlaṃ ārabbhāti purimanayeneva vikkhamhita nīvaraṇassa ekakkhaṇe jhānaṅgāni uppajjanti. Sīlaguṇānaṃ pana gamhīratāya nānāppakāragunānussaranādhimuttatāya vā appanaṃ appatvā upacārappattameva jhānaṃ hoti. Tadetaṃ sīla guṇānussaraṇavasena uppannattā sīlānussaticceva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Emaṃ ca pana sīlānussatimanuyutto bhikkhu sikkhāya sagāravo hoti, sabhāgavutti paṭisanthāre appamatto attānuvādādi bhayavirahito, aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī saddhādivepullaṃ adhigacchati, pītipāmojjabahulo hoti, uttariṃ appaṭivijjhanto pana sugatiparāyano hoti.

Tasmā have appamādaṃ kayirātha sumedhaso,
Evaṃ mahānubāvāya sīlānussatiyā sadāti.

Idaṃ silānussatiyaṃ vitthārakathāmukhaṃ. [PTS Page 223] [\q 223/]

Cāgānussatiṃ bāvetukāmena pana pakatiyā cāgādhimuttena niccappavattadānasaṃvibhāgena bhavitabbaṃ. Athavā pana bhāvanaṃ ārabhantena itodānippabhūti sati paṭiggāhake antamaso ekā lopamattampi dānaṃ adatvā na bhuñjissāmīti samādānaṃ katvā taṃ divasaṃ guṇavisiṭṭhesu paṭiggāhakesu yathāsatti yathābalaṃ dānaṃ datvā

Tattha nimittaṃ gaṇhitvā rahogatena patisallīnena: - "lābhā vata me, suladdhaṃ vata me, yohaṃ mackremalapariyuṭṭhitāya pajāya vigata malamaccherena cetasā viharāmi muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato"ti. Evaṃ vigatamalamacchera tādiguṇavasena attano cāgo anussaritabbo. Tattha lābha vata veti mayhaṃ vata lābhā, ye ime "āyuṃ ko pana datvā āyussa bhāgī hoti dibbassa vā mānusassa vā" itica "dadaṃ piyo hoti bhajanti naṃ bahū" itica "dadamāno piyo hoti sataṃ dhamma manukkamaṃ" itica evamādīhi nayehi bhagavatā dāyakassa lābhā saṃvanṇitā, te mayhaṃ avassaṃ bhāvinoti adippāyo. Suladdhaṃ vata meti yaṃ mayā idaṃ sāsanaṃ manussattaṃ vā laddhaṃ, taṃ suladdhaṃ vata me. Kasmā? Yohaṃ maccheramala pariyuṭṭhitāya pajāya -pe-
Dānasaṃ vibhāgaratoti. Tattha maccheramala pariyuṭṭhitāyāti maccheramalena adhibhūtāya. Pajāyati pajāyanavasena sattā vuccanti. Tasmā attano sampattīnaṃ parasādhāraṇabhāva asahana lakkhaṇena cittassa pabhassarabhāvadūsakānaṃ kaṇhadhammānaṃ aññatarena maccheramalena adhibhūtesusattesūti ayamettha attho. Vigatamalamaccherenāti aññesampi rāgadosādimalānañceva maccherassa ca vigatattā vigatamalamaccherena, cetasā viharāmīti yathāvuttappakāracitto hutvā vāsāmīti [PTS Page 224] [\q 224/] attho, sutte pana mahānāmassa sakkassa sotāpannassa sato nissayavihāraṃ pucchato nissaya vihāravasena desitattā agāraṃ ajjhāvasāmīti vuttaṃ, tattha adhi bhavitvā vasāmīti attho, muttacāgoti vissaṭṭhacāgo, payapatāṇīti parisuddhahattho, sakkaccaṃ sahatthā deyyadhammaṃ dātuṃ sadādhota hattho yevāti vuttaṃ hoti, vossaggaratoti vossajanaṃ vossaggo, pariccāgoti attho. Tasmiṃ vossagge satatābhi yogavasena ratoti vossaggarato, yācayogoti yaṃ yaṃ pare yācanti tassa tassa dānato yācanayoggoti atto, yājayo gotipi pāṭho, yajanasaṅkhātena yājena yuttoti attho, dāna saṃvibhāgaratoti dāne ca saṃvibhāge ca rato, ahaṃ hi dāñca demi attanā paribhuñjitabbatopi ca saṃvibhāgaṃ karomi ettheva ca asmiṃ ubhaye ratopi evaṃanussaratīti attho. Tassevaṃ vigatamala maccheratādiguṇavasena attano cāgaṃ anussarato neva tasmiṃ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na dosa pariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na moha pariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, ujugatamevassa tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ hoti. Cāgaṃ ārabbhāti purimanayeneva vikkhambhitanīvaraṇassa ekakkhaṇe kādānaṅgāni uppajjanti, cāgagunānaṃ pana gambhīratāya nānāppa kāracāgaguṇānussaraṇādimuttatāya vā appanaṃ appatvā upacārappattameva jhānaṃ hoti. Tadetaṃ cāgaguṇānussaraṇavasena uppannattā cāgānussaticceva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Imañca pana cāgā

[SL Page 166] [\x 166/]

Nussatimanuyutto bhikkhu bhiyyosomattāya cāgādhimutto hoti alobhajjhāsayo mettāya anulomakārī visārado pīti pāmojjabahulo, uttariṃ appaṭivijjhanto pana sugatiparāyano hoti.

Tasmā have appamādaṃ kayirātha sumedhaso,
Evaṃ mahānubhāvāya cāgānussatiyā sadāti.

Idaṃ cāgānussatiyaṃ vitthārakathāmukhaṃ. [PTS Page 225] [\q 225/]
Devatānussatiṃ bhāvetukāmena pana ariyamaggavasena samudā gatehi saddhādīhi guṇehi samannāgatena bhavitabbaṃ. Tato rahogatena patisallinena: - "santi devā cātummahārājikā, santi devā tāvatiṅsā, yāmā- tusitā- nimmāṇaratinoparanimmitavasavattino, santi devā brahmakāyikā, santi devā tatuttaraṃ, yathā rūpāya saddhāya samannāgatā tā devatā ito cutā tattha uppannā. Mahhampi tathārūpā saddhā saṃvijjati, yathārūpena sīlena yathā rūpena sutena yathārūpena cāgena yathārūpāya paññāya samannāgatā tā devatā ito cutā tattha uppannā, mayhampi tathārūpā paññā saṃvijjatīti"ti eva devati sakkhiṭṭhāne ṭhapetvā attano saddhādiguṇā anussaritabbā. Sutte pana "yasmiṃ mahā nāma samaye ariyasāvako attanoca tāsañca devatānaṃ saddhañca sīlañca sutañca cāgagñca paññca anussarati, nevassa tasmiṃ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃcittaṃ hotī"ti vuttaṃ. Kiñcāpi vuttaṃ: - acha kho taṃ sakkhiṭṭhāne ṭhapetabbaṃ devatānaṃ attano saddhādīhi samānaguṇadīpanatthaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Aṭṭhakathāyaṅ hi "devatā sakkhiṭṭhāne ṭhapetvā attano guṇe anussaratī"ti daḷhaṃ katvā vuttaṃ. Tasmā pubbabhāge devatānaṃ guṇe anussaritvā apara bhāge attano saṃvijjamāno saddhādiguṇe anussarato cassa neva tasmiṃ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃhoti, na dosa pariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti na moha pariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, ujugatamevassa tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ hoti, devatā ārabbhāti purimanayeneva vikkhamhitanīvaraṇassa ekakkhaṇe jhānaṅgāni uppajjanti, saddhādiguṇānaṃ pana gambhīratāya nānappakāraguṇānussaraṇādimuttatāya vā appanaṃ appatvā upacārappattameva jhānaṃ hoti, tadetaṃ devatānaṃ guṇasadisasaddhādiguṇānussaraṇavasena devatānussaticceva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. [PTS Page 226] [\q 226/] imañca pana devatānussatimanuyutto bhikkhū devatānaṃ pāyo hoti manāpo, bhiyyo so mattāya saddhādivepullaṃ adi gacchati, pītipāmojjabahulo viharati, uttariṃ appaṭivijjhanto pana sugatiparāyano hoti.

[SL Page 167] [\x 167/]

Tasmā bave appamādaṃ kayirātha sumedhaso,
Evaṃ mahānubhāvāya devānussatiyā sadāti.

Idaṃ devatānussatiyaṃ vitthārakathāmukhaṃ.

Yaṃ pana- etāsaṃ vitthāradesanāyaṃ ujugatavevassa tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ hoti tathāgataṃāhabbhāti ādīnī vatvā "ujugatacitto khoba pana mahānāma ariyasāvako labhati atthavedaṃ labhati dhamma vedaṃ labhati dhammūpasaṃhitaṃ pāmujjaṃ pamuditassa pītijāyatī"ti vuttaṃ. Tattha itipi so bhagavāti ādīnaṃ attha nissāya uppannaṃ tuṭṭhiṃ sandhāya labhatī atthavedanti vuttaṃ, pāḷiṃ nissāya uppannaṃ tuṭṭhiṃ sandhāya labhati dhammavedanti, ubha. Vasena labhati dhammūpasaṃ hitaṃ pāmujjanti vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Yaṃ devatānussatiyaṃ devatā ārabbhāti vuttaṃ, taṃ pubbabhāge vā devatā ārabbha pavatta cittavasena devatāguṇasadise vā devatābhāvanipphādake guṇe ārabbha pavattacittavasena vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Imā pana cha anussatiyo ariyasāvakānaṃ yeva ijjhanti. Tesaṃ hi buddhadhamma saṃghaguṇā pākaṭā honti, teca akhaṇḍatādiguṇehi sīlehi vigata malamaccherena cāgena mahānubhāvānaṃ devatānaṃ guṇasadisehi saddhādiguṇehi samannāgatā. Mahānāmasutte ca sotāpannassa nissayavihāraṃ puṭṭhena bhagavatā sotāpannassa nissayavihāradassa natthavevacetā vitthārato kathitā. Gedhasuttepi "idha bhikkhave ariyasāvako tathāgataṃ anussarati, itipi so bhagavā -pe-ujugata mevassa tasmiṃ samayo cittaṃ hoti, nikkhantaṃ [PTS Page 227] [\q 227/] muttaṃ vuṭṭhitaṃ gedhamhā. Gedhoti kho bhikkhave pañcannametaṃ kāmaguṇānaṃ adhivacanaṃ, badampi ko bhikkhave pañcannametaṃ kāmaguṇānaṃ adhivacanaṃ, idampi kho bhikkhave pañcannametaṃ kāmaguṇānaṃ adhivacanaṃ, idampi ko bhikkhave ārammaṇaṃ karitvā evamidhekacce sattā visujjhantī"ti evaṃ ariyasāvakassa anussativasena cittaṃ visodhetvā uttariṃ paramatthavisuddhi adigamatthāya kathitā. Āyasmatā mahākaccānena desite sambādhokāsa suttepi "acchariyaṃ āvuso abbhutaṃ āvuso yāvañcidaṃ tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena sambādhe okāsādhigamo anubuddho sattānaṃ visuddhiyā -penibbāṇassa saccikiriyāya yadidaṃ cha anussa tiṭṭhānāni, katamāni cha? Idhāvuso ariyasāvako tathāgataṃ anussarati -pe- evamidhekacce sattā visuddhidhammā bhavantī"ti. Evaṃ ariya sāvakasseva paramatthavisuddhidhammatāya okāsādhigamavasena kathitā. Uposathasuttepi " kathañca visākhe ariyuposatho hoti? Upakkiliṭṭhassa visākhe cittassa upakkamena pariyedapanā hoti, tathañca visākhe upakkiliṭṭhassa cittassa upakkamena pariyo dapanā hoti? Idha visākhe ariyasāvako tathāgataṃ anussaratī"ti evaṃ ariyasāvakasseva uposathaṃ upavasato cittavisodhana

[SL Page 168] [\x 168/]

Kammaṭṭhānavasena uposathassa mahapphalabhāvadassanatthaṃ kathitā. Ekādasanipātepiha "saddhonāma ārādhako hoti, no assaddho. Āraddha viriyo - upaṭṭhitasati -samāhito- paññavā mahā nāma ārādhako hoti, ne duppañño. Imesu kho tvaṃ mahānāma pañcasu dhammesu patiṭṭhāya chadhamme uttariṃ bhāveyyāsi, idha tvaṃ mahānāma tathāgataṃ anussareyyāsi, itipi so bhagavā"ti evaṃ ariyasāvakasseva "tesaṃ no bhante nānāvihārena viharataṃ kenassa vihārena viharitabba"nti pucchato vihāradassanatthaṃ kathitā. Evaṃ santepi parisuddhasilādīguṇasamannāgatena puthujjanāpi manasi kātabbā. Anussavavasenāpi1 hi buddhādīnaṃ [PTS Page 228] [\q 228/] guṇe anussarato cittaṃ pasīdatiyeva, yassānubhāvena nīvaraṇāni vikkhambhetvā uḷārapāmojjo vipassanaṃ ārabhitvā arahattaṃ yeva sacchikareyya, kaṭakandaravāsi2 phussadevatthero viya. So kirāyasmā mārena nimmitaṃ buddharūpaṃ disvā ayaṃ tāva sarāgasadosa samoho evaṃ sobhati, kathaṃ nu kho bhagavā sobhati so hi sabbaso vītarāgadosamohoti buddhārammaṇaṃ pītiṃ paṭilabhitvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇīti.

Iti sādhujanapāmojjatthāya kate visuddhimagge

Samādibhāvanādikāre

Cha anussati niddeso nāma

Sattamo paricchedo. [PTS Page 228] [\q 228/]

8.

Anussati kammaṭṭhāna niddeso.

Idāni ito anantarāya maraṇasatiyā bhāvanāniddeso anuppatto. Tattha maraṇanti ekabhavapariyāpannassa jīvitindriyassa upacchedo. Yaṃ panetaṃ arahantānaṃ vaṭṭadukkhasamuccheda saṃkhātaṃ samucchedamaraṇaṃ, saṅkhārānaṃ khaṇabhaṅgasaṅkhātaṃ khaṇika maraṇaṃ, rukkho mato lośaṃ matanti ādisu sammutimaraṇañca, na taṃ idha adhippetaṃ. Yampicetaṃ adippetaṃ, taṃ kālamaraṇaṃ akālamaraṇanti duvidhaṃ hoti. Tattha kālamaraṇaṃ puññakkhayena vā āyukkhayena vā ubhayakkhayena vā hoti, akālamaraṇaṃ kammu pacchedakakammavasena, tattha yaṃ vijjamānāyapi āyusantānaka paccayasampattiyā kevalaṃ paṭisandhijanakassa kammassa vipakkavipākattā maraṇaṃ hoti, idaṃ puññakkhayena maraṇaṃ nāma, yaṃ hi gati

1. Ma. Anussaraṇavasenāpi 2. Sī. Maandhakāra. Ma.

[SL Page 169] [\x 169/]
Kālāhārādisampattiyā abhāvena ajjatanakālapurisānaṃ viya vassa satamattaparimāṇassa āyuno khayavasena maraṇaṃ hoti, idaṃ āyukkhayena maraṇaṃ nāma, yaṃ pana dūsimāra kalāburājādīnaṃ viya taṃ khaṇaṃ yeva ṭhānā cāvanasamatthena kammunā upacchinnasantānānaṃ purimakammavasena vā satthāharaṇādīhi upakkamehi upacchijjamāna santānānaṃ maranaṃ hoti, [PTS Page 230] [\q 230/] idaṃ akālamaranaṃ nāma, taṃ sabbampi vuttappakārena jīvitindriyupacchedena saṅgahitaṃ, iti jīvitindriyu pacchedasaṃkhātassa maraṇassa saraṇaṃ maraṇasati. Taṃ bhāvetu kāmena rahogatena patisallīnena: - "maraṇaṃ bhavissati, jīvitinduyaṃ upaccijjissatiti vā maraṇaṃ maraṇanti vā yoniso manasikāro pavattetabbo, ayoniso pavattayato hi iṭṭhajana maraṇānussaraṇe soko uppajjati, vijātamātuyā piyaputta maraṇānussaraṇe viya. Aniṭṭhajanamaraṇānussaraṇe pāmojjaṃ uppajjati. Verīnaṃ verimaraṇānussaraṇe viya. Majjhatthajana maraṇānussaraṇe saṃvego na uppajjati, matakaḷebaradassane chavaḍāhakassa viya. Attano maraṇānussaraṇe santāso uppajjati, ukkhittāsikaṃ vadhakaṃ disvā bhīrukajātikassa viya, tadetaṃ sabbampi satisaṃvegañāṇavirahato hoti. Tasmā tattha tatthahatamatasatte oloketvā diṭṭhapubbasampattīnaṃ sattānaṃ matānaṃ maraṇaṃ āvajjetvā satiñca saṃvegañca ñāṇañca yojetvā maraṇaṃ bhavissatīti ādinā nayena manasikāro pavattetabbo. Evaṃ pavattento hi yoniso pavatteti. Upāyena pavattetīti attho. Evaṃ pavattayato yeva hi ekaccassa nīvaraṇāni vikkhambhanti, maranārammanā sati saṇṭhāti, upacārappattameva kammaṭṭhānaṃ hoti. Yassa pana ettāvatā na hoti, tenavadhakapaccupaṭṭhānato sampattivipattito upasaṃharaṇato kāyabahusādhāraṇato āyudubbalato animittato addhānaparicchedato khaṇaparittatoti imehi aṭṭhahākārehi maraṇaṃ anussaritabbaṃ. Tattha vadhakapaccupaṭṭhānatoti vadhakassa viya paccu paṭṭhānato, yathāhi imassa sīsaṃ chindussāmīti asiṃ gahetvā gīvāya cārayamāno vadhako paccupaṭṭhitova hoti, evaṃ maraṇampi paccu paṭṭhitamevāti anussaritabbaṃ. Kasmā? Saha jātiyā āgatato. Jīvitaharaṇato ca. Yatāhi ahicchattakamakuḷaṃ matthakena paṃsuṃ gahetvāva uggacchati, evaṃ sattā jarāmaraṇaṃ gahetvāva nibbattanti. Tathā hi nesaṃ paṭisandhicittaṃ uppādasamanantarameva jaraṃ patvā pabbatasikharato patitasilā viya [PTS Page 231] [\q 231/] bhijjati saddhiṃ sampayutta khavdhehi, evaṃ khaṇikamaraṇaṃ tāva saha jātiyā āgataṃ. Jātassa pana avassaṃ maraṇato idhādhippetamaraṇampi saha jātiyā āgataṃ tasmā esa satto jātakālato paṭṭhāya yathā nāma uṭṭhito sūriyo atthābimukho gacchateva, gatagataṭṭhānato īsakampi na nivattati,

[SL Page 170] [\x 170/]

Yathā vā nadī pabbateyyā sīghasotā hārahārinī sandateva vatta teva īsakampi na nivattati, evaṃ īsakampi anivattamāno maraṇābhimukhova yāti. Tena vuttaṃ: -

Yamekarattiṃ paṭhamaṃ gabbhe vasati māṇavo,
Abbhuṭṭhitova1 sayati sa gacchaṃ na nivattatīti.

Evaṃ gacchato cassa gimhābitattānaṃ kunnadīnaṃ khayo viya pāto āporasānugatabavdhanānaṃ dumaphalānaṃ patanaṃ viya, muggarābhi tāḷitānaṃ mattikabhājanānaṃbhedo viya, suriyarasmi samphūṭṭhānaṃ ussāvabindunaṃ viddhaṃsanaṃ viya ca maraṇameva āsannaṃ hoti. Tena vuttaṃ: -

Accayanti ahorattā jīvitaṃ uparujjhati,
Āyu khīyati maccānaṃ kunnadīnaṃva odakaṃ.

Phalānamiva pakkānaṃ pāto patanato bhayaṃ,
Evaṃ jātāna maccānaṃ niccaṃ maraṇato bhayaṃ.

Yathāpi kumbhakārassa kataṃ mattikabājanaṃ,
Khuddakañca mahantañca yaṃ pakkaṃ yañca āmakaṃ,
Sabbaṃ bhedanapariyantaṃ evaṃ maccāna jīvitaṃ.

Ussāvova tiṇaggamhi suriyassuggamanampati,
Evamāyu manussānaṃ mā maṃ amma nivārayāti.

Evaṃ ukkhittāsiko vadhako viya sahajātiyā āgataṃ panetaṃ maranaṃ gīvāya asiṃ cārayamāno so vadhako [PTS Page 232] [\q 232/] jīvitaṃ harati yeva, anāharitvā na nivattati. Tasmā saha jātiyā āgatato jīvitaharaṇato ca ukkhittāsiko vadhako viya maraṇampi paccu paṭṭhitameva hotīti evaṃ vadhakapaṭṭupaṭṭhānato maraṇaṃ anussari tabbaṃ.

Sampattivipattitoti-idha sampatti nāma tāvadeva sobhati, yāva naṃ vipatti nābibhavati. Na ca sā sampatti nāma atthi, yā vipattiṃ atikkamma tiṭṭheyya. Tathāhi: -

Sakalaṃ vediniṃ bhutvā datvā koṭisataṃ sukhī,
Addhāmalakamattassa ante issarataṃ gato.

Teneva dehabandhena puññamhi khayamāgate.
Maraṇābhimuko sopi asoko sokamāgatoti.

Apica: - sabbaṃ ārogyaṃ vyādhipariyosānaṃ, sabbaṃ yobbanaṃ jarāpariyosānaṃ, sabbaṃ jīvitaṃ maraṇapariyosānaṃ, sabbo yeva

1. Ma. Soyāti. 2. Ma. Suriyuggamanaṃ.

[SL Page 171] [\x 171/]

Lokasannivāso jātiyā anugato, jarāya anusaṭo, vyādhinā abhibhūto, maraṇena abbhāhato. Tenāha: -

Yathāpi selā vipulā nabhaṃ āhacca pabbatā,
Samannā anupariyeyyuṃ nippoṭhentā catuddisā.

Evaṃ jarā ca maccu ca adhivattanti pānino,
Khattiye brāhmaṇe vesse sudde caṇḍālapukkuse;
Na kiñci parivajjeti sabbavevābhimaddati.

Natattha tthinaṃ bhumu na ratānaṃ na pattiyā.
Nacāpi mantayuddhena sakkā jetuṃ dhanena vāti.

Evaṃ jīvitasampattiyā maraṇavipattipariyosānataṃ vavatthapentena sampatti vipattito maraṇaṃ aṭussaritabbaṃ.

Upasaṃharaṇatoti-parehi saddhiṃ attano upasaṃharaṇato. Tattha sattahākārehi upasaṃharaṇato maraṇaṃ anussaritabbaṃ: - yasa mahattato puññamahattato thāmamahattato iṭṭhimahattato paññāmahattato paccekabuddhato sammāsambuddhatoti. Kathaṃ? Idaṃ maraṇaṃ nāma mahāyasānaṃ mahāparivārānaṃ sampannadhanavāha [PTS Page 233] [\q 233/] nānaṃ mahāsammata mandhātu mahāsudassana daḷhanemi nimippabhūtīnampi upari nirāsaṃkameva patitaṃ, kimaṅga pana mayhaṃ upari na patissati.

Mahāyasā rājavarā mahāsammata ādayo,
Tepi maccuvasaṃ pattā mādisesu kathāva kāti.

Evaṃ tāva yasamahattato anussaritabaṃbaṃ. Kathaṃ puñña mahattato?

Jotiyo jaṭilo uggo meṇḍako atha puṇṇako,
Etevaññe ca ye loke mahāpuññāti vissutā;
Sabbe maraṇamāpannā mādisesu kathāva kāti.

Evaṃ puññamahattato anussaritabbaṃ. Kathaṃ thāmamahattato?

Vāsudevo baladevo bhīmaseno yudhiṭṭhilo,
Cānuro piyadāmallo1 antakassa vasaṃ gatā.

Evaṃ thāmabalupetā iti lokamhi vissutā,
Etepi maraṇaṃ yātā mādisesu kathāva kāti.

Evaṃ thāmamahattato anussaritabbaṃ. Kathaṃ? Iddhimahattato?

Pādaṅguṭṭhakamattena vejayantaṃ akampayī,
Yo nāmiddhimataṃ seṭṭho dutiyo aggasāvako.

1. Ma. Cānuroyomahāmallo.

[SL Page 172] [\x 172/]

Sopi maccumukhaṃ ghoraṃ migo sīhamukhaṃ viya,
Paviṭṭho saha iddhihi mādisesu kathāva kāti.

Evaṃ iddhimahattato anussaritabbaṃ. Kathaṃ paññāmahattato?
[PTS Page 234] [\q 234/]
Lokanāthaṃ ṭhapetvāna ye caññe atthi pāṇino,
Paññāya sāriputtassa kalaṃ nāgghanti soḷasi.

Evaṃ nāma mahāpañño paṭhamo aggasāvako,
Maraṇassa vasaṃ patto mādisesu kathāva kātī.

Evaṃ paññāmahattato anussaritabbaṃ. Kathaṃ pacceka buddhato? Yepi te attano ñāṇaviriyabalena sabbakilesa sattu nimmathanaṃ katvā paccekasaṃbodhiṃ patvā khaggavisāṇakappā sayambhuno, tepi maraṇato na muttā. Kuto panāhaṃ. Muccissāmīti.

Taṃ taṃ nimittamāgamma vīmaṃsantā mahesayo,
Sayambhuñāṇatejena ye pattā āsavakkhayaṃ.

Ekacariyanivāsena khaggasiṅga samūpamā,
Tepi nātigatā maccuṃ mādisesu kathāva kāti.

Evaṃ paccekabuddhato anussaritabbaṃ. Kathaṃ sammāsambuddhato? Yopi so bhagavā asītianuvyañjanapatimaṇḍitadvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇavicitrarūpakāyo sabbākāraparisuddha sīlakkhandhādi guṇaratana samiddhadhammakāyo yasamahatta puññamahatta thāmamahatta iddhimahatta paññāmahattānaṃ pāraṃgato asamo asamasamo appaṭipuggalo arahaṃ sammāsambuddho, sopi salilavuṭṭhinipātena mahā aggikkhavdho viya maraṇavuṭṭhi nipātena ṭhānaso vūpasanto.

Evaṃ mahānubhāvassa yaṃ nāmetaṃ mahesino,
Na bhayena na lajjāya maraṇaṃ vasamāgataṃ.

Nillajjaṃ vītasārajjaṃ sabbasattābhimaddanaṃ,
Tayidaṃ mādisaṃ sattaṃ kathaṃ nābibhavissatīti.

Evaṃ sammāsambuddhato anussaritabbaṃ. Tassevaṃ yasamahantatādi sampannehi parehi saddhiṃmaraṇasāmaññatāya attānaṃ upasaṃ haritvā tesaṃ viya sattavisesānaṃ mahhampi maraṇaṃ bhavissatīti anussarato upacārappattaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ hotīti evaṃ upasaṃharaṇato maranaṃ anussaritabbaṃ. [PTS Page 235] [\q 235/]

Kāyabahusādhāraṇatoti- ayaṃ kāyo bahusādhāraṇo, asītiyā tāva kimikulānaṃ sādārano. Tattha chavinissitā pānāchaviṃ khādanti, cammanissitā chammaṃ khādanti, maṃsanissitā maṃsaṃ khādanti, nahārunissitā nahāruṃ khādanti, aṭṭhinissitā aṭṭhiṃ khādanti, miñjanissitā miñjaṃ khādanti, tattheva jāyanti, jiyanti.

[SL Page 173] [\x 173/]

Mīyanti, uccārapassācaṃ karonti, kāyova nesaṃ sūtigharañceva gilānasālā ca, susānañca vaccakuṭī ca passācadoṇikā ca, svāyaṃ tesampi kimikulānaṃ pakopena maraṇaṃnigacchati yeva. Yathāca asītiyā kimikulānaṃ, evaṃ ajjhattikānaṃ yevapaanekasatānaṃ rogānaṃ pāhirānañca ahivicchikādīnaṃ maraṇassa paccayānaṃ sādhāraṇo. Yathāhi catumahāpathe ṭhapite lakkhamhi sabbadisāhi āgatā sarasattitomara pāsāṇādayo nipatanti, evaṃ kāyepi sabbupaddavā nipatanti. Svāyaṃ tesampi upaddavānaṃ nipātena maraṇaṃ nigacchati yeva. Tenāha bhagavā: - " idha bhikkhave bikkhu divase nikkhante rattiyā panihitāya iti paṭisaṃcikkhati: - bahukā kho me paccayā maraṇassa; ahi vā maṃ ḍaseyya vicchiko vā maṃ ḍaseyya, satapadīvā maṃ ḍaseyya, tena me assa kālakiriyā, so mamassa antarāyo, upakkhalitvā vā papateyyaṃ, bhatti vā me bhuttaṃ vyāpajjeyya, pittaṃ vā me kuppeyya, semhaṃ vā me kuppeyya, satthakā vā me vātā kuppeyyuṃ, tena me assa kālakiriyā. So mamassa antarāyo"ti evaṃ kāyabahusādhāraṇato maraṇaṃ anussaritabbaṃ.

Āyudubbalatoti- āyu nāmetaṃ abalaṃ dubbalaṃ, tathāhi. Sattā naṃ jīvitaṃ assāsapassāsūpanibaddhañceva iriyāpathūpanibaddhañca. Situṇhūpanibaddhañca. Mahābhūtupanibaddhañca, āhārūpanibaddhañca. Tadetaṃ assāsapassāsānaṃ samavuttitaṃ labhamānameva pavattati. Bahinikkhantanāsikāvāto pana anto apavisante paviṭṭhe vā anikkhamante mato nāma hoti. Catunnaṃ iriyapathānampi sama vuttitaṃ labhamānameva pavattati, aññataraññatarassa [PTS Page 236] [\q 236/] pana adimattatāya āyusaṅkārā upaccijjanti. Sītunhānampi samavuttitaṃ labhamānameva pavattati, atisūtena pana atiuṇhena vā abhibhūtassa vipajjati. Mahābhūtānampi samavuttitaṃ labhamānameva pavattati, paṭhavidhātuyā pana āpodhātuādīnaṃ vā aññatarañña tarassa pakopena balasampannopi puggalo patthaddhakāyo vā atisārādivasena kilinnapūtikāyo vā mahāḍāhapareto vā sañchijjamānasandhibandhano vā hutvā jīvitakkhayaṃ pāpuṇāti. Kabaliṅkārāhārampi yuttakāle labhantasseva jīvitaṃ pavattati, āhāraṃ alabhamānassa pana parikkhayaṃ gacchatīti evaṃ āyudubbalato maraṇaṃ anussaritabbaṃ.

Anumittatoti- avavatthānato, paricchedābhāvatoti attho. Sattānaṃ hi.

Jīvitaṃ vayādhi kālo ca dehanikkhepanaṃ gati,
Pañcete jivalokasmiṃ animittā na ñāyare.

Tattha jīvitaṃ tāva: - ettakameva jīvitabbaṃ na ito paranti evaṃ vavatthānābhāvato animittaṃ, kalalakālepi hi sattā maranti,

[SL Page 174] [\x 174/]

Abbuda- pesi - ghana - māsika - dvemāsa - temāsa - catumāsapañcamāsa - dasa māsakālepi - kucchito nikkhantasamayepi - tato paraṃ vassasatassa anto pi bahi pi marantiyeva. Vayādhipi imināva vyādhinā sattā maranti na aññenāti evaṃ vavatthānābhāvato animitto, cakkhu rogenāpi hi sattā maranti, sotarogādīnaṃ aññatarenāpi. Kālopi imasmiṃ yeva kāle maritabbaṃ, na aññasminti evaṃ vavatthānābāvato anamitto, pubbaṇhepi hi sattā maranti, majjhantikādīnaṃ aññatarasmimpi. Dehanikkhepanampi idheva mīyyamānānaṃ dehena patitabbaṃ, na aññatthāti evaṃ vavatthānā bhāvato animittaṃ, anto game jātānaṃ hi pahi gāmepi atta bhāvo patati, pahi gāmepi jātānaṃ antogāme, tathā thalajānaṃ jale, jalajānaṃ thaleti anekappakārato vitthāretabbaṃ. [PTS Page 237] [\q 237/] gatipi ito cutena idha nibbattitabbanti evaṃ vavatthānābhāvato animittā, devalokato hi cutā manussesupi nibbattanti. Manussa lokato cutā devalokādīnampi yattha katthaci nibbattantīti evaṃ yantayuttagoṇo viya gatipañcake loke samparivatta tīti evaṃ animittato maraṇaṃ anussaritabbaṃ.

Addhānaparicchedatoti - manussānaṃ jīvitassa nāma etarahi na paricchedo na tathā addhā. Yo ciraṃ jivati, so vassasataṃ appaṃ vā bhiyyo, tenāha bhagavā: -"appamidaṃ bhikkhave manusasānaṃ āyu, gamanīyo samparāyo, kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ caritabbaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, natthi jātassa amaranaṃ, yo bhikkhave ciraṃ jivati, so vassasataṃ - appaṃ vā bhiyyo"ti.

Appamāyu manussānaṃ hīḷeyya naṃ suporiso,
Careyyādittasīsova natthi vaccussanāgamoti.

Aparampi āha: - " bhūtapubbaṃ bhikkhave arako nāma satthā aho sī"ti sabbampi sattahi upamāhi alaṅkataṃ suttaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ. Aparampi āha: - yopāyaṃ bhikkhave bhikkhū evaṃ maraṇasatiṃ bhāveti aho vatāhaṃ rattindivaṃ jiveyyaṃ, bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasi kareyyaṃ, bahuṃ vata me kataṃ assātī, yopāyaṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu evaṃ maraṇasatiṃ bhāveti, ahovatāhaṃ divasaṃ jiveyyaṃ, bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasikareyyaṃ, bahuṃ vata me kataṃ assāta. Yopāyaṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu evaṃ maraṇasatiṃ bhāveti, ahovatāhaṃ tadantaraṃ jiveyyaṃ yadantaraṃ ekaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjāmi. Bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasikareyyaṃ, bahuṃ vata me kataṃ assāti. Yopāyaṃ bhikhave bhikkhu evaṃ maraṇasatiṃ bhāveti, aho vatāhaṃ tadantaraṃ jiveyyaṃ, yadantaraṃ cattāro pañca ālope saṅkhāditvā ajjhoharāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasikareyyaṃ, bahuṃ vata me kataṃ assāti. Ime vuccanti bhikkhave bhikkhū pamattā viharanti, dandhaṃ maraṇasatiṃ

[SL Page 175] [\x 175/]

Bhāventi āsavānaṃ khayāya. [PTS Page 238] [\q 238/] ye ca khvāyaṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu evaṃ maraṇasatiṃ bhāveti, aho vatāhaṃ tadantaraṃ jiveyyaṃ yadantaraṃ ekaṃ ālopaṃ saṅkhāditvā ajjhoharāmi bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasikareyyaṃ, bahuṃ vata me kataṃ assāti. Yopāyaṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu evaṃ maraṇasatiṃ bhāveti aho vatāhaṃ tadantaraṃ jiveyyaṃ yadantaraṃ assasitvā vā passasāmi passasitvā vā assasāmi, bhagavato sāsanaṃ manasi kareyyaṃ pahuṃ vata me kataṃ assāti. Ime vuccanti bhikkave bhikkhū appamattā viharanti, tikkhaṃ maraṇasatiṃ bhāventi, āsavānaṃ khayāyā"ti. Evaṃ catupañcālopasaṃkhādana mattaṃ avissāsiyo paritto jīvitassa addhāti evaṃ addhānaparicchedato maraṇaṃ anussaritabbaṃ.

Khaṇaparittatoti- paramatthato hi atiparitto sattānaṃ jīvitakkhaṇo ekacittappavatti matto yeca. Yathā nāma rathacakkaṃ pavattamānampi ekeneva nemippadesena pavattati tiṭṭhamānampi ekeneva tiṭṭhati, evameva ekacittakkhaṇikaṃ sattānaṃ jīvitaṃ, tasmiṃ citte niruddhamatte satto mato nirāddhoti vuccati. Yathāha: - "atite cittakkhaṇe jīvittha, na jivati, na jivissati, anāgate cittakkhaṇe na jīvittha, na jivati, jivissati. Paccuppanne cittakkhaṇe na jīvittha, jivati, na jivīssatīti.

Jīvitaṃ attabhāvo ca sukhadukkhā ca kevalā,
Ekacitta samāyuttā lahuso vattate khaṇo.

Ye niruddhā marantassa tiṭṭhamānassa vā idha,
Sabbepi sadisā khandhā gatā appaṭisandhiyā.

Anibbattena na jāto paccuppannena jivati,
Cittabhaṅgā mato loko paññatti paramaṭṭhiyāti.

Evaṃ khaṇaparittato maraṇaṃ anussaritabbaṃ. Iti imesaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ ākārānaṃ aññataraññatarena anussaratopi punappunaṃ manasikāravasena cittaṃ āsevanaṃ labhati, maraṇārammanā sati santiṭṭhati, nīvaraṇāni vikkhambhanti, jhānaṅgāni pātu bhavanti, sabhāvadhammattā pana saṃvejanīyavattā ca ārammaṇassa appanaṃ appatvā upacārappattamevajhānaṃ hoti, lokutta rajjhānaṃ pana [PTS Page 239] [\q 239/] dutiyacatutthāni ca āruppajjhānāni sabhāvadhammepi bhāvanā visesena appanaṃ pāpuṇanti. Visuddhibhāvanānukkama vasena hi lokuttaraṃ appanaṃ pāpuṇanti. Ārammaṇātikkamabhāva nāvasena āruppaṃ, appanāpattasseva hi jhānassa ārammaṇa samatikkamanamattaṃ tattha hoti, idha pana tadubhayampi natthi. Tasmā upacārappattameva jhānaṃ hoti. Tadetaṃ sati balena uppannattā maraṇasaticceva saṃkhaṃ gacchati. Imaṃ ca pana maraṇa

[SL Page 176] [\x 176/]

Satimanuyutto bhikkhu satataṃ appamatto hoti, sabbabhavesu anabiratisaññaṃ paṭilabhati, jīvitanikantiṃ jahāti, pāpagarahī hoti, asannidhibahulo parikkhāresu vigatamalaṃ macchero, anicca saññā cassa paricayaṃ gacchati, tadanusāreneva ca dukkhasaññā anattasaññā ca upaṭṭhāti, yathā abhāvitamaraṇā sattā sahasā vāḷamiga yakkha sappa coravadhakābhibhūtā viya maraṇasamaye bhayaṃ santāsaṃ sammohamāpajjanti, evaṃ anāpajjitvā abhayo asammūḷhokālaṃ karoti, sace diṭṭheva dhamme amataṃ nārādheti, 1 kāyassa bhedā sugatiparāyano hoti.

Tasmā have appamādaṃ kayirātha sumedhaso,
Evaṃ mahānubhāvāya maraṇānussatiyā sadāti.

Idaṃ maraṇasatiyaṃ vitthārakatāmukhaṃ.

Idāni yantaṃ aññatra buddhuppādā appavattapubbaṃ sabbatitthiyānaṃ avisayabhūtaṃ tesu tesu suttantesu "ekadhammo bhikkhave bhāvito bahulīkato mahato saṃvegāya saṃvattati, mahato atthāya saṃvattati, mahato yogakkhemāya saṃvattati, mahato sati sampajaññāya saṃvattati, ñāṇadassanapaṭilābhāya saṃvattati, diṭṭha dhammasukhavihārāya saṃvattati, vijjā vivutti phalasacchikiriyāya saṃvattati. Katamo ekadhammo? Kāyagatāsati, amataṃ te bhikkhave paribhuñjanti ye kāyagatāsatiṃ paribhuñjanti. Amataṃ te bhikkhave na paribhuñjanti ye kāyagatāsatiṃ na paribhuñjanti. [PTS Page 240] [\q 240/] amataṃ tesaṃ bhikkhave paribhuttaṃ - apaributtaṃ, parihīnaṃaparihīnaṃ, viraddhaṃaviraddhaṃ, yesaṃ kāyagatāsati āraddhā"ti evaṃ bhagavatā anekehi ākārehi pasaṃsitvā "kathaṃ bhāvitā ca bhikkhave kāyagatā sati kathaṃ pahūlīkatā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā, idha bhikkhave bhikkhu araññagatovā"ti ādīnā nayena ānāpānapabbaṃiriyāpathapabbaṃ- catusampa jaññapabbaṃpaṭikkūlamanasikārapabbaṃdhātumanasikārapabbaṃ- navasī vathikapabbānī"ti imesaṃ cuddasannaṃ pabbānaṃ vasena kāyagatāsati kammaṭṭhānaṃ niddiṭṭhaṃ, tassa bhācanā niddeso anuppatto: tattha yasmā iriyāpathapabbaṃ catusampajaññapabbaṃ dhātumanasikārapabbanti imāni tīṇi vipassanāvasena vuttāni, navasīvathikapabbāni vipassanāñāṇesu yeva ādīnavānupassanāva sana vuttāni, yāpi cettha uddhumātakādīsu samādhibhāvanā ijjheyya, sā asubhaniddese pakāsitā yeva. Ānāpānapabbaṃ pana paṭikkūlamanasikārapabbañca inevettha dvesamādhivasena vuttāni, tesu ānāpānapabbaṃ ānāpānasativasena visuṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ yeva. Yaṃ panetaṃ "punacaparaṃ

1. Ma. Nādhigameti.

[SL Page 177] [\x 177/]
Bhikkhave bhikkhu imamevakāyaṃ uddhaṃ pādatalā adho kesamatthakā tacapariyantaṃ pūraṃ nānappakārassa asucino paccavekkhatī, atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantātaco maṃsaṃ nahāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṃ vakkaṃ hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kālomakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ antaṃ antaguṇaṃ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ matthaluṅgaṃ pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo assu vasā khelo siṅghānikā lasikā mutta"nti. Evaṃ matthaluṅgaṃ aṭṭhi miñjena saṅgahetvā paṭikkūlamanasikāravasena desitaṃ dvattiṃ sākārakammaṭṭhānaṃ idamidha kāyagatāsatīti adhippetaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ pāḷivaṇṇanāpubbaṅgamo bhāvanāniddeso. Imameva kāyanti imaṃ cātummahābhūtikaṃ pūtikāyaṃ, uddhaṃ pādatalato upari, adho kesamatthakāti kesaggato heṭṭhā, tacapariyantanti tiriyaṃ tacaparicchinṇaṃ, pūraṃ nānappakārassa asucino [PTS Page 241] [\q 241/] paccavekkha tīti nānappakārakesādi asucibharito ayaṃ kāyoti passati. Kathaṃ? Atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantātaco maṃsaṃ nahāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṃ vakkaṃ hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kālomakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ antaṃ antaguṇaṃ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ matthaluṅgaṃ pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo assu vasā khelo siṅghānikā lasikā muttanti. Tattha atthiti saṃvijjanti, imasminti yvāyaṃ uddhaṃ pādatalā adho kesamatthakā tacapariyano pūro nānāppakārassa asucinoti vuccati, tasmiṃ kāyeti sarīre, sarīraṃ hi asucisañcayato kucchitānaṃ kesādi nañceva cakkhurogādīnañca rogasatānaṃ āyabhūtato kāyoti vuccati. Kesā lomātiete kesādayo dvattiṃsākārā, tattha atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā, atthi imasmiṃ kāye lomāti evaṃ sambandho veditabbo. Imasmiṃ hi pādatalato paṭṭhāyaapari, kesamatthakā paṭṭhāya ṭṭho, tacato paṭṭhāya paritoti1 ettake vyāmamatte kaḷebare sabbākārenapi picinanto na koci kiñci muttaṃ vā maṇiṃ vā veḷuriyaṃ vā agaruṃ vā kuṅkumaṃ vā kappūraṃ vā vāsacunṇādiṃ vā aṇumattampi sucibhāvaṃ passati, atha ko parama duggandhajegucchaṃ assirikadassanaṃ nānappakāraṃ kesalomādi bhedaṃ asuciṃ yeva passati. Tena vuttaṃ: - atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantātaco maṃsaṃ nahāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṃ vakkaṃ hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kālomakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ antaṃ antaguṇaṃ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ matthaluṅgaṃ pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo assu vasā khelo siṅghānikā lasikā muttanti. Ayamettha padasambandhato vaṇṇanā.

Imā pana kammaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvetvā arahattaṃ pāpunitu kāmena ādikammikena kulaputtena vucattappakāraṃ kalyāṇamittaṃ upa saṅkamitvā idaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetabaṃbaṃ. Tenāpissakammaṭṭhānaṃ kathentena sattadhā uggahakosallaṃ dasadhā ca manasikāra kosallaṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ. Tattha - vacasā, manasā, vanṇato, saṇṭhā nato, disato, okāsato, paricchedatoti evaṃ sattadhā uggaha kosallaṃ ācikkhitabbaṃ. Imasmiṃ hi paṭikkūlamanasikārakammaṭṭhāne yopi tipimako hoti, tenāpi manasikārakāle paṭhamaṃ vācāya sajjhāyo. Kātabbe. Ekaccassa hi sajjhāyaṃ karontasseva kammaṭṭhānaṃ pākamaṃ hoti. Malayavāsi mahādevattherassa santike uggahitakammaṭṭhānānaṃ dvinnaṃ therānaṃ viya, thero kira tehi kammaṭṭhānaṃ yācito cattāro [PTS Page 242] [\q 242/] māse imaṃ yeva sajjhāyaṃ karo thāti dvattiṃsākārapāḷiṃ adāsi. Te kiñcāpi nesaṃ ṭe tayo

1. Tiriyantatoti. (Sammoha)

[SL Page 178] [\x 178/]

Nikāyā paguṇā padakkiṇaggāhitāya pana cattāro māse dvattiṃ sākāraṃ sajjhāyantāva sotāpannā ahesuṃ. Tasmā kammaṭṭhānaṃ kathentena ācariyena antevāsiko vattabbo: paṭhamaṃ tāva vācāya sajjhāyaṃ karohīti. Karontena ca tacapañcakādīni pariccinditvā anulomapaṭilemavasena sajjhāyo kātabbo. "Kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco"ti hi vatvā puna paṭilomato " taco dantā nakhā lomā so"ti vattabbaṃ. Tadanantara vakka pañcake "maṃsaṃ nahāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhaamiñjaṃ vakkaṃ"ti vatvā puna paṭi lomato " vakkaṃ aṭṭhimiñjaṃ aṭṭhi nahāru maṃsaṃ taco dantā nakhā lomā kesāti vattabbaṃ. Tato papphāsapañcake "hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kilemakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ"ti vatvā puna paṭilomato "papphāsaṃ pihakaṃ kilomakaṃ yakanaṃ hadayaṃ vakkaṃ aṭṭhimiñjaṃ aṭṭhi nahāru maṃsaṃ taco dantā nakhā lomā kesā"ti vattabbaṃ. Tato matthaluṅgapañcake "antaṃ antaguṇaṃ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ matthaluṅga"nti vatvā puna paṭilomato "matthaluṅgaṃ karīsaṃ udariyaṃ antaguṇaṃ antaṃ papphāsaṃ pihakaṃ kilemakaṃ yakanaṃ hadayaṃ vakkaṃ aṭṭhimiñjaṃ aṭṭhi nahāru maṃsaṃ taco dantā nakhā lomā kesā"ti vattabbaṃ. Tato medachakke "pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo"ti vatvā puna paṭilemato "medo sedo lohitaṃ pubbo semhaṃ pittaṃ matthaluṅgaṃ karīsaṃ udariyaṃ antaguṇaṃ antaṃ papphāsaṃ pihakaṃ kilomakaṃ yakanaṃ hadayaṃ vakkaṃ aṭṭhimiñjaṃ aṭṭhi nahāru maṃsaṃ taco dantā nakhā lemā kesā"ti vattabbaṃ. Tato muttachakke " assu vasā khelo siṅghānikā lasikā mutta"nti vatvā puna paṭilomato "muttaṃ lasikāsiṅghānikā khelo vasā assu medo sedo lohitaṃ pubbo semhaṃ pittaṃ matthaluṅgaṃ karīsaṃ udariyaṃ antaguṇaṃ antaṃ papphāsaṃ pihakaṃ kilomakaṃ yakanaṃ hadayaṃ vakkaṃ aṭṭhimiñjaṃ aṭṭhi nahāru maṃsaṃ taco dantā nakhā lomā kesā"ti vattabbaṃ. [PTS Page 243] [\q 243/] evaṃ kālasataṃ kāla sahassaṃ kālasatasahassampi vācāya sajjhāyo kātabbo. Vacasā sajjhāyena hi kammaṭṭhānatanti pagunā hoti, na ito cito ca cittaṃ vidhāvati, koṭṭhāsā pākaṭā honti, hatthasaṅghalikā viya vatipādapanti viya ca khāyanti, yathā pana vacasā tatheva manasāpi sajjhāyo kātabbo. Vacasā sajjhāyo hi manasā sajjhāyassa paccayo hoti, manasā sajjhāyo lakkhaṇapaṭivedhassa paccayo hoti. Vanṇatotikesādīnaṃ vaṇṇo vavatthapetabbo, saṇṭhānatoti- tesaṃ yeva saṇṭhānaṃ vavatthapetabbaṃ, disatotiimasmiṃ hi sarīre nābhito uddhaṃ uparimā disā, adho heṭṭhimā disā, tasmā ayaṃ koṭṭhāso imissā nāma disāyāti disā vavatthapetabbā. Okāsatoti- ayaṃ koṭṭhāso imasmiṃ nāma okāse patiṭṭhitoti evaṃ tassa tassa okāso vavatthapetabbo, pariccheda

[SL Page 179] [\x 179/]

Toti- sabhāgaparicchedo visabhāgaparicchedoti dve paricchedā, tattha ayaṃ koṭṭhāso heṭṭhā ca upari ca tiriyañca iminā nāma paricchinnoti evaṃ sabhāgaparicchedo veditabbo, kesā na lomā lomāpi na kesāti evaṃ amissakatāvasena visabhāgaparicchedo veditabbo. Evaṃ sattadhā uggahakosallaṃ ācikkhantena pana idaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ asukasmiṃ sutte paṭikkūlavasena kathitaṃ asukasmiṃ dhātuvasenāti ñatvā ācikkhitabbaṃ. Idaṃ hi mahāsati paṭṭhāne paṭikkūlavaseneva kathitaṃ, mahāhatthipadopama mahārāhulovāda dhātuvibhaṅgesu dhātuvasena kathitaṃ. Kāyagatāsati sutte pana yassa vaṇṇato upaṭṭhāti taṃ savdhāya cattāri jhānāni vibhattāni. Tattha dhātuvasena kathitaṃ. Kāyagatāsati sutte pana yassa vanṇato upaṭṭhāti taṃ savdhāya cattāri jhānāni vibhattāni. Tattha dhātuvasena kathitaṃ vipassanākammaṭṭhānaṃ hoti, paṭikkūlavasenakathitaṃ samathakammaṭṭhānaṃ, tadetaṃ idha samatha kammaṭṭhānamevāti evaṃ sattadhāuggahakosallaṃ ācikkhitvā anu pubbato nātisīghato nātisanikato vikkhepapaṭibāhanato paṇṇattisamatikkamanato anupubbamuñcanato appanāto tayo ca suttantāti evaṃ dasadhā manasikārakosallaṃ ācikkhi tabbaṃ. Tattha anupubbatoti- idaṃ hi sajjhāyakaraṇato paṭṭhāya [PTS Page 244] [\q 244/] anupaṭipāṭiyā manasikātabbaṃ, na ekantarikāya. Ekantarikāya himanasikaronto yathā nāma akusalo puriso dvattiṃsapadaṃ nisseṇiṃ ekantarikāya ārohanto kilantakāyo patati na ārohaṇaṃ sampādeti, evameva bhāvanāsampattivasena adhiganantabbassa assādassa anadhigamā kilantacitto patati na bhāvanaṃsampādeti, anupubbato manasikarāntenāpi ca nātisīghato manasikātabbaṃ. Atisīghato manasikaroto hi yathānāma tiyo janaṃ maggaṃ paṭipajjitvā okkamanavissajjanaṃ asallakkhetvā sīghena javena satakkhattumpi gamanāgamanaṃ karoto purisassa kiñcāpi addhānaṃ parikkhayaṃ gacchati atha kho pucchitvāva gantabbaṃ hoti, evameva kevalaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ pariyosānaṃ pāpuṇāti avi bhūtaṃ pana hoti, na visesaṃ āvahati. Tasmā nātisīghato manasi kātabbaṃ. Yathā ca nātisīghato evaṃ nātisanikatopi. Atisani kato manasikaroto hi yathānāma tadaheva tiyejanaṃ maggaṃ gantukāmassa purisassa antarāmaggerukkhapabbatataḷākādisu1 vilambamānassa maggo parikkhayaṃ na gacchati, dvīhatīhena pariyo sāpetabbo hoti, evameva kammaṭṭhānaṃ pariyosānaṃ na gacchati, visesādhigamassa paccayo na hoti. Vikkhepapaṭibāhanatoti- kammaṭṭhānaṃ vissejjetvā bahiddhā puthuttārammaṇe cetaso vikkhepo paṭibāhitabbo. Appaṭibāhato hi yathā nāma ekapadikaṃ papātamaggaṃ paṭipannassa purisassa akkamanapadaṃ asallakkhetvā

1. Rukkhapabbatagahaṇādisu. (Sammoha. )

[SL Page 180] [\x 180/]

Ito cito ca vilokayato padavāro virajjhati, tato sata porise papāte patitabbaṃ hoti, evameva pahiddhā vikkhepe sati kammaṭṭhānaṃ parihāyati paridhaṃsati tasmāvikkhepapaṭibāhanato manasikātabbaṃ. Paṇṇattisamatikkamanatoti - yā ayaṃ kesā lomāti ādikā paṇṇatti, taṃ atikkamitvā paṭikkūlanti cittaṃ ṭhapetabbaṃ. Yathā hi udakadullabhakāle manussā araññe udapānaṃ disvā tattha tālapanṇādikaṃ kiñcideva saññānaṃ bandhitvā tena saññāṇena āgantvā nahāyanti ceva pibantica, [PTS Page 245] [\q 245/] yadā pana nesaṃ abinhasañcārena āgatāgatapadaṃ pākamaṃ hoti tadā saññā ṇena kiccaṃ na hoti, icciticcitakkhaṇe gantvā nahāyanti ceva pibantica. Evameva pubbabhāge kesā lomāti panṇatti masena manasikaroto paṭikkūlabāvo pākaṭo hoti, atha kesā lomāti paṇṇattiṃ samatikkamitvā paṭikkūlabhāve yeva cittaṃ ṭhapetabbaṃ. Anupubbamuñcanatoti - yo yo koṭṭhāso na upaṭṭhāti, taṃ taṃ muñcantena anupubbamuñcanato manasikā tabbaṃ. Ādikammikassa hi kesāti manasikaroto manasikāro ganatvā muttanti imaṃ pariyesānakoṭṭhāsameva āhacca tiṭṭhati, muttanti ca manasikaroto manasikāro gantvā kesāti imaṃ ādi koṭṭhāsameva āhacca tiṭṭhati, athassa manasikaroto manasikaroto keci koṭṭhāsā upaṭṭhahanti, keci na upaṭṭhahanti. Tena ye yo upaṭṭhahanti, tesu tesu tāva kammaṃ katabbaṃ, yāva dvīsu upaṭṭhi tesu tesampi eko suṭṭhutaraṃ upaṭṭhāti, evaṃ upaṭṭhitaṃ pana tadeva punappuna manasikarontena appanā uppādetabbā. Tatrāyaṃ upamā: - "yathā hi dvattiṃsatālako tālavane vasantaṃ makkaṭaṃ gahetukāmo luddo ādimhi ṭhitatālassa paṇṇaṃ sarena vijjhitvā ukkuṭṭhiṃ kareyya, atha kho so makkaṭo paṭipāṭiyā tasmiṃ tasmiṃ tāle patitvā pariyantatālameva gaccheyya, tatthapi gantvā luddena tatheva kate puna teneva nayena āditālaṃ āgaccheyya, se evaṃ punappunaṃ paripātiyamāno ukkuṭṭhukkuṭṭhaṭṭhāne yeva uṭṭhahitvā anukkamena ekasmiṃ tāle nipatitvā tassa vemajjhe makulatālapaṇṇasūciṃ daḷhaṃ gahetvā vijjhiyamānopi nauṭṭhaheyya, evaṃ sampadamidaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tatridaṃ opammasaṃsavdanaṃ: - yathā hi tāla vane dvattiṃsatālā, evaṃ imasmiṃ kāye dvattiṃsakoṭṭhāsā. Makkamo viya cittaṃ, luddo viya yogāvacaro, makkaṭassa dvattiṃsa tālake tālavane nivāso viyayogino cittassa dvattiṃsa koṭṭhāsako kāye ārammaṇavasena anusañcaraṇaṃ, luddena ādimhi ṭhitatālassa paṇṇaṃ sarena vijjhitvā ukkuṭṭhiyā katāya makkaṭassa tasmiṃtasmiṃ tāle patitvā pariyantatālagamanaṃ viya yoginā kesāti manasikāre āraddhe paṭipāṭiyā gantvā pariyo sānakoṭṭhāse yeva cittassa [PTS Page 246] [\q 246/] sanṭhānaṃ, puna paccāgamanepieseva

[SL Page 181] [\x 181/]

Nayo. Punappunaṃ paripātiyamānassa makkaṭassa ukkuṭṭhukkuṭṭhaṭṭhāne uṭṭhānaṃ viya punappuna manasikaroto kesuci kesuci upaṭṭhi tesu anupaṭṭhahante vissajjetvā upaṭṭhitesu parikammakaraṇaṃ, anukkamena ekasmiṃ tāle nipatitvā tassa majjhe makuḷatāla panṇasūciṃ daḷhaṃ gahetvā vijjhiyamānassāpi anuṭṭhānaṃ viya avasāne dvīsu upaṭṭhitesu yo suṭṭhutaraṃ upaṭṭhāti tameva punappuna manasi karitvā appanāya uppādanaṃ. Aparāpi upamā: -" yathā nāma piṇḍapātiko bhikkhu dvattiṃsakulaṃ gāmaṃ upanissāya vasanto paṭhamagehe yeva dve bikkhā labhitvā parato ekaṃ vissajjeyya, puna divase tisso labatvā parato dve vissajjeyya, tatiya divase ādimhi yeva pattapūraṃ labhitvā āsanasālaṃ gantvā paribhuñjeyya, evaṃ sampadamidaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Dvattiṃsakulagāmo viya hi dvattiṃsākāro, piṇḍapātiko viya yogāvacaro, tassa taṃ gāmaṃ upanissāya vāso viya yogino dvattiṃsākāre parikamma karaṇaṃ, paṭhamagehe dve bikkhā labhitvā parato ekissā vissajjanaṃ viya dutiyadivase tisso labitvā parato ṭinnaṃ vissajjanaṃviya ca manasikaroto manasikaroto anupaṭṭhahante vissajjetvā upaṭṭhitasu upaṭṭhitasu yāva koṭṭhāsadvaye parikammakaraṇaṃ, tatiyadivase ādimhi yeva pattapūraṃ labitvā āsanalālāya nisīditvā paribhogo viya dvīsu yo suṭṭhutaraṃ upaṭṭhāti tameva punappuna manasi karitvā appanāya uppādanaṃ. Appanātoti- appanā koṭṭhāsato, kesādīsu ekekasmiṃ koṭṭhāse appanā hotīti veditabbāti ayamettha adippāyo. Tayo ca suttantāti -adhi cittaṃ sītibāvo bojjhaṅgakosallanti ime tayo suttantā viriyasamādhiyojanatthaṃ veditabbāti ayamettha adhippāyo. Tattha "adhicittamanuyuttena bhikkhave bhikkhunā tīṇi nimittāni kālena kālaṃ manasikātabbāni: kālena kālaṃ samādhinimittaṃ manasi kātabbaṃ, kālena kālaṃ paggahanimittaṃ manasikātabbaṃ. Kālena kālaṃ upekkhānimittaṃ [PTS Page 247] [\q 247/] manasikātabbaṃ. Sace bhikkhave adhicitta manuyutto bhikkhu ekantaṃ samādhinimittaññeva manasikareyya ṭhānaṃ taṃ cittaṃ kosajjaya saṃvatteyya, sace bhikkhave adhicitta manuyutto bhikkhu ekantaṃ paggahanimittaññeva manasikareyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃ cittaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvatteyya, sace bhikkhave adhicitta manuyutto bhikkhu ekantaṃ upekkhānimittaññeva manasikareyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃ cittaṃ na sammāsamādhiyeyya āsavāsanaṃ khayāya. Yato ca kho bhikkhave adhicittamanuyutto bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ samādhi nimittaṃ paggahanimittaṃ upekkhānimittaṃ manasikaroti, taṃ hoti cittaṃ mududva kammaññca pabhassarañca, na ca pabhaṅgu sammā samādhiyati āsavānaṃ khayāya. Seyyathāpi bhikkhave suvanṇāro vā suvanṇakārantevāsī vā ukkaṃ bandhati ukkaṃ bandhitvā ukkā

[SL Page 182] [\x 182/]

Mukhaṃ ālimpeti ukkāmukhaṃ ālimpetvā saṇḍāsena jātarūpaṃ gahetvā ukkāmukhe pakkhipitvā kālena kālaṃ abhidhamati kālena kālaṃ udakena paripphoseti kālena kālaṃajjhupekkhati, sace bhikkhave suvaṇaṇakāro vā suvaṇṇakārentavāsī vā taṃ jāta rūpaṃ ekantaṃ abhidhameyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃ jātarūpaṃ ḍaheyya, sace bhikkhave suvaṇṇakāro vā suvanṇakārantevāsī vā taṃ jātarūpaṃ ekantaṃ udakena paripphoseyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃjātarūpaṃ nibbāyeyya, saco bhikkhave suvaṇṇakāro vā suvaṇṇakārantevāsī vā taṃ jātarūpaṃ ekantaṃ ajjhupekkheyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃ jātarūpaṃ na sammāparipākaṃ gaccheyya, yato ca kho bhikkhave suvanṇakāro vā suvaṇṇakārantevāsī vā taṃ jātarūpaṃ kālena kālaṃ abhidhamati, kālena kālaṃ udakena paripphoseti, kālena kālaṃ ajjhupekkhati, taṃ hoti jātarūpaṃ muduñca kammaññca pabhassarañca, na ca pabhaṅgu sammā upeti kammāya. Yassā yassā ca pilavdhanavikatiyā ākaṅghati yadi paṭṭhikāya yadi kunḍalāya yadi gīveyyakāya yadi suvaṇṇamālāya taṃ cassa atthaṃ anubhoti, evameva kho bhikkhave "adhicittamanuyuttena bhikkhave bhikkhunā tīṇi nimittāni kālena kālaṃ manasikātabbāni: kālena kālaṃ samādhinimittaṃ manasi kātabbaṃ, kālena kālaṃ paggahanimittaṃ manasikātabbaṃ. Kālena kālaṃ upekkhānimittaṃ manasikātabbaṃ. Sace bhikkhave adhicitta manuyutto bhikkhu ekantaṃ samādhinimittaññeva manasikareyya ṭhānaṃ taṃ cittaṃ kosajjaya saṃvatteyya, sace bhikkhave adhicitta manuyutto bhikkhu ekantaṃ paggahanimittaññeva manasikareyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃ cittaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvatteyya, sace bhikkhave adhicitta manuyutto bhikkhu ekantaṃ upekkhānimittaññeva manasikareyya, ṭhānaṃ taṃ cittaṃ na sammāsamādhiyeyya āsavāsanaṃ khayāya. Yato ca kho bhikkhave adhicittamanuyutto bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ samādhi nimittaṃ paggahanimittaṃ upekkhānimittaṃ manasikaroti, taṃ hoti cittaṃ mududva kammaññca pabhassarañca, na ca pabhaṅgu sammā samādhiyati āsavānaṃ khayāya. Yassa yassa ca abhiññā sacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ abhininnāmeti [PTS Page 248] [\q 248/] abhiññā sacchikiriyāya tate;va sakkhi bhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane"ti idaṃ suttaṃ adhicittanti veditabbaṃ. "Chahi bhikkhave dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhabbo anuttaraṃ sītibāvaṃ saccikātuṃ, katamehi chahi? Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ niggahetabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃniggaṇhāti, yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ paggahetabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ paggaṇhāti, yasmiṃ samayo cittaṃ sampahaṃsitabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ sampahaṃseti, yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ ajjhupekkitabbaṃ tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ ajjhupekkhati, panītādimuttiko ca hoti nibbāṇā bhirato. Imehi kho bhikkhave chahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhabboanuttaraṃ sītibhāvaṃ sacchikātu"nti. Idaṃ suttaṃ sītibhā voti veditabbaṃ. Bojjhaṅgakosallaṃ pana "evameva khe bhikkhave yasmiṃ samaye līnaṃ cittaṃ hoti akālo tasmiṃ samaye passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāyā"ti 1 appanākosallakathāyaṃ dassi tameva. Iti idaṃ sattavidhaṃ uggahakosallaṃ suggahītaṃ katvā idañca dasavidhaṃ manasikārakosallaṃ suṭṭhu vavatthapetvā tena yoginā ubhayakosallavasena kammaṭṭhānaṃ sādhukaṃ uggahe tabbaṃ. Sace panassa ācariyena saṭṭhiṃ ekavihāreyeva phāsu hoti, evaṃ vitthārena akathāpetvā kammaṭṭhānamanuyuñjantena visesaṃ labhitvā uparūpari kathāpetabbaṃ. Aññattha vasitukāmena yathā vuttena vidinā vitthārato kathāpetvā punappuna parivattetvā

1. Saṃyuttamahāmagge bojjhaṅgasaṃyutte.

[SL Page 183] [\x 183/]

Sabbaṃ gaṇṭhiṭṭhānaṃ chinditvā paṭhavikasinaniddese vuttanayeneva ananurūpaṃ senāsanaṃ pahāya anurūpe viharantena khuddakapaḷi bodhupacchedaṃ katvā paṭikkūlamanasikāre parikammaṃkātabbaṃ. Karontena pana kesesu tāva nimittaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Kathaṃ? Ekaṃ vā dve vā kese luñcitvā hatthatale ṭhapetvā [PTS Page 249] [\q 249/] vaṇṇo tāva vavatthapetabbo. Chinnaṭṭhānepi kese oloketuṃ vaṭṭati, udakapatte vā yāgupatte va oloketu vaṭṭati yeva. Kāḷakakāle disvā kaḷakāti manasi kātabbā. Setakāle setāti missakakāle pana ussadamasena manasi kātabbā honti. Yathā ca kesesu evaṃ sakalepi tacapañcake disvāvanimittaṃ gahe tabbaṃ.

Evaṃ nimittaṃ gahetvā sabbakoṭṭhāsesu vanṇasanṭhāna disokāsaparicchedavasena vavatthapetvā vanṇasaṇṭhānagandhā sayokāsavasena pañcavadhā paṭikkūlatā1 vavatthapetabbā. Tatrāyaṃ sabbakoṭṭhāsesu anupubbakathā: - kesā tāva pakativaṇṇena kāḷakā addāriṭṭhakavanṇā, saṇṭhānato dīghavaṭṭa2 tulādaṇḍa saṇṭhānā, disato uparimadisāya jātā, okāsato ubhesu passesu kaṇṇacūḷikāhi - purato nalāṭantena - pacchato galavāṭakena paricchinnaṃ sisakaṭāhaveṭhanaṃ allacammaṃ kesānamokāso. Paricchedato kesā sisaveṭhanacamme vīhaggamattaṃ pavisitvā patiṭṭhitena heṭṭhā attanomūlatalena upari ākāsena tiriyaṃ aññamaññena paricchinnā, dve kesā ekato natthīti ayaṃ sabhāgaparicchedo. Kesā na lomā lomā na kesāti evaṃ. Avasesehi ekatiṃsakoṭṭhāsehi amissakatā, kesā nāma pāṭi ekko eko koṭṭhāsoti ayaṃ visabhāgaparicchedo. Idaṃ kesānaṃ vanṇādito vavatthāpanaṃ: kesā ca nāmete vaṇṇatopi paṭikkūlā saṇṭhānatopi gandhatopi āsayatopi okāsatopi paṭikkūlā, manuññepi hi yāgupatte vā bhattapatte vā kesavaṇṇaṃ kiñci disvā kesamissakamidaṃ haratha nanti jigucchanti, evaṃ kesā vaṇṇato paṭikkūlā, rattiṃ bhuñajantāpi kesasanṭhānaṃ akkavākaṃ vā makacivākaṃ vā chupitvā tatheva jigucchanti. Evaṃsaṇṭhānato paṭikkūlā, telamakkhanapuppha dhūpādisaṅkhāravirahitānañca kesānaṃ gandho paramajgeccho hoti. Tato jegucchataro aggimhi pakkhittānaṃ, [PTS Page 250] [\q 250/] kesā hi vaṇṇasaṇṭhānato apaṭikkūlāpi gandhena pana paṭikkūlāyeva. Yathā hi daharassa kumārassa vaccaṃ vaṇṇato haliddivaṇṇaṃ, saṇṭhāna topi haliddipinḍasanṭhānaṃ, saṅkāraṭṭhāne chaḍḍītañca aṇḍumātaka kāḷasunakhasarīraṃ vaṇṇato tālapakkavaṇṇaṃ, saṇṭhānato

1. Ma. Paṭikkūlato. 2. Ma. Dīghavaṭṭalikā tulādaṇḍasanṭhānā.

[SL Page 184] [\x 184/]

Vaṭṭetvā vissaṭṭhamudiṅgasanṭhānaṃ, dāṭhāpissa sumanamakuḷasadisāti ubhayampi vaṇṇasaṇṭhānato siyā apaṭikkūlaṃ, gandhena pana paṭikkūlameva. Evaṃ kesāpi siyuṃ vanṇasaṇṭhānato apaṭikkūlā, gandhena pana paṭikkūlā yovāti. Yathā pana asuciṭṭhāne gāma nissandena jātāni sūpeyyapaṇṇāni nāgarikamanussānaṃ jegucchāni honti aparibhogāni, evaṃ kesāpi pubbalohita muttakarīsapittasemhādi nissandena jātattā jegucchāti idaṃ nesaṃ āsayato pāṭikkūlyaṃ. Ime ca kesā nāma gutharāsimhi uṭṭhitakaṇṇikaṃ viya ekatiṃsakoṭṭhāsarāsimhi jātā. Te susāna saṅkāraṭṭhānādisu jātasākaṃ viya parikhādisu jātakamalakuvalayādi pupphaṃ viya ca asuciṭṭhāne jātattā paramajegucchāti idaṃ nesaṃ okāsato pāṭikkūlyaṃ. Yathā ca kesānaṃ evaṃ sabbakoṭṭhāsānaṃ vaṇṇasanṭhānagandhāsayokāsavasena pañcadhā paṭikkūlatā vavatthapetabbā. Vaṇṇasaṇṭhāna daasokāsa paricchedamasena pana sabbepi visuṃ visuṃ vavatthapetabbā.

Tathe lomā tāva pakativanṇato na kesā viya asambhinna kāḷakā, kāḷapiṅgalā pana honti, saṇṭhānato onataggā tāla mūlasanṭhānā, disato dvisu disāsu jātā, okāsato ṭhapetvā kesānaṃ patiṭṭhitokāsañca hatthapādatalāni ca yebhuyyena avasesa sarīraveṭhanacamme jātā. Paricchedato sarīraveṭhanacamme likkhā mattaṃ pavisitvā patiṭṭhitena heṭṭhā attano mūlatalena upari ākāsena tiriyaṃ aññamaññena paricchinnā, dve lomā ekato natthi. Ayaṃ nesaṃ sabhāgaparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeca.

Nakhāti vīsatiya nakhapattānaṃ nāmaṃ, te sabbepi vaṇṇato setā, saṇṭhānato macchasakalikasaṇṭhānā, disato pādanakhā heṭṭhimadisāyaṃ, hatthanakhā uparimadisāyāti [PTS Page 251] [\q 251/] dvīsu disāsu jātā. Okā sato aṅgulīnaṃ aggapiṭṭhesu patiṭṭhitā. Paricchedato tīsu disāsu aṅgulikoṭimaṃsehi anto aṅgulipiṭṭhimaṃsena pahi ceva agge ca ākāsena tiriyaṃ aññamaññena paricchinnā, dve nakhā ekato natthi. Ayaṃ nesaṃ sabhāgaparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Dantāti paripuṇṇadantassa dvattiṃsa dantaṭṭhikāni. Tepi vanṇato setā, saṇṭhānato anekasaṇṭhānā, tesaṃ hi heṭṭhi māya tāva dantapāḷiyā majjhe cattāro dantā mattikāpiṇḍe paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapitaalābubījasaṇṭhānā, tesaṃ ubhosu passesu ekeko ekamūlako ekakoṭiko mallikāmakuḷasanṭhāno, tato ekeko dvimūlako dvikoṭiko yānaka upatthambhanika saṇṭhāno, tato dve dve timūlā tikoṭikā, tato dve dve

[SL Page 185] [\x 185/]

Catumūlā catukoṭikāti. Uparimapāḷiyapi esevanayo. Disato uparimadisāya jātā, okāsato dvīsū hanukaṭṭhikesu patiṭṭhitā. Paricchedato heṭṭhā hanukaṭṭhike patiṭṭhitena attano mūla talena upari ākāsena tiriyaṃ aññamaññena paricchinnā, dve dantā ekato natthi. Ayaṃ nesaṃ sabhāgaparicchedo, visabhāga paricchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Tacoti sakalasarīraṃ veṭhetvā ṭhitacammaṃ. Tassa upari kāḷa sāmapītādivannā chavi nāma, sā sakalasarīratopi saṃkaḍḍhiyamānā badaraṭṭhimattā hota. Taco pana vaṇṇato setoyeva, so cassa setabhāvo aggijālābhighāta paharaṇappahārādīhi viddhaṃsitāya chaviyā pākaṭo hoti, sanṭhānato sarīrasaṇṭhānova hoti, aya mettha saṃkhepo. Vitthārato pana pādaṅgulittaco kosakāraka kosasaṇṭhāno, piṭṭhipādattavo puṭabaddhaupāhanasaṇṭhāno, jaṅghattaco bhattapuṭakatālapaṇṇasaṇṭhāno, ūrukkado taṇḍulabharitadīghatthavikasaṇṭhāno, ānisadattaco udatapūritapaṭa parissāvanasaṇṭhāno, piṭṭhittaco phalakonaddhacammasaṇṭhāno, kucchittaco vīṇādoṇikonaddhacammasaṇṭhāno, urattaco yebhuyyena caturassasanṭhāno, ubhayabāhuttaco tuṇīronaddha cammasanṭhāno, piṭṭhihatthattaco khurakosasanṭhāno, phaṇakatthavika saṇṭhāno vā, hatthaṅgulittaco kuñcikākosasaṇṭhāno, gīvattaco gaḷakañcukasaṇṭhāno, mukhattaco [PTS Page 252] [\q 252/] chiddāvachiddakīṭa kulāvakasaṇṭhāno, sisattaco pattatthavikasaṇṭhānoti. Taca pariggaṇhakena ca yogāvacarena uttaroṭṭhato paṭṭhāya upari mukhaṃ ñāṇaṃ pesetvā paṭhamaṃ tāva mukhaṃ pariyonandhitvā ṭhitacammaṃ vavatthapetabbaṃ. Tato nalāṭaṭṭhicammaṃ, tato thavikāya pakkhitta pattassa ca thavikāya ca antarena tthamiva sīsaṭṭhikassa ca sīsacammassa ca antarena ñāṇaṃ pesetvā aṭṭhikena saṭṭhiṃ cammassa ekābaddha bhāvaṃ viyojentena sīsacammaṃ vavatthapetabbaṃ. Tato khandhacammaṃ, tato anulomena paṭilomena ca dakkhiṇahatthacammaṃ, atha teneva nayena vāmahatthacammaṃ. Tato piṭṭhicammaṃ vavatthapetvā1 anulo mena paṭilomena ca dakkhiṇapādacammaṃ, atha teneva nayena vāma pādacammaṃ tato anukkameneva vatthi udara hadaya gīvā chammānī vavatthapetabbāni. Atha gīvācammānantaraṃ heṭṭhimahanucammaṃ vavattha petvā adharoṭṭhapariyosānaṃ pāpetvā niṭṭhapetabbaṃ. Evaṃ oḷārikoḷārikaṃ pariggaṇhantassa sukhumampi pākamaṃ hoti. Disato dvīsu disāsu jāto, okāsato sakalasarīraṃ pariyonavdhitvā ṭhito, paricchedato heṭṭhā patiṭṭhitatalena upari ākāsena pariccinno, ayamassa sabhāgaparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadisā yeva.

1. Ma. Vaṭṭhetvā.

[SL Page 186] [\x 186/]

Maṃsanti nava maṃsapesisatāni. Taṃ sabbampi vaṇṇato rattaṃ kiṃsukapupphasadisaṃ, saṇṭhānato jaṅghapinḍikamsaṃ tālapattapuṭa bhattasaṇṭhānaṃ, ūrumaṃsaṃ nisadapotasaṇṭhānaṃ, ānisadamaṃsaṃ uddhanakoṭisanṭhānaṃ, piṭṭhimaṃsaṃ tālaguḷapaṭalasanṭhānaṃ, phāsuka dvayamaṃsaṃpotthalikāya kucchiyaṃ tanumattikālepasaṇṭhānaṃ, thana maṃsaṃ ṭhatvā avakkhittamattikāpinḍasanṭhānaṃ, bāhudvayamaṃsaṃ dviguṇaṃ katvā ṭhapitaniccamma mahāmūsikasaṇṭhānaṃ, evaṃ oḷārikoḷārikaṃ pariggaṇhantassa sukhumampi pākaṭaṃ hoti disato dvīsu disāsu jātaṃ, okāsato sādhikāni tīṇi1 aṭṭhisatāni [PTS Page 253] [\q 253/] anulimpitvā ṭhitaṃ, paricchedato heṭṭhā aṭṭhisaṃghāṭe patiṭṭhitatalena upari tacena tiriyaṃ aññamaññenapariccinnaṃ, ayamassa sabhāgaparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Nahārūti nava nahārusatāni. Vaṇṇato sabbepi nahārū setā, saṇṭhānato nānāsaṇṭhānā etesu hi gīvāya uparibhāgato paṭṭhāya pañca vahānahārū sarīraṃ vinavdhamānā purimapassena otiṇṇā, pañca pacchimapassena, pañca dakkiṇapassena, pañca vāmapassena, pañca dakkhiṇahatthaṃ vinandhamānāpi hatthassa purimapassena, pañca pacchimapassena, tathā vāmahatthaṃ vinandhamānā, dakkhīṇapādaṃ vinavdha mānāpi pādassa purimapassena pañca, pacchimapassena pañca, tathā vāmapādaṃ vinavdhamānāpīti evaṃ sarīradhārakā nāma saṭṭhimahānahārū kāyaṃ vinavdhamānā otinṇā, ye kaṇḍarātipi vuccanti. Te sabbepi kavdalamakuḷasaṇṭhānā, aññe pana taṃ taṃ padesaṃ ajjhottharitvā ṭhitā, tato sukhumatarā suttarajjukasaṇṭhānā, aññe tato sukhumatarā pūtilatā saṇṭhānā, aññe tatosukhuma tarā mahāvīṇātantisanṭhānā, aññe thūlasuttakasanṭhānā, hatthapādapiṭṭhisu nahārū sakuṇapādasanṭhānā, sise nahārū dārakānaṃ sīsajālakasanṭhānā, piṭṭhiyaṃ nahārū ātape pasārita allajāla sanṭhānā, avasesā taṃ taṃ aṅgapaccaṅgānugatā nahārū sarīre paṭimukkajālakadvukasaṇṭhānā, disato dvīsu dusāsu jātā. Okā sato sakalasarīre aṭṭhini ābandhitvā ṭhitā. Paricchedato heṭṭhā tiṇṇaṃ aṭṭhisatānaṃ upari patiṭṭhitatalehi upari maṃsacammāni āhacca ṭhitapadesehi tiriyaṃ aññamaññena paricchinnā, ayaṃ nesaṃ sabhāgaparicchedo, visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Aṭṭhiti ṭhapetvā dvattiṃsadantaṭṭhini avasesāni catusaṭṭhihatthaṭṭhini, catusaṭṭhi pādaṭṭhini, catusaṭṭhi maṃsanissitāni mudu aṭṭhini, dve paṇhikaṭṭhini, ekekasmiṃ pāde dve gopphakaṭṭhini, dve jaṅghaṭṭhini, ekaṃ jaṇnu kaṭṭhi, ekaṃ ūraṭṭhi, dve kaṭiaṭṭhini, aṭṭhārasa piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṭṭhini, [PTS Page 254] [\q 254/] catuvīsati phāsukaṭṭhini, cuddasa uraṭṭhini, ekaṃ hadayaṭṭhi, dve akkhakaṭṭhini, dve koḍhaḍhini

1. Saṃ dasādhikāni-ma. Visādhikāni. 2. Hadayassapurimapassena

[SL Page 187] [\x 187/]

Dve bāhu aṭṭhini, dve aggabāhaṭṭhīni, satta gīvaṭṭhīni, dve hanukaṭṭhīni, ekaṃ nāsikaṭṭhi, dve akkhiṭṭhīni, dve kanṇaṭṭhini, ekaṃ nalāmaṭṭhi, ekaṃ muddhaṭṭhi, nava sīsakapālaṭṭhinīti, evaṃ timattāni aṭṭhisatāni. Tāni sabbā nipi vaṇṇato setāni, saṇṭhānato nānāsanṭhānāti. Tattha hi aggapādaṅgulī aṭṭhini katakabījasanṭhānāni. Tadanantarāni majjha pabbaṭṭhīni paṇasaṭṭhi saṇṭhānāni, mūlapabbaṭṭhīni paṇavasaṇṭhānāni. Piṭṭhīpādaṭṭhīni koṭṭitakandalakavdarāsisaṇṭhānāni, paṇhikaṭṭhi ekaṭṭhi tālaphalabījasaṇṭhānaṃ, gopphakaṭṭhini baddhakīḷāgoḷakasaṇṭhānāni, jaṅghaṭṭhinaṃ gopphakaṭṭhisu patiṭṭhitaṭṭhānaṃ anapanīta taca1 sindikalīra saṇṭhānaṃ, khuddakajaṅghaṭṭhikaṃ dhanukadaṇḍasanṭhānaṃ, mahantaṃ milāta sappapiṭṭhisaṇṭhānaṃ, jaṇnukaṭṭhi ekato parikkhīṇapheṇakasaṇṭhānaṃ. Tattha jaṅghaṭṭhikassa patiṭṭhitaṭṭhānaṃ atitikhiṇagga2 gosiṅga saṇṭhānaṃ. Ūraṭṭhi duttacchitavāsipharasudaṇḍasaṇṭhānaṃ. Tassa aṭiṭṭhimhi patiṭṭhi taṭṭhānaṃ kīḷāgoḷasaṇṭhānaṃ. Tena kaṭaṭṭhino patiṭṭhitaṭṭhānaṃ aggacchinnamahāpunnāgaphalasaṇṭhānaṃ. Kaṭiaṭṭhīni dvepi ekā baddhāni hutvā kumbhakārakauddhana saṇṭhānāni, pāṭiyekkaṃ kammāra kūṭayottakasaṇṭhānāni, koṭiyaṃ ṭhitaṃ ānisadaṭṭhi adhomukhaṃ katvā gahitasappaphaṇasaṇṭhānaṃ, sattasu ṭhānesu3 chiddāvacchiddaṃ. Piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṭṭhini abbhantarato uparūpari ṭhapitasīsapaṭṭaveṭhaka sanṭhānāni, bāhirato vaṭṭanāvalisaṇṭhānāni. Tesaṃ anta rantarā kakavadantasadisā ṅve tayo kaṇṭakā honti. Catu vīsatiyā phāsukaṭṭhisu aparipuṇṇāni aparipuṇṇaasitasanṭhānāni4 paripunṇāni [PTS Page 255] [\q 255/] paripunṇaasitasanṭhānāni, sabbānipi odātakukkuṭassa pasārita pakkhasaṇṭhānāni, cuddasa uraṭṭhini kiṇṇasandamānika pañjarasanṭhānāni. Hadayaṭṭhi dabbiphaṇasaṇṭhānaṃ. Akkhakaṭṭhini khuddaka lohavāsi danḍasaṇṭhānāni. Koṭṭhaṭṭhīni ekato parikkiṇasīhaḷa kuddāla saṇṭhānāni. Bāhaṭṭhīni ādāsadaṇḍasanṭhānāni. Aggabā haṭṭhīni yamakatālakavdasaṇṭhānāni, maṇibandhaṭṭhini ekato allīyā petvā ṭhapitasīsaka paṭṭaveṭhaka sanṭhānāni. Piṭṭhihatthaṭṭhīni koṭṭhita kandalakandarāsi saṇṭhānāni, hatthaṅgulīsu mūlapabbaṭṭhīni paṇavasaṇṭhānāni, majjhapabbaṭṭhīni aparipunṇapaṇasaṭṭhīsaṇṭhānāni, aggapabbaṭṭhīni katakabījasaṇṭhānāni. Sattagīvaṭṭhīni daṇḍe5 vijjhitvā paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapita vaṃsakaḷīra vakkalakasanṭhānāni. Heṅṭhīma hanukaṭṭhī kammārānaṃ ayokuṭayottakasanṭhānaṃ, uparimaṃ avalekhana satthakasaṇṭhānaṃ. Akkhikūpanāsākupaṭṭhīni apanītamiñjataruṇatālaṭṭhisaṇṭhānāni, nalāṭaṭṭhī adhomukhaṭhapita saṅghathālakakapālasaṇṭhānaṃ. Kaṇṇacūḷikaṭṭhīni nahāpitakhurakosasaṇṭhānāni. Nalāṭakanṇacūḷikānaṃ upari paṭṭa bandhanokāse aṭṭhi saṅkuṭitaghata6 punṇapaṭalakhaṇḍasanṭhānaṃ.

1. Sī. Apanīta taca. 2. Ma. Atikhīṇagga. 3. Ma. Sattaṭṭhaṭṭhānesu 4. Ma. Aparipunṇaasisaṇṭhānāni. 5. Maga daṇḍena 6. Ma. Saṅkuṭitaghaṭa.
[SL Page 188] [\x 188/]

Muddhaṭṭhi mukhacchinnavaṅkanāḷikerasaṇṭhānaṃga sīsaṭṭhinī sibbetvā ṭhapita jajjaralābukaṭāhasaṇṭhānāniga disato dvīsu disāsu jātāniga okāsato avisesena sakalasarīre ṭhitāni, visesena panettha sīsaṭṭhīni gīvaṭṭhīsu patiṭṭhitāni, gīvaṭṭhini piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṭṭhisuga piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṭṭhini kaṭiaṭṭhisu, kaṭiṭṭhini ūraṭṭhīsu, ūraṭṭhini jaṇṇukaṭṭhīsu, jaṇṇukaṭṭhīni jaṅghaṭṭhīsuga jaṅghaṭṭhīni gopphakaṭṭhīsuga gopphakaṭṭhīni piṭṭhipādaṭṭhīsu patiṭṭhi tāni. Paricchedato anto aṭṭhimiñjena uparito saṃsena agge mule ca aññamaññenaparicchinnāni. Ayaṃ nesaṃ sabhāga paricchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Aṭṭhimiñjanti tesaṃ tesaṃ aṭṭhīnaṃ abbhantaragataṃ miñjaṃ, taṃ vaṇṇato setaṃ, saṇṭhānato mahantamahantānaṃ [PTS Page 256] [\q 256/] aṭṭhīnaṃ abbhantaragataṃ veḷunāḷiyaṃ pakkhittaseditamahāvettagga saṇṭhā naṃ, khuddānudhuddakānaṃ abbhantaragataṃ veḷuyaṭṭhitabbesu pakkhitta seditatanuvettaggasaṇṭhānaṃga disato dvīsu disāsu jātaṃga okā sato aṭṭhīnaṃ abbhantare patiṭṭhitaṃ, paricchedato aṭṭhīnaṃ abbhantara talehi paricchinnaṃ, ayamassa sabhāgaparicchedo. Visabhāga paricchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Vakkanti ekabandhanādve maṃsapiṇḍakā. Taṃ vanṇato manda rattaṃ pāḷibhaddakaaṭṭhivaṇṇaṃ, saṇṭhānato dārakānaṃ yamaka kīḷā goḷakasaṇṭhānaṃ, ekavaṇṭūpanibaddha1 ambaphaladvayasaṇṭhānaṃ vā. Disato uparimadisāya2 jātaṃ, okāsato gaḷavāṭakā nikkhantena ekamūlena thokaṃ gantvā dvidhā bhinnena thūlanahārunā vinibaddhaṃ hutvā hadayamaṃsaṃ parikkhipitvā ṭhitaṃ, paricchedato vakkaṃ vakka bhāgena paricchinnaṃ, ayamassa sabhāgaparicchedo. Visabhāga paricchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Hadayanti hadayamaṃsaṃ. Taṃ vaṇṇato rattapadumapattapiṭṭhi vaṇṇaṃ, saṇṭhānato bāhirapattāniapanetvā adhomukhaṭhapita padumamakuḷasaṇṭhānaṃ, bahimaṭṭaṃ anto kosātakīphalassa abbhantara sadisaṃ, paññāvantānaṃ thokaṃ vikasitaṃ, mandapaññānaṃ mukuḷita meva. Anto cassa punnāgaṭṭhipatiṭṭhānamatto āvāṭako hoti yattha addhapasatamattaṃlohitaṃ saṇṭhāti, yaṃ nissāya mano dhātu ca manoviññāṇadhātu ca vattanti. Taṃ panetaṃ rāgacaritassa rattaṃ hoti, docaritassa kāḷakaṃ, mohacaritassa maṃsadhovana udakasadisaṃ, vitakkacaritassa kulatthayūsavaṇṇaṃ, saddhācaritassa kaṇikārapupphavaṇṇaṃ, paññācaritassa acchaṃ vippasannamanāvilaṃ paṇḍaraṃ parisuddhaṃ niddhotajātimaṇi viya jutimantaṃkhāyati. Disato uparimāya disāya jātaṃ, okāsato jahīrabbhantare dvinnaṃ thanānaṃ

1. Ma. Ekavaṇṭapaṭibaddhaga 2. Ma. Uparimāyadisāya.

[SL Page 189] [\x 189/]

Majjhe patiṭṭhitaṃ, paricchedato hadayaṃ hadayabhāgena paricchinnaṃ, ayamassa [PTS Page 257] [\q 257/] jabhāgaparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Yakananti yamakamaṃsapaṭalaṃ. Taṃ vanṇato rattaṃ paṇḍuka dhātukaṃ nātirattakumudassa pattapiṭṭhivanṇaṃ, saṇṭhānato mūle ekaṃ agge yamakaṃ koviḷārapattasanṭhānaṃ, taṃ ca dandhānaṃ eka meva hoti mahantaṃ, paññāvantānaṃ dve vā tīṇi vā khuddakāni. Dusato uparimāya disāya jātaṃ, okāsato dvinnaṃ thanānaṃ abbhantare dakkhiṇapassaṃ nissāya ṭhitaṃ, paricchedato yakanaṃ yakanabhāgena pariccinnaṃ, ayamassa sabhāgaparicchedo. Visabhāga paricchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Kālomakanti paṭicchannāpaṭicchannabhedato duvidhaṃ pariyona hanamaṃsaṃ. Taṃ duvidhampi vaṇṇato setaṃ dukulapilotikavaṇṇaṃ, saṇṭhānato attano okāsasaṇṭhānaṃ, disato paṭicchanna kilomakaṃ uparimāya disāya, itaraṃ dvīsu dusāsu jātaṃ, okāsato paṭicchannakilomakaṃ hadayañca vakkañca paṭicchādetvā ṭhitaṃ, apaṭicchannakilomakaṃ sakalasarīre cammassa heṭṭhato maṃsaṃ pariyonandhitva ṭhitaṃ, paricchedato heṭṭhā maṃsena uparicammena tiriyaṃ kilomakabhāgena pariccinnaṃ, ayamassa jabhāgaparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadisā yeva.

Pihakanti udarajivhāmaṃsaṃ. Taṃ vaṇṇato nīlaṃ nigguṇḍī pupphavaṇṇaṃ, saṭhṭhānato sattaṅgulappamāṇamabavdhanaṃ kālavacchaka jivhāsanṭhānaṃ, disato uparimāya disāya jātaṃ, okāsato hadayassa vāmapasse udarapaṭalassa matthakapassaṃ nissāya ṭhitaṃ yasmiṃ paharaṇappahārena bahi nikkhante sattānaṃ jīvitakkhayo hoti, paricchedato pihakabhāgenaparicchinnaṃ, ayamassa sabhāga paricchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Papphāsanti dvattimaṃsakhaṇḍappabhedaṃ papphāsamaṃsaṃ. Taṃ vaṇṇato rattaṃ nātipakkaudumbaraphalavanṇaṃ, saṇṭhānato visa macchinnapahalapūvakhaṇḍasanṭhānaṃ, abbhantare asitapītānaṃ abhāve uggatena kammajatejusmanā abbhāhatattā saṅkhādita palālapinḍamiva nirasaṃ nirojaṃ, disato uparimāya disāya jātaṃ, okāsato sarīrabbhantare dvinnaṃ thanānamantare hadayaṃ ca [PTS Page Page [\q /] 258] yakanaṃ ca upari chādetvā olambantaṃ ṭhitaṃ, paricchedato papphāsabhāgena pariccinnaṃ, ayamassa sabhāgaparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.
Antanti purisassa dvattiṃsahatthā itthiyā aṭṭhavīsati hatthā eka vīsatiya ṭhānesu obhaggā antavaṭṭi. Tadetaṃ vanṇato setaṃ

[SL Page 190] [\x 190/]

Sakkharasudhāvanṇaṃ, sanṭhānato lohitadoṇiyaṃ ābhujitvā ṭhapita sīsacchinnasappasaṇṭhānaṃ, disato dvīsu disāsu jātaṃ, okāsato upari gaḷavāṭake heṭṭhi ca karīsamagge vinibavdhattā gaḷavāṭaka karīsamaggapariyante sarīhabbhantare ṭhitaṃ, paricchedato anta bhāgena paricchinnaṃ, ayamassa sabhāgaparicchedo. Visabhāga paricchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Antaguṇanti antābhogaṭṭhānesu bandhanaṃ. Taṃ vanṇato setaṃ dakasītalikamūlavaṇṇaṃ, saṇṭhānato dakasītalikamūlasaṇṭhāna meva, disato dvīsu disāsu jātaṃ, okāsato kuddālapharasu kammādīni karontānaṃ yantākaḍḍhanakāle yantasuttakamiva yantaphalakāni antābhoge ekato agalente ābandhitvā pādapuñchanarajju maṇḍalakassa antarā saṃsibbitvā ṭhitarajjukā viya ekavīsatiyā antābhogānaṃ antarā ṭhitaṃ, paricchedato antaguṇabhāgena paricchinnaṃ, ayamassa saṅbagaparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedopana kesasadiso yeva.
Udaryanti udare bhavaṃ asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṃ, taṃ vaṇṇato ajjhohaṭāhāravaṇṇaṃ, saṇṭhānato parissāvane sithilabaddha taṇḍulasaṇṭhānaṃ, disato uparimāya diyāya jātaṃ, okāsato udare ṭhitaṃ. Udaraṃ nāma: - ubhato nippīḷiyamānassa allasāṭa kassa majjhe jañjātaphoṭakasadisaṃ antapaṭalaṃ. Bahī maṭṭaṃ, anto maṃsakasambupaḷiveṭhanakiliṭṭhapāvārakapupphasadisaṃ, kuthita paṇasatacassa abbhantarasadisantipi vattuṃ vaṭṭatiga yattha takko ṭakā gaṇḍppādakā tālahīrakā sūcimukhakā paṭatantukā suttakā iccevamādi dvattiṃsakulappabhedā kimayo ākulavyākulā saṇḍa saṇḍacārino hutvā nivasanti, ye pana pānabhojanādimhi [PTS Page 259] [\q 259/] avijja māne ullaṅghitvā vravantā hadayamaṃsaṃ abhihananti. Pānabhojanādi ajjhoharaṇavelāya ca uddhamukhā hutvā paṭhamajjhohaṭe dve tayo ālope turitaturitā milumpanti, yaṃ tesaṃ nimīnaṃ sūtigharaṃ vaccakuṭī gilānasālāsusānaṃ ca hoti, yattha seyyathāpi nāma caṇḍālagāmadvāre candanikāya nidāghasamaye thullathūsitake deve vassante udakena vuyhamānaṃ muttakarīsacammaaṭṭhinahārukhaṇḍaṃ kheḷasiṅghānikä lohitappabhūti nānākuṇapajātaṃ nipatitvā kadda modakāluḷitaṃ dvīhatīhaccayena jañjātakimikulaṃ suriyātapasantā pavegakuthitaṃ uparūpari eṇebubbulake muñcantaṃ abhinīlavaṇṇaṃ paramaduggatdhajegucchaṃ neva upagaṭtuṃ na daṭṭhuṃ araharūpataṃ āpajjitvā tiṭṭhati, pageva ghāyituṃ sāyituṃ vā. Evameva nānappakārapānabhojanādi dantamusalasañcuṇṇitaṃ jivhāhatthaparivattitaṃ kheḷa lālā paḷibuddhataṅkhaṇaṃ yeva vigatavaṇṇagandharasādisampadaṃ tantavāyakhalisuvānavamathusadisaṃ nipatitvā pittasembhavātapaḷiveṭhi

[SL Page 191] [\x 191/]

Taṃ hutvā udaraggisantāpavegakuthitaṃ kimikulākulaṃ uparūpari eṇebubbhulakāni muñcantaṃparamakasambuduggatdhajegucchabhāvamā pajjitvā tiṭṭhatiga yaṃ sutvāpi pānabhojanādisu amanuññatā saṇṭhātiga pageva paññāvakkhunā avaloketvaga yattha ca tatitaṃ pānabhojanādi pañcadhā vivekaṃ1 gacchatiga ekaṃ bhāgaṃ pāṇakā khādanti, ekaṃ bhāgaṃ udaraggijhāpeti, eko bhāgo muttaṃ hoti, eko karīsaṃ, eko rasabhāvamāpajjitvā sonitamaṃsādīni upabrūha yatiga paricchedato udarapaṭalena ceva udariyabhāgena ca paricchinnaṃga ayamassa sabhāgaparicchedoga visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Karīsanti vaccaṃ. Taṃ vaṇṇato yebhuyyena ajjhohaṭāhāra vaṇṇameva hoti, saṇṭhānato okāsasaṇṭhānaṃga disato heṭṭhi māya disāya jātaṃ, okāsato pakkāsaye ṭhitaṃ, pakkāsayo nāma: heṭṭhānābhipiṭṭhikaṇṭakamūlānaṃ antare [PTS Page 260] [\q 260/] antāvasā na ubbe dhena aṭṭhaṅgulamatto veḷunāḷikasadiso, yattha seyyathāpi nāma uri bhumibhāge patitaṃ vassodakaṃ ogaḷitvā heṭṭhābhumibhāgaṃ pūretvā tiṭṭhati, evameva yaṃ kiñci āmāsaye patitaṃ pānabhoja nādikaṃ udaragginā eṇeddehakaṃ pakkaṃ nisadāya piṃsitamivajanhabhāvamāpajjitvā antabilena ogiḷitvā omadditvā veḷu pabbe pakkhippamānapaṇḍumattikā viya sannicitaṃ hutvā tiṭṭhati, paricchedato pakkāsayapaṭalena ceva karīsabhāgena ca paricchinnaṃ, ayamassa sabhāgaparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Matthaluṅganti sīsakaṭāhabbhantare ṭhitamiñjarāsiga taṃ vaṇṇato setaṃ a hicchattakapiṇḍikavaṇṇaṃ, dadhibhāvaṃ asampattaduṭṭhakhīra vaṇṇantipi vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Saṇṭhānato okāsasaṇṭhānaṃ, disato uparimāya disāya jātaṃ, okāsato sīsakaṭāhabbhantare cattāro sibbanimagge nissāya samodhānetvā ṭhapitā cattāro piṭṭhapiṇḍā viya samohitaṃ tiṭṭhati, paricchedato sīsakaṭāhassa abbhantara talehi ceva matthaluṅgabhāgena ca paricchinnaṃ, ayamassa sabhāparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Pittanti dve pittāni baddhapittaṃ ca abaddhapittañca, tattha baddhapittaṃ vaṇṇato bahalamadhukatelavaṇṇaṃ, abaddhapittaṃ milātaākulī pupphavaṇṇaṃ, taṃ saṇṭhānato ubhayampi okāsasaṇṭhā naṃ, disato baddhapittaṃ uparimāya disāya jātaṃ, itaraṃ dvīsu disāsu jātaṃ, okāsato abaddhapittaṃ opetvā kesalomadantanakhānaṃ maṃsavinimmuttaṭṭhānañceva thaddhasukkhacammañca udakamiva tela bindu

1. Saṃ. Vibhāgaṃ.

[SL Page 192] [\x 192/]

Vasesasarīraṃ byāpetva ṭhitaṃ, yamhi kupite akkhini pītakāni honti bhamanti gattaṃ kampati kaṇḍūyati, baddhapittaṃ hadayapapphā sānaṃ antare yakanamaṃsaṃ nissāya patiṭṭhite mahākosātakī kosakasadise pittakosake ṭhitaṃ, yamhi kupite sattā ummattakā honti vipallatthacittā hirottappaṃ chaḍḍetvā akā tabbaṃ karonti, abhāsitabbaṃ bhāsanti, acintetabbaṃ cintenti; paricchedato pittabhāgena paricchinnaṃ, ayamassa sabhā
Paricchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva. [PTS Page 261] [\q 261/]

Sembhanti sarīrabbhantare ekapattapūrappamāṇaṃ semhaṃ, taṃ vaṇṇato setaṃ, nāgabalāpaṇṇarasavaṇṇaṃ, saṇṭhānato okāsa saṇṭhānaṃ, disato uparimāya disāya jātaṃ, okāsato udarapaṭale ṭhitaṃ, yaṃ pānabhojanādi ajjhoharaṇakāle seyyathāpi nāma udake sevālapaṇakaṃ kaṭṭhe vā kaṭhale vā patante chijjitvā dvidhā hutvā puna ajjhottharitvā tiṭṭhati, evameva pāna bhojanā dimhi nipatante chijjitvā dvidhā hutvā puna ajjhottharitvā tiṭṭhati, yamhi ca mandībhute pakkagaṇḍo viya pūtikukkuṭaṇḍaviva ca udaraṃ paramajegucchakuṇapagandhaṃ hoti, tato uggatena ca gandhena udekopi mukhampi duggandhaṃ pūtikuṇapasadisaṃ hoti, so ca puriso apehi duggavdhaṃ vāyatiti vattabbataṃ āpajjati, yaṃ ca vaḍḍhitvā bahalattamāpannaṃ pidhānathalakamiva vaccakuṭiyā adarapaṭalassa abbhantare yeva kuṇapagandhaṃ sannirumbhitvā tiṭṭhati, paricchedato semhabhāgena paricchinnaṃ, ayamassa sabhāparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Pubboti (pūtilohitavasena pavattapubbaṃ, taṃ) vaṇṇato paṇḍupalāsavaṇno, matasarīre pana pūtibahalācāmavaṇṇo hoti. Saṇṭhānato okāsasaṇṭhāno, disato dvīsu disāsu hoti, okāsato pana pubbassa okāso nāma nibaddho natthi, yattha so sannicito tiṭṭheyya, yatra yatra pana khāṇukaṇṭakapaharaṇaggi jālādīhi abhihate sarīrappadese lohitaṃ saṇīhitvā paccati, gaṇḍapilakādayo vā uppajjanti, tatra tatreva tiṭṭhati. Paricchedato pubbabhāgena paricchinno, ayamassa sabhāparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Lohitanti dve lohitāni sannicitalohatañca saṃsaraṇa lohitañca. Tattha sannicitalohitaṃ vaṇṇato nippakkabahala lākhārasavaṇṇaṃ, saṃsaraṇalohitaṃ acchalākhārasavaṇṇaṃ, saṇṭhānato ubhayampi okāsasaṇṭhānaṃ, disato sannicitalohitaṃ uparimāya disāya jātaṃ, itaraṃ dvīsu disāsu jātaṃ, okāsato saṃsaraṇa lohitaṃ ṭhapetvā kesalomadantanakhānaṃ maṃsavinimmuttaṭṭhānañceva thaddhasukkhacammañca dhamanijālānusārena sabbaṃ upādinnaka jarīraṃ eritvā ṭhitaṃ, sannicitalohitaṃ yakanaṭṭhānassa heṭṭhā bhāgaṃ [PTS Page 262] [\q 262/] pūretvā ekapattapūramattaṃhadayavakkapapphāsānamupari

[SL Page 193] [\x 193/]

Thokatokaṃ paggharantaṃ vakkahadayayakanapapphāse temayamānaṃ ṭhitaṃ, tasmiṃ hi vakkahadayādīni atemente sattā pipāsitā honti, paricchedato lohitabhāgena pariccinnaṃ, ayamassa sabhāparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Sedoti lomakūpādīhi paggharaṇaka āpodhātu. So vaṇṇato vippasanna tilatelavaṇṇo, saṇṭhānato okāsasaṇṭhāno, disato dvisu disāsu jāto, okāsato sedassa okāso nāma nibaddho natthi, yattha so lohitaṃ viya sadā tiṭṭheyya. Yadā pana aggisantāpa suriyasantāpa utuvikārādīhi sarīraṃ santappati, tadā udakato abbūḷhamatta visamacchinna bhisamuḷālakumuda nāḷa kalāpo viya sabbakesalomakūpavivarehi paggharati, tasmā tassa saṇṭhānampi kesalomakūpavivarānaṃ vaseneva veditabbaṃ. Sedapariggaṇha kena ca yoginā kesalomakūpavivare pūretva ṭhitavaseneva sedo manasikātabbo. Paricchedato sedabhāgena paricchinno, ayamassa sabhāparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Medoti thinasineho. So vaṇṇato phālitahaḷiddivaṇno, saṇṭhānato thūlasarīrassa tāva cammamaṃsantare ṭhapita haḷiddivaṇṇa dukulapilotikasaṇṭhāno hoti, kisasarīrassa jaṅghamaṃsaṃ ūru maṃsaṃ piṭṭhikaṇṭakanissitaṃ piṭṭhimaṃsaṃ udaravaṭṭimaṃsanti etāni nissāya dviguṇaṃ tiguṇaṃ katvā ṭhapitahaḷiddivaṇṇa dukulapilotika saṇṭhāno, disato dvīsu dusāsu jāto, okāsato thūlassa sakala sarīraṃ pharitvā kisassa jaṅghamaṃsādīni nissāya ṭhito, yaṃ sinehasaṅkhaṃ gatampi paramajegucchattā neva muddhani telatthāya, na nāsa telādīnaṃ atthāya gaṇhanti, paricchedato heṭṭhā maṃsena uparicammena tiriyaṃ medabhāgena paricchinno, ayamassa sabhāparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Assūti akkhihi paggharaṇakaāpodhātu. Taṃ vaṇṇato vippa sannatilatelavaṇṇaṃ, saṇṭhānatookāsasaṇṭhānaṃ, [PTS Page 263] [\q 263/] disato uparimāya disāya jātaṃ, okāsato akkhikūpakesu ṭhitaṃ, nacetaṃ pittakosake pittamiva akkhikūpakesu sadā sannicitaṃ tiṭṭhati. Yadā pana sattā somanassajātā mahāhasitaṃ hasanti, domanassa jātā rodanti, paridevanti, tathārūpaṃ vā visamāhāramāharanti, yadā ca nesaṃ akkhini dhūmarajapaṃkukādīhi adhahaññanti, tadā etehi somanassadomanassavisabhāgāhārautuhi samuṭṭhahitvā akkhikūpake pūretva tiṭṭhati vā, paggharati vā. Assupariggaṇhakena pana yoginā akkhikūpake pūretva ṭhitavaseneva pariggaṇhitabbaṃ. Paricchedato assubhāgena paricchinnaṃ, ayamassa sabhāparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

[SL Page 194] [\x 194/]

Vasāti vilīnasineho. Sā vaṇṇato nāḷikeratela vaṇṇā. Ācāme āsittatelavaṇṇātipi vattuṃ vaṭṭati, saṇṭhānato nahānakāle pasannaudakassupari paribbhamanta sineha bindu visaṭasaṇṭhānā. Disato dvīsu dusāsu jātā. Okāsato yebhuyyena hatthatala hatthapiṭṭhi pādatala pādapiṭṭhi nāsāpuṭa nalāṭa aṃsakuṭesu ṭhitā, na vesā etesu okāsesu sadāvilīnāva hutvā tiṭṭhati. Yadā pana aggisantāpasuriyasantāpautuvisabhāgadhātuvisabhāgehi te padesā usma jātā honti, tadā tattha nahānakāle pasannaudakūpari sinehabindu visaṭo viya itocito ca saṃsarati. Paricchedato vasābhāgena paricchinnā. Ayamassa sabhāparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadiso yeva.

Kheḷoti anto mukhe pheṇamissā āpodhātu. So vaṇṇato seto pheṇavaṇṇo. Saṇṭhānato okāsasaṇṭhāno, pheṇasaṇṭhānotipi vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Disato uparimāya disāya jāto. Okāsato ubhohi kapolapassehi oruyha jivhāya ṭhito. Nacesa ettha sadā sannicito hutvā tiṭṭhati, yadā pana sattā tathārūpaṃ āhāraṃ passanti vā saranti vāuṇhatitta kaṭukalo ṇambilānaṃ vā kiñci mukhe ṭhapenti, yadā vā nesaṃ hadayaṃ ākilāyati, kismicideva vā jigucchā uppajjati, tadā khelo uppajjitvā ubhohi kapolapassehi oruyha jivhāya saṇṭhāti. Aggajivhāya cesa tanuko hoti mūḷajivhāya bahaḷo. Mukhe pakkhittaṃ ca puthukaṃ vā taṇḍulaṃ vā aññaṃ vā kiñci khādanīyaṃ nadīpulinekhata kupakasalilaṃ viya parikkhayaṃ [PTS Page 264] [\q 264/] agacchantova temetuṃ samattho hoti. Pariccheto kheḷabhāgena paricchinno. Ayamassa sabhāga paricchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedopana kesasadisova.

Siṅghāṇikāti matthaluṅgato paggharaṇakaasuci. Sā vaṇṇato taruṇatālaṭṭhi miñjavaṇṇā. Saṇṭhānato okāsasaṇṭhānā. Disato uparimāya disāya jātā. Okāsato nāsāpuṭe pūretvā ṭhitā. Navesā ettha sadā sannicitā hutva tiṭṭhati, atha kho yathā nāma puriso paduminipatte dadhiṃ bandhitvā heṭṭhā kaṇṭakena vijjheyya atha tena chiddena dadhimattu gaḷitvā bahi pateyya, eva mevaṃ yadā sattā rodanti vā visabhāga āhārautuvasena vā sañjātadhā tukkhobhā honti, tadā anto sīsato pūtisemhabhāvaṃ āpannaṃ matthaluṅgaṃ gaḷitvā tāḷumatthakavivarena otaritva nāsāpuṭe pūretvā tiṭṭhati vā paggharati vā. Siṅghāṇikāpariggaṇhakena pana yoginā nāsāpuṭe pūretvā ṭhitavaseneva pariggaṇhitabbā. Paricchedato siṃghāṇikābhāgena pariccinnā. Ayamassā sabhāgaparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadisova.

[SL Page 195] [\x 195/]

Lasikāti sarīrasavdhinaṃ abbhantare picchilakuṇapaṃ. Sā vaṇṇato kaṇikāranīyyāsavaṇṇā. Saṇṭhānato okāsasaṇṭhānā. Dīsato dvisu disāsu jātā. Okāsato aṭṭhisandhinaṃ abbhañjanakiccaṃ sādhaya mānā asītisatasandhinaṃ abbhantare ṭhitā. Yassa cesā mandā hoti, tassa uṭṭhahantassa nisīdantassa abhikkamantassa paṭikkamantassa sammiñjantassa pasārentassa aṭṭhikāni kaṭakaṭāyanti, accharāsaddaṃ karonto viya vicarati, ekayojanadviyojana mattampi addhānaṃ gatassa vāyodhātu kuppati, gattāni dukkhanti. Yassa pana bahukā honti tassa uṭṭhānanisajjādisu na aṭṭhini kaṭakaṭāyanti, na dīghampi addhānaṃ gatassa vāyodhātu kuppatī, na gattānī dukkhanti. Paricchedato lasikābhāgena paricchinnā. Ayametissā sabhāga paricchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesasadisova.

Muttanti vaṇṇato māsakhārodakavaṇṇaṃ. Saṇṭhānato adomukha ṭhapita udakakumbhaabbhantaragata udakasaṇṭhānaṃ. Disato heṭṭhimāya disāya jātaṃ. Okāsato vatthissabbhantare ṭhitaṃ. Vattināma vattipuṭo vuccatī. Yattha seyyathāpi candanikāyaṃ pakkhitte amukhe [PTS Page 265] [\q 265/] yavanaghaṭe1chavdanikāraso pavisati, na cassa pavisana maggo paññā yati, evameva sarīratomuttaṃ pavisati, na cassa pavisanamaggo paññāyati, nikkhamanamaggo pana pākaṭo hoti. Yamhi ca muttassa bharite passāvaṃ karomāti sattānaṃ āyūhanaṃ hoti, paricchedato vatthi abbhantarena ceva muttabhāgena ca paricchinnaṃ. Ayamassa sabhāgaparicchedo. Visabhāgaparicchedo pana kesa sadisova.

Evaṃ hi kesādike koṭṭhāse vanṇasaṇṭhānadisokāsa paricchedavasena vavatthapetvā anupubbato nātisīghatoti ādinānayena vaṇṇasaṇṭhānagandhāsayokāsavasena pañcadhā paṭikkūlā paṭikkūlāti manasikaroto paṇṇattisamatikkamāvasāne2 seyyathāpi cakkhumato purisassa dvattiṃsa vaṇṇānaṃ kusumānaṃ ekasuttake ganthitaṃ mālaṃ olokentassa sabbapupphāni apubbāpariyamiva pākaṭāni honti, evamevaṃ atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesāti imaṃ kāyaṃ olokentassa sabbe te dhammā apubbāpariyamiva pākaṭā honti. Tena vuttaṃ manasikārakosallakathāyaṃ ādikammikassa hi kesāti manasikaroto manasikāro gaṇtvā muttanti imaṃ pariyosānakoṭṭhāsameva āhacca tiṭṭhatīti. Sace pana bahiddhāpi manasikāraṃ upasaṃharati, athassa evaṃ sabbakoṭṭhāsesu pākaṭī bhūtesu āhiṇḍantā manussatiracchānādayo sattākāraṃ vijahitvā koṭṭhāsarāsivaseneva upaṭṭhahanti, tehi ca ajjhohariyamānaṃ

1. Ma. Ravanaghaṭe. 2. Saṃ. Paṇṇattisamanikkamavasena.
[SL Page 196] [\x 196/]

Pānabhojanādikoṭṭhāsarāsimhi pakkhippamānamiva upaṭṭhāti. Athassa anupubbamuñcanādi vasena paṭikkūlā paṭikkulāti punappuna manasi karoto anukkamena appanā uppajjati. Tattha kesādīnaṃ vaṇṇasaṇṭhānadisokāsaparicchedavasena upaṭṭhānaṃ uggaha nimittaṃ. Sabbākārato paṭikkūlavasena upaṭṭhānaṃ paṭibhāga nimittaṃ. Taṃ āsevayato bhāvayato vuttanayena asubhakammaṭṭhānesu viya paṭhamajjhānavaseneva appanā uppajjati, sā yassa ekova koṭṭhāso pākaṭo hoti, ekasmiṃvā koṭṭhāse appanaṃ patvā puna aññasmiṃ yogaṃ na karoti, tassa ekāva upa jjati. Yassa pana aneke koṭṭhāsā pākaṭā honti, ekasmiṃ vā jhānaṃ patvā puna aññasmimpi yogaṃ karoti, tassa mallakattherassa viya koṭṭhāsagaṇanāya paṭhamajjhānāni nibbattanti. [PTS Page 266] [\q 266/] so kirāyasmā dighabhāṇakaabhayattheraṃ hatthe gahetvā āvuso abhaya imaṃ tāva pañhaṃ uggaṇhāhīti vatvā āha. Mallakatthero dvattiṃsakoṭṭhāsesu dvattiṃsāya paṭhamajjhānānaṃ lābhī. Sace rattiṃ ekaṃ divā ekaṃ samāpajjati, atirekaddhamāsenapuna sampajjati. Sace pana devasikaṃ ekaṃ samāpajjati, atireka māsena puna sampajjatīti. Evaṃ paṭhamajjhānavasena ijjhamānampi cetaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ vaṇṇasaṇṭhānādisu satibalena ijjhanato kāyagatāsatīti vuccati. Imañca pana kāyagatāsatimanuyutto bhikkhū aratirati saho hoti, naca naṃ aratiratisahati, uppannaṃ arati ratiṃ abibhuyya abhibhuyya viharati, bhayabherava saho hoti, na ca naṃ bhayabheravaṃ sahati, uppannaṃ bhayabheravaṃ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya viharati, khamo hoti sītassa, uṇhassa jighacchāya pipāsāya ṃsemakasavātātapasiriṃsapasamphassānaṃ, duruttānaṃ durāgatānaṃ vacanapathānaṃ, uppannānaṃ sārīrikānaṃ vedanānaṃ dukkhānaṃ tippānaṃ kharānaṃ kaṭukānaṃ asātānaṃ amanāpānaṃ pānaharānaṃ adhivāsakajātiko hoti, kesādīnaṃ vaṇṇabhedaṃ nissāya catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ lābhī hoti, cha abhiññā paṭivijjhatīti.

Tasmā bhave appamatto anuyuñjetha paṇḍito,
Evaṃ anekānisaṃsaṃ imaṃ kāyagatāsatinti.

Idaṃ kāyagatāsatiyaṃ vitthārakathāmukhaṃ.

Idāni yantaṃ bhagavatā "ayampi kho bhikkhave ānāpānasati samādhi bhāvito bahulīkato santo ceva paṇīto ca aseca nako ca sukho ca vihāro uppannuppanne ca pāpakeakusale dhamme ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasametī"ti? Evaṃ pasaṃsitva "kathaṃ bhāvito ca bhikkhave ānāpānasatisamādhi kathaṃ bahulīkato santo ceva paṇīto ca asecanako ca sukho ca vihāro uppannūppanne ca pāpake akusale dhamme ṭhānaso antara

[SL Page 197] [\x 197/]

Dhāpeti vūpasameti? Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu araññagato vā rukkha mulagato va suññāgāragato vā nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇīdhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ [PTS Page 267] [\q 267/] upaṭṭhapetvā so satova assasati sato passasati. Dīghaṃ vā assasanto dīghaṃ assasāmīti pajānāti, dīghaṃ vā passasanto dīghaṃ passasāmīti pajānāti, rassaṃ vā assa santo dīghaṃ assasāmīti pajānāti, dīghaṃ vā passasanto rassaṃ passasāmīti pajānāti, sabbakāya paṭisaṃvedī assasissāmīti sikkhati, sabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedī passasissā mītisikkhati, passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmīti sikkhati, passamabhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passasissāmīti sikkhati, pītipaṭisaṃvedī - sukha paṭisaṃvedīcittasaṅkhārapaṭisaṃvedapassamhayaṃ cittasaṅkhāraṃ - citta paṭisaṃvedī - abhippamodayaṃ cittaṃ - samādahaṃ cittaṃ - vimocayaṃ cittaṃ aniccānupassī - virāgānupassī - nirodhānupassī - paṭinissaggānupassī assasissāmīti sikkhati, paṭinissaggānupassī passasissāmīti sikkhatī"ti evaṃ soḷasavatthukaṃ ānāpānasati kammaṭṭhānaṃ niddiṭṭhaṃ. Tassa bhāvanā niddeso anuppatto. So pana yasmā pāḷivaṇṇanānureneva vuccamāno sabbākāraparipūro hoti, tasmā ayamettha pāḷivaṇṇanāpubbaṅgamo niddeso: - kathaṃ bhāvito ca bhikkhave ānāpānasati samādhīti ettha tāva kathanti ānāpānasati samādhibhāvanaṃ nānappakārato vitthāretu kamyatā pucchā. Bhāvito ca bhikkhave ānāpānasati samādhīti nānappakāratovitthāretu kamyatāya puṭṭhadhammanidassanaṃ. Kathaṃ bahulīkato -pevūpasavetīti etthāpi eseva nayo. Tattha bhāvitoti uppādito va vaḍḍhito vā. Ānā pānasatisamādhīti ānāpānapariggāhikāya satiyā saddhiṃ sampayutto samādhi, ānāpānasatiyaṃ vā samādhi ānāpānasatisamādhi. Bahulī katoti punappuna kato. Santoceva paṇīto cāti santo ceva paṇīto ceva, ubhayattha evasaddena niyamo veditabbo. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Ayaṃ hi yathā asubhakammaṭṭhānaṃ kevalaṃ paṭivedha
Vasenasantañca paṇītañca, oḷārikārammaṇattā pana paṭikkūlārammaṇattā ca ārammaṇavasena neva santaṃ na paṇītaṃ. Na evaṃ kaneci pariyāyena asunto vā appaṇito vā, atha kho ārammaṇa santatāyapi santo vūpasanto nibbuto paṭivedhasaṅkhātaaṅga santatāyapi ārammaṇapaṇītatāyapi paṇīto [PTS Page 268] [\q 268/] atittikaro aṅga paṇītatāya pīti, tena vuttaṃ santo cevapaṇītocāti. Asecako ca sukho ca vihāroti ettha pana nāssa secananti asevanako. Anāsittako abbokiṇṇo pāṭiyekko āveniko, natthi ettha parikammena vā upacārena vā santatā, ādi samannā hāratoppabhūti attano sabhāveneva santo ca paṇītocāti attho. Keci pana asecanakoti anāsittako ojavanto sabhāveneva madhuroti vadanti. Evamayaṃ asevanako ca appitappi takkhaṇe kāyikacetasikasukhapaṭilābhāya saṃvattanato sukho

[SL Page 198] [\x 198/]

Ca vihāroti veditabbo. Uppannuppanneti avikkhambhite avikkhambhite, pāpaketi lāmake, akusale dhammeti akosalla sambhute dhamme, ṭhānaso antaradhāpetīti khaṇeneva antaradhāpeti vikkhamheti, vūpasametīti suṭṭhu upasametī, nibbedhabhāhiyattā vā anupubbenaariyamaggavuddhippatto samucchindati, paṭippassambhetītipi vuttaṃ hoti. Ayampanettha saṅkhepatthe: - bhikkhave kena pakārena kenākārena kena vidhinā bhāvito ānāpānasati samādhi kena pakārena bahulīkato santo ceva paṇīto ca aseva nako ca sukho ca vihāro uppannuppanne ca pāpake akusale dhamme ṭhānaso antaradhāpeti vūpasametī"ti. Idāni tamatthaṃ vitthārento idha bhikkhaveti ādimāha: - tattha idha bhikkhave bhikkhūti bhikkhave imasmiṃ sāsane. Bhikkhu, ayaṃ hettha idhasaddo sabbappakāraānāpānasatisamādhi nibbattakassa puggalassa sannissayabhūtasāsanaparidīpano, aññasāsanassa tathābhāva paṭisedhano ca. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ: -"idheva bhikkhave samaṇo -pe-suññā parappavādā samaṇehi aññe"[a]ti. Tena vuttaṃ imasmiṃ sāsane bhikkhūti. Araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vāti ida massa ānāpānasatisamādhi bhāvanānurūpasenāsanapariggahaparidīpanaṃ imassa hi bhikkhuno dīgharattaṃ rūpādisu ārammaṇesu anuvisaṭaṃ cittaṃ ānāpānasatisamādhi ārammaṇaṃ abhiruhituṃ na icchati, kūṭagoṇayuttarato viya uppathameva dhāvati. Tasmā seyyathāpi nāma gopo [PTS Page 269] [\q 269/] kūṭadhenuyā sabbaṃ khīraṃ pivitvā vaḍḍhitaṃ kūṭavacchaṃ dametukāmo dhenuto apanetvā ekamante mahantaṃ thambhaṃ nikhaṇitvā tattha yottena bandheyya athassa so vaccho ito cito ca vipphanditvā palāyituṃ asakkonto tameva thambhaṃ upanisīdeyya vā upanipajjeyya vā, evameva imināpi bhikkhunā dīgharattaṃ rūpārammaṇādirasapānavaḍḍhitaṃ duṭṭhacittaṃ dametukāmena rūpādiārammaṇato apanetvāaraññaṃ vā rukkhamūlaṃ vā suññāgāraṃ vā pavisitvā1 tattha assāsapassāsathamhe satiyottena bandhitabbaṃ. Evamassa taṃ cittaṃ itocito ca vipphanditvāpi pubbe āciṇṇārammaṇaṃ alabhamānaṃ satiyettaṃ chinditvā palāyituṃ asakkontaṃ tamevārammaṇaṃ upacārappanāvasena upanisīdati ceva upanipajjati ca.

Tenāhu porāṇā: -

Yathā thambhe nibavdheyya vacchaṃ dammaṃ naro idha,
Bandhayyevaṃ sakaṃ cittaṃ satiyārammaṇe daḷhanti.

Evamassetaṃ senāsanaṃ bhāvanārūpaṃ hoti, tena vuttaṃ idamassa ānāpānasati samādhibhāvanānurūpasenāsana paggahapara dīpananti. Athavāyasmā idaṃ kammaṭṭhānappabhede pubbabhūtaṃ2 sabbaññūbuddha paccekabuddha buddhasāvakānaṃ visesādhigama diṭṭhadhamma

[A.] Majjhimani. Cūlasīhanādasu. 1. Maga pavesetvā. 2. Ma. Buddhabhūtaṃ.

[SL Page 199] [\x 199/]
Sukhavihārapadaṭṭhānaṃ ānāpānasatikammaṭṭhānaṃ itthipurisahatthiassādi saddasamākulaṃ gāmantaṃ apariccajitvā na sukaraṃ bhāvetuṃ, saddakaṇṭa kattā jhānassa- agāmake pana araññe sūkaraṃ yogāvacarena idaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ pariggahetvā ānāpānacatutthajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā tadeva pādakaṃ katvā saṅkhāre sammasitvā aggaphalaṃ arahattaṃ sampāpuṇituṃ, tasmāssa anurūpasenāsanaṃ dassento bhagavā araññagatovāti ādimāha. Vatthu vijjācariye viya hi bhagavā. So yathā vatthuvijjācariyo [PTS Page 270] [\q 270/] nagarabhūmiṃ passitvā suṭṭhu upaparikkhitvā ettha nagaraṃ māpethāti upadisati, sotthināca nagare niṭṭhite rāja kulato mahāsakkāraṃ labhati, evameva yogāvacarassa anurūpase nāsanaṃ upaparikkhitvā ettha kammaṭṭhānaṃ anuyuñjitabbanti upa disati, tato tattha kammaṭṭhānamanuyuttena yoginā kamena arahatte patte sammāsambuddho vata so bhagavāti mahantaṃ sakkāraṃ labhati. Ayampana bhikkhū dīpisadisoti vuccati. Yathā hi mahādīpirājā araññe tiṇagahanaṃ vā vanagahanaṃ vā pabbatagahanaṃ vā nissāya nilīyitvā vanamahisagokaṇṇasūkarādayo mige gaṇhāti, eva mevaṃ ayaṃ araññādisu kammaṭṭhānaṃ anuyuñjanto bhikkhu yathākkamena sotāpatti sakadāgāmi anāgāmi arahattamagge ceva ariya phale ca gaṇhātīti veditabbo.

Tenāhu porāṇā: -
"Yathāpi1 dīpiko nāma nilīyitvā gaṇhatī mige,
Tathevāyaṃ buddhaputto yuttayogo vipassako
Araññaṃ pavisitvāna gaṇhāti phalamuttama"nti.

Tenassa parakkamajavayoggabhūmiṃ araññasenāsanaṃ dassento bhagavā araññagato vāti ādimāha. Tattha araññagato vāti "araññaṃ nāma nikkhamitvā bahi indakhīlā sabbametaṃaraññaṃ" tīca "āraññakaṃ nāma senāsanaṃ pañcadhanusatikaṃ pacchimaṃ " tica evaṃvuttalakkhaṇesu araññesu anurūpaṃ yaṃ kiñci pavivekasukhaṃ araññaṃ gato. Rukkhamūlagatovāti rukkhasamīpaṃgato. Suññāgāra gatovāti suññaṃ vivittokāsaṃ gato. Ettha ca ṭhapetvā araññca rukkhamūlañca avasesasattavidhasenāsanagatopi suññāgāragatotipi vattuṃ vaṭṭati. [PTS Page 271] [\q 271/] evamassa ututtayānukūlaṃ dhātucariyānukūlañca ānāpānasatibhāvanānurūpaṃ senāsanaṃ upadi sitvā alīnānuddhacca pakkhikaṃ santamiriyāpathaṃ upadisanto nisīda tīti ādimāha, athassa nisajjāya daḷhabhāvaṃ assāsapassāsānaṃ pavattanasukhataṃ ārammaṇapariggahūpāyañca dassento pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvāti ādimāha. Tattha pallaṅkanti samantato ūrubaddhāsanaṃ. Ābhujutvāti bandhitvā. 2 Ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāyāti upari sarīraṃ ujukaṃ

1. Yathābhi. Papadva. Satipa. Su. [A. E. 2.] Ābandhitvā (katthaci)

[SL Page 200] [\x 200/]

Ṭhapetvā, aṭṭhārasapiṭṭhikaṇṭake koṭiyā koṭiṃ paṭipādetvā. Evaṃ hi nisīdantassa vammamaṃsanahārūni na panamanti. Athassa yā tesaja panamanappaccayā khaṇe khaṇe vedanā uppajjeyyuṃ, tā na uppajjanti. Tāsu anuppajjamānāsu cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hoti, kammaṭṭhānaṃ na paripaṭati, vuddhiṃ phātiṃ upagacchati. Parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapotvāti kammaṭṭhānābhimukhaṃ satiṃ ṭhapayitvā. Athavā- parīti pariggahaṭṭho, mukhanti niyyānaṭṭho, satīti upaṭṭhānaṭṭho, tena vuccati parimukhaṃ satinti. Evaṃ paṭisambhidāya vuttanayena pettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Tata;yaṃ saṅghepo pariggahitaniyyānaṃ satiṃ katvāti so satova assasati sato passasatīti so bhikkhu evaṃ nisīditvā evañca satiṃ upaṭṭhatvo taṃ satiṃ avijahanto sato eva assasati, sato passasati, sato kārī hotīti vuttaṃ hoti. Idāni yehākārehi satokārī hoti, te dassetuṃ dīghaṃ vāassasantoti ādimāha. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ paṭisambhidāyaṃ: " so satova assasati sato passasatī"ti. Etasseva vibhaṅgedvattiṃsāya ākārehi satokārī hoti, dīghaṃassāsavasena cittassa ekaggataṃ avikkhepaṃ pajānato sati upaṭṭhitā hoti. Tāya satiyā tena ñāṇena sato kārī hoti, dīghaṃ passāsavasena cittassa ekaggataṃ avikkhepaṃ pajānato sati upaṭṭhitā hoti, tāya satiyā tena ñāṇena satokāri hotīti. Paṭinissaggānupassī assāsavasena - paṭinissaggānupassī passāsavasena cittassa ekaggataṃ avikkhepaṃ pajānato sati upaṭṭhitā hoti, tāya satiyā tena ñāṇena satokāri hotīti. Tattha dīghaṃ vā assasantoti dīghaṃ vā assāsaṃ pavattayanto, [PTS Page 272] [\q 272/] assāsoti bahi nikkhamanavāto, passāsoti anto pavisanavātoti vinayaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Suttantaṭṭhakathāsu pana uppaṭipāṭiyā āgataṃ. Tattha sabbesampi gabbhaseyyakānaṃ mātukucchito nikkhamanakāle paṭhamaṃ abbhantara vāto bahinikkhamati, pacchā bāhiravāto sukhumarajaṃ gahetvā abbhantaraṃ pavisanto tāluṃ āhacca nibbāyati, evaṃ tāva assāsapassāsā veditabbā. Yā pana tesaṃ dīgharassatā, sā addhānavasena veditabbā. Yathāhi okāsaddhānaṃ pharitvā ṭhitaṃ udakaṃ vā vālikā vā dīghamudakaṃ dīghā vālikā rassamudakaṃ rassā vālikāti vuccati, evaṃ cuṇṇa vicuṇṇāpi assāsapassāsā hatthisarīre abhisarīre ca tesaṃ atta bhāvasaṅkhātaṃ dīghaṃ addhānaṃ sanikaṃ pūretvā sanikameva nikkhamanti, tasmā dīghāti vuccanti. Sunakhasasādīnaṃ attabhāvasaṅkhātaṃ rassaṃ addhānaṃ sīghaṃ pūretvā sīghameva nikkhamanti, tasmā rassāti vuccanti. Manussesu pana keci hatthiahiādayo viya kāladdhāna vasena dīghaṃ assasanti ca passasanti ca, keci sunakhasasādayo viya rassaṃ, tasmā tesaṃ kālavasena dīghamaddhānaṃ nikkhamantā ca pavisantā ca te dīghā ittaramaddhānaṃ nikkhamantā ca pavisantā ca rassāti veditabbā. Tatrāyaṃ bhikkhu navahākārehi dīghaṃ assasanto

[SL Page 201] [\x 201/]

Passasanto ca dīghaṃ assasāmi passasāmīti pajānāti, evaṃ pajānato cassa ekenākārena kāyānupassanā satipaṭṭhāna. Bhāvanā sampajjatīti veditabbā. Yathāha paṭisambhidāyaṃ: -"kathaṃ dīghaṃ assasanto dīghaṃ assasāmīti pajānāti; dīghaṃ passasanto dīghaṃ passasāmīti pajānāti? Dighaṃ assāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasati, dīghaṃ passāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte passasati, dīghaṃ assāsa passāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasatipi passasatipi, dīghaṃ assāsa passāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasatopi passasatopi chavdo uppajjati, chandavasena tato sukumataraṃ dīghaṃ assāsaṃ addhāna saṅkhāte assasati, chandavasena tato sukhumataraṃ dīghaṃ passāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte passasati, dīghaṃ assāsa passāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasatipi passasatipi, dīghaṃ assāsa passāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasatipi passasatipi, [PTS Page 273] [\q 273/] pāmojjavasena tato sukhumataraṃ dīghaṃ assāsapassāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāte assasatopi passa satopi dīghaṃ assāsapassāsā cittaṃ vivaṭṭati, upekkhā saṇṭhāti. Imehi navahi ākārehi dīghaṃ assāsapassāsā kāyo, upaṭṭhānaṃ sati, anupassanā ñāṇaṃ. Kāyo upaṭṭhānaṃ, no sati, sati upaṭṭhānaṃ ceva sati ca, tāya satiyā tena ñāṇena taṃ kāyaṃ anupassatī"ti. Tena vuccati kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānabhāvanāti. Esa nayo rassapadepi. Ayaṃ pana viseso: - yathā ettha dīghaṃ assāsaṃ addhānasaṅkhāteti vuttaṃ, evamidha rassaṃ assāsaṃ ittarasaṅkhāte assasatīti āgataṃ. Tasmā tassa vasena yāva tena vucacti kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānabhāvanāti tāva yojetabbaṃ. Evamayaṃ addhānavasena ittaravasena ca imehi ākārehi assāsapassāse pajānanto dīghaṃ vā assasanto dīghaṃ assasāmīti pajānāti dīghaṃ vā assasanto dīghaṃ assasāmīti pajānāti, dīghaṃ vā passasanto dīghaṃpassasāmīti pajānāti, rassaṃ vā assa santo dīghaṃ assasāmīti pajānāti, dīghaṃ vā rassaṃ vā passasanto rassaṃ passasāmīti pajānātīti veditabbo. Evaṃ pajānato cassa: -

" Dīgho rasso ca assāso passāsopi ca tādiso,
Cattāro vaṇṇā vattanti nāsikaggeva bhikkhuno"ti.

Sabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedi assasissāmi sabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedī passasissāmīti sikkhatīti sakalassa assāsakāyassa ādimañjhapariyosānaṃ viditaṃ karonto pākaṭaṃ karonto assasissāmīti sikkhati. Sakalassa passāsakā yassa ādimajjhapariyosānaṃ viditaṃ karonto pākaṭaṃ karonto passasissāmīti sikkhati. Evaṃ viditaṃ karonto pākaṭaṃ karonto ñāṇasampayuttacittena assasati ceva passasati ca, tasmā assa sissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhatīti vuccati. Ekassa hi bhikkhuno

[SL Page 202] [\x 202/]

Cuṇṇa vicuṇṇavisate assāsakāye vā passāsakāye vā ādipākaṭo hoti. Na mañjhapariyesānaṃ. So ādimeva pariggahetuṃ sakkoti, majjhapariyosāne kilamati. Ekassa majjhaṃ pākaṭaṃ hoti, na ādipariyosānaṃ. Ekassa pariyosānaṃ pākaṭaṃ hoti, na ādimajjhaṃ. So pariyosānaṃ yeva pariggahetuṃ sakkoti, [PTS Page 274] [\q 274/] ādimajjhe kilamati. Ekassa sabbampi pākaṭaṃ hoti, so sabbampi pariggahetuṃ sakkoti. Na katthaci kilamati. Tādi sena bhavitabbanti dassento āha: - "sabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedī assa sissāmi sabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedi passasissāmīti sikkhatī"ti. Tattha sikkhatīti evaṃ ghaṭati vāyamati, yo vā tathābhūtassa saṃvaro, ayamettha adhasīla sikkhā. Yo tathābhūtassa samādhi, ayaṃ adhicittasikkhā. Yā tathābhūtassa paññā, ayaṃ adhipaññā sikkhāti. Imā tisso sikkhāyo tasmiṃ ārammaṇe tāya satiyā tena manasikārena sikkhati āsevati bhāveti bahulīkarotītievamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Tattha yasmā purimanaye kevalaṃ assasitabbaṃ passasitabbameva, na ca aññaṃ kiñci kātabbaṃ. Ito paṭṭhāya pana ñāṇuppādanādisu yogo karaṇīyo. Tasmā tattha assasāmīti pajānāti passasāmīti pajānā ticceva vattamānakālavasena pāḷiṃ vatvā ito paṭṭhāya kattabbassa ñāṇuppādanādino ākārassa dassanatthaṃ sabbakāya paṭisaṃvedī assasissāmīti ādinā nayena anāgatavacanavasena pāḷi āropitāti veditabbā. Passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assa sissāmi passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passasissāmīti sikkhatīti oḷārikaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passambhento paṭippassambhento nirodhento vūpasamento assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhati. Tate;vaṃ oḷārikasukhumatā ca passaddhi ca veditabbā. Imassa hi bhikkhuno pubbe apariggahita kāle kāyo ca cittañca sadarathā honti oḷārikā, kāyacittānaṃ oḷārikatte avupasante assāsapassāsāpi oḷārikā honti, balavatarā hutvā pavattanti, nāsikā nappahoti, mukhena assa santopi passasantopi tiṭṭhati. Yadā panassa kāyopi cittampipariggahitā honti, tadā te santā honti vūpasantā. Tesu vūpasantesu assāsapassāsā sukhumā hutvā pavattanti. Atthi nu kho natthīti vicetabbatākārappattā honti. Seyyathāpi purisassa dhāvitvā pabbatā vā orohitvā mahābhāraṃ vā sīsato oro petvā ṭhitassa oḷārikā assāsapassāsā honti, nāsikā nappahoti, mukhena assasantopi passasantopi tiṭṭhati. Yadā panesa taṃ parissamaṃ minodetvā nahātvā ca pivitvā ca [PTS Page 275] [\q 275/] allasāṭakaṃ hadaye katvā sītāya chāyāya nipanno hoti, athassa te assāsapassāsā sukhumā honti, atthi nu kho natthīti vicetabbatākārappattā. Evameva imassa bhikkhuno pubbe apariggahitakāle kāyo ca cittañca sadarathā honti oḷārikā, kāyacattānaṃ oḷārikatte avupasante assāsapassāsāpi oḷārikā honti, balavatarā hutvā pavattanti, nāsikā nappahoti, mukhena assa santopi passasantopi tiṭṭhati. Yadā panassa kāyopi cittampi pariggahitā honti, tadā te santā honti vūpasantā. Tesu vūpa santesu assāsapassāsā sukhumā hutvā pavattanti. Atthi nukho natthīti vicetabbatākārappattā honti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tathāhissa pubbe apariggahitakāle oḷārike oḷārike kāyasaṅkhāre passambhemīti ābhogasamannā hāramanasikārapaccavekkhaṇā natthi, pariggahitakāle pana atthi, tenassa apariggahitakālatopariggahitakāle kāyasaṅkhāro sukhumo hoti.

Tenāhu porāṇā: -

"Sāraddhekāye citte ca adimattaṃ pavattati,
Asāraddhamhi kāyamhi sukhumaṃ sampavattatī"ti.

Pariggahepi oḷāriko paṭhamajjhānūpacāre sukhumo, tasmimpi oḷāriko paṭhamajjhāne sukhumo, paṭhamajjhāne ca dutiyajjhānūpa cāre ca oḷāriko, dutiyajjhāne sukhumo, dutiyajjhāne ca tatiyajjhānūpacāre ca oḷāriko, tatiyajjhāne sukhumo, tatiyajjhāne ca catutthajjhānūpacāre ca oḷāriko, catutthajjhāne atisukhumo appavattimeva pāpuṇātīti. Idaṃ tāva dīghabhāṇakasaṃyuttabhāṇakānaṃ mataṃ. Majjhimabhāṇakā pana " paṭhamajjhāne oḷāriko, dutiyajjhānūpacāre sukumo"ti evaṃ heṭṭhimaheṭṭhimajjhānato uparūpari jhānūpacārepi sukumataraṃ icchanti. Sabbesaṃyeva pana matena apariggahitakāle pavattakāyasaṅkhāro pariggahitakāle paṭippassambhati. Pariggahitakāle pavattakāyasaṅkhārocatutthajjhane paṭippassambhati. Ayaṃ tāva samathe nayo. Vipassanāyaṃ pana: - apariggahe pavatto kāyasaṅkhāro oḷāriko, mahābhūtapariggahe sukhumo, sopi oḷāriko, upādārūpapariggahe sukumo. Sopi oḷāriko, sakalarūpapariggahe sukhumo. Sopi oḷāriko, arūpa pariggahe sukumo. Sopi oḷāriko, rūpārūpapariggahe sukhumo. Sopi oḷāriko, paccayapariggahe sukumo. Sopi oḷāriko, sappaccayanāmarūpapariggahe sukhumo. Sopi oḷāriko, lakkhaṇārammaṇikavipassanāya sukhumo. Sopi dubbalavipassanāya oḷāriko balavavipassanāya sukhumo. Tattha pubbe vuttanayeneva purimassa purimassa pacchimena paccimena paṭippassaddhi veditabbā. Evamettha oḷārikasukhumatā ca passaddhi ca veditabbā. [PTS Page 276] [\q 276/] paṭisambhidāyaṃ panassa saddhiṃ codanāsodhanāhi evamattho vutto. Kathaṃ? Passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmi passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passasissāmīti sikkhati. Katame kāya saṅkhārā dīghaṃassāsapassāsā? Kāyikā ete dhammā kāyapaṭibaddhā kāyasaṅkhārā, te kāyasaṅkhāre passambhento nirodhento vūpasamento sikkhati. Yathārūpehi kāyasaṅkhārehi kāyassa ānamanā vinamanā sannamanā panamanā iñjanā phandanā calanā kampanā passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmīti sikkhati, passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passasissāmīti sikkhati. Yathārūpehi kāyasaṅkhārehi

[SL Page 204] [\x 204/]

Kāyassa na ānamanā na vinamanā na sannamanā na panamanā aniñjanā aphandanā acalanā akampanā, santaṃ sukhumaṃ passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhatiti. Iti kira passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmīti sikkhati, passambhayaṃ kāya saṅkhāraṃ passasissāmīti sikkhati. Evaṃ sante vātupalaṇḍiyā ca pabhā vanā na hoti, assāsapassāsānañca pabhāvanā na hoti, ānā pānasatiyā ca pabhāvanā na hoti, ānāpānasatisamādissa ca pabhāvanā na hoti, na ca naṃ taṃ samāpattiṃ paṇḍitā samāpajjantipi vuṭṭhahantipi. Iti kira passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmi iti kira passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passasissāmīti sikkhati. Evaṃ sante vātupalaṇḍiyā ca pabhāvanā hoti. Assāsapassāsānañca pabhāvanā hoti, ānāpānasatiyā ca pabhāvanā hoti, ānāpānasatisamādissa ca pabhāvanā hoti, tañca naṃ samāpattiṃ paṇḍitā samāpajjantipi vuṭṭhahantipi. Yathākathaṃ viya? Seyyathāpi kaṃse ākoṭite paṭhamaṃ oḷārikā saddā pavattanti, oḷārikānaṃ saddānaṃ nimittaṃ suggahītattā sumanasi katattā sūpadhāritattā niruddhepi oḷārike sadde atha pacchā sukhumakā saddā pavattanti, sukhumakānaṃ saddānaṃ nimittaṃ suggahītattā sumanasikatattā sūpadhāritattā niruṇḍepi sukhumake sadde atha [PTS Page 277] [\q 277/] pacchā sukhuma saddanimittārammaṇatāpi cittaṃ pavattati. Eva meva paṭhamaṃ oḷārikā assāsapassāsāpavattanti, oḷārikānaṃ assāsapassā sānaṃ nimittaṃ suggahītattā sumanasikatattā sūpadhāritattā niruddhepi oḷārike assāsapassāse atha pacchā sukhumakā assāsapassāsā pavattanti, sukhumakānaṃ assāsapassāsānaṃ nimittaṃ suggahītattā sumanasikatattā sūpadhāritattā niruddhepi sukhumake assāsapassāse atha pacchā sukhuma assāsapassāsanimittārammaṇatāpi cittaṃ na vikkhepaṃ gacchati. Evaṃ sante vātupalaṇḍiyā ca pabhāvanā hoti, assāsapassāsānañca pabhāvanā hoti, ānāpānasatiyā ca pabhāvanā hoti, ānāpānasatisamādhissa ca pabhāvanā hoti, tañca naṃ samāpattiṃ paṇḍitā samāpajjantipi vuṭṭhahantipi. Passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃti assāsapassāsā kāyo, upaṭṭhānaṃ sati, anupassanā ñāṇaṃ. Kāyo upaṭṭhānaṃ no sati, sati upaṭṭhānañceva sati ca. Tāya satiyā tena ñāṇena taṃ kāyaṃ anupassati, tena vuccati kāye kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānabhāvanātī. Ayaṃ tāvettha kāyānupassanāvasena vuttassa paṭhamacatukkassa anupubba padavanṇanā.

Yasmā panettha idameva catukkaṃ ādikammikassa kammaṭṭhāna vasena vuttaṃ, itarāni pana tīṇi catukkāni ettha pattajjhānassa vedanācittadhammānupassanāvasena vuttāni, tasmā idaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvetvā ānāpānacatutthajjhānapadaṭṭhānāya vipassanāya saha paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ pāpūṇitukāmena ādikammikena kulaputtena

[SL Page 205] [\x 205/]

Pubbe vuttanayeneva sīlaparisodhanādīni sabbakiccāni katvā vuttappakārassa ācariyassa santike pañcasavdhikaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggahetabbaṃ. Tatrime ñca savdhayo: - "uggaho paripucchā upaṭṭhānaṃ appanā lakkhaṇa"nti. Tattha uggaho nāma kammaṭṭhānassa uggaṇhaṇaṃ, paripucchā nāma kammaṭṭhānassa paripucchanā, upaṭṭhānaṃ nāma kammaṭṭhānassa upaṭṭhānaṃ, appanā nāma kammaṭṭhānassa [PTS Page 278] [\q 278/] appanā, lakkhaṇaṃ nāma kammaṭṭhānassa lakkhaṇaṃ, evaṃ lakkhaṇamidaṃ kammaṭṭhānanti kammaṭṭhānasabhāvūpadhāraṇanti vuttaṃ hoti. Evaṃ pañcasavdhikaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggaṇhanto attanāpi na kilamati ācariyampi na viheseti. Tasmā thokaṃ uddisāpetvā bahuṃ kālaṃ sajjhāyitvā evaṃ pañcasandhikaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggahetvā ācariyassa santike vā aññata; vā pubbe vuttappakāre senāsane vasantena upacchinnakhuddaka paḷibodhena katabhattakiccena bhattasammadaṃ paṭivinodetvā. Sukhanisinnena ratanattayaguṇānussaraṇena cittaṃ sampahaṃsitvā ācariyuggahato ekapadampi apammussantena idaṃ ānāpānasatikammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikātabbaṃ.

Tatrāyaṃ manasikāravidhi: -

"Gaṇanā anubavdhanā phusanā ṭhapanā sallakkhaṇā
Vivaṭṭanā pārisuddhi tesañca patipassanā"ti.

Tattha gaṇanāti gaṇanāyeva, anubandhanāti anuvahaṇā, 1 phusanāti phūṭṭhaṭṭhānaṃ, ṭhapanāti appanā, sallakkhaṇāti vipassanā, 2 vivaṭṭanāti maggo, pārisuddhīti phalaṃ, tesañca patipassanāti pacca vekkhaṇā. Tattha iminā ādikammikena kulaputtena paṭhamaṃ gaṇanāya idaṃkammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikātabbaṃ. Gaṇentena ca pañcannaṃ heṭṭhā na ṭhapetabbaṃ, dasannaṃupari na netabbaṃ, antarā khaṇḍaṃ na dassetabbaṃ. Pañcannaṃ heṭṭhā ṭhapentassahi sambādhe okāse cittuppādo vipphavdati, sambādhe vaje sanniruddhagogaṇo viya. Dasannaṃ upari nentassa gaṇananissitova cittuppādo hoti, 3 antarā khaṇḍaṃ dassentassa sikhāppattannukho me kammaṭṭhānaṃ noti cittaṃ vikampati, tasmā ete dose vajjetvā gaṇetabbaṃ gaṇentena ca paṭhamaṃ dandhagaṇanāya dhaññamāpakagaṇanāya gaṇe tabbaṃ. Dhaññamāpako hi nāḷiṃ pūretvā ekanti vatvā okirati, puna pūrento kiñci kacavaraṃ disvā taṃ chaḍḍento ekaṃ ekanti vadati, esa nayo dve dveti ādisu. Evameva imināpi assāsapassā sesu yo upaṭṭhāti, taṃ gahetvā ekaṃ ekanti ādiṃ katvā [PTS Page 279] [\q 279/] yāca dasa dasāti pavattamānaṃ pavattamānaṃ upakkhetvāva gaṇetabbaṃ. Tassevaṃ gaṇayato nikkhamantā ca pavisantā ca assāsapassāsā

1. Ma anugahaṇā. 2. Sama- anupadahaṇā. 3. Gaṇanānissitova vikkhittacittuppādo. (Samantapāsādikā)

[SL Page 206] [\x 206/]

Pākaṭā honti, athānena taṃ dandhagaṇanaṃ dhaññamāpakagaṇanaṃ pahāya sīghagaṇanāya gopālakagaṇanāya gaṇetabbaṃ. Cheko hi gopālako sakkharādayo ucchaṅgena gahetvā rajjudaṇḍaka hattho pātova vajaṃ gantvā gāvo piṭṭhiyaṃ paharitvā palighatthambha tthake nisinno dvārappattaṃ pattaṃ yeva gāviṃ ekā dveti sakkharaṃ khipitvā khipitvā gaṇeti, tiyāmarattiṃ sambādhe okāse dukkhaṃ vutthagogaṇo nikkhamanto nikkhamanto aññamaññaṃ upanighaṃsanto vegena puñjapuñjo hutvā nikkhamati, so vegena vegena tīṇi cattāri pañca dasāti gaṇetiyeva. Evaṃ imissāpi purimanayena gaṇayato assāsapassāsā pākaṭā hutvā sīgha sīghaṃ punappuna sañcaranti. Tato tena punappuna sañca rantīti ñatvā anto ca bahi ca agahetvā dvārappattaṃ dvārappattaṃ yeva gahetvā eko dve tīṇi cattāri pañca eko dve tīṇi cattāri pañca cha, ekodve tīṇi cattāri pañca cha satta -peaṭṭha nava dasāti sīghasīghaṃ gaṇetabbameva. Gaṇanapaṭibaddhe hi kammaṭṭhāne gaṇanabaleneva cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hoti, arattupatthambhana vasena caṇḍasote nāvāṭhapanamiva. Tassevaṃ sīghasīghaṃ gaṇayato kammaṭṭhānaṃ nirantarappavattaṃ viya hutvā upaṭṭhāti, atha nirantaraṃ pavattatīti ñatvā anto ca bahi ca vātaṃ apariggahetvā purima nayeneva vegena vegena gaṇetabbaṃ. Anto pavisana vātena hi saddhiṃ cittaṃ pavesayato abbhantaraṃ vātabbhāhataṃ meda pūritaṃ viya hoti. Pahi nikkhamanavātena saddhiṃ cittaṃ nīharato bahiddhā puthuttārammaṇe cittaṃ vikkhipati. Phūṭṭha phūṭṭhokāse pana satiṃ ṭhapetvā bhāventasseva bhāvanā sampajjati. Tena vuttaṃ: "anto ca pahica vātaṃ apariggahetvā purimanayeneva vegena vegena gaṇetabba"nti. Kīvaciraṃ panetaṃ gaṇetabbanti? Yāva vinā gaṇanāya. [PTS Page 280] [\q 280/] assāsapassāsārammaṇe sati santiṭṭhati, pahi visaṭa vitakkavicchedaṃ katvā assāsapassāsārammaṇe sati saṇṭhapanatthaṃ yeva hi gaṇanāti. Evaṃ gaṇanāya manasi katvā anubandhanāya manasikātabbaṃ. Anubavdhanā nāma gaṇanāṃ paṭisaṅharitvāsatiyā nirantaraṃ assāsapassāsānaṃ anugamanaṃ, tañca kho na ādimajjhapariyosānānugamanavasena. Bahi nikkhamanavātassa hi nābi ādi, hadayaṃ majjhaṃ, nāsikaggaṃ pariyosānaṃ. Abbhantaraṃ pavisana vātassa nāsikaggaṃ ādi, hadayaṃ majjhaṃ, nābhi pariyosānaṃ, tañcassa anugacchato vikkhepagataṃ cittaṃ sārambhāya cevahoti iñjanāya ca. Yathāha: -

" Assāsādimajjhapariyesānaṃ
Satiyā anugacchato ajjhattaṃ
Vikkhepagatena cittena kāyopi
Cittampi sāraddhā ca honti iñjitā ca phanditā ca.

[SL Page 207] [\x 207/]

"Assāsādimajjhapariyosānaṃ
Satiyā anugacchato ajjhattaṃ
Vikkhapagatena cittena kāyopi
Cittampi sāraddhā ca honti ikdajitā ca phanditāvacā"ti.
Tasmā anubandhanāya manasikarontena na ādimajjhapariyo sānavasena manasi kātabbaṃ, apica kho phūsanāvasena ca ṭhapanā vasena ca manasi kātabbaṃ. Gaṇanānubandhanāvasena viya hi phūsanā ṭhapanāvasena visuṃ manasikāro natthi, phūṭṭhaphūṭṭhaṭṭhāne yeva pana gaṇentogaṇanāya ca phūsanāya ca manasi karoti, tattheva gaṇanaṃ paṭisaṃharitvā te satiyāanubaṭhdhanto appanāvasena ca cittaṃ ṭhapento anubandhanāya ca phūsanāya ca ṭhapanāya ca manasi karotīti vuccati. Svāyamattho aṭṭhakathāsu vuttapaṅguḷadovārikūpamāhi paṭisambhidāyaṃ vutta kakacūpamāya ca veditabbo. Tatrāyaṃ paṅguḷopamā: - seyyathāpi paṅguḷo dolāya kīḷataṃ mātāputtānaṃ dolaṃ khipitvā tattheva dolāthambhamūle nisinno kamena āgacchantassa ca gacchantassa [PTS Page 281] [\q 281/] ca dolāphalakassa ubho koṭiyo majjhañca passati, na ca ubhokoṭimajjhānaṃ dassanatthaṃ vyāvaṭo hoti, evamevāyaṃ bhikkhu sativasena upanibandhanathambhamūle ṭhatvā assāsapassāsadolaṃ khipitvā tattheva nimitte satiyā nisinno kamena āgacchantānañca gacchantānañca phūṭṭhaṭṭhāne assāsapassāsānaṃ ādimajjhapariyosānaṃ satiyā anugacchanto tattha ca chittaṃ ṭhapento passati, na ca tesaṃ dassanatthaṃ vyāvaṭo hoti, ayaṃ paṅguḷopamā. Ayaṃ pana dovārikūpamā: seyyathāpi dovāriko nagarassa anto ca bahica purise "kotvaṃ kuto vā āgato kuhaṃ vā gacchasi kiṃ vā te hatthe"ti na vīmaṃsati, nahi tassa te bhārā, dvārappattaṃdvārappattaṃ yeva pana vīmaṃsati, evameva imassa bhikkhuno anto paviṭṭhavātā ca bahi nikkhantavātā ca na bhārā honti, dvārappattaṃ dvārappattaṃ yeva pana vīmaṃsati, evameva imassa bhikkhuno anto paṭiṭṭhavātā ca bahi nikkhantavātā ca na bhārā honti, dvārappattā dvārappattā yeva bhārāti. Ayaṃ dovāri kūpamā. Kakacūpamā pana ādito paṭṭhāya evaṃ veditabba. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ: -

"Nimittaṃ assāsapassāsā anārammaṇamekacittassa
Ajānato ca tayo dhamme bhāvanā nūpalabbhati.

Nimittaṃ assāsapassāsā ārammaṇamekacittassa
Jānato ca tayo dhamme bhāvanā upalabbhatī"ti.

Kathaṃ ime tayo dhammā ekacittassa ārammaṇā na honti, nacime tayo dhammā aviditā honti, na ca cittaṃ vikkhepaṃ gacchati padhānaṃ ca paññāyati payogañca sādheti visesamadhi gacchati? Seyyathāpi rukkho same bhumibhāge nikkhitto, tamenaṃ puriso kaka

[SL Page 208] [\x 208/]

Cena chindeyya, rukkhe phūṭṭhakakacadantānaṃ vasena purisassa sati upaṭṭhitā hoti. Na āgate vā gate vā kakacadante manasi karoti, na āgatāgatā vā kakacadantā aviditāhonti, padhānañca paññāyati, payogañca sādheti, visesamadhigacchati, yathā rukkho same bhumibhāge nikkhitto, evaṃ upanibandhananimittaṃ. Yathā kakaca dantā, evaṃassāsapassāsā. Yathā rukkhe phūṭṭhakakacadantānaṃ vasena purisassa sati upaṭṭhitā hoti na āgato vā gate vā kakaca dante manasikaroti, na āgatā vā gatā vā kakacadantā aviditā honti, padhānañca paññāyati, payogaṃ ca sādheti, visesamadhi [PTS Page 282] [\q 282/] gacchati, evameva bhikkhu nāsikagge vā mukhanimitte vā satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā nisinno hoti, na āgate vā gate vā assāsapassāse manasi karoti, na āgatā vā gatā vā assāsapassāsā aviditā honti, padhānadva paññāyati payogañca sādheti, visesamadhi gacchati. Padhānanti katamaṃ padhānaṃ? Āraddhaviriyassa kāyopi cittampi kammaniyaṃ hoti, idaṃ padhānaṃ. Katamo payogo? Āraddha viriyassa upakkilesā pahīyanti. Vitakkā vūpasammanti. Ayaṃ payogo. Katamo viseso? Āraddhaviriyassa saṃyojanā pahiyanti, anusayā vyantī honti, ayaṃ viseso. Evaṃ ime tayo dhammā ekacittassa ārammaṇā na honti, nacime tayo dhammā aviditā honti, na ca cittaṃ vikkhepaṃ gacchati, padhānañca paññāyati, payo gañca sādheti, visesamadhigacchati.

Ānāpānasatī yassa paripunṇā subhāvitā,
Anupubbaṃ paricitā yathā buddhena desitā,
So imaṃ lokaṃ pabhāseti abbhāmutteva candimāti.

Ayaṃ kakacūpamā.

Idha panassa āgatāgatavasena amanasikāramattameva payo jananti. Veditabbaṃ. Idaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasikaroto kassaci nacireneva nimittañca uppajjati. Avasesajhānaṅga patimaṇḍitā appanā saṅkhātā ṭhapanā ca sampajjati, kassaci pana gaṇanāvaseneva manasikārakālakoppabhūti anukkamato oḷārikaassāsapassāsa nirodhavasena kāyadarathe vūpasante kāyopi cittampi lahukaṃ hoti, sarīraṃ ākāse laṅghanākārappattaṃ viya hoti, yathā sāraddha kāyassa mañce vā pīṭhe vā nisīdato mañcapīṭhaṃ onamati, vikujati, paccattharaṇaṃ valiṃ gaṇhāti. Asāraddhakāyassa pana nisīdato neva mañcapīṭhaṃ onamati, na vikujati, na paccattharaṇaṃ valiṃ gaṇhāti, tula picupūritaṃ viya mañcapīṭhaṃ hoti. Kasmā? Yasmā asāraddho kāyo lahuko hoti, evameva gaṇanāvasena manasikārakālateppa bhūti anukkamato oḷārikaassāsapassāsanirodhavasena kāyadarathe vūpasante [PTS Page 283] [\q 283/] kāyopi cittampi lahukaṃ hoti. Sarīraṃ ākāse

[SL Page 209] [\x 209/]

Laṅghanākārappattaṃ viya hoti, tassa oḷārike assāsapassāse niruddhe sukhumassāsapassāsanimittārammaṇaṃ cittaṃ pavattati, tasmimpi niruddhe aparāparaṃ tato sukhumatara sukhumatamanimittā1 rammaṇaṃ pavattatiyeva. Kathaṃ? Yathāhi puriso mahatiyā lohasalā kāya kaṃsathālaṃ ākoṭeyya ekappahārena mahāsaddo uppajjeyya, tassa oḷārikasaddārammaṇaṃ cittaṃ pavatteyya, niruddhe oḷārike sadde atha pacchā sukhumasaddanimittārammaṇaṃ, tasmimpi niruddhe aparāparaṃ tato sukhumatara sukhumatamasadda nimittā emmaṇaṃ pavattateva. Evanti veditabbaṃ vuttampi cetaṃ: "seyyathāpi kaṃse ākoṭite"ti vitthāro. Yathāhi aññāni kammaṭṭhānāni uparūpari vubhūtāni honti, natathā idaṃ. Badaṃ pana uparūpari bhāventassa sukumattaṃ gacchati, upaṭṭhānampi na upagacchati. Evaṃ aṭupaṭṭhahante pana tasmiṃ na tena bhikkhunā uṭṭhāyāsanā camma khaṇḍaṃ papphoṭetvā gantabbaṃ. Kiṃ kātabbaṃ? Ācariyaṃ pucchissā mīti vā naṭṭhaṃ dāni me kammaṭṭhānanti vā na vuṭṭhātabbaṃ. Iriyāpathaṃ vikopetvā gacchato hi kammaṭṭhānaṃ navanavameva hoti, tasmā yathānisinneneva desato āharitabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ āharaṇūpāyo: - tena hi bhikkhunā kammaṭṭhānassa anupaṭṭhahanabhāvaṃ ñatvā iti paṭisaṃcikkhitabbaṃ: ime assāsapassāsā nāma kattha atthi kattha natthi kassa vā atthi kassa vā natthīti. Athevaṃ paṭisaṃcikkhatā ime anto mātukucchiyaṃ natthi, udake nimuggānaṃ natthi tathā asaññi bhūtānaṃ, matānaṃ, catutthajjhānasamāpannānaṃ, rūpārūpabhavasamaṅgīnaṃ nirodhasamāpannānanti ñatvā evaṃ attanāva attā peṭicodebbā. Nanutvaṃ paṇḍita neva mātukucchigato na udake nimuggo na asaññibhūto na mato na catutthajjhānaṃ samāpanno na rūpārūpabhavasamaṅgī na nirodhasamāpanno atthiyeva te assāsapassāsā mandapaññatāya pana pariggahetuṃ na sakkosīti. Athānena pakathiphūṭṭhavaseneva cittaṃ ṭhapetvā manasikāro pavattetabbo. Ime hi dīghanāsikassa nāsāpuṭaṃ [PTS Page 284] [\q 284/] ghaṭṭentā pavattanti, rassanāsikassa uttaroṭṭhaṃ. Tasmānena imaṃ nāma ṭhānaṃ ghaṭṭentīti nimittaṃ ṭhapetabbaṃ. Imamevahi atthavasaṃ paṭicca vuttaṃ bhagavatā: - "nāhaṃ bhikkhave muṭṭhassatissa asampajānassa ānā pānasatibhāvanaṃ vadāmi"ti. Kiñcāpi hayaṃ kiñci kammṭhānaṃ satsa sampajānasseva sampajjati. Ito aññaṃ pana manasi karontassa manasikarontassa pākaṭaṃ hoti. Idaṃ pana ānāpānasatikammaṭṭhānaṃ garukaṃ garukabhāvanaṃ, buddha paccekabuddha buddha puttānaṃ mahāpurisānaṃyeva manasikārabhūmibhūtaṃ. Naceva ittaraṃ, na ca ittarasattasamāsevitaṃ. Yathā yathā manasi karīyati, tathā

1. Ma. Sukhumataraṃsukumataraṃ - sama. Sukhumatarasukhumatara.

[SL Page 210] [\x 210/]

Tathā santañceva hoti sukhumañca, tasmā ettha balavatī sati ca paññā ca icchitabbā. Yathāhi paṭṭhasāṭakassa tunnakaraṇakāle sūcipi sukhumā icchitabbā, sūcipāsavedhanampi tato sukhumataraṃ. Evaṃ meva paṭṭasāṭakasadisassa imassa kammaṭṭhānassa bhāvanākāle sūcipaṭi bhāgā satipi sūcipāsavedhanapaṭibhāgā taṃ sampayuttā paññāpi balavatī icchitabbā. Tāhi ca pana satipaññāhi samannāgatena bhikkhunā na te assāsapassāsā aññatra pakatiphūṭṭhokāsā pariyesitabbā. Yatha pana kassako kasiṃ kasitvā balivadde muñcitvā gocarābhi mukhe katvā chāyāya nisinno vissameyya, athassa te balivaddā vegena aṭaviṃ paviseyyuṃ. Yo hoti cheko kassako so puna te gahetvā yojetukāmo na tesaṃ anupadaṃ gantvā aṭaviṃ āhiṇḍati, atha kho rasmiñca patodañca gahetvā ujukameva tesaṃ nipānatitthaṃ gantvā nisīdati vā nipajjati vā, atha te goṇe divasabhāgaṃ caritvā nipānatitthaṃ otaritvā nahātvā ca pivitvā ca paccuttaritvā ṭhite disvā rasmiyā bandhitvā patodena vijjhanto ānetvā yojetvā puna kammaṃ karoti; evameva tena bhikkhunā na te assāsapassāsā aññata; pakatiphūṭṭhokāsā pariyesitabbā satirasmiṃ pana paññāpatodañcagahetvā pakati phuṭṭhokāse cittaṃ ṭhapetvā manasikāro pavattetabbo. [PTS Page 285] [\q 285/] evaṃ hissa manasikaroto nacirasseva te upaṭṭhahanti. Nipānatitthe viya goṇā. Tato nena satirasmiyā bandhitvā tasmiṃ yeva ṭhāne yojetvā paññāpatodena vijjhantena punappunaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ anuyuñjitabbaṃ. Tassevamanuyuñjato nacirasseva nimittaṃ upaṭṭhāti. Taṃ panetaṃ na sabbesaṃ ekasadisaṃ hoti. Apica kho kassaci sukhasamphassaṃ uppādayamāno tulapicu viya kappāsapicu viya vātadhārā viya ca upaṭṭhātīti ekacce āhu. Ayaṃ pana aṭṭhakathāsu vinicchayo: - idaṃ hi kassaci tārakarūpaṃ viya maṇiguḷikā viya muttā guḷikā viya ca upaṭṭhātīti ekacce āhu. Ayaṃ na aṭṭhakathāsu vinicchayo: - idaṃ hi kassaci tārakarūpaṃ viya maṇiguḷikā viya muttā guḷikā viya ca, kassaci kharasamphassaṃ hutvā kappāsaṭṭhi viya dārusāra sūci viya ca, kassaci dīghapāmaṅgasuttaṃ viya kusumadāmaṃ viya dhūmasikhā viya. Ca, kassaci vitthataṃ makkaṭakasuttaṃ viya valāhakapaṭalaṃ viya padumapupphaṃ viya rathacakkaṃ viya candamaṇḍalaṃ viya suriyamaṇḍalaṃ viya ca upaṭṭhāti, tañca panetaṃ yathā sambahulesu bhikkhūsu suttantaṃ sajjhāyitvā nisinnesu ekena bhikkhunā "tumhākaṃ kīdisaṃ hutvā idaṃ suttaṃ upaṭṭhātī"ti vutte eko mayhaṃ mahatī pabbateyyā nadī viya hutvā upaṭṭhātīti āha. Aparo mayhaṃ ekā vanarāji viya, añño mayhaṃ eko sītacchāyo sākhāsampanno phalabhārabharitarukkho viyāti. Tesaṃ hi taṃ ekameva suttaṃ paññānānatāya nānato upaṭṭhāsi. Evaṃ ekameva kammaṭṭhānaṃ saññānānatāya nānato upaṭṭhāti. Saññajaṃ hi etaṃ saññānidānaṃ saññāpabhavaṃ, tasmāsaññānānatāya nānato upaṭṭhātīti veditabbaṃ. Etthaca a99

[SL Page 211] [\x 211/]

Me assāsārammaṇaṃ cittaṃ, aññaṃ passāsārammaṇaṃ, aññaṃ nimittārammaṇaṃ. Yassa hi ime tayo dhammā natthi tassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ neva appanaṃ na upacāraṃ pāpuṇāti. Yassa panime tayo dhammā atthi tasseva kammaṭṭhānaṃ upacārañca appanañca pāpuṇāti. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ: -

"Nimittaṃ assāsapassāsā anārammaṇamekacittassa
Ajānato tayo dhamme bhāvanā nūpalabbhati.

Nimittaṃ assāsapassāsā ārammaṇamekacittassa
Jānatova tayo dhamme bhāvanā upalabbhatī"ti. [PTS Page 286] [\q 286/]

Evaṃ upaṭṭhite pana nimitte tena bhikkhunā ācariyassa santikaṃ gantvā ārocetabaṃbaṃ: mayhaṃ bhante evarūpaṃ nāma upaṭṭhātīti. Ācariyena pana etaṃ nimittanti vā na vā nimittanti na vattabbaṃ, evaṃ hoti āvusoti vatvā punappunaṃ manasi karo hīti vattabbo. Nimittanti hi vutte vosānamāpajjeyya, na nimittanti vutte nirāso visīdeyya, tasmā tadubhayampi avatvā manasikāreyeva niyojetabboti - evaṃ tāva dīghabhāṇakā. Majjhimabhāṇakā panāhu: nimittamidaṃ āvuso kammaṭṭhānaṃ, punappunaṃ manasikarohi sappurisāti vattabboti. Athānena nimitteyeva cittaṃ ṭhapetabbaṃ, evamassāyaṃ itoppabhūti ṭhapanāvasena bhāvanā hoti.

Ruttaṃ hetaṃ porāṇehi: -

"Nimitte ṭhapayaṃ cittaṃ nānākāraṃ vibhāvayaṃ
Dhīro assāsapassāse sakaṃ cittaṃ nibandhatī"ti.

Tassevaṃ nimittūpaṭṭhānatoppabhūti nīvaraṇāni vikkhamhitā neva honti, kilesā sannisinnāva, sati upaṭhitāyeva, cittaṃ upacārasamādhinā samāhitameva. Athānena taṃ nimittaṃ neva vaṇṇato manasikātabbaṃ, na lakkhaṇato paccavekkhitabbaṃ. Apica kho khattiyamahesiyā cakkavattigabbho viya. Kassakena sāliyavagabbho viya ca. Āvāsādini sattaasappāyāni vajjetvā tāneva sattasappāyāni sevantena sādhukaṃ rakkhitabbaṃ. Athanaṃ evaṃ rakkhitvā punappuna manasikāravasena vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ gamayitvā dasavidhaṃ appanākosallaṃ sampādetabbaṃ, viriyasamatā yoje tabbā. Tassevaṃ ghaṭentassa paṭhavīkasiṇe vuttānukkameneva tasmiṃ nimitte catukka pañcakajjhānāni nibbattanti. Evaṃ nibbattacatukkapañcakajjhāno panettha bhikkhū sallakkhaṇā vivaṭṭanāvasena kammaṭṭhānaṃ vaḍḍhetvā pārisuṭṭhiṃ pattukāmo tadeva jhānaṃ pañcahākārehi vasippattaṃ paguṇaṃ katvā nāmarūpaṃ vavatthapetvā vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapeti. Kathaṃ? So hi samāpattito vuṭṭhāya assāsapassāsānaṃ [PTS Page 287] [\q 287/] samudayo karajakāyo ca cittañcāti passati.

[SL Page 212] [\x 212/]

Yathāhi kammāragaggariyā dhammānāya bhastañca purisassa ca tajjaṃ vāyāmaṃ paṭicca vāto sañcarati. Evamevaṃ kāyañca cittañca paṭicca assāsapassāsāti. Tato assāsapassāse ca kāyañca rūpanti cittañca taṃ sampayuttadhamme ca arūpanti vavatthapeti, ayamettha saṅkhepo. Vitthārato pana nāmarūpa vavatthānaṃ parato āvibhavissati. Evaṃ nāmarūpaṃ vavatthapetvā tassa paccayaṃ pariye sati, pariyesanto ca naṃ disvā tīsupi addhāsu nāmarūpassa pavattiṃ ārabbha kaṅkhaṃ vitarati, vitiṇṇakaṅkho kalāpasammasanavasena tilakkhaṇaṃāropetvā udayabbayānupassanāya pubbabhāge uppanne obhāsādayo dasavipassanūpakkilese pahāya upakkilesavimuttaṃ paṭipadāñāṇaṃ maggoti vavatthapetvā udayaṃ pahāya bhaṅgānupassanaṃ patvā nirantaraṃ bhaṅgānupassanena ṅyato upaṭṭhitesu sabbasaṅkhāresu nibbindanto virajjanto vimuccanto yathākkamena cattāro ariyamagge pāpuṇitvā arahattaphale patiṭṭhāya ekūnavīsatibhedassa paccavekkhaṇañāṇassa pariyantaṃ pattosadevakassa lokassa aggadakkhiṇeyyo hoti. Ettāvatā cassa gaṇanaṃ ādiṃ katvā paṭipassanāpariyosānā ānāpāna satisamādhibhāvanā samattā hotīti ayaṃ sabbākārato paṭhama catukkavaṇṇanā.

Itaresu pana tīsu catukkesu yasmā visuṃ kammaṭṭhānabhāvanā nayo nāma natthi, tasmā anupadavaṇṇanānayeneva tesaṃ evaṃ atthoveditabbo. Pītipaṭisaṃvediti pītiṃ paṭisajaveditaṃ karonto pākaṭaṃ karonto assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhati. Tattha dvīhākārehi pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti, ārammaṇate ca asammo hato ca. Katha ārammaṇato pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti? Sappītike dve jhāne samāpajjati. Tassa samāpattikkhaṇe jhānapaṭilābhena ārammaṇato pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti, ārammaṇassa paṭisaṃviditattā. Kathaṃ asammohato? Sappītike dve jhāne samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya jhānasampayuttaṃ [PTS Page 288] [\q 288/] pītiṃ khayato vayato sammasati, tassa vipassa nākkhaṇe lakkhaṇapaṭivedhena asammohato pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ paṭisambhidāya: - "dīghaṃ assāsavasena cittassa ekaggataṃ avikkhepaṃ pajānato sati upaṭṭhitā hoti, tāya satiyā tena ñāṇena sā pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti, dīghaṃ passāsavasenarassaṃ assāsavasena-rassaṃ passāsavasena- sabbakāya paṭisaṃvedī assāsapassāsavasena-passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assāsapassāsavasena cittassa ekaggataṃ avikkhepaṃ pajānato sati upaṭṭhitā hoti, tāya satiyā tena ñāṇena sā pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti. Āvajjanato sā pīti paṭisaṃveditā hoti, jānato passato paccavekkhato cittaṃ adhiṭṭhahato saddhāya adhimuccato viriyaṃ paggaṇhato satiṃ

[SL Page 213] [\x 213/]
Upaṭṭhāpayato cittaṃ samādahato paññāya pajānato abhiññeyaṃ abhijānatopariññoyyaṃ parijānato-pahātabbaṃ pajahatobhāvetabbaṃ bhāvayatosacchikātabbaṃsacchikaroto sā pīti paṭisaṃviditā hoti. Evaṃ sā pīti paṭisaṃviditā hotīti. Eteneva nayena avasesapadānipi atthato veditabbāni. Idaṃ panettha visesamattaṃ tinṇaṃ jhānānaṃ vasena sukhapaṭisaṃvadito catunnampi vasena cittasaṅkhārapaṭisaṃveditā veditabbā. Citta saṅkhārāti vedanādayo dve khandhā, sukhapaṭisaṃvedi pade panettha vipassanābhūmudassanatthaṃ "sukhanti dve sukhāni kāyikañca sukhaṃ cetasikañcā"ti paṭisambhidāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Passambhayaṃ cittasaṅkhāranti oḷārikaṃ oḷārikaṃ cittasaṅkhāraṃ passambhento, nirodhentoti attho. So vitthārato kāyasaṅkhāre vuttanayeneva vedi tabbo. Apicettha pītipade pītisīsena vedanā vuttā, sukhapade sarūpeneva vedanā, dvīsu cittasaṅkhārapadesu saññā ca vedanā ca cetasikā ete dhammā cittapaṭibaddhā cittasaṅkhārāti vacanato saññāsampayuttā [PTS Page 289] [\q 289/] vedanāti evaṃ vedanānupassanānayena idaṃ catukkaṃ bhāsitanti veditabbaṃ. Tatiyacatukkepi catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ vasena cittapaṭisaṃveditā veditabbā. Abhippamodayaṃ cittanti cittaṃ modento pamodento hāsento pahāsento assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhati tattha dvīhākārehi abhippamodo hoti, samādhivasena ca vipassanāvasena ca. Kathaṃ samādhivasena? Sappītike dve jhāne samāpajjati, so samāpattikkhaṇe sampayuttapītiyā cittaṃ āmodeti pamodeti. Kathaṃ vipassanāvasena? Sappītike dve jhāne samāpajjitvā vūṭṭhāya jhānasampayuttapītiṃ khayato vayato sammasati, evaṃ vipassanākkhaṇe jhānasampayuttaṃ pītiṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā cittaṃ āmo deti pamodeti. Evaṃ paṭipanno abhippamodayaṃ cittaṃ assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhatīti vuccatī. Samādahaṃ cittanti paṭhamajjhānādivasena ārammaṇe cittaṃ samaṃ ādahanto samaṃ ṭhapento, tāni vā pana jhānāni samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya jhānasampayuttaṃ cittaṃ khayato vayato sammasato vipassanākkhaṇe lakkhaṇa paṭivedhena uppajjati khaṇikacittekaggatā, evaṃ uppannāya khaṇikavittekaggatāya vasenapi ārammaṇe cittaṃ samaṃ ādahanto samaṃ ṭhapento samādahaṃ cittaṃ assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhatīti vuccati. Vimocayaṃ cittanti paṭhamajjhānena nīvaraṇehi cittaṃ mocento vimocento. Dutiyena vitakkavicārehi, tatiyena pītiyā, catutthena sukhadukkhehi cittaṃ mocento vimocento, tāni vā pana jhānāni samāpajjatvā vuṭṭhāya jhāna sampayuttaṃ cittaṃkhayato vayato sammasati, so vipassanākkhaṇe aniccānupassanāya niccasaññato cittaṃ mocento vimo

[SL Page 214] [\x 214/]

Cento, dukkhānupassanāya sukhasaññato, anattānupassanāya attasaññāto, nibbidānupassanāya nandito, virāgānupassanāya rāgato, nirodhānupassanāya samudayato, paṭinissaggānupassanāya ādānato cittaṃ mocento vimocento assasaticeva passa sati ca, tena vuccati vimocayaṃ [PTS Page 290] [\q 290/] cittaṃ assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhatīti. Evaṃ cittānupassanāvasena idaṃ catukkaṃ bhāsitanti veditabbaṃ. Catutthacatukke pana aniccānupassiti ettha tāva aniccaṃ veditabbaṃ, aniccatā veditabbā, aniccānupassanā veditabbā, aniccānupassī veditabbo. Tattha aniccanti pañcakkhandhā. Kasmā? Uppādavayañññathattabhāvā. Aniccatāni tesaṃ yeva uppādavayaññathattaṃ hutvā abhavo vā nibbattānaṃ tenevākārena aṭhatvā khaṇbhaṅgena śedoti attho. Aniccānupassanāti tassā aniccatāya vasena rūpādisu aniccanti anupassanā. Aniccānupassīti tāya anupassanāya samannāgato. Tasmā embhuto assa santo ca passasanto ca idha aniccānupassī assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhatīti veditabbo. Virānupassīti ettha pana dve virāgā, khayavirāgo ca accantavirāgo ca. Tattha khayavirāgoti saṅkhārānaṃ khaṇhaṅgo. Accantavirāgoti nibbāṇaṃ. Virāgānu passanātatadubhayadassanavasena pavattā vipassanā ca maggo ca tāya duvidhāyapi anupassanāya samannāgato hutvā assasanto ca passasante ca virāgānupassī assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhatīti veditabbo, nirodhānupassī padepi esevanayo. Paṭinissaggānupassīti etthāpi dve paṭinissaggā, pariccāgapaṭinissaggo ca pakkhanda na paṭinissaggo ca. Paṭinissaggo yeva anupassanā paṭinissaggānupassanā, vipassanāmaggānaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vipassanā hi tadaṅgavasena saṭṭhiṃ khandhābhisaṅkhārehi kilese pariccajati, saṅkhatadosa dassanena ca tabbiparīte nibbāṇe tanninnatāya pakkhandatīti pariccāgapaṭinissaggo ceva pakkhandanapaṭinissaggoti ca vuccati. Maggo samucchedavasena saṭṭhiṃ khandhābhisaṅkhārehi kilese pariccajati. Ārammaṇakaraṇenaca nibbāṇe pakkhandatīti pariccāga paṭinissaggoceva pakkhandanapaṭinissaggoti ca vuccati, ubhayampi pana purimapurima ñāṇānaṃ anuanupassanato anupassanāti vuccati. [PTS Page 291] [\q 291/] tāya duvidhāyapi paṭinissaggānupassanāya samannāgato hutvā assa santo ca passasanto ca paṭinissaggānupassī assasissāmi passasissāmīti sikkhatīti veditabbo. Idaṃ catuttha catukkaṃ suddhavipassa nāvaseneva vuttaṃ, purimāni pana tīṇi samathavipassanāvasena. Evaṃ catunnaṃ catukkānaṃ vasena soḷasavatthukāya ānāpāna satiyā bhāvanā veditabbā. Evaṃ soḷasavatthuvasena ca pana ayaṃ ānāpānasati mahapphalā hoti mahanisaṃsā. Tata;ssā "ayampi kho bhikkhave ānāpānasatisamādhi bhāvito bahulīkatosanto ceva

[SL Page 215] [\x 215/]

Paṇītocā[a]"ti ādivacanato santabhāvādivasenapi mahānisaṃsatā veditabbā, vitakkūpacchedasamatthatāyapi. Ayaṃ hi santapaṇīta asecanakasukhavihārattā samādhi antarāyakarānaṃ vitakkānaṃ vasena itocito ca cittassa vidhāvanaṃ viccinditvā ānāpānārammaṇābhimukhameva cittaṃ karoti. Tena vuttaṃ: -"ānāpānasati bhāvetabbā vitakkūpacchedāyā[b]"ti. Vijjāvumuttipāripūriyā mūla bhāvenāpi cassā mahānisaṃsatā veditabbā. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ bhagavatā: -" ānāpānasati bhikkhave bhāvitā bahulīkatā cattāro satipaṭṭhāne paripūreti, cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvitā bahulīkatā sattabojjhaṅge paripūrenti, sattabojjhaṅgā bhāvitā pahulīkatā vijjāvumuttiṃ paripūrentī[c]"ti. Apica carimakānaṃ assāsa passāsānaṃ viditabhāvakaraṇatopissā mahānisaṃsatā veditabbā. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ bhagavatā: - "evaṃ bhāvitāya kho rāhula ānāpānasatiyā evaṃ bahulīkatāya yepi te carimakā assāsapassāsā tepi viditāva nirujjhanti, no aviditā[d]"ti tattha nirodhavasena tayo carimakā, bhavacarimakā jhānacarimakā cuticarimakāti. Bhavesu hi kāma bhave assāsapassāsā pavattanti, rūpārūpabhavesu nappavattanti, tasmā te bhavacarimakā. Jhānesu purime jhānattaye pavattanti, catutthe nappavattanti, tasmā te jhānacarimakā. Ye pana cuti cittassa purato [PTS Page 292] [\q 292/] soḷasamena cittena saddhiṃ uppajjitvā cuti cittena saha nirujjhanti, ime cuticarimakānāma. Ime cuticarimakā idha carimakāti adhippetā. Ime kira imaṃ kammaṭṭhānamanuyuttassa bhikkhuno ānāpānārammaṇassa suṭṭhupariggahitattā cuticittassa purato soḷasamassa cittassa uppādakkhaṇe uppādaṃ āvajjayato uppādopi nesaṃ pākaṭo hoti, ṭhitiṃ āvajjayato ṭhitipi nesaṃ pākaṭā hoti, bhaṅgaṃ āvajjayatobhaṅgopi nesaṃ pākaṭo hoti. Ito aññaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvetvā arahattaṃ pattassa bhikkhuno hi āyu antaraṃ paricchinnaṃ vā hoti, aparicchinnaṃ vā. Idaṃ pana soḷasavatthukaṃ ānāpānasatiṃ bhāvetvā arahattaṃpatta bhikkhuno āyu antaraṃ paricchinnameva hoti, so ettakaṃ dāni me āyusaṅkhārā pavattissanti, na ito paranti ñatvā attano dhammatāya eva sarīrapaṭijaggananivāsanapārupanādīni sabbaniccānī katvā akkhīni nimmīleti kobaṭapabbatavihāravāsī tissatthero viya, mahā karañjiyavihāravāsī mahātissatthero viya, devaputtaraṭṭhe piṇḍa pātikatthero viya, cittalapabbatavihāravāsino dvebhātikattherā viya ca. Tatrīdaṃ ekavatthuparidīpanaṃ: dvebhātikattherānaṃ kireko puṇṇamuposathadivase pātimokkhaṃ osāretvā bhikkhu saṅghaparivuto attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā caṅkhamaṇe ṭhito candālokaṃ

[A.] Saṃyutta ni. [B.] Aṅguttara ni [c.] Saṃ, ni, ānāpāna saṃ. [D.] Majjhima ni. Rāhulovāda su.

[SL Page 216] [\x 216/]

Oloketvā attano āyusaṅkhāre upadhāretvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ āha: tumhehi kathaṃ parinibbāyantā bhikkhū diṭṭhapubbāti. Tata; keci āhaṃsu: amhehi āsane nisinnakāva parinibbāyantā diṭṭha pubbāti. Keci amhehi ākāse pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā nisinnakāti. Thero āha: ahaṃ dāni vo caṅkamantameva parinibbāya mānaṃ dassessāmīti tato caṅkame lekhaṃ katvā ahaṃ ito caṅkamanakoṭito parakoṭiṃ gantvā nivattamāno imaṃ lekhaṃ patvāva parinibbāyissāmīti vatvā caṅkamaṃ oruyha parabhāgaṃ gantvā nivatta māno ekena pādena lekhaṃ akkantakakhaṇe yeva parinibbāyī. [PTS Page 293] [\q 293/]

Tasmā bhave appamatto anuyuñjetha paṇḍito
Evaṃ anekānisaṃsaṃ ānāpānasatiṃ sadāti.

Idaṃ ānāpanasatiyaṃ vitthārakathāmukhaṃ.

Ānāpānasatiyā anantaraṃ uddiṭṭhaṃ pana upasamānussatiṃ bhāvetukāmena yogavacarena rahogatena patisallinena "yāvatā bhikkhave dhammā saṅkhatā vā asaṅkhatā vā virāgo tesaṃ dhammānaṃ agga makkhāyati yadidaṃ madanimmadano pipāsavinayo ālayasamugghāto vaṭṭu pacchedo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbāṇaṃ "[a]ti evaṃ sabbadukkhūpasamasaṅkhātassa nibbāṇassa guṇā anussaritabbā. Tattha yāvatāti yattakā. Dhammāti sabhāvā. Saṅkhatā vā asaṅkhatāvāti saṅgamma samāgamma paccayehi katā vā akatā vā. Virāgo tesaṃ dhammānaṃ aggamakkhāyatīti tesaṃ saṅkhatāsaṅkhatadhammānaṃ virāgo aggamakkhāyati seṭṭho uttamoti vuccati. Tattha virāgoti na rāgābhāvamattameva. Atha kho yadidaṃ madanimmadano pipāsavinayo ālayasamugghāto vaṭṭu pacchedo taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodo nibbāṇanti yo so madanimmadanoti ādīni nāmāni asaṅkhatadhammo labhati, so virāgoti paccetabbo. So hi yasmā taṃ āgamma sabbepi mānamada purisamadādayo madā nimmadā amadā honti vinassanti, tasmā madanimmadanoti vuccati. Yasmā ca taṃ āgamma sabbāpi kāmapipāsā vinayaṃ abbhatthaṃ yāti, tasmā pipāsavinayoti vuccati. Yasmā pana taṃ āgamma pañcakāmaguṇālayā samugghāṃ gacchanti, tasmā ālaya samugghātoti vuccati. Yasmā ca taṃ āgamma tebhūmakaṃ vaṭṭaṃ upacchijti, tasmā vaṭṭupacchedoti vuccati. Yasmā pana taṃ āgamma sabbaso taṇhakkhayaṃgacchati virajjati nirujjhati caga tasmā taṇhakkhayo virāgo nirodhoti vuccati. Yasmā panesa catasso yoniyo pañcagatiyo sattaviññāṇaṭṭhitiyo nava vānanti laddhavohārāya taṇhāya nikkhanto nissaṭo visaṃ

[A.] Aṅguttara ni. 4. Nipāta. Aggappasādasu.

[SL Page 217] [\x 217/]

Yutto, tasmā nibbāṇanti [PTS Page 294] [\q 294/] vuccatīti. Evametesaṃ madanimmadana tādīnaṃ guṇānaṃ vasena nibbāṇasaṅkhāto upasamo anussara tabbo. Ye vā panaññepi bhagavatā "asaṅkhatañca vo bhikkhave desissāmi, saccañca pārañca sududdasañca ajarañca dhuvañca nippa pañcañca amatañca sivañca khemañca abbhutañca anītikadva abyāpajjadva visuddhidva dipadva tāṇadva lenañca vo bhikkhave desissāmī"ti ādisu suttesu upasamaguṇā vuttā, tesampi vasena anussari tabboyeva. Tassevaṃ madanimmadanatādiguṇavasena upasamaṃ anussarato neva tasmaṃ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, ujugatamevassa tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ hoti. Upasamaṃ ārabbhāti buddhānussati ādisu vuttanayeneva vikkhamhita nīvaraṇassa ekakkhaṇe jhānaṅgāni uppajjanti. Upasamaguṇānaṃ pana gambhīratāya nānappakāraguṇānussaraṇādhimuttatāya vā appanaṃ appatvā upacārappattameva jhānaṃ hoti, tadetaṃ upasamaguṇānussaraṇavasena upasamānussaticceva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Cha anussatiyo viya ca ayampi ariyasāvakasseva ijjhati. Evaṃ santepi upasamagarukena puthujjanenāpi manasikātabbā. Sutavasenapihi upasame cittaṃ pasīdati. Imadva pana upasamānussatimanuyutto bhikkhu sukhaṃ supati, sukhaṃ paṭibujjhati, santindriyo hoti santamānaso hirottappasamannāgato pāsādiko paṇītādhimuttiko sabrahmacārīnaṃ garu ca bhāvaniyo ca, uttariṃ appaṭivijjhantogati panaparāyaṇo hotī.

Tasmā bhave appamatto bhāvayetha vicakkhaṇo,
Evaṃ anekānisaṃsaṃ ariye upasame satinti.

Idaṃ upasamānussatiyaṃ vitthārakathāmukhaṃ.

Iti sādhujanapāmojjatthāya kate visuddhimagge samādhibhāvanādhikāre

Anussati kammaṭṭhāna niddeso nāma

Aṭṭhamo paricchedo. [PTS Page 295] [\q 295/]

[SL Page 218] [\x 218/]

9.

Brahmavihāra niddeso.

Anussatikammaṭṭhānānantaraṃ uddiṭṭhesu pana mettā karuṇā mudutā upekkhāti imesu catusu brahmavihāresu mettaṃ bhāvetu kāmena tāva ādikammikena yogāvacarena upacchinnapaḷibodhena gahitakammaṭṭhānena bhattakiccaṃ katvā bhattasammadaṃ paṭi vinodetvāvivitte padese supaññatte āsane sukhanisinnena ādito tāva dose ādīnavo khantiyaṃ ca ānisaṃso paccavekkhi tabbo. Kasmā? Imāya hi bhāvanāya doso pahātabbo, khanti adhigantabbā. Na ca sakkā kiñci adiṭṭhādīnavaṃ pahātuṃ aviditāni saṃsaṃ vā adhigantuṃ, tasmā "duṭṭho kho āvuso dosena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto pāṇampi hantī[a]"ti ādīnaṃ vasena dose ādīnavo daṭṭhabbo. "Khantī paramaṃ tapo titikkhā nibbāṇaṃ paramaṃ vadanti buddhā. [B] khantī balaṃ balānīkaṃ tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ[c] khantyā bhīyyo na vijjatī[d]"ti ādīnaṃ vasena khantiyaṃ ānisaṃso veditabbo. Athevaṃ diṭṭhādīnavato dosato cittaṃ vivecanatthāya viditānisaṃsāya ca khantiyā saṃyojanatthāya mettā bhāvanā ārabhitabbā. Ārabhantena ca āditova puggalabhedo1 jānitabbo: - imesu puggalesu mettā paṭhamaṃ bhāvetabbā, [PTS Page 296] [\q 296/] imesu neva bhāvetabbāti. Ayaṃ hi mettā appiyapuggale atippiyasahāyake majjhatterīpuggaleti imesu catusu paṭhamaṃ na bhāvetabbā, liṅgavisabhāge odhiso na bāvetabbā, kālakate na bhāvetabbāva. Kiṃ kāraṇā appiyādipu paṭhamaṃ na bhāvetabbā? Appiyaṃ hi piyaṭṭhāne ṭhapento kilamati, atippiyasahāyakaṃ majjhatte ṭhāne ṭhapento kilamati, appamattakepi cassa dukkhe uppanne ārodanākārappatto viya hoti, mañjhattaṃ garuṭṭhāne ca piyaṭṭhāne ca ṭhapento kilamati, veriṃ samanussa rato kodho uppajjati, tasmā appiyādisu paṭhamaṃ na bhāvetabbā. Liṅgavisabhāge pana tamevaārabbha odhiso bhāventassa rāgo uppajjati. Aññataro kira amaccaputto kulupagattheraṃ pucchi: - 'bhante kattha mettā bhāvetabbā'ti. Thero 'piyapuggale'ti āha. Tassa ca attano bhariyā piyā hoti. So tassaṃ mettaṃ bhāvento sabbarattiṃ bittiyuddhamakāsi. Tasmā liṅgavisabhāge odhiso na bhāvetabbā. Kālakato pana bhāvento neva appanaṃ, na upacāraṃ pāpuṇāti. Aññataro kira daharabhikkhu cariyaṃ ārabbha mettaṃ ārabhi, tassa mettā nappavattatī. So

1. Puggaladosā- katthaci. [A.] Aṅguttarani. [B.] Dhammapada. Buddhava. [C.] Dhammapada. Brāhmaṇava.
[D.] Saṃyu. Ni

[SL Page 219] [\x 219/]

Mahātherassa santikaṃ gantvā bhante paguṇāva me mettājhāna samāpatti, na ca naṃ samāpajjituṃ sakkomi, kiṃ nu kho kāraṇanti āha, thero 'nimittaṃ āvuso gavesāhī'ti āha. So gave santo ācariyassa matabhāvaṃ ñatvā aññaṃ ārabbha mettāyanto samāpattiṃ appesi. Tasmā kālakate na bhāvetabbāva. Sabba paṭhamaṃ pa'ahaṃ sukito homi niddukkho'ti vā 'avero avyāpajjo anīgho. Sukhī attānaṃ pariharāmī'ti vā evaṃ punappuna attani yeva bhāvetabbā. Evaṃ sante yaṃ vibhaṅge vuttaṃ "kathañca bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ dīsaṃ eritvā viharati? Seyyathāpi nāma ekaṃ puggalaṃ piyaṃ manāpaṃ disvā mettā yeyya, evameva sabbe satte mettāya eratī"ti. Yañca paṭasambhidāyaṃ "katamehi pañcahākārehi anodhiso pharaṇāmettā cetovimutti bhāvetabbā? Sabbe sattā averā hontu avyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe pāṇā averā hontu avyāpajjā anīghā sukhīattānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe [PTS Page 297] [\q 297/] bhūtā averā hontu avyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu"ti ādi vuttaṃ. Sabbe puggalā averā hontu avyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantū"ti, sabbe attabhāvapariyāpannā averā avyāpajjā anīghā sukhī atānaṃ paraharantū"ti ādi vuttaṃ. Yañca mettasutte "sukhino vā khemino hontu sabbe sattābhavantu sukhitattā"ti ādi vuttaṃ, taṃ virujjhati. Na hi tattha attani bhāvanā vuttāti ce, tañca na virujjhati. Kasmā? Taṃhi appanāva sena vuttaṃ, idaṃsakkhibhāvavasena. Sacepihi vassasataṃ vassa sahassaṃ vā 'ahaṃ sukhito homī'ti ādinā nayena attani mettaṃ bhāveti, nevassa appanā uppajjati. 'Ahaṃ sukhito homī'ti bhāvayato pana 'yathā ahaṃ sukhakāmo dukkhapaṭikkūlo ca, evaṃ aññepi sattā'ti attānaṃ sakkhiṃ katvā aññasattesu hitasukhakāmatā uppajjati. Bhagavatāpi ca: -

"Sabbā disā anuparigamma cetasā nevajjhagā piyataramattanā kvaci, evaṃ piyo puthu attā paresaṃ tasmā na hiṃse paraṃ attakāmo[a]"ti

Vadatā ayaṃ nayo dassitova. Tasmā sakkhibhāvatthaṃ paṭhamaṃ attānaṃ mettāya eratvātadanantaraṃ sukhappavattanatthaṃ yvāssa piya mānapo garu bhāvanīyo ācariyo vā ācariyamatto vā upajjhāyo vā upajjhāyamatto vā tassa dānapiyavacanādīni piya manāpattakāraṇāni sīlasutādīni garubhāvanīyattakāraṇāni ca anussaritvā 'esa puriso sukhī hotu niddukkho'ti ādinā nayena mettā bhāvetabbā. Evarūpe ca puggale kāma appanā sampajjati. Iminā pana bhikkhunā tāvatakeneva tuṭṭhiṃ anā pajjitvā sīmāsambhedaṃ kattukāmena tadanantaraṃ atippiyasahāyake atippiyasahāyakato majjhatte majjhattato verīpuggale mettā bhāvetabbā. Bhāventena ca ekekasmiṃ koṭṭhāse muduṃ kammaniyaṃ cittaṃ katvā tadanantare1 upasaṃharitabbā. Yassa

[A.] Saṃyu. Ni. Kosalasaṃ. 1. Sīga tadanantare tadanantare.

[SL Page 220] [\x 220/]

Pana verīpuggalo vā natthi, mahāpurisajātikattā vā anatthaṃ karontepi pare verīsaññā nūppajti, tena 'majjhatte me mettacittaṃ kammaniyaṃ jātaṃ idani naṃ veramhi upasaṃharāmī'ti vyāpāro [PTS Page 298] [\q 298/] na kātabbo. Yassa pana atthi, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ: "macjhattato verīpuggale mettā bhāvetabbā"ti. Sace panassa verimhi cittaṃ upasaṃharato tena katāparādhānussaraṇena paṭighaṃ uppajjati, athānena purimapuggalesu yattha katthaci punappuna mettaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhahitvā punappuna taṃ puggalaṃ mettā yantena paṭighaṃ paṭivinodetabbaṃ. Sace evampi vāyamato na nibbāti, atha: -

"Kakacūpamaovāda ādinaṃ anusārato
Paṭighassa pahāṇāya ghaṭitabbaṃ punappunaṃ. "

Tañca kho iminā ākārena attānaṃ ovadanteneva are! Kujjhanapurisa! Nanu vuttañca bhagavatā "ubhato daṇḍakena cepi bhikkhave kakacena corā ocarakā aṅgamaṅgāni okanteyyuṃ, tatrāpi yo mano padūseyya na me so tena sāsanakaro[a]"ti ca.

"Tasseva tena pāpiyo yo kuddhaṃ paṭikujjhati,
Kuddhaṃ appaṭikajjhanto saṅgāmaṃ jeti dujjayaṃ.

Ubhinnamatthaṃ carati attano ca parassa ca,
Paraṃ saṃkupitaṃ ñatvā yo sato upasammatī"[b]ti ca.

"Sattime bhikkhave dhammā sapattakantā sapattakaraṇā kodhanaṃ āgacchanti ittiṃ vā purisaṃ vā. Katame satta? Idha bhikkhave sapatto sapattassa evaṃ icchati: - "aho vatāyaṃ dubbaṇṇo assā"ti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Na bhikkhave sapatto sapattassa vaṇṇavatāya nandati. Kodhanāyaṃ bhikkhave purisa puggalo kodhābibhuto kodhapareto. Kiñcāpi so hoti sunahāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu odātavatthavasano! Atha kho so dubbaṇṇova hoti kodhābibhūto. Ayaṃ bhikkhave paṭhamo dhammo sapattakanto sapattakaraṇo kodhanaṃ āgacchati itthiṃ vā purisaṃ vā. Punacaparaṃ bhikkhave sapatto sapattassa evaṃ icchati: -"aho vatāyaṃ dukkhaṃ saseyyā"ti taṃ kissa hetu? Na bhikkhave sapatto sapattassa vaṇṇavatāya nandati. Kodhanāyaṃ bhikkhave purisa puggalo kodhābibhuto kodhapareto. Kiñcāpi so hoti sunahāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu odātavatthavasano! Atha kho so dukkhassaṇṇova hoti kodhābibhūto. Aho vatāya pacurattho assā"ti assā"ti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Na bhikkhave sapatto sapattassa vaṇṇavatāya nandati. Kodhanāyaṃ bhikkhave purisa puggalo kodhābibhuto kodhapareto. Kiñcāpi so hoti sunahāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu odātavatthavasano! Atha kho so pacuratthova hoti kodhābibhūto. Aho vatāyaṃ na bhogavā assā"ti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Na bhikkhave sapatto sapattassa vaṇṇavatāya nandati. Kodhanāyaṃ bhikkhave purisa puggalo kodhābibhuto kodhapareto. Kiñcāpi so hoti sunahāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu odātavatthavasano! Atha kho so bhogavaṇṇova hoti kodhābibhūto. Aho vatāyaṃ na yasavā assā"ti taṃ kissa hetu? Na bhikkhave sapatto sapattassa vaṇṇavatāya nandati. Kodhanāyaṃ bhikkhave purisa puggalo kodhābibhuto kodhapareto. Kiñcāpi so hoti sunahāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu odātavatthavasano! Atha kho so yasavaṇṇova hoti kodhābibhūto. Aho vatāyaṃ "na mittavā assā"ti taṃ kissa hetu? Na bhikkhave sapatto sapattassa vaṇṇavatāya nandati. Kodhanāyaṃ bhikkhave purisa puggalo kodhābibhuto kodhapareto. Kiñcāpi so hoti sunahāto suvilitto kappitakesamassu odātavatthavasano! Atha kho so mittavaṇṇova hoti kodhābibhūto. [PTS Page 299 [\q 299/] ']na kāyassabhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃlokaṃ uppajjeyyā"ti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Na bhikkhave sapatto sapattassa lugatigamane nandati. Kodhanāyaṃ bhikkhave purisapuggalo kodhābhibhūto kodhapareto kāyena duccaritaṃ

[A.] Majjhimani kakacūpamasutta. [B.] Saṃyuttani.

[SL Page 221] [\x 221/]

Carati, vācāya, manasā duccaritaṃ carati, so kāyena duccaritaṃ caritvā, vācāya, manasaja duccaritaṃ caritvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ uppajjati kodhābhibhuto[a]"ti ca. "Seyyathāpi bhikkhave chavālātaṃ ubhato padittaṃ majjhe guthagataṃ neva gāme kaṭṭhattaṃ erati, na araññe kaṭṭhatthaṃ erati, tathūpamāhaṃ bhikkhave imaṃ purisapuggalaṃ vadāmī"ti cāti. So dāni tvaṃ evaṃ kujjhanto naceva bhagavato sāsanakaro bhavissasi, paṭi kujjhanto ca kuddhapurisatopi pāpiyo hutvā na dujjayaṃ saṅgāmaṃ jessasi, sapattakaraṇe ca dhamme attanāva attano karissasi, chavālātūpamo bhavissasīti. Tassevaṃ ghaṭato vāyamato sace taṃ paṭighaṃ vūpasammati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce vūpasammatī, atha yo yo dhammo tassa puggalassaupasanto hoti parisuddhoanussariyamāno pasādaṃ āvahati, taṃ taṃ anussaritvā āghāto paṭivine tabbo. Ekaccassa hi kāyasamācārova upasanto hoti, upasantabhāvo cassa bahuṃ vattapaṭivattaṃ karontassa sabbajanena ñāyati. Vacīsamācāramanosamācārā pana avupasantā honti, tassa te acintetvā kāyasamācāravūpasamoyeva anussaritabbo. Ekaccassa vacīsamācārova upasanto hoti, upasantabhāvo cassa sabbajanena ñāyati. So hi pakatiyā ca paṭisatthārakusalo hoti sakhīlo sukhasambhāso samammodako uttānamukho pubbabhāsī madhu rena sarena dhammaṃ osāreti, parimaṇḍalehi padabyañjanehi dhamma kathaṃ katheti. Kāyasamācāramanosamācārā pana arpasantā honti, tassa te acintetvā vacīsamācāravūpasamo yeva anussari tabbo. Ekaccassa manosamācāroca upasanto hoti, upasantabhāvo cassa cetiyavavdanādisu sabbajanassa pākaṭo hoti. Yo hi avupasantacitto hoti, so cetiyaṃ vā bodhiṃ vā there vā vandamāno na sakkaccaṃ vandati, dhammasavaṇamaṇḍale [PTS Page 300] [\q 300/] vikkhitta citto vā pavalāyanto vā nisīdati. Upasantacitto pana okappetvā sakkaccaṃ vandati, ohitasoto aṭṭhikatvā kāyena vā vācāya vā cittappasādaṃ āvikaronto dhammaṃ suṇāti. Iti ekaccassa manosamācārova upasanto hoti, kāyavacīsamācārā arupasantā honti. Tassa teacintetvā manosamācāravūpasamoyava anussaritabbo. Ekaccassa pana imesu tīsu dhammesu ekopi avupasanto hoti, tasmiṃ puggale "kiñcāpi esadāni manussaloke carati, atha kho katipāhassa accayena aṭṭhamahā nirayasoḷasaussadanirayaparipūrako bhavissatī"ti kāruññaṃ upaṭṭhapetabbaṃ. Kāruññampihi paṭicca āghāto vūpasammati. Ekaccassa tayopime dhammā vūpasantā honti, tassa yaṃ yaṃ icchati taṃ taṃ

[A.] Aṅguttarani. Sattakanipāta

[SL Page 222] [\x 222/]

Anussaritabbaṃ. Tādiso hi puggale na dukkarā hoti mettā bhāvanāti. Massa catthassaāvībhāvatthaṃ " pañcime āvuso āghāta paṭivinayā yattha bhikkuno uppanno āghāto sabbaso paṭivine tabbo"ti idaṃ pañcakanipāte āghātapaṭivinayasuttaṃ vitthāre tabbaṃ. Sace panassa evampi vāyamato āghāto uppajjati yeva athānena evaṃ attā ovaditabbo: -

"Attano visaye dukkha kataṃ te yadi verinā,
Kiṃ tassā visaye dukkhaṃ sacitte kattumicchasi?

Bahūpakāraṃ hitvāna ñātivaggaṃ rudammukhaṃ
Mahānatthakaraṃ kodhaṃ sapattaṃ na jahāsi kiṃ?

Yāni rakkhasi sīlāni, tesaṃ mūlanikantanaṃ
Kodhaṃ nāmūpalālesi, ko tayā sadiso jaḷo?

Kataṃ anariyaṃ kammaṃ parena iti kujjhasi,
Kinnu tvaṃ tādisaṃ yeva so sayaṃ kattumicchasī?

Rosetukāmo yadi taṃ amanāpaṃ paro karī,
Dosuppādena tasseva kiṃ pūresi manorathaṃ?

Dukkhaṃ tassa ca nāma tvaṃ kuddho kāhasi vā navā,
Attanaṃ panidāneva kedhadukkhena bādhasi?

Kodhandhā ahitaṃ maggaṃ ārūḷhā yadi verino,
Kasmā tuvampi kujjhanto tesaṃ yevānusikkhasi?

Yaṃ dosaṃ tava nissāya sattunā appiyaṃ kataṃ,
Tameva dosaṃ chindassu kimaṭṭhāne vihaññasi?
[PTS Page 301] [\q 301/]
Khaṇikattā ca dhammānaṃ yehi khandhehi te kataṃ,
Amanāpā niruddhā te, tassa dānīdha kujjhasi?

Dukkhaṃ karoti yo yassa, taṃ vinā kassa so kare,
Sayampi dukkhahetuttamiti kiṃ tassa kujjhasī"ti?

Sace panassa evaṃ attānaṃ ovadatopi paṭighaṃ neva vūpa sammati, athānena attano ca parassa ca kammassakatā paccavekki tabbā. Tattha attano tāva evaṃ paccavekkitabbā: -"amśo tvaṃ tassa kuddho kiṃ karissasi? Nanu taveva cetaṃ dosanidānaṃ kammaṃ anatthāya saṃvattissati? Kammassako hi tvaṃ kammadāyādo kamma yoni kammabandhu kammapaṭisaraṇo, yaṃ kammaṃ karissasi tassa dāyādo bhavissasi, idañca te kammaṃ neva sammāsambodiṃ na paccekabodhiṃ na sāvakabhumiṃ na brahmatta sakkatta cakkavatti padesarajjādi sampattīnaṃ aññataraṃ sampattiṃ sādhetuṃ samatthaṃ, atha kho sāsa

[SL Page 223] [\x 223/]

Nato vāvetvā mighāsādādibāvassa ceva nerayikādi dukkhavisesā nañca te saṃvattanikamidaṃ kammaṃ, so tvaṃ idaṃ karonto ubhohi hatthehi vītaccike vā aṅgāre guthaṃ vā gahetvā paraṃ paharitukāmo puriso viya attānameva paṭhamaṃ dahasi ceva duggandhañca karosī"ti. Evaṃ attano kammassakataṃ pacca vekkhitvā parassapi evaṃpaccavekkitabbā: - "esopi tava kujjhitvā kiṃ karissati? Nanu etassevetaṃ anatthāya saṃvattissati? Kammassako hi ayamāyasmā kammadāyādo kamma yoni kammabandhu kammapaṭisaraṇo, yaṃ kammaṃ karissati tassa dāyādo bhavissati, idaṃ cassa kammaṃ neva sammāsambodhiṃ na pavcekabodhiṃ na sāvakabhumiṃ na brahmatta sakkatta cakkavatti padesarajjādismapattīnaṃ aññatarasampattiṃ sādhetuṃ samatthaṃ, atha kho sāsanato cāvetvā vighāsādādibhāvassa ceva nerayikādidukkha visesānañcassa saṃvattanikamidaṃ kammaṃ, svāyaṃ idaṃ karonto pamivāte ṭhatvā paraṃ rajena okiritukāmo puriso viya attāna meva okiratī"ti. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ bhagavatā: -

"Yo appaduṭṭhassa narassa dussati
Suddhassa posassa anaṅgaṇassa, [PTS Page 302] [\q 302/]
Tamevabālaṃ pavceti pāpaṃ
Sukhumo rajo paṭivātaṃva khitto[a]"tī.

Sace panassa evaṃ kammassakatampi paccavekkhato neva vūpa sammati, athānena satthu pubbacariyaguṇā paccavekkhitabbā. 1 Tatrāyaṃ paccavekkhaṇānayo: - "amho pabbajita! Nanate satthā pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddho bodhisattopi samāno cattāri asaṅkheyyāni kappasatasassañca pāramiyo pūrayamāno tattha tattha vadhakesupi paccatthikesu cittaṃ nappadūsesi. Seyyathīdaṃ? Sīlava jātake tāva attano kadaviyā paduṭṭhena pāpaamaccena ānītassa paṭirañño tiyojanasataṃ rajjaṃ gaṇhantassa nisedhanatthāya vuṭṭhitānaṃ amaccānaṃ āvudhampi chupituṃ nādāsi. Puna saddhiṃ amacca sahassena āmakasusāne gaḷappamāṇaṃ bhūmiṃ khaṇitvā nikhañña māno cittappadosamattampi akatvā kuṇapakhādanatthaṃ āgatānaṃ sigālānaṃ paṃsuviyūhaṇaṃ nissāya purisakāraṃ katvā paṭiladdhajivito yakkhānubhāvena attano sirigabbhaṃ oruyha sirisayane sayitaṃ paccatthikaṃ disvā kopaṃ akatvava aññamaññaṃ sapathaṃ katvā taṃ mittaṭṭhāne ṭhapayitvā āha: -

Āsiṃsetheva puriso, na nibbindeyya paṇḍito,
Passāmi vohaṃ attānaṃ yathā icchiṃ tathā ahu[b]"nti.

[A.] Saṃyuttani. [B.] Jātakapālī. Silavajātaka. 1. Ma. Anussaritabbā.

[SL Page 224] [\x 224/]

Khantivādijātake dummedhena kāsiraññā " kiṃ vādi tvaṃ samaṇā"ti puṭṭho "khantivādināmāha"nti" vutte sakaṇṭakāhi kasāhi tāḷetvā hattha pādesu chijjamānesu kopamattampi na akāsi. Anacchariyañcetaṃ yaṃ mahallako pabbajjūpagato evaṃ kareyya, culladhammapālajātake pana uttānaseyyakopi samāno: -

"Candanarasānulittā bāhā chijjanti dhammapālassa,
Dāyādassa pathavyā pāṇā me deva rujjhantī[a]"tī.

Evaṃ vippalapamānāya mātuyā pitarā mahāpatāpena nāma raññā vaṃsakalīresu viya catusu hatthapā desu chedāpitesu, [PTS Page 303] [\q 303/] tāvatāpica tuṭṭhiṃ anāpajjitvā "sīsamassa chindathā"ti āṇatte, "ayaṃ dāni te citta sanniggaṇhaṇakālo, 1 idāni ambho dhammapāla sīsacchedaṃ āṇāpake pitari, sisacchedake purise, paridevamānāya mātari, attani vāti imesu catusu samacitto hohī"ti daḷhasamādānaṃ adhiṭṭhāya paduṭṭhākāramattampi na akāsi. Idañcāpi anacchariyameva yaṃ manussabhūto evamakāsi, tiracchānabhutopi pana chaddanto nāma vārano hutvā visapītena sallena nābhiyaṃ viddhopi tāva anattha kārimhi luddake cittaṃ nappadūsesi. Yathāha: -

"Samappito putusallena nāgo
Aduṭṭhacitto luddakaṃ ajjhabhāsi:

Nimatthiyaṃ kissa vā samma hetu
Mamaṃ vadhī kassa vāyaṃ payogo"ti

Evaṃ vatvā ca kāsirañño mahesiyā "tava dantānamatthāya pesitomhi bhadante"ti vutte tassa manorathaṃ pūrento chabbaṇṇaraṃsiniccharaṇasamujjalitacārusobhe attano dante chtvo adāsi. Mahākapi hutvā attanā yeva pabbatapapātato uddhaṭena purisena: -

"Bhakkho ayaṃ manussānaṃ yathevaññe vane migā,
Yannūnimaṃ vadhitvāna chāto khādeyya vānaraṃ.

Asitova gamissāmi maṃsamādāya sambalaṃ,
Kantāraṃ nittharissāmi, pātheyyaṃ me bhavissatī[b]"ti.

Evaṃ cintetvā silaṃ ukkhipitvā matthake sampadāḷite assu puṇṇehi nettehi taṃ purisaṃ udikkhamāno: -

"Māyyosi me bhadante tvaṃ tuvaṃ namedisaṃkari,
Tvaṃ khosi nāma dīghāvu aññaṃ vāretumarahasī"ti.

[A.] Jātakapāli. Culladhammapālajātaka, [b.] Jātakapāli. Mahākapijātaka. 1. Ma. Cittapariggaṇahanakālo.

[SL Page 225] [\x 225/]

Vatvā tasmiṃ purise cittaṃ appadūsetvā attano ca dukkhaṃ acintetvā tameva purisaṃkhemantabhumiṃ sampāpesi. Bhūridatto nāma nāgarājā hutvā uposathaṅgāni adiṭṭhāya [PTS Page 304] [\q 304/] vammikamuddhani sayamano kappuṭṭhānaggisadisena osadhena sakalasarīre siccamānopi, peḷāya pakkhipitvā sakalajambudīpe kīḷāpiyamānopi tasmiṃ brāhmaṇe manopadosamattampi na akāsi. Yathāha: -

"Peḷāya pakkhipantepi maddantepi ca pāṇinā
Ālambaṇe1 na kuppāmi sīlakhaṇḍabhayā mamā"[a]ti.

Campeyyopi nāgarājā hutvā ahitunḍikena viheṭhiyamāno manopadosamattampi na uppādesi. Yathāha: -

"Tadāpi maṃ dhammacāriṃ upavuttha uposathaṃ
Ahitunḍiko gahetvāna rājadvāramhi kīḷati.

Yaṃ so vaṇṇaṃ cintayati nīlaṃ pītañca lohitaṃ,
Tassa cittānuvattanto homi cintitasantibho.

Thalaṃ kareyya udakaṃ, udakampi thalaṃ kare,
Yadihaṃ tassa pakuppeyyaṃ, khaṇena chārikaṃ kare.

Yadi cittavasī hessaṃ, parihāyissāmi sīlato,
Sīlena parihīnassa uttamattho na sijjhatī"[b]"ti.

Saṅkhapālanāgarājā hutvāpi tikhīṇāhi sattīhi aṭṭhasu ṭhānesu ovijkditvā pahāramukhehi sakaṇṭakalatāyo pavesetvā nāsāya daḷhaṃ rajjuṃ pakkhipitvā soḷasahi bhojaputtehi kājenādāya vuyhamāno dharanitale nighaṃsiyamānasarīro mahantaṃ dukkhaṃ pacca nubhonto kujjhitvā olokitamatteneva sabbe bhojaputte bhasmaṃ kātuṃ samatthopi samāno cakkhuṃ ummīletvā paduṭṭhākāra mattampi na akāsi. Yathāha: -

"Cātuddasiṃ pañcadasiñcaḷāra uposataṃ niccamupāvasāmi,
Athāgamuṃ soḷasa bhojaputtā rajjuṃ gahetvāna daḷhañcapāsaṃ.

Bhetvāna nāsaṃ atikassa2 rajjuṃ nayiṃsu maṃ samparigayha3 oddā,
Etādisaṃ dukkhamahaṃ titikkhiṃ uposathaṃ appaṭikopayanto"[b]ti. [PTS Page 305] [\q 305/]

Nakevalañca etanaiva aññānipi mātuposakajātakādisu anekāni accariyāni akāsi. Tassate idāni sabbaññutā pattā, sadevake loke kenaci appaṭisamakhantiguṇaṃ taṃ bhagavantaṃ satthāraṃ apadisato paṭighacittaṃ nāma uppādetuṃ ativiya ayuttamappatirūpanti. Sace panassa evaṃ satthu pubbacariyaguṇaṃ

[A.] Jātakapāli. Bhūridatta. [B.] Jātakapāli. Saṅghapāla. 1. Magha alampāne. 2. Atikaḍḍha. (Katthaci) 3. Sampaṭiggayha. Jātakaṭṭhakathā. [F. E, Vol. V. P. 173.]

[SL Page 226] [\x 226/]

Paccavekkhatopi dīgharattaṃ kilesānaṃ dāsavyaṃ upagatassa neva taṃ paṭighaṃ vūpasammati. Athānena anamataggiyāni paccavekkhi tabbāni. Tata;hi vuttaṃ: - " na so bhikkhave satto suḷabharūpo yo na matābhūtapubbo, yo na pitā bhūtapubbo, yo na bhātā, yo na bhaginī, yo na putto, yo na dhītā bhūtapubbā"ti. Tasmā tasmiṃ puggale evaṃ cittaṃ uppādetabbaṃ: -"ayaṃ kira me atīke mātā hutvā dasamāse kucchinā pariharitvā muttakarīsa kheḷa siṅghāṇikādīni haricandanaṃ viya ajigucchamānā apanetvā ure naccā pentī1 aṅkena pariharayamānā posesi; pitā huvā ajapatha saṅgūpathādini gantvā vaṇijjaṃ payojayamāno mayhaṃ atthāya jivi tampi pariccajitvā ubhato byūḷhe saṅgāme pavisitvā nāvāya mahā samuddaṃ pakkhandatvā aññāni ca dukkarasatāni katvā puttakaṃ posessāmīti tehi tehi upāyehi dhanaṃ saṃharitvā maṃ posesi. Bhātā-bhaginiputto- dhītā ca hutvā idañcidañca upakāraṃ akāsīti, tata; me nappatirūpaṃ manaṃ padūsetu"nti. Sace pana evampi cittaṃ kibbāpetuṃ na sakkoti yeva, athānana evaṃ mettānisaṃsā paccavekkitabbā: - " hambho pabbajita! Nanu vuttaṃ bhagavatā: "mettāya bhikkhave ceto vumuttiyā āsevitāya bhāvitāya bahulī katāyatthuka yānikatāyatāya anuṭhitāya paricitāya susamāraddhāya ekādasānisaṃsā paṭikaṅkhā. Katame ekādasa? Sukhaṃ supati sukhaṃ paṭibujjhati, na pāpakaṃ supinaṃ passati, manussānaṃ piyo hoti, amanussānaṃ piyo hoti, devatā rakkhanti, nāssa aggi vā visaṃ vā satthaṃvā kamati, travaṭaṃ cittaṃ samādhiyati, mukhavaṇṇo vippasī dati, asammuḷho kālaṃ karoti, uttariṃ appaṭivijjhanto brahma lokupago [PTS Page 306] [\q 306/] hotī[a]"ti. Sace tvaṃ idaṃ cittaṃ na nibbāpessasi, imehi ānisaṃsehi paribāhiro bhavissasī"ti. Evampi nibbāpessasi, imehi ānisaṃsehi paribāhiro bhavissasī"ti. Evampi nibbāpetuṃ asakkontena pana dhātuvinibbhogo kātabbo. Kathaṃ? "Hambho pabbajita! Tvaṃ etassa kujjhamāno kassa kujjhasi, ki kesānaṃ kucjhasi, udāhu lomānaṃ, nakhānaṃ kujjhasi? Dantāṃ kujjhasi? Taconaṃ kujjhasi? Maṃsānaṃ kujjhasi? Nahārūnaṃ kujjhasi? Aṭṭhinaṃ kujjhasi?, Aṭṭhimiñjānaṃ kujjhasi? Vakkānaṃ kujjhasi?, Hadayānaṃ kujjhasi? Yakanānaṃ kujjhasi?, Kilomakānaṃ kujjhasi? Pihakānaṃ kujjhasi? Papphāsānaṃ kujjhasi? Antānaṃ kujjhasi? Antaguṇānaṃ kujjhasi?, Udariyānaṃ kujjhasi?, Karīsaṃ kujjhasi?, Pittānaṃ kujjhasi?, Semhānaṃ kujjhasi?, Pubbonaṃ kujjhasi?, Lohitānaṃ kujjhasi? Sedonaṃ kujjhasi? Medonaṃ kujjhasi?Assunaṃ kujjhasi?, Vasānaṃ kujjhasi?, Khelo kujjhasi?, Siṅghānikānaṃ kujjhasi? Lasikānaṃ kujjhasi? Muttassa kujjhasi? Atha vā pana kesādisu paṭhavīdhātuyā kujjhasi, āpodhātuyā, tejo dhātuyā, vāyodhātuyā kujjhasi, ye vā pañcakkhavdhe dvādasāyata nāni aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo upādāya ayamāyasmā itthannāmoti vuccati, tesu kiṃ rūpakkhandhassa kujjhasi, adāhu vedanā - saññā- saṅkhāra - viññāṇakkhandhassa kujjhasi? Kiṃ vā cakkhāyatanassa kujjhasi, kiṃ rūpāyatanassa kujjhasi? Saddāyatanassa kujjhasi, gandhāyatanassa kujjhasi, rasāyatanassa kujjhasi, phoṭṭhabbāyatanassa kujjhasi? Manāyatanassa kujjhasi, kiṃ dhammāyatanassa kujjhasi, kiṃ vā cakkhudhātuyā kujjhasi, kiṃ rūpadhātuyā, kiṃ cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā kiṃ dhammadhātuyā, kiṃ manoviññāṇadhātuyā"ti. Kiṃ sotaviññāṇadhātuyā kiṃ sotaviññāṇadhātuyā, kiṃ saddha viññāṇadhātuyā"ti. Kiṃ ghānaviññāṇadhātuyā kiṃ gandhadhātuyā, kiṃ ghānaviññāṇadhātuyā. Kiṃ jivhāviññāṇadhātuyā, kiṃ rasadhātuyā, kiṃ jivhāviññāṇadhātuyā, kiṃ kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā, kiṃ phoṭṭhabba dhātuyā, kiṃ kāyaviññāṇadhātuyā, ki mano dhātuyā, kiṃ dhammadhātuyā, kiṃ manoviññāṇadhātuyā"ti. Evaṃ hi dhātuvinibbhogaṃ karoto

1. Nacchādento. [A.] Aṅguttarani. Mettasutta.

[SL Page 227] [\x 227/]

Āragge sāsapassa viya ākāse cittakammassa viya ca kodhassa patiṭṭānaṭṭhānaṃ nahoti. Dhātuvinibbhogaṃ pana kātuṃ asakkonetana dānasaṃvibhāgo kātabbo. Attano santakaṃ parassa dātabbaṃ, parassa santakaṃ attanā gahetabbaṃ. Sace pana paro bhinnājivo hoti aparibhogārahaparikkhāro, attanā santakameva dātabbaṃ. Tassevaṃkaroto ekanteneva tasmiṃ puggale āghāto vūpasammati, itarassa ca atītajātito paṭṭhāya anubaddhopi kodho taṃ khaṇaññeva vūpasammati, cittalapabbata vihāre tikkhattuṃ uṭṭhāpitasenāsanena piṇḍapātikattherena ayaṃ bhante aṭṭhakahāpaṇagghanako patto mama mātarā upāsikāya dinno dhammiyo lābho mahāupāsikāya puññalābhaṃ karo thāti vatvā dinnaṃ pattaṃ laddha mahātherassa viya. Evaṃ mahānubhāvaṃ hetaṃ dānaṃ nāma.

Vuttampi cetaṃ: -

"Adantadamanaṃ dānaṃ dānaṃ sabbatthasādhakaṃ,
Dānena piyavācāya unnamanti samanticā"ti. [PTS Page 307] [\q 307/]

Tassevaṃ verīpuggale vūpasantapaṭighassa yathā piyātippiyasahā yakamajjhattesu evaṃ tasmimpimettāvasena cittaṃ pavattati. Athanena punappuna mettāyantena attani piyapuggalemajjhatte veripuggalati catusu janesu samacittataṃ sampā dentena sīmāsambhedo kātabbo. Tassidaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ: - sace imasmiṃ puggale piya majjhatta verīhi saddhiṃ attacatuṭhthe ekasmiṃ padese nisinne corā āganatvā " bhante ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ amhākaṃ dethā"ti vatvā "kiṃ kāraṇā"ti vutte "māretvā gaḷalohitaṃ gahetvā balikaraṇatthāyā"ti vadeyyuṃ, tatra ceso bhikkhu " asukaṃ vā asukaṃ vā gaṇhantu"ti cinteyya, akatova hoti sīmā sambhedo. Sacepi " maṃ gaṇhantu, mā ime tayo"ti cinteyya akatova hoti sīmāsambhedo. Kasmā yassa yassahi gahaṇaṃ icchati tassa tassa ahitesī hoti, itaresaṃ yeva hitesī hoti. Yadā pana catunnaṃ janānamantare empi corānaṃ dātabbaṃ na passati, attani ca tesu ca tīsu samameva cittaṃ pavatteti, katova hoti sīmāsambhedoti.

Tenāhu porāṇā: -

"Attani hitamajjhatte ahite ca catubbidhe
Yadā passati nānattaṃ hitacittova pāṇinaṃ.

Na nikāmalābhi mettāya kusalīti pavuccati,
Yadā catasso sīmāyo sambhinnā honti bhikkhuno.

[SL Page 228] [\x 228/]

Samaṃ erati mettāya sabbaṃ keṃ sadevakaṃ,
Mahāviseso purimena yassa sīmā na ñāyatī"ti.

Evaṃ sīmāsambhedasamakālameva ca iminā bhikkhunā nimittañca upacārañca laddhaṃ hoti. Sīmāsambhede pana kate tameva nimittaṃ āsevanto bhāvento pahulīkaronto appakasire neva paṭhavīkasiṇe vuttanayeneva appanaṃ pāpuṇāti. Ettāva tānena adhigataṃ hoti pañcaṅgavippahīnaṃ pañcaṅgasamannāgataṃ tividhakalyāṇaṃ dasalakkhaṇasampannaṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ mettāsahagataṃ, adhigate ca tasmiṃ tadeva nimittaṃ āsevanto bhāvento bahulī karonto anupubbena catukkanaye dutiya tatiyajjhānāni [PTS Page 308] [\q 308/] pañcakanaye dutiyatatiyacatutthajjhānāni ca pāpuṇāti. So paṭha majjhānādīnaṃ aññataravasena mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ dīsaṃ eritvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthiṃ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettā sahagatena cetasā vupilena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyāpajjena eritvā viharati. Paṭhamajjhānādivasena appanāppattacittasseva hi ayaṃ vikubbanā sampajjati. Etthaca mettā sahagatenāti mettāya samannāgatena; cetasāti cittena; ekaṃ disanti (ekaṃ) ekissā disāya paṭhamapariggahitaṃ sattaṃ upādāya ekadisāpariyāpannasattapharaṇavasenavuttaṃ. Eritvāti phūsitvā ārammaṇaṃ katvā; viharatīti brahmavihārādhiṭṭhitaṃ iriyāpatha vihāraṃ pavatteti. Tathā dutiyanti yathāpuratthimādisu disāsu yaṃ kiñci ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tatheva tadanantaraṃ dutiyaṃ tatiyaṃ catutthiñcāti attho. Iti uddhanti yathāpuratthimādisu disāsu yaṃ kiñci ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tatheva tadanantaraṃ dutiyaṃ tatiyaṃ catutthiñcāti attho. Iti uddhanti eteneva nayena uparimaṃ disanti vuttaṃ hoti, adho tiriyanti eteneva nayena uparimaṃ disanti vuttaṃ hoti, adho tiriyanti adhodisampi, tiriyaṃ disampi. Evamevaṃ tattha ca adhoti heṭṭhā, tiriyanti anudisā, evaṃ sabba disāsu assamaṇḍale assamiva mettāsahagataṃ cittaṃ sāretipi paccāsāretipīti ettāvatā ekamekaṃ disaṃ pariggahetvā odhiso mettāpharaṇaṃ dassitaṃ. Sabbadhīti ādi pana anodhiso dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ: - tattha sabbadhīti sabbattha, sabbattatāyātī sabbesu hīnamajjhimukkaṭṭhamittasapattamajjhattādippabhedesu attatāya, ayaṃparasattoti vibhāgaṃ akatvā attasamatāyāti vuttaṃ hotī. Athavā, sabbattatāyātisabbena cittabhāgena, 1 īsakampi bahi avikkhippamānoti vuttaṃ hoti. [PTS Page 309] [\q 309/] sabbāvantanti sabbasattavantaṃ, sabbasattayuttanti attho. Lokanti sattalokaṃ, vipulenāti evamādipariyāyadassanato panettha puna mettāsahagatenāti vuttaṃ, yasmā vāettha odiso pharaṇe viya puna tathā saddo iti saddo vā na vutto, tasmā puna mettāsahagatena

1. Cittabhāvena- (sammoha)

[SL Page 229] [\x 229/]

Cetasāti vuttaṃ, nigamavasena vā etaṃ vuttaṃ. Vipulenāti ettha ca pharaṇavasena vipulatā daṭṭhabbā. Bhūmivasena pana etaṃ mahaggataṃ paguṇavasena ca appamāṇasattārammaṇavasena ca appamāṇaṃ, vyāpāda paccatthikappahānena averaṃ, domanassappahānato abyāpajjaṃ, niddukkhanti vuttaṃ hoti. Ayaṃ mettā sahagatena cetasāti ādinā nayenavuttāya vikubbanāya atthe. Yathācāyaṃ appanāppattacittasseva vikubbanā sampajjati. Tathā yampi paṭisambhidāyaṃ" pañcahākārehi anodhiso pharaṇā mettāceto vimutti. Sattahākārehi odhiso pharaṇā mto cetovimutti, dasahākārehi disāpharaṇā mettācetovimuttī"ti vuttaṃ, tampi appanāppattacittasseva sampajjatīti veditabbaṃ. Tattha ca sabbe sattā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe pāṇā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe bhūtā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe puggalā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe attabhāvapariyā pannā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu"ti imehi pañcahākārehi anodhiso pharanā mettā cetovimutti veditabbā. "Sabbā itthiyo averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe purisā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe purisā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe ariyā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe anariyā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe devā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe manussā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe vinipātikā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu"ti. Imehi sattahākārehi odhiso pharaṇā mettācetovimutti veditabbā. "Sabbe puratthimāya disāya sattā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe pacchimāya disāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe uttarāya disāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe dakkhiṇāya disāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe puratthimāya anudisāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe pacchimāya anudisāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe uttarāya anudisāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe [PTS Page 310] [\q 310/] dakkhiṇāya anudisāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe heṭṭhimāya disāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe uparimāya disāya sattā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe puratthimāya disāya pāṇā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe puratthimāya bhūtā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe puggalā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe attabhāvapariyāpannā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbā puratthimāya disāya itthiyo averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe purisā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe ariyā anariyā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe devā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe manussā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe vinipātikā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbe averā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbā pacchimāya disāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbā uttarāya disāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbā dakkhiṇāya disāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbā puratthimāya anudisāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbā pacchimāya disāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbā uttarāya disāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbā dakkhiṇāya anudisāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbā heṭṭhimāya disāya averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, sabbā uparimāya disāya itiyo averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu, vinipātikā averā abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu"ti imehi dasahākārehi dusāphaeṇā mettā cetovimutti veditabbā. Tattha sabbeti anavasesapariyādāna metaṃ, sattāti rūpādisu khavdhesu chandarāgena sattā visattāti sattā, vuttaṃ hetaṃ bhagavatā: "rūpe kho rādha yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā, tatra satto tatra visatto tasmā satto[a]"ti vuccati. Vedanāya -saññāya. Saṅkhāresu - viññāṇe yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā, tatra satto tatra visatto tasmā sattoti vuccatī[a]"ti. Rūḷhisaddena pana vītarāgesupi ayaṃ vohāro vattati yeva, vilīvamayepi vījanivisese

[A.] Saṃyu. Ni. Rādhasutta.

[SL Page 230] [\x 230/]

Tālavaṇṭavohāro viya. Akkharacintakā pana atthaṃ avicāretvā nāmamattametanti icchanti, yepi atthaṃ vicārenti, te satta yogena sattāti icchanti. Pāṇanatāya pāṇā, assāsapassāsā yattavuttitāyāti attho. Bhūtattā bhūtā. Abhinibbattattāti attho. Punti vuccati nirayo, tasmiṃ galantīti puggalā, gacchantīti attho. Attabhāvo vuccati sarīraṃ khandhapañcakameva vā, taṃ upādāya paññattimattasambhāvato tasmiṃ attabhāve pariyāpannāti attabhāvapariyāpannā. Pariyāpannāti pariccinnā, antogadhātiattho. Yathā ca sattāti vacanaṃ, evaṃ sesānipi rūḷhivasena āropetvā sabbānevetāni sabbasattavevacanānīti veditabbāni. Kāmañca [PTS Page 311] [\q 311/] aññānipi "sabbe jantu sabbe jivā"ti ādīni sabbasattavevacanāni atthi, pākaṭavasena pana imāneva pañca gahetvā pañcahākārehi anodhiso pharaṇā mettā cetovimuttīti vuttaṃ. Ye pana sattā pānātiādīnaṃ na kevalaṃ vacanamattatova atha kho atthatopi nānāttameva iccheyyuṃ, tesaṃ anodhiso pharanā virujjhati. Tasmā tathā atthaṃ agahetvā imesu pañcasu ākāresu aññataravasena ano dhiso mettā pharitabbā. Ettha ca " sabbe sattā averā hontū"tī ayamekā appanā, "abyāpajjā hontu"ti ayamekā appanā. Abyāpajjā[a]ti vyābādharahitā. "Anīghā hontu"ti ayamekā appanā, anīghāti niddukkhā. "Sukhī attānaṃ pariharantu"ti ayamekā appanā. Tasmā imesupi padesu yaṃ yaṃ pākamaṃ hoti tassa tassa vasena mettā pharitabbā. Iti pañcasu ākāresu catunnaṃ appanānaṃ vasena anodhiso pharaṇe vīsati appanā honti odhiso pharaṇe pana sattasu ākāresu catunnaṃ vasena aṭṭhavīsati. Ettha ca "itthiyo purisā"ti liṅgavasena vuttaṃ; ariyā anariyāti ariyaputhujjanavasena, ' devā manussā vinipātikā'ti uppattivasena. Disāpharaṇe pana 'sabbe puratthimāya disāya sattā'ti ādinā nayena ekamekissā disāya vīsati vīsati katvā dvesatāni; 'sabbā puratthimāya disāya itthiyo'ti ādinā nayena ekamekissā disāya aṭṭhavīsati aṭṭhavīsati katvā asīti dve satānīti cattārisatāni asīti caappanā, iti sabbānipi paṭisambhidāyaṃ vuttāni aṭṭhavīsādhikāni pañca appanāsatānīti. Iti etāsu appanāsu yassa kassaci vasena mettaṃ cetovimuttiṃ bhāvetvā ayaṃ yogāvacaro 'sukhaṃ supatī'ti ādinā nayena vutte ekādasānisaṃse paṭilabhati. Tattha sukhaṃ supatīti yathā sesajanā samparivattamānā kākācchamānā dukkhaṃ supanti, evaṃ asupitvā sukaṃ supati. Niddaṃ okkantopi samāpattiṃ samāpanno viya hoti. Sukhaṃ paṭibujjhatīti yathā aññe nitthunantā vijambhantā samparivattantā dukkhaṃ paṭibujjhanti, evaṃ apaṭi

[A.] Abyāpajjhā (katthaci)

[SL Page 231] [\x 231/]

Bujjhitvā vikasamānamiva padumaṃ sukaṃ nibbikāraṃ paṭibujjhati [PTS Page 312] [\q 312/] na pā pakaṃ supitaṃ passatīti supinaṃ passantopi bhadrakameva supinaṃ passati, cetiyaṃ. Vandanto viya pūjaṃ karontoviya dhammaṃ suṇanto viya ca hoti. Yathā panaññe attānaṃ corehi samparivāritaṃ viya vāḷehi upaddutaṃ viya papāte patannaṃ viya ca passanti, na evaṃ pāpakaṃ supinaṃ passati. Manussānaṃ piyo hotīti ure āmuttamuttāhāro viya sīle piḷandhamālā viya ca manussānaṃ piyo hoti manāpo. Amanussānaṃ piyo hotīti yatheva ca manussānaṃ, evaṃ amanussānampi piyo hoti visā khatthero viya. So kira pāṭalīputte kumumbiyo ahosi. So tattheva masamāno assosi: -"tambapaṇṇidīpo kira cetiyamālā laṅkato kāsāvapajjoto icchiticchitaṭṭhāne yevettha sakkā nisīdituṃ vā nipajjituṃ vā utusappāyaṃ senāsanasappāyaṃ puggala sappāyaṃ dhammasavaṇasappāyanti sabbamettha sulabha"nti. So attano bhogakkhandhaṃ puttadārassa nīyādetvā dasante baddhena ekakahāpaṇeneva gharā nikkhamitvā samuddatīre nāvaṃ udikkha māno ekamāsaṃ vasi. So vohārakusalatāya imasmiṃ dvāre bhaṇḍaṃ kiṇitvā amukasmiṃ vikkiṇanto dhammikāya vaṇijjāya tenevantaramāsena sahassaṃ abhisaṃhari. Anupubbena mahā vihāraṃ āgantvā pabbajjaṃ yāci. So pabbājanatthāya simaṃ nīto taṃ sahassatthavikaṃ ovaṭṭikantarena bhūmiyaṃ pātesi, ' ki meta'nti ca vutto 'kahāpaṇasahassaṃ bhante'ti vatvā "upāsaka pabbajita kālato paṭṭhāya na sakkā vicāretuṃ, idāneva naṃ vicārehī"ti vutto 'visākhassa pabbajjaṭṭhānaṃ āgatā mā rittahatthā gamiṃsū'ti muñcitvā sīmāmālake vippakiritvā pabbajitvā upasampanno. So pañcavasso hutvā dve mātikā paguṇaṃ katvā pavartaivā attano sappāyaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā ekekasmiṃ vihāre cattāro māse katvā samavattavāsaṃ vasamāno cari. Evaṃ carimāno ca: -

" Vanantare ṭhito thero visākho gajjamānako
Attano guṇamesanto imamatthaṃ abhāsatha:

Yāvatā upasampanno, yāvatā idha māgato
Etthantare khalitaṃ natthi, aho lābhā te mārisā"ti. [PTS Page 313] [\q 313/]

So cittalapabbatavihāraṃ gacchanto dvedhāpathaṃ patvā "ayaṃ nukho maggo udāhu aya"nti cintayanto aṭṭhāsi; athassa pabbate adhivatthā devatā hatthaṃ pasāretvā 'esa maggo'ti dassesi. So cittalapabbata vihāraṃ gantvā tattha cattāro māse vasitvā 'paccūse gamissāmī'ti cintetvā nipajji. Caṅkamasīse maṇilarukkhe adhivatthā devatā sopānaphalake nisiditvā parodi.

[SL Page 232] [\x 232/]

Thero 'ko eso'ti āha: 'ahaṃ bhante maṇiliyā'ti. 'Kissa rodasī'ti? 'Tumhākaṃ gamanaṃ paṭiccā'ti. Mayi idha vasante 'tuyhaṃ ko cuṇo'ti? Tumhesu bhante idha vasantesu amanussā añña maññaṃ mettaṃ paṭilabhanti, te dāni tumhesu gatesu kalahaṃ karisasanti duṭṭhullampi kathayissantīti. Thero sace mayi idha vasante tumhākaṃ phāsu vihāro hoti, 'sundara'nti vatvā aññepi cattāro māso tattheva vasitvā puna tatheva gamanacittaṃ uppādesi. Devatāpi puna tatheva parodi, eteneva upāyena thero tattheva vasitvā tatveva parinibbāyīti. Evaṃ mettā vihārī bhikkhu amanussānaṃ piyo hoti. Devatā rakkhantīti puttamiva mātā pitaro devatā rakkhanti. Nāssa aggi vā visaṃ vā satthaṃ vā kamatīti mettā vihārissa kāye uttarāya apāsikāya viya aggivā saṃyuttabhāṇakacūḷasīvattherasseva visaṃ vā saṃkiccasāmaṇerasseva satthaṃ vā na kamati na pavisati, nāssa kāyaṃ vikopetīti vuttaṃ hoti. Dhenuvatthumpi cettha kathayanti: ekā kira dhenuvacchakassa khīradhāraṃ muñcamānā aṭṭhāsi, eko luddako 'taṃ vijjhissāmī'ti hatthena samparivattetvā dighadaṇḍaṃ sattiṃ kīpi. Sā tassā sarīraṃ āhacca tālapaṇṇaṃ viya pavaṭṭamānā gatā. Neva upacārabalena, na appanābalena, kevalaṃ vacchake balavapiyacittatāya; evaṃ mahānubhāvā mettāti. Tuvaṭaṃ cittaṃ samādhiyatīti mettāvihārino khippameva cittaṃ samādhiyati, natthi tassa dandhāyi tattaṃ. [PTS Page 314] [\q 314/] mukha vaṇṇo vippasīdatīti bandhanāpamuttaṃ1 tālapakkaṃ viya cassa vippasannavaṇṇaṃ mukhaṃ hāti. Asammūḷho kālaṃ karotīti mettā vihārino sammohamaraṇaṃ nāma natthi, asammūḷhova niddaṃ okkamanto viya kālaṃ karoti. Uttariṃ appaṭivijjhanto mettā samāpattito uttariṃ arahattaṃ adhigantuṃ asakkonto ito cavitvā suttappabuddoviya brahma lokaṃ upagacchatīti.

Ayaṃ mettābhāvanāya vatthārakathā.

Karunā bhāvetukāmena pana nikkaruṇatāya ādīnavaṃ karuṇāya ca ānisaṃsaṃ paccavekkhitvā karuṇābhāvanā ārabhitabbā. Tañca pana ārabhantena paṭhamaṃ piyapuggalādisuna ārabhitabbā, piyo hi piyaṭṭhāneyeva tiṭṭhati. Atippīyasahāyako atippiyasahāyakaṭṭhāneyeva; majjhatto majjhattaṭṭhāneyeva, appiyo appi yaṭṭhāneyeva, verī veriṭṭhāne yeva tiṭṭhati. Liṅgavisabhāga kālakatā akhettameva. "Kathañca bhikkhu karuṇāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ eritvā viharati? Seyyathāpi nāma ekaṃ puggalaṃ

1. Ma. Bandhanāpavuttaṃ.

[SL Page 233] [\x 233/]
Duggataṃ durūpetaṃ disvā karuṇāyeyya evameva sabbe satte karuṇāya eratī"t vibhaṅge pana vuttattā sabbapaṭhamaṃ tāva kañcideva karuṇāyitabbarūpaṃ paramakicchappattaṃ duggataṃ durū petaṃ kapaṇapurisaṃ chinnahatthapādaṃ1 kapālaṃ purato ṭhapetvā anāphasālāya nipannaṃ hatthapādehi paggharanta nimigaṇaṃ aṭṭassaraṃ karontaṃ disvā "kicchaṃ vatāyaṃ satto āpanno appevanāma imambhā dukkhā mucceyyā"ti karuṇā pavattetabbā. Taṃ ala bhantena sukhitopi pāpakārī puggalo vajjhena upametvā karuṇāyitabbo. Kathaṃ?Seyyathāpi saha bhaṇḍena gahitaṃ coraṃ 'vadhetha na'nti raññā āṇāpitā rājapurisā bandhitvā catukke catukke pahārasatāni dentā āghātanaṃ nenti, tassa manussā khādanīyampi bhojanīyampi mālāgandhavilepanatambūlānipi denti, kicchāpi [PTS Page 315] [\q 315/] so tāni khādanto ceva paribhuñjanto ca sukito bogasamappito viya gacchati, atha kho taṃ neva koci 'sukito ayaṃ mahābhogo'ti maññati. "Aññadatthu ayaṃ varāko idānimarissati yaṃ yadeva hi ayaṃ padaṃ nikkhipati tena tena santikeva maraṇassa hotī"ti taṃ jano karuṇāyati, evameva karuṇā kammaṭṭhānikena bhikkhunā sukhitopi puggalo evaṃ karuṇāyitabbo. "Ayaṃ varāko kiñcāpi idāni sukhito susajjito bhoge paribhuñcati, atha kho tīsu dvāresu ekenāpi katassa kalyāṇakammassa abhāvā idāni apāyesu anappakaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedissatī"ti. Evaṃ taṃ puggalaṃ karuṇāyitvā tatoparaṃ eteneva upāyena piya puggale tato majjhatte tato verimhīti anukkamena karuṇā pavattetabbā. Sace panassa pubbe vuttanayeneva verimhi paṭighaṃ uppajjati. Taṃmettāya vuttanayeneva vūpasametabbaṃ. Yopi cettha katakusalo hoti. Tampi ñāti roga bhogavyasanā dīnaṃ aññatarena vyasanena samannāgataṃ disvā vā sutvā vā tesampi abhāve vaṭṭadukkhaṃ anatītattā ' dukkhitova ayaṃ'nti evaṃ sabbathāpi karuṇāyitvā vuttanayeneva 'attani piyapuggale majjhatte verimhī'ti catusu janesu sīmāsambhedaṃ katvā taṃ nimittaṃ āsevantena bhāventena bahulīkarontena mettāya vuttanayeneva tikacatukkajjhānavasena appanā vaḍḍhetabbā. Aṅguttaraṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana paṭhamaṃ verīpuggalo karuṇāyitabbo, tasmiṃ cittaṃ muduṃ katvā duggato, tato piyapuggalo, tato attāti ayaṃ kamo vutto; so duggataṃ durūpetanti pāḷiyā na sameti. Tasmā vuttanayenevettha bhāvanaṃ ārabhitvā simā sambhedaṃ katvā appanā vaḍḍhetabbā. Tato paraṃ 'pañcahākārehi

1. Ma. Chinnāhāraṃ.

[SL Page 234] [\x 234/]

Anodhiso pharaṇā, sattahākārehi odiso pharaṇā, dasahākārehi disāpharaṇā'ti ayaṃ vikubbanā. Sukhaṃ supatīti ādayo ānisaṃsā ca mettāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbāti.

Ayaṃ karunābāvanāya vitthārakathā. [PTS Page 316] [\q 316/]

Muditābhāvanaṃ ārabantenāpi na paṭhamaṃ piyapuggalādisu ārabhi tabbā. Na hi piyo piyabhāvamatteneva muditāya daṭṭhānaṃ hoti. Pageva majjhattaverino, liṅgavisabhāgakālakatā akhettemeva. Atippiyasahāyako pana siyā padaṭṭhānaṃ, yo aṭṭhakathāyaṃ soṇḍasahāyoti vutto, so hi muditamudutova hoti. Ṭhamaṃ hasitvā pacchā katheti, tasmā so vā paṭhamaṃ muditāya pharitabbo. Piya puggalaṃ vā sukitaṃ sajjitaṃ modamānaṃ disvā vā sutvā vā "modati vatāyaṃ satto aho sādhu hosuṭṭhū"ti muditā uppādetabbā. Imamevahi atthavasaṃ paṭicca vibhaṅge vuttaṃ: - " katañca bhikkhu muditā sahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati? Seyyathāpi nāma ekaṃpuggalaṃ piyaṃ manāpaṃ disvā muduto assa, evameva sabbe satte mudutāya pharatī"ti. Sace pissa so soṇḍasahāyo vā piya puggalo vā atīte sukhito ahosi, sampatipana duggato durūpeto, atītamevassa sukhitabhāvaṃ anussaritvā "esa tīte evaṃ mahābhogo mahāparivāro niccappamudito ahosī"ti tamevassa muditākāraṃ gahetvāmuditā uppādetabbo. "Anāgate vā pana puna taṃ sampattiṃ labhitvā hatthikkhandha assapiṭṭhi suvaṇṇasivikādīhi vicarissatī?Ti anāgatampissa muditākāraṃ gahetvā muditā uppāde tabbā. Evaṃ piyapuggale muditaṃ uppādetvā atha 'majjhatte tato verimhī'ti anuggamena muditā pavattetabbā. Appanāvaḍḍhetabbā. Sace panassa pubbe vuttanayeneva verimhi paṭighaṃ uppajjati, taṃ mettāyaṃ vuttanayeneva vūpasametvā 'imesu ca tīsu attani cā'ti catusu janesu samacittatāya sīmāsambhedaṃ katva taṃ nimittaṃ āsevantena bhāventena bahulīkarontena mettāyaṃ vuttanayeneva tikacatukkajjhānavasena appanā vaḍḍhetabbā. Tato paraṃ 'pañcahākārehi anodhiso pharanā, sattahākārehi īdhiso pharaṇā, dasahākārehi disāpharaṇā'ti ayaṃ vikubbanā. Sukhaṃ supatīti ādayo ānisaṃsā ca mettāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbāti.

Ayaṃ muditābhāvanāya vitthārakathā. [PTS Page 317] [\q 317/]

Upekkhābhāvanaṃ āhabhitukāmena pana mettādisu paṭiladdhatikacatukkajjhānena paguṇatatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhāya 'sukitā hontū'ti ādivasena sattakelāyanamanasikārayuttattāpaṭighā nunayasamīpacārittā somanassayogena oḷārikattā ca purimāsu ādīnavaṃ santabhāvato upekkhāya ānissañca disvā yvāssa1 pakatimajjhattopuggalo, taṃ ajjhupekkhitvā ajjhupekkhitvā upekkhā uppādetabbā, tato piyapuggalādisu. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ: "kathañca bhikkhu upekkhāsahagatenacetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati? Seyyathāpināma ekaṃ puggalaṃ nevamanāpaṃ na amanāpaṃ disvā upekkhako assa, evameva sabbe satte upekkhāya pharatī"ti tasmā vuttanayena majjhattapuggale upekkhaṃ uppādetvā atha 'piyapuggale, tato soṇḍasahāyake, tato verimhī'ti evaṃ ' imesu ca tīsu attani cā'ti sabbatthamajjhattavasena sīmā sambhedaṃ katvā taṃ nimittaṃ āsevitabbaṃ bhāvetabbaṃ bahulīkā tabbaṃ. Tassevaṃ karoto paṭhavīkasiṇe vuttanayeneva catutthajjhānaṃ uppajjati. Kiṃ panetaṃ paṭhavīkasiṇādisu uppanna tatiyajjhānassāpi uppajjatīti? Nūppajjati. Kasmā? Ārammaṇa visabhāgatāya. Mettādisu uppannatatiyajjhānasseva pana uppajjati, ārammaṇasabhāgatāyāti. Tato paraṃ pana vikubbanā ca ānisaṃsapaṭilābo ca ttoyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbāti.

Ayaṃ upekkhābhāvanāya vitthārakathā.

Brahmuttamena kathite brahmavihāre ime iti viditvā,
Bhīyoyā etesu yaṃ pakiṇṇakakathāpi viññeyyā.

Etāsu hi mettā karunā muditā upekkhāsu atthato tāva 'mejjatī'ti= mettā, siniyhatīti attho. 'Mitte vā bhavā, mittassa [PTS Page 318] [\q 318/] vā esā, pavattī'tipi= mettā. 'Paradukkhe sati sādhūnaṃ hadayakampanaṃ karotī'ti = karuṇā. 'Kiṇāti vā paradukkhaṃ hiṃsati vināsetī'ti = karuṇā. 'Kiriyati vā dukkhitesu pharaṇavasena pasāriyatī'ti =karuṇā. 'Modanti' tāya taṃ samaṅgino, sayaṃ vā modati, modanamattameva vā ta'nti= muditā. 'Averā hontuti ādivyāpārappahāṇena majjhattabhāvūpagamanena ca upekkhatī'ti= upekkhā, lakkhaṇādito panettha hitākārappavattilakkhaṇā mettā, hitūpasaṃhārarasā, āghātavinayapaccupaṭṭhānā, sattānaṃ manāpabhāvadassanapadaṭṭhānā. Vyāpādūpasamo etissā sampatti, sinehasambhavo vipatti. Dukkhāpanayanākārappavattilakkhaṇā karuṇā, paradukkhāsahanarasā, avihiṃsā paccupaṭṭhānā, dukkhābhi bhūtānaṃ anāthabhāvadassanapadaṭṭhānā, vihaṃsūpasamo tassā sampatti, sokasambhavo vipatti. Pamodalakkhaṇā muditā, anissāyanarasā, arativighātapaccupaṭṭhānā, sattānaṃ sampattidassanapadaṭṭhānā, arati

1. Ma. Yvāyaṃ

[SL Page 236] [\x 236/]

Vūpasamo tassā sampatti, pahāsasambhavo vipatti, sattesu majjhattākārappavatti lakkhaṇā upekkhā, sattesu samabhāvadassana rasā, paṭighānunayavūpasamapaccupaṭṭhānā, kammassakā sattā te kassa ruciyā sukhitā vā bhavissanti dukkhato vā muccissanti patta sampattito vā na parihāyissantiti evaṃ pavattakammassakatā dassanapadaṭṭhānā, paṭighānunayavūpasamo tassā sampatti, gehasi tāya aññāṇupekkhāya sambhavo vipatti. Catunnampi panetesaṃ brahmavihārānaṃ vipassanāsukhañceva bhavasampatti ca sādhāraṇappa yojanaṃ, vyāpadādipaṭighāto āveṇikaṃ. Byāpādapaṭighātappa yojanā hettha mettā vihiṃsā arati rāgapaṭighātappayojanā itarā. Vuttampi cetaṃ: - " nissaraṇaṃ hetaṃ āvuso byāpādassa yadidaṃ mettā coto vimutti, nissaraṇaṃ hetaṃ āvuso vihe sāya yadidaṃ karuṇā cetomivuttiṃ nissaraṇaṃ hetaṃ āvuso aratiyā yadidaṃ muditā cetovimutti, nissaraṇaṃ hotaṃ āvuso rāgassa yadidaṃ upekkhā cetovimutti, nissaraṇaṃ hetaṃ āvuso rāgassa yadidaṃ upekkhā cetovimuttī"ti. Ekamekassa cettha āsannadūravasena dve dve paccatthikā. Mettābuhmavihārassa hi samīpacāro viyapurisassa sapatto [PTS Page 319] [\q 319/] guṇadassanasabhāgatāya rāgo āsannapaccatthiko, so lahuṃ otāraṃ labhati, tasmā tato suṭṭhu mettā rakkhitabbā. Pabbatādi gahananissito viya purisassa sapatto sabhāgavisabhāgatāya vyāpādo dūrapactthiko, tasmā tato nibbhayena mettāyitabbaṃ, mettāyissati ca nāma kopañca karissatīti aṭṭhānametaṃ. Karuṇābuhmavihārassa "cakkhuvaññeyyānaṃ rūpānaṃ iṭṭhānaṃ kantānaṃ manāpānaṃ manoramānaṃ lokāmisapaṭisaṃyuttānaṃ appaṭilābhaṃ vā appaṭilābhato samanussarato pubbe vā paṭiladdhapubbaṃ atītaṃ niruddhaṃ vipariṇataṃ samanussarato uppajjati demanassaṃ yaṃ evarūpaṃ domanassaṃ idaṃ vuccati gehasitaṃ domanassa"nti ādinā nayena āgataṃ gehasitaṃ domanassaṃ vipattidassanasabhāgatāya āsannapaccatthikaṃ, sabhāgavisabhāgatāya vihiṃsā durapaccatthikā, tasmā tato nibbhayena karuṇāyitabbaṃ. Karuṇañca nāma karissati pāṇiādīhi ca vihe ṭhessatīti aṭṭhānametaṃ. Muditā brahmavihārassa "cakkhuviññeyyānaṃ rūpānaṃ iṭṭhānaṃ kantānaṃ manāpānaṃ manoramānaṃ lokāmisa paṭisaṃyuttānaṃ paṭilābhaṃ vā paṭilābhato samanupassato pubbe vā paṭiladdhapubbaṃ atītaṃ niruddhaṃ vipariṇataṃ samanussarato uppajjati somanassaṃ yaṃ evarūpaṃ somanassaṃ idaṃ vuccati gehasitaṃ somanassa"nti ādinā nayena āgataṃ gehasitaṃ somanassaṃ sampattidassanasabhāgatāya āsannapaccatthikaṃ, sabhāgavisa bhāgatāya arati dūrapaccatthikā, tasmā tato nibbhayena muditā bhāvetabbā. Pamudito ca nāma bhavissati pantasenāsanesuca adhikusalesu dhammesu vā ukkaṇṭhissatīti aṭṭhānametaṃ. Upekkhā

[SL Page 237] [\x 237/]

Brahmavihārassa pana "cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā uppajjati upekkhā bālassa mūḷhassa puthujjanassa anodhajinassa avipākajinassa anādīnavadassāvino assutavato puthujjanasse yā evarūpāupekkhā rūpaṃ sā nātivattati tasmā sā upekkhā gehasitāti vuccatī"ti ādinā nayenāgatā gehasitā aññāṇupekkhā dosaguṇāvicāraṇavasena sabhāgattā āsannapaccatthikā, sabhāgavisabhāgatāya rāgapaṭighā dūrapaccatthikā, tasmā tato nibbhayenaupekkhitabbaṃ. Upekkhissati [PTS Page 320] [\q 320/] ca nāma rajjissati ca paṭihaññissaticāti aṭṭhāna metaṃ. Sabbesampi ca etesaṃ kattukamyatā chando ādi, nīvaraṇādivikkhambhanaṃ majjhaṃ, appanā pariyosānaṃ, paññattidhammavasena eko vā satto aneke vā sattā ārammaṇaṃ, upacāre vā appanāya vā pattāya ārammaṇavaḍḍhanaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ vaḍḍhanakkamo: - yathā hi kusalo kassako kasitabbaṭṭhānaṃ paricchinditvā kasati, evaṃ paṭhamameva ekaṃ āvāsaṃ paricchinditvā tattha sattesu 'imasmiṃ āvāse sattā averā hontu'ti ādinā nayena mettā bhāve tabbā. Tattha cittaṃ muduṃ kammaniyaṃ katvā dve āvāsā paricchindi tabbā, tato anukkamena tayo cattāro pañca cha satta aṭṭha nava dasa ekā racchā upaḍḍhagāmo gāmo janapado rajjaṃ ekā disāti evaṃ yāva ekaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ tato vā pana bhīyyo tattha tattha sattesu mettā bhāvetabbā, tathā karuṇādayoti. Ayamettha ārammaṇavaḍḍhanakkamo. Yathā pana kasiṇānaṃ nissando āruppā, samādhinissando nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ, vipassanānissando phalasamāpatti, samathavipassanānissando nirodhasamāpatti, evaṃ purimabrahmavihārattayanissando ettha upekkhā brahmavihāro. Yathā hi thambhe anussāpetvā tulāsaṅghāṭaṃ anāropetvā na sakkā ākāse kūṭagopānasiyo ṭhapetuṃ, evaṃ purimesu tatiyajjhānaṃ vinā na sakkācatutthaṃ bhāvetunti. Ettha siyā, kasmā panetā mettā karuṇā muditā upekkhā brahmavihārāti vuccanti? Kasmā ca catasso? Ko ca etāsaṃ kamo? Abhidhamme ca kasmā appamaññāti vuttāti? Vuccate: - seṭṭhaṭṭhena tāva niddosabhāvena cettha brahmavihāratā veditabbā, sattesu sammā paṭipattibhāvena hi seṭṭhā ete vihārā, yathā ca brahmāṇo niddosacittā viharanti evaṃ etehi sampayuttā yogino brahmasamāva hutvā viharantīti seṭṭhaṭṭhena niddosabhāvena ca brahmavihārāti vuccanti. [PTS Page 321] [\q 321/] kasmā ca catassoti ādipañhassa pana idaṃ vissajjanaṃ: -

Visuddhimaggādivasā catasso hitādiākāravasā panāyaṃ
Kamo pavattanti ca appamāṇe tā gocare yena tadappamaññā.

[SL Page 238] [\x 238/]

Etāsu hi yasmā mettā vyāpādabahulassa karuṇā vihesābahulassa muditā aratibahulassa upekkhā rāgabahulassa visuddhimaggo, yasmā ca hitūpasaṃhāra ahitāpanayana sampattimodanaanābhogavasena catubbidho yeva sattesu manasikāro, yasmā ca yathā mātā dahara gilāna yobbanappatta sakiccapasutesu catusu puttesu daharassa abhivuddhikāmā hoti, gilānassa gelaññāpanayanakāmā, yobbanappattassa yobbanasampattiyā ciraṭṭhitikāmā, sakiccapasu tassa kismici pariyāye avyāvaṭā hoti, tathā appamaññāvihārike nāpi sabbasattesu mettādivasena bhavitabbaṃ, tasmā ito visuddhi maggādivasā vatassova appavaññā. Yasmā pana catasso petā bhāvetukāmena paṭhamaṃ hitākārappavattivasena sattesu paṭipajji tabbaṃ, hitākārappavattilakkhaṇā ca mettā. Tato evaṃ patthita hitānaṃ sattānaṃ dukkhābhibhavaṃ disvā vā sutvā vā sambhāvetvā vā dukkhāpanayanākārappavattivasena, dukkhāpanayanākārappavatti lakkhaṇā ca karuṇā. Athevaṃ patthitahitānaṃ patthitadukkhāpagamā nañca nesaṃ sampattiṃ disvā sampattipamodanavasena, pamodana lakkhaṇā ca mudutā. Tato paraṃ pana kattabbābhāvato ajjhu pekkhakattasaṅkhātena majjhattākārena paṭipajjitabbaṃ, majjhattā kārappavattilakkhaṇā ca upekkhā. Tasmā ito hitādiākāravasā panāyaṃ paṭhamaṃ mettā vuttā, atha karuṇā muditā upekkhāti ayaṃ kamo veditabbo. Yasmāpana sabbāpetā appamāṇo gocare pavattanti, appamāṇā hi sattā etāsaṃ gocarabhūtā, eka sattassāpi ca ettake padese mettādayo bhāvetabbāti evaṃ pamāṇaṃ agahetvā sakalapharaṇavaseneva pavattāti. Tena vuttaṃ: [PTS Page 322 [\q 322/] -]

"Visuddhimaggādivasā catasso hitādiākāravasā panāyaṃ,
Kamo pavattanti ca appamāṇe tā gocare yena tadappamaññā"ti.

Evaṃ appamāṇagocaratāya ekalakkhaṇāsu cāpi etāsu purimā tisso tikacatukkajjhānikāva honti. Kasmā? Somanassāvippa yogato. Kasmā panāyaṃ somanassena avippayogoti? Domanassasamuṭṭhitānaṃ byāpādādīnaṃ nissaraṇattā. Pacchimā pana avasesaekajjhānikāva. Kasmā? Upekkhā vedanā sampayogato, na hi sattesu majjhattākārappavattā brahmavihārupekkhā upekkhā vedanaṃ vinā vattatīti. Yo panevaṃ vadeyya, yasmā ca bhagavatā aṭṭhakanipāte catusupi appamaññāsu avisesena vuttaṃ " tato tvaṃ bhikkhu imaṃ samādhiṃ savitakkampi savicāraṃ bhāveyyāsi avitakkampi vicāramattaṃ bhāveyyāsi, avitakkampi avicāraṃ bhāveyyāsi, sappīti kampi bhāveyyāsi, nippitikampi bhāveyyāsi, sātasahagatampi bhāveyyāsi, upekkhāsahagatampi bhāveyyāsī"tī tasmā catassopi

[SL Page 239] [\x 239/]

Appamaññā vatukkapañcakajjhānikāti. So māhevantissa vacanīyo. Evaṃ hi sati kāyānupassanādayopi catukkapañcakajjhānikā suyuṃ, vedanānupassanādisu ca paṭhamajjhānampi natthi, pageva dutiyādīni, tasmā vyañjanacchāyāmattaṃ gahetvā mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi, gambhīraṃ hi buddhavacānaṃ, taṃ ācariye payirupāsitvā adhippāyato gahetabbaṃ. Ayaṃ hi tata; adhippāyo: -" sādhu me bhante bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṃ desetu, yamahaṃ bhagavato dhammaṃ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyya"nti evaṃ āyācitadhammadesanaṃ kira taṃ bhikkhuṃ yasmā so pubbepi dhammaṃ sutvā tattheva masati, na samaṇadhammaṃ kātuṃ gacchati, tasmā naṃ bhagavā "evameva panidhekacce moghapurisā mamañceva ajjhesanti dhamme ca bhāsite mamaññeva anubandhitabbaṃ maññantī"ti apasādetvā pana yasmā so arahattassa upanissaya sampanno tasmā naṃ ovadanto [PTS Page 323] [\q 323/] āha " tasmā tiha te bhikkhu evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ ajjhattaṃ me cittaṃ ṭhitaṃ bhavissati susaṇṭhitaṃ nacuppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassantīti evaṃ hi te bhikkhu sikkhitabbaṃ"nti iminā panassa ovādena niyakajjhattavasena cittekaggatāmattomūlasamādhi vutto, tato ettakeneva santuṭṭhiṃ anāpajjitvā evaṃso evaṃ samādhi vaḍḍhetabboti dassetuṃ "yato ko te bhikkhu ajjhattaṃ cittaṃ ṭhitaṃ hoti susaṇṭhitaṃ nacuppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhanti, tato te bhikkhu evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ mettā me cetovimutti bhāvitā bhavissati bahulīkatā yānikatā vatthukatā aṭuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhāti. Evaṃ hi te bhikkhu sikkhitabba"nni evamassa mettāvasena bhāvanaṃ vatvāpuna "yato kho te bhikkhu ayaṃ samādhi evaṃ bhāvito hoti pahulīkato, tato tvaṃ bhikkhu imaṃ mūlasamādhiṃ savitakkampi savicāraṃ bhāveyyāsi avitakkampi vicāramattaṃ bhāveyyāsi, avitakkampi avicāraṃ bhāveyyāsi, sappīti kampi bhāveyyāsi, nippītikampi bhāveyyāsi, sātasahagatampi bhāveyyāsi, upekkhāsahagatampi bhāveyyāsī"tī vuttaṃ. Tassattho: - yadā te bhikkhu ayaṃ mūlasamādhi evaṃ mettāvasena bhāvito hoti, tadā tvaṃ tāvatakenāpi tuṭṭhiṃ anāpajjitvāva imaṃ mūlasamādhiṃ aññesupi ārammaṇesu catukkapañcakajjhānāni pāpayamāno savitakkampi savicāranti ādinā nayena bhāveyyāsīti. Evaṃ vatvā ca puna karuṇādiavasesa brahmavihārapubbaṅgamampissa aññesu ārammaṇesu catukkapañcakajjhānavasena bhāvanaṃ kareyyāsīti dassento "yato kho te bhikkhu ayaṃ samādhi evaṃ bhāvito hoti bahulī kato tato te bhikkhu evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ karuṇā me ceto vimuttī"ti ādimāha.

Evaṃ mettādipubbaṅgamaṃ catukkapañcakajjhānavasena bhāvanaṃ dassetvā puna kāyānupassanādipbbaṅgamaṃ dassetuṃ "yato kho te bhikkhu ayaṃ samādhi evaṃ bhāvitohoti pahulīkato, tato

[SL Page 240] [\x 240/]

Te bhikkhu evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ. Kāye kāyānupassī viharissāmī"ti ādiṃ vatvā "yato kho te bhikkhu ayaṃ samādhi evaṃ bhāvito bhavissati subhāvito, tato tvaṃ bhikkhu yena yeneva gacchasi phāsuññeva gacchasi, yattha yattheva ṭhassi phāsuññeva ṭhassi, yattha yattheva [PTS Page 324] [\q 324/] nisīdissasi phāsuññeva nisīdissasi, yattha yattheva seyyaṃ kappessasi phāsuññeva seyyaṃ kappessasī"ti arahattanikuṭena desanaṃ samāpesi. Tasmā tikacatukkajjhānikāva mettādayo, upekkhā pana avasesaekajjhānikāvāti veditabbā, tatheva ca abhidhamme vibhattāti. Evaṃ tikacatukkajjhānavasena ceva avasesa ekajjhānavasena ca dvidhā ṭhitānampi etāsaṃ subhaparamādivasena aññamaññaṃ asadiso ānubhāvaviseso veditabbo, haliddivasana suttasmiṃ hi etā subhaparamādibhāvena visesetvā vuttā. Yathāha: - "subhaparamāhaṃ bhikkhave mettaṃ cetovimuttiṃ vadāmi, ākāsā nañcāyatanaparamāhaṃ bhikkhave karuṇaṃ cetovimuttaṃ vadāmi, viññānañcāyatanaparamāhaṃ bhikkhave mudutaṃ cetovimuttiṃ vadāmi, ākiñcaññāyatanaparamāhaṃ bhikkhave upekkhaṃ cetovimuttiṃ vadāmī"ti. Kasmā panetā evaṃ vuttāti? Tassa tassa upanissayattā. Mettāvihārissa hi sattā appaṭikūlā henti, athassa appaṭikūla paricayā appaṭikūlesu parisuddhavaṇṇesu nīlādīsu cittaṃupasaṃharato appakasireneva tattha cittaṃ pakkhandati, iti mettā subha vimokkhassaupanissayo hoti na tatoparaṃ, tasmā subhaparamāti vuttā. Karuṇāvihārissa daṇḍābhighātādirūpanimittaṃ pattadukkhaṃ samanupassantassa karuṇāya pavattisambhavato rūpe ādīnavo parividito hoti, athassa parividitarūpādīrūpanimittaṃ pattadukkhaṃ samanupassantassa karuṇāya pavattisambhavato rūpe ādīnavo parividito hoti, athassa parividitarūpādīnavattā paṭhavīkasiṇādisu aññataraṃ ugghāṭṭhevā rūpanissaraṇe ākāse cittaṃ upasaṃharato appakasireneva tattha cittaṃ pakkhandati, iti karuṇā ākāsānañcāyatanassa upanissayo hoti na tato paraṃ, tasmā ākāsānañcāyatanaparamāti vuttā. Muditāvihārissa pana tena tena pāmojjakāraṇena uppannapāmojjasattānaṃ viññāṇaṃ samanupassantassa muditāya pavattisambhavato viññāṇaggahaṇaparicitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, athassa anukkamādhigataṃ akāsānañcāyatanaṃ atikkamma akākāsanimittagocare viññāṇe cittaṃ upasaṃharato appakasireneva [PTS Page 325] [\q 325/] tattha cittaṃ pakkhandatīti mudutā viññāṇañcāyatanassa upanissayo hoti na tatoparaṃ, tasmā viññāṇañcāyatanaparamāti vuttā. Upekkhāvihārissa pana 'sattā sukhitā vā hontu dukkhato vā parimuccantu sampattasukhato vā mā vimuccantu'ti ābhogābhāvato sukhadukkhādiparamatthagāhavimukhabhāvato avijjamānaggahaṇa dukkhaṃ citataṃ hoti, athassa paramatthagāhato vimukhabhāvaparicitacittassa paramatthato avijjamānaggahaṇadukkhacittassa ca anukkamādhigataṃ viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma

[SL Page 241] [\x 241/]

Sabhāvato avijjamāne paramatthabhūtassa viññāṇassa abhāve cittaṃ upasaṃharato appakasireneva tattha cittaṃ pakkhandati, iti upekkhā ākiñcaññāyatanassa upanissayo haiti na tato paraṃ, tasmā ākiñcaññāyatanaparamāti vuttāti, evaṃ subhaparamādi vasenaetāsaṃ ānubhāvaṃ viditvā. Puna sabbāpetā dānādīnaṃ sabba kalyāṇadhammānaṃ paripūrikāti veditabbā: - sattesu hi hitajjhā sayatāya sattānaṃ dukkhāsahanatāya sattasampattivisesānaṃ ciraṭṭhitikāmatāya sabbasattesu ca pakkhapātābhāvena samappavatta cittā mahāsattā ' imassa dātabbaṃ imassa na dātabba'nti vibhāgaṃ akatvā sabbasattānaṃ sukhanidānaṃ dānaṃ denti, tesaṃ upaghātaṃ parivajjayantā sīlaṃ samādiyanti, sīlaparipūraṇatthaṃ nekkhammaṃ bhajanti, sattānaṃ hitāhitesu asammohatthāya paññaṃ pariyoda penti, sattānaṃ hitasukhatthāya niccaṃ viriyamārabhanti, uttamaviriya vasenavarabhāvaṃ pattāpi ca sattānaṃ nānappakāraṃ aparādhaṃ dhamanti, 'idaṃ vo dassāma karissāmā'ti kataṃ paṭiññaṃ na visaṃvā denti, tesaṃ hitasukhāya avicalādhiṭṭhānā honti, tesu avicalāya mettāya pubbakārino honti, upekkhāya paccūpakāraṃ nāsiṃ santīti evaṃ pāramiyo pūretvā yāva dasabala catuvesārajja cha asādhāraṇañāṇa aṭṭharasabuddhadhammappabhede sabbepi kalyāṇadhamme paripūrentīti evaṃ dānādisabbakalyāṇadhammaparipūrikā etāva hontīti.

Iti sādhujanapāmojjatthāya kate visuddhimagge samādhibhāvanādhikāre

Brahmavihāraniddeso nāma

Navamo paricchedo. [PTS Page 326] [\q 326/]

10.

Āruppa niddeso.

Brahmavihārānantaraṃ uddiṭṭhesu pana catusu āruppesu ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ tāva bhāvetukāmo "dissante kho pana rūpādhikaraṇaṃ daṇḍādāna satthādāna kalaha viggaha vivādā, natthi kho pane taṃ sabbaso āruppeti, so iti paṭisaṅkhāya rūpānaṃ yeva nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hotī"ti vacanato etesaṃ daṇḍādānādīnañceva cakkhusotarogādīnañca ābādhasahassānaṃ vasena karajarūpe ādīnavaṃ disvā tassa samatikkamāya ṭhapetva paricchinnākāsakasiṇaṃ navasu paṭhavīkasiṇādisū añña

[SL Page 242] [\x 242/]

Tarasmiṃ catutthajjhānaṃ uppādeti tassa kiñcāpi rūpāvacara catutthajajjhānavasena karajarūpaṃ atikkantaṃ hoti, atha kho kasiṇarūpampi yasmā tappaṭibhāgameva, tasmā tampi samatikkamitu kāmo hoti. Kathaṃ? Yathā ahibhīruko puriso araññe sappena anubaddho vegena palayitvā palātaṭṭhane lekhācittaṃ tāla paṇṇaṃ vā valliṃ vā rajjuṃ vā phalitāya vā pana paṭhaviyā phalitantaraṃ disvā bhāyateva uttasateva, neva naṃ dakkhitukāmo hoti, yathā ca anatthakārinā verīpurisena saddhiṃ ekagāme vasamāno puriso tena vadhabandhanagehajhāpanādīhi upaddūto aññaṃ gāmaṃ vāsatthāya gantvā tatrāpi verinā samānarūpasaddasamudācāraṃ purisaṃ disvā bhāyateva uttasateva, neva naṃ dakkhitukāmo hoti. Tatīradaṃ opammasaṃsandanaṃ: tesaṃ hi purisānaṃ ahinā verinā vā upaddutakālo viya bhikkhuno [PTS Page 327] [\q 327/] ārammaṇavasena karajarūpasamaṅgi kālo, tesaṃ vegena palāyanaaññagāmagamanāni viya bhikkhuno rūpāvacaracatutthajjhānavasena karajarūpasamatikkamanakālo, tesaṃ palātaṭṭhāne ca aññagāme ca lekhācitta tālapaṇṇādīni ceva verīsadisaṃ purisaṃ ca disvā bhayasantāsa adassanakāmatā viya bhikkhunokasiṇarūpampi tappaṭibhāgameva idanti sallakkhetvā tampi samatikkamitukāmatā; sūkarābhihata sunakha pisāca bhīrukādikāpi cettha upamā veditabbā. Evaṃ so tasmā catutthajjhānassa ārammaṇabhūtā kasiṇarūpā nibbijja pakkamitukāmo pañcahā kārehi ciṇṇavasī hutvā paguṇarūpāvacaracatutthajjhānato vuṭṭhāya tasmiṃ jhāne imaṃ mayā nibbinṇaṃ rūpaṃ ārammaṇaṃ karotīti ca āsannasomanassapaccatthikanti ca santavimokkhato oḷārikanti ca ādīnavaṃ passati. Aṅgoḷārikatā panettha natthi. Yatheva hetaṃ rūpaṃ duvaṅgikaṃ, evaṃ āruppānipīti. So tattha evaṃ ādīnavaṃ disvā nikantiṃ pariyādāya ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ santato anantato manasi karitvā cakkavāḷapariyantaṃ vā yattakaṃ icchati tattakaṃ vā kasiṇaṃ pattharitvā tena phūṭṭhokāsaṃ ākāso ākāsoti vā ananto ākāsoti vā manasikaronto ugghaṭeti kasiṇaṃ, ugghāṭentohi nevakilañjaṃ viya saṃvelleti, na kapā lato pūvaṃ viya uddharati, kevalaṃ pana taṃ neva āvajjeti na manasikaroti na paccavekkhati, anāvajento amanasikaronto apaccavekkhanto ca aññadatthu tena phuṭṭhokāsaṃ 'ākāso ākāso'ti manasi karonto kasiṇaṃ ugghāṭeti nāma. Kasiṇampi ugghāṭiyamānaṃ neva ubbaṭṭati na vivaṭṭati, kevalaṃ imassa amanasikāraṃ ca 'ākāso ākāso'ti manasikāraṃ ca paṭicca ugghāṭitaṃ nāma hoti, kasiṇugghāṭimākāsamattaṃ paññāyati. 'Kasiṇugghāṭimākāsa'nti vā 'kasiṇaphūṭṭhokāso'ti vā 'kasiṇavivittā kāsa'nti vā sabbametaṃ ekameva. So taṃ kasiṇugghāṭimākāsa

[SL Page 243] [\x 243/]

Nimittaṃ [PTS Page 328 [\q 328/] ']ākāso ākāso'ti punappunaṃ āvajjeti, takkāhataṃ vitakkāhataṃ karoti. Tassevaṃ punappuna āvajjayato takkā hataṃ vitakkāhataṃ karoto nīvaraṇānivikkhambhanti, sati santiṭṭhati, upacārena cittaṃ samādhiyati. So taṃ nimittaṃ punappuna āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti, tassevaṃ punappuna āvajjayato manasikaroto paṭhavīkasiṇādisu rūpāvacaracittaṃ viya ākāse ākāsānañcāyatanacittaṃ appeti. Idhāpihi purima bhāge tīṇi cattāri vā javanāni kāmāvacārāni upekkhāvedanāsampayuttāneva honti, catutthaṃ pañcamaṃ vā arūpāvacaraṃ, sesaṃ paṭhavīkasiṇe vuttanayameva. Ayaṃ pana viseso: - evamuppanne arūpāvacaracitte so bhikkhu yathā nāma yānappatoḷikumbhimukhā dīnaṃ aññataraṃ nīlapilotikāya vā pītalohitodātādīnaṃ vā aññatarāya pilotikāya pandhitvā pekkhamāno puriso vāta vegena vā aññena vā kenaci apanītāya pilotikāya ākāsaṃ yeva pekkhamāno tiṭṭheyya, evameva pubbe kasiṇamaṇḍalaṃ jhānacakkhunā pekkhamāno viharitvā 'ākāso ākāso'ti iminā parikammamanasikārena sahasā apanīte tasmiṃ nimitte ākāsaṃ yeva pekkhamāno viharati. Ettāvatā cesa "sabbaso rūpa saññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā 'ananto ākāso'ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upa sampajja viharatī[a]"ti vuccati. Tattha sabbasoti sabbākārena, sabbāsaṃ vā anavasesānanti attho. Rūpasaññānanti saññā sīsena vutta rūpāvacarajjhānānaṃ ceva tadārammaṇānaṃ ca, rūpāvacarajjhānampihi rūpanti vuccati rūpī rūpāni passatīti ādisu, tassa ārammaṇampi pahiddhā rūpāni passati suvanṇadubbaṇṇānīti ādisu, tasmā idha rūpe saññā rūpasaññāti evaṃ saññāsīsena vuttarūpāvacarajjhānassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Rūpaṃ saññā assāti rūpasaññaṃ, rūpaṃ assanāmanti vuttaṃ hoti. Evaṃ paṭhavīkasiṇādi bhedassa tadārammaṇassa cetaṃ adivacananti veditabbaṃ. [PTS Page 329] [\q 329/] samatikkamāti virāgā nirodhā ca, kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Etāsaṃ kusalavipāka kiriyavasena pañcadasannaṃ jhānasaṅkhātānaṃ rūpasaññānaṃ etesaṃca paṭhavīkasiṇādivasena navannaṃ ārammaṇasaṅkhātānaṃ rūpasaññānaṃ sabbākārena anavasesānaṃ vā virāgā ca nirodhā ca virāgahetuṃ ceva nirodhahetuñca ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upa sampajja viharati, na hi sakkā sabbaso anatikkantarūpasaññena etaṃ upasampajja viharitunti. Tattha yasmā ārammaṇe avirattassa saññā samatikkamo na hoti, samatikkantāsu ca saññāsu ārammaṇaṃ samatikkantameva hoti, tasmā ārammaṇasamatikkamaṃ

[A.] Dī- ni- brahmajālasutta.

[SL Page 244] [\x 244/]

Avatvā "tattha katamā rūpasaññā rūpāvacarasamāpattiṃ samāpannassa vā upapannassa vā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārissa vā saññā sañjānanā sañjānitattaṃ imā vuccanti rūpasaññāyo, imā rūpasaññāyo atikkanto hoti vītikkanto samatikkanto, tena vuccati sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā[a]"ti. Evampi vibhaṅge saññānaṃ yeva samatikkamo vutto; yasmā pana ārammaṇasamatikkamena pattabbā etā samāpattiyo na ekasmiṃ yeva ārammaṇe paṭhamajjhānādīni viya, tasmā ayaṃ ārammaṇasamatikkamavasenāpi attha vaṇṇanā katāti veditabbā. Paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamāti cakkhā dīnaṃ vatthūnaṃ rūpādīnaṃ ārammaṇānaṃ ca paṭighātena samuppannā saññāpaṭighasaññā, rūpasaññādīnaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Yathāha: -" tattha katamā paṭighasaññā rūpasaññā saddasaññā gandhasaññā rasasaññā phoṭṭhabbasaññā imā vuccanti paṭighasaññāyo[b]"ti. Tāsaṃ kusala vipākānaṃ pañcannaṃ akusalavipākānaṃ pañcannanti sabbaso dasannampi paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā pahānā asamuppādā appavattiṃ katvāti vuttaṃ hoti. Kāmañcetā paṭhamajjhānādīni samāpannassāpi nasanti, na hi tasmiṃ samaye pañcadvāravasena cittaṃ pavattati, evaṃ santepi aññattha pahīnānaṃ sukhadukkhānaṃ catutthajjdhāne viya sakkāyadiṭṭhādīnaṃ tatiyamagge [PTS Page 330] [\q 330/] viya ca imasmiṃ jhāne ussāhajananatthaṃ imassa jhānassa pasaṃsāvasena etāsa mettha vacanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Athavā, kiñcāpi tā rūpāvacaraṃ samāpannassāpi na santi. Athakho nappahīnattā nasanti na hi rūpa virāgāya rūpāvacārabhāvanā saṃvattati rūpāyattā ca etāsaṃ pavatti, ayampana bhāvanā rūpavirāgāya saṃvattati tasmā tā ettha pahināti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Na kevalañca vattuṃ, ekaṃseneva evaṃ dhāretumpi vaṭṭati. Tāsaṃ hi ito pubbe appahīnattāyeva paṭhamaṃjhānaṃ samāpannassa saddo kaṭhṭakoti vutto bhagavatā, idha ca pahīnattā yeva arūpasamāpattīnaṃ āneñjatā santavimokkha tā ca vuttā, āḷāro ca kālāmo arūpasamāpanno pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkamantāni neva addasā na pana saddaṃ assosītī. Nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārāti nānattevā gocare pavattānaṃ saññānaṃ nānattānaṃ vā saññānaṃ, yasmā hi etā "tattha katamā nānattasaññā, asamāpannassa manodhātu samaṅgissa vā manoviññāṇadhātusamaṅgissa vā saññā sañjānanā saññānitattaṃ. Imā vuccanti nānattasaññāyo"ti evaṃ vibhaṅge vibhajitvā vuttā idha adhippetā asamāpannassa manodhātu mano viññāṇadhātu saṅgahītā saññā rūpasaddādibhede nānātte nānā sabhāve gocare pavattanti, yasmā cetā aṭṭhakāmāvacarakusala

[A-b] abhi - vibhaṅgapāli.

[SL Page 245] [\x 245/]

Saññā dvādasākusalasaññā ekādasakāmāvacarakusalavipākasaññā dve akusalavipākasaññā ekādasa kāmāvacara kiriyasaññātī evaṃ catucattāḷīsampi saññā nānattā nānāsabhāvā aññamaññaṃ asadisā, tasmā nānattasaññāti vuttā. Tāsaṃ sabbaso nānattā saññānaṃ amanasikārā anāvajjanā asamannāhārā apaccavekkhanā yasmā tā nāvajjetī na manasikaroti na paccavekkhati, tasmāti vuttaṃ hoti. Yasmā cettha purimārūpasaññā paṭighasaññā ca iminā jhānena nibbatte bhavepi na vijjanti, pageva tasmiṃ bhave imaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharaṇakāle, tasmā tāsaṃ samatikkamā [PTS Page 331] [\q 331/] atthaṅgamāti dvedhāpi abhāvo yeva vutto. Nānatta saññāsu pana yasmā aṭṭhakāmāvacarakusalasaññānavakiriyasaññā dāsakusalasaññāti imā sattavīsatisaññā iminā jhānena nibbatte bhave vijjanti, tasmā tāsaṃ amanasikārāti vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Tatrāpihi imaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharanto tāsaṃ amanasikārā yeva upasampajja viharati, tā pana manasikaronto asamāpanno hotīti, saṅghepatocettha rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamāti iminā sabbarūpāvacaradhammānaṃ pahānaṃ vuttaṃ, paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārāti iminā sabbesaṃ kāmāvacaracittacetasikānaṃ pahānāṃ ca amanasikāro ca vuttoti veditabbo. Ananto ākāsoti ettha nāssa uppādanto vā vayanto vā paññāyatīti ananto, ākāsoti kasiṇugghāṭimākāso vuccati, manasikāravasenāpi cettha anantatā veditabbā. Teneva vibhaṅge vuttaṃ: - " tasmiṃ ākāse cittaṃ ṭhapeti saṇṭhapeti anantaṃ pharati tena vuccati ananto ākāso"ti. Ākāsātañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharatīti ettha pana nāssa antoti anantaṃ, ākāsaṃ anantaṃ ākāsānantaṃ, ākāsānantameva ākāsānañcaṃ taṃ ākāsānañcaṃ adhiṭṭhanaṭṭhena āyatanamassa sasampayuttadhammassa jhānassa devānaṃ devāyatanamivāti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharatīti taṃ ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ patvā nipphādetva tadanurūpena iriyāpathavihārena viharatīti.

Ayaṃ ākāsānañcāyatanakammaṭṭhāne vitthārakathā.

Viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ bhāvetukāmena pana pañcahākārehi ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyaṃ cinṇavasībhāvena āsannarūpāvacarajjhānapaccatthikā ayaṃ samāpatti, no ca viññāṇañcāyatana miva santāti ākāsānañcāyatane ādīnacaṃ disvā tattha nikantiṃ pariyādāya viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ santato manasikaritvā taṃ ākāsaṃ pharitvā pavattaviññāṇaṃ 'viññāṇaṃ viññāṇaṃ viññāṇa'nti punappuna āvajji

[SL Page 246] [\x 246/]

Tabbaṃ manasi kātabbaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ takkāhataṃ vitakkāhataṃ kātabbaṃ [PTS Page 332 [\q 332/] ']anantaṃ ananta'nti pana na manasikātabbaṃ tassevaṃ tasmiṃ nimitte punappuna cittaṃ cārentassa nīvaraṇāni vikkhambhanti, sati santiṭṭhati, upacārena cittaṃ samādhiyati. So taṃ nimittaṃ punappuna āsovati bhāveti bahulīkaroti, tassevaṃ karoto ākāse ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ viya ākāsaphuṭṭhe viññāṇe viññāṇañcāyatanacittaṃ appeti. Appanānayo panettha vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Ettāvatā vesa "sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma anantaṃ viññāṇanti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharatī[a]"ti vuccatī. Tattha sabbasoti idaṃ vuttanayameva, ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkammāti ettha pana pubbe vuttanayena jhānampi ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ ārammaṇampi, ārammaṇampihi purimanayeneva ākāsānañcaṃ ca taṃ paṭhamassa āruppajjhānassa ārammaṇattā devānaṃ devāyatanaṃ viya adhiṭṭhā naṭṭhena āyatanañcāti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ, tathā ākāsānañcaṃ ca taṃ tassa jhānassa sañjāti hetuttā 'kambojā assānaṃ āyatana'nti ādīni viya sañjāti desaṭṭhena āyatanañcātipi ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ, evametaṃ jhānañca ārammaṇañcāti ubhayampi appavattikaraṇena ca amanasikaraṇena ca samatikkamitvāva yasmā idaṃ viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja vihātabbaṃ, tasmā ubhayampetaṃ ekajjhaṃ katvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkammāti idaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Anantaṃ viññāṇanti taṃ yeva ananto ākāsoti evaṃ pharitvā pavattaviññāṇaṃ anantaṃ viññāṇanti evaṃ manasikarontoti vuttaṃ hoti. Manasikāra vasena vā anantaṃ, so hi taṃ ākāsārammaṇaṃ viññāṇaṃ anava sesato manayikaronto anantanti manasikaroti. Yaṃ pana vibhaṅge vuttaṃ anantaṃ viññāṇanti taṃyeva ākāsaṃ viññā ṇena phuṭaṃ manasikaroti anantaṃ pharati tena vuccati anantaṃ viññāṇanti. Tattha viññāṇenāti upayogatthe karaṇavacanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Evaṃ hi aṭṭhakathācariyā tassa atthaṃ vaṇṇayanti anantaṃ pharatīti taññeva ākāsaṃ phuṭaṃ viññāṇaṃ manasikarotīti vuttaṃ hoti. Viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharatīti ettha pana [PTS Page 333] [\q 333/] nāssa antoti anantaṃ, anantameva ānañcaṃ, viññāṇaṃ ānañcaṃ viññāṇānañcanti avatvā viññāṇañcanti vuttaṃ, ayaṃ hettha rūḷhisaddo. Taṃ viññāṇañcaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena āyatanamassa sasampayuttadhammassa jhānassa devānaṃ devāyatana mivāti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ, sesaṃ purimasadisamevāti.

Ayaṃ viññāṇañcāyatanakammaṭṭhāne vitthārakathā.

[A.] Vibhaṅgaga

[SL Page 247] [\x 247/]

Akiñcaññāyatanaṃ bhāvetukāmena pana pañcahākārehi viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyaṃ cinṇavasībhāvena ānnaākāsānañcāyatanapaccatthikā ayaṃ samāpatti, no ca ākiñcaññāyatana miva santāti viññāṇañcāyatane ādīnavaṃ disvā tattha nikantiṃ pariyādāya ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ santato manasi karitvā tasseva viññāṇañcāyatanārammaṇabhūtassa ākāsānañcāyatana viññāṇassa abhāvo suññatā vivittākāro manasi kātabbo. Kathaṃ? Taṃ viññāṇaṃ amanasikaritvā ' natthi natthi'ti vā 'suññaṃ suñña'nti vā 'vivittaṃ vivitta'nti vā pūnappuna āvajjitabbaṃ, manasikātabbaṃ, paccavekkhitabbaṃ, takkāhataṃ vitakkāhataṃ kātabbaṃ. Tassevaṃ tasmiṃ nimitte cittaṃ cārentassa nīvaraṇāni vikkhambhanti, sati santiṭṭhati, upacārena cittaṃ samādhiyati. So taṃ nimittaṃ punappina āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti, tassevaṃ karoto ākāse phuṭe mahaggataviññāṇe viññāṇañcāyatanamiva tasseva ākāsaṃ pharitvā pavattassa mahaggataviññāṇassa suññavivitta natthibhāve ākiñcaññāyatanacittaṃ appeti. Etthāpi ca appanā nayo vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Ayaṃ pana viseso: - tasmiṃ hi appanācitte uppanne so bhikkhu yathā nāma puriso maṇḍala mālādisu kenacideva karaṇīyena sannipatitaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ disvā katthaci gannvā sannipatakiccāvasāneva uṭṭhāya pakkantesu bhikkhusu āgantvā dvare ṭhatvā puna taṃ ṭhānaṃ olokento suññameva passati vivittameva passati, nāssa evaṃ hoti ettakā nāma bhikkhū kālaṅkatā vā disā pakkantā vāti. Atha kho 'suññamidaṃ [PTS Page 334] [\q 334/] vivitta'nti natthibhāvameva passati, evameva pubbe ākāse pavattitaṃ viññāṇaṃ viññāṇañcāyatanajjhānacakkhunā passanto viharitvā ' natthi natthi'ti ādinā parikammamanasikārena antarahite tasmiṃ viññāṇe tassa apagamasaṅkhātaṃ abhāvameva passanto viharati, ettāvatā cesa "sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkammanatthi kiñcītiākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharatī[a]"ti vuccati. Idhāpi sabbasoti badaṃ vuttanayameva, viññāṇañcāyatananti etthāpica pubbe vuttanayeneva jhānampi viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ ārammaṇamipi, ārammaṇampihi purimanayeneva viññāṇañcaṃ ca taṃ dutiyassaāruppajjhānassa ārammaṇattā devānaṃ devāyatanaṃ viya adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena āyatanañcāti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ, tathā viññāṇañcaṃ ca taṃ tasseva jhānassa sañjāti hetuttā' kambojā assānaṃ āyatana'nti ādīni viya sañjātidesaṭṭhena āyatanañcātipi viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ, evametaṃ jhānañca ārammaṇañcāti ubhayampi appavattikaraṇena ca amanasikaraṇena ca samatikka

[A] abhi - vibhaṅgapāḷi.

[SL Page 248] [\x 248/]

Mitvāva yasmā idaṃ ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja vihātabbaṃ. Tasmā ubhayampetaṃ ekajjhaṃ katvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkammāti idaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Natthi kiñcītinatthi natthi suññaṃ suññaṃ vivittaṃ vivittanti evaṃ manasikarontoti vuttaṃ hoti. Yampi vibhaṅge vuttaṃ " natthi kiñcīti taññeva viññāṇaṃ abhāveti vibāveti antaradhāpeti natthi kiñcita passati tena vuccati natthi kiñcī"ti taṃ kiñcāpi khayato sammasanaṃ viya vuttaṃ, athakhvassa evameva attho daṭṭhabbo. Taṃ hi viññāṇaṃ anāvajjento amanasikaronto apaccavekkhanto kevalamassa natthibhāvaṃ suññabhāvaṃ vivittabhāvameva manasikaronto kevalamassa natthibhāvaṃ suññabhāvaṃ vivittabhāvameva manasikaronto abhāveti vibhāveti antaradhāpetīti vuccati na aññathāti. Ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharatīti ettha pana nāssa kiñcananti akiñcanaṃ, antamaso bhaṅgamattampi assa avasiṭṭhaṃ natthīti vuttaṃ hoti. Akiñcanassa bhāvo ākiñcaññaṃ. Ākāsānañcāyatana viññāṇāpagamassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ [PTS Page 335] [\q 335/] taṃ ākiñcaññaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena āyatanamassa jhānassa devānaṃ devāyatanamivāti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ, sesaṃ purimasadisamevāti.

Ayaṃ ākiñcaññāyatanakammaṭṭhāne vitthārakathā.

Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ bhāvetukāmena pana pañcahākārehi ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyaṃciṇṇavasībhāvena āsannaviññāṇañcāyatanapaccatthikā ayaṃ samāpatti, no ca nevasaññā nāsaññāyatanaṃ viya santāti vā saññārogo saññāgaṇḍo saññāsallaṃ etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yadidaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāti vā evaṃ ākiñcaññāyatane ādinavaṃ upari ānisaṃsaṃ ca disvā ākiñcaññāyatane nikantiṃ pariyādāya nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ santato manasi karitvā sāva abhāvaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā pavattitā ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpatti santā santāti punappuna āvajjitabbā, manasikātabbā, paccavekkhitabbā, takkāhatā vitakkāhatā kātabbā. Tassevaṃ tasmiṃ nimitte punappuna mānasaṃ cārentassa nīvaraṇāni vikkhambhanti, sati santiṭṭhati, upacārena cittaṃ samādhiyati. So taṃ nimittaṃ punappuna āsevati bhāveti pahulīkaroti. Tassevaṃkaroto viññāṇāpagame ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ viya ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattisaṅkhātesu catusu khavdhesu nevasaññānāsaññāyatanacittaṃ appeti, appanānayo panettha vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Ettāvatā cesa " sabbasoākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharatī[a]"ti vuccati. Idhāpi sabbasoti idaṃ

[A.] Abhi - vibhaṅga-

[SL Page 249] [\x 249/]

Vittanayameva. Ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkammāti etthāpi pubbe vuttanayeneva jhānampi ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ ārammaṇampi. Ārammaṇampihi purimanayeneva ākiñcaññaṃ ca taṃ tatiyassa āruppajjhānassa ārammaṇattā devānaṃ devāyatanaṃ viya adhiṭṭhā naṭṭhena āyatanaṃ cāti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ, tathā ākiṃcaññaṃ ca taṃ tasseva jhānassa sañjāti hetuttā [PTS Page 336 [\q 336/] '] kambojā assānaṃ āyatana'nti ādīni viya sañjātidesaṭṭhena āyatanaṃcātipi ākiṃcaññāyatanaṃ, evametaṃ jhānaṃ ca ārammaṇaṃcāti ubhayampi appavattikaraṇena ca amanasikaraṇena ca samatikkamitvāva yasmā idaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja vihātabbaṃ, tasmā ubhayampetaṃ ekajjhaṃ katvā ākiṃcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkammāti idaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Nevasaññānāsaññāyatananti ettha pana yāya saññāya bhāvato taṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatananti vuccati, yathā paṭipannassa sā saññā hoti taṃ tāva dassetuṃ vibhaṅge nevasañññināsaññiti uddharitvā " taññeva ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ santato manasikaroti saṅkhārāvasesasamāpattiṃ bhāveti, tena vuccati nevasaññināsaññi"ti vuttaṃ, tattha santato manasikarotīti santā vatāyaṃ samāpatti, yatra hi nāma natthibhāvampi ārammaṇaṃ karitvā ṭhassatīti evaṃ santārammaṇatāya taṃ santāti manasi karoti, santato ce manasi karoti kathaṃ samatikkamo hotīti? Asamāpajjitukāmatāya, so hi kiñcāpi taṃ santato manasikaroti, athakhvassa ahametaṃ āvajjissāmi samāpajjissāmi adhiṭṭhahissāmi vuṭṭhahissāmi paccavekkhissāmīti esa ābogo samannāhāro manasikāro na hoti. Kasmā? Ākiñcaññāyatanato nevasaññānāsaññāyatanassa santatara paṇītataratāya, yathāhi rājā mahacca rājānubāvena hatthikkhandhavaragato nagaravīthiyaṃ vicaranto dantakārādayo sippike ekaṃ vatthaṃ daḷhaṃ nivāsetvā ekena sīsaṃ veṭhetvā dantacuṇṇādīhi samokinṇa gatte anekāni dantavikatiādīni sippāni karonte disvā 'aho vata rechekā ācariyaṃ īdisānipi nāma sippāni karissantī'ti evaṃ tesaṃ chekatāya tussati, na cassa evaṃ hoti'aho vatāhaṃrajjaṃ pahāya evarūpo sippiko bhaveyya'nti. Taṃ kissa hetu? Rajjasiriyā mahānisaṃsatāya, so sippino samatikkamitvāva gacchati, evameva cesa kiṃcāpi taṃ samāpattiṃ santato manasikaroti athakhvassa ahametaṃ samāpattiṃ āvajjissāmi samāpajjissāmi adiṭṭhahissāmi vuṭṭhahissāmi paccavekkissāmīti neva esa ābogo samannā hāro manasikāro hoti, so taṃ santato manasi karonto pubbe vuttanayena [PTS Page 337] [\q 337/] taṃ paramasukhumaṃ appanāppattaṃ saññaṃ pāpuṇāti, yāya nevasaññi nāsaññi nāma hoti, saṅkhārāvasesasamāpattiṃ bāvetīti vuccati. Saṅkhārāvasesasamāpattinti accanta

[SL Page 250] [\x 250/]
Sukhumabhāvappatta saṅkhāraṃ catutthāruppasamāpattiṃ. Idāni yantaṃ evaṃ adigatāya saññāya vasena nevasaññānāsaññāyatananti vuccati, taṃ atthato dassetuṃ "nevasaññānāsaññāyatananti nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpannassa vā upapannassa vā diṭṭha dhammasukhavihārissa vā cittacetasikā dhammā"ti vuttaṃ, tesu idha samāpannassa cittacetasikā dhammā adhippetā. Vacānattho panettha: oḷārikāya saññāya abhāvato sukhumāya ca bhāvato ne vassa sasampayuttadhammassa jhānassa saññā nāsaññāti nevasaññānāsaññaṃ, nevasaññānāsaññca taṃ manāyatanadhammāyatana pariyāpannattā āyatanañcāti= nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ; athavā yāyamettha saññā sā paṭusaññā kiccaṃkātuṃ asamatthatāya neva saññā, saṅkhārāvasesasukhumabhāvena vijjamānattā nāsaññāti= nevasaññānāsaññā, nevasaññānāsaññā ca sā sesadhammānaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena āyatanañcāti= nevasañññānāsaññāyatanaṃ. Na kevalaṃ cettha saññāva edisī, atha kho vedanāpi neva vedanā nāvedanā, cittampi neva cittaṃ nācittaṃ, phassopi neva phasso nāphasso, esanayo sesasampayuttadhammesu, saññā sīsena panāyaṃ desanā katāti veditabbā. Pattamakkhanatelappabhūtīhi ca upamāhi esa attho vibhāvetabbo: - sāmaṇero kira telena pattaṃ makkhetvā opesi, taṃ yāgupānakāle thero 'pattamāharā'ti āha. So'patte telamatthi bhante'ti āha, tato 'āhara sāmaṇera telaṃ, nāḷiṃ pūressāmā'ti vutto 'natthi bhante telanti āha. Tattha yathā anto vutthattā yāguyā saddhiṃ akappi yaṭṭhena 'telaṃ athi'ti hoti, nāḷipūraṇādīnaṃ vasena 'natthī'ti hoti, evaṃ sāpi saññā paṭusaññā kiccaṃ kātuṃ asamatthatāya neva saññā, saṅkhārāvasesasukhumabhāvena vijjamānattā nāsaññā hoti. Kiṃ panettha saññākiccanti? Ārammaṇasañjānanaṃ ceva vipassanāya ca visayabhāvaṃ upagantvā nibbidājananaṃ, [PTS Page 338] [\q 338/] dahanakicca mīva hi sukhodake tejodhātu sañjānanakiccampesā paṭuṃ kātuṃ nasakkoti, sesasamāpattīsu saññā viya vipassanāya visayabhāvaṃ upagantvā nibbidājananampi kātuṃ na sakkoti. Aññesu hi khandhesu akatābhiniveso bhikkhu nevasaññānāsaññāyatanakkhandhe sammasitvā nibbaṃdaṃ pattuṃ samattho nāma natthi, apica āyasmā sāriputto pakativipassako pana mahāpañño sāriputtasadisova sakkuṇeyya, sopi evaṃ kirame dhammā ahutvā sambhonti, hutvā pativentīti evaṃ kalāpasammasanavaseneva, no anupadadhamma vipassanāvasena. Evaṃ sukhumattaṃ gatā esā samāpatti. Yathā ca pattamakkhanatelūpamāya, ecaṃmaggudakūpamāyapi ayamattho vibhāve tabbo: - maggapaṭipannassa kira therassa purato gacchanto sāmaṇero tokamudakaṃ disvā ' udakaṃ bhante, upāhanā omuñcathā'ti

[SL Page 251] [\x 251/]

Āha, tato therena 'sace udakamatthi, āhara nahānasāṭikaṃ, nahāyissāmā'ti vutto'natti bhante'ti āha. Tattha yathā upāhana temanamattaṭṭhena 'udakamatthi'ti hoti, nahāyanaṭṭhena ' natthi'ti hoti, evampi sā paṭusaññākiccaṃ kātuṃ asamatthatāya nevasaññā, saṅkhārāvasesasukhumabhāvena vijjamānattā nāsaññā hoti. Na kevalañca etāheva, aññāhipi anurūpāhi upamāhi esa attho vibhāvetabbo. Upasampajja viharatīti idaṃ vuttanayamevāti.

Ayaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanakammaṭṭhāne vitthārakatā.

Asadisarūpo nātho āruppaṃ yaṃ catubbidhaṃ āha,
Taṃ iti ñtvā tasmiṃ pakiṇṇakakathāpi viññoyyā.

Āruppasamāpattiyo hi: -

Ārammaṇātikkamato catassopi bhavantimā,
Aṅgātikkamametāsaṃ na icchanti vibhāvino.

Etāsu hi rūpanimittātikkamato paṭhamā, ākāsātikkamato dutiyā, ākāse pavattitaviññāṇātikkamato tatiyā, ākāso pavattitaviññāṇassa apagamātikkamato catutthiti sabbathā ārammaṇātikkamato catassopi bhavantimā aruppamāpattiyoti veditabbā. [PTS Page 339] [\q 339/] aṅgātikkamaṃ pana etāsaṃ na iccanti paṇḍitā, nahī rūpā vacarasamāpattisu viya etāsu aṅgātikkamo atthi, sabbāsupi hi etāsu ' upekkhā cittekaggatā'ti dve eva jhānaṅgāni honti. Evaṃ santepi: -

Suppaṇītatarā honti pacchimā pacchimā idha,
Upamā tattha viññeyyā pāsādatala sāṭikā.

Yathāhi catubhumukassa pāsādassa ṭṭhimetale dibbanaccagīta vāditasurabhigandhamālā bhojanasayanacchādanādivasena paṭhītā pañca kāmaguṇā paccupaṭṭhitā assu, dutiye tato paṇītatarā, tatiye tato paṇītatamā, catutthe sabbapaṇītatarā, tattha kiñcāpi tāni cattāripi pāsādatalāneva natthi nesaṃ pāsādatalabhāvena viseso, pañcakāmaguṇasamiddhavisesena pana heṭṭhimato heṭṭhi mato uparimaṃ uparimaṃ paṇītataraṃ hoti. Yathā ca ekāya itthiyā kantita thūla saṇha saṇhatara saṇhatamasuttānaṃ catuppalatipala dvipalaekapalasāṭikā assu, āyāmena ca vitthārena ca samappamāṇā, tattha kiñcāpi tā sāṭikā catassopi āyāmato ca vitthārato ca samappamānā, natthi tatāsaṃ pamāṇato viseso, sukhasamphassasukhuma bhāva mahagghabhāvehi pana puramāya purimāya pacchimā pacchimā paṇīta tarā honti, evameva kiñcāpi catusupi etāsu upekkhācitte

[SL Page 252] [\x 252/]

Kaggatāti etāni dveyeva aṅgāni honti, atha kho bhāvanā visesena tesaṃ aṅgānaṃ paṇītapaṇītatarabhāvena suppaṇitatarā honti pacchimā pacchimā idhāti veditabbā.

Evaṃ anupubbena paṇītapaṇītataratā cetā: -

Asucimhi maṇḍape laggo eko tannissito paro,
Añño pahi anissāya taṃ ti nissāya cāparo

Ṭhito catūhi etehi purisehi yathākkamaṃ,
Samānatāya ñātabbā catassopi vibhāvinā.

Tatrāyamatthayojanā: - asucimhi kira dese eko maṇḍapo, atheko puriso āgantvā taṃ asuciṃ jigucchamāno taṃ maṇḍapaṃ hatthehi ālambitvā tattha laggo laggito viya aṭṭhāsi, atāparo āgantvā taṃ maṇḍapalaggaṃ purisaṃ nissito, athañño āgantvācintesi: yo esa maṇḍapalaggo yo ca taṃ nissito ubho pete duṭṭhitā dhuvo ca nesaṃ maṇḍapapapāte pātoti handāhaṃ bahiyeva tiṭṭhamīti so [PTS Page 340] [\q 340/] taṃ nissitaṃ anissāya pahiyeva aṭṭhasi. Athāparo āgantvā manḍapalaggassa tannissitassa ca akhemabhāvaṃ cintetvā pahiṭṭhitañca suṭṭhitanti manatvā taṃ nissāya aṭṭhāsi. Tattha asucimhi dese maṇḍapo viya kasiṇugghāṭimākāsaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, asucijigucchāya maṇḍapalaggo purisoviya rūpanimittajigucchāya ākāsārammaṇaṃ ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ, maṇḍapalaggaṃ purisaṃ nissito viya ākāsārammaṇaṃ ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ ārabbha pavattaṃ viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ, tesaṃ dvinnampi akhemabhāvaṃ cintetvā anissāya taṃ maṇḍapalaggaṃ pahi ṭhito viya ākāsā nañcāyatanaṃ ārammaṇaṃ akatvā tadabhāvārammaṇaṃ ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ, maṇḍapalaggassa taṃ nissitassa ca akhemataṃ cintetvā bahiṭṭhitañca suṭṭhitoti mantvā taṃ nissāya ṭhito viya viññāṇā bhāvasaṅkhāte bahipadese ṭhitaṃ ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ ārabbha pavattaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ.

Evaṃ pavattamānañca: -

Ārammaṇaṃ karoteva aññābhāvena taṃ idaṃ,
Diṭṭhadosampi rājānaṃ vuttihetu yathā jāno.

Idaṃ hi nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ āsannaviññāṇañcāyatanapaccatthikā ayaṃ samāpattīti evaṃ diṭṭhidosampi taṃ ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ aññassa ārammaṇassa abhāvā ārammaṇaṃ karoteva. Yatha kiṃ? Diṭṭhadosampi rājānaṃ vuttihetu yathā jano, yathāhi asaṃyataṃ pharusakāyavacīmanosamācāraṃ kañci sabbadisampatiṃ rājānaṃ pharusasamācāro ayanti evaṃ diṭṭhadosampi aññattha vuttiṃ

[SL Page 253] [\x 253/]

Alabhamāno jano vuttihetuṃ nissāya pavattati, evaṃ diṭṭha dosampi taṃ ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ aññaṃ ārammaṇaṃ alabhamānamidaṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ ārammaṇaṃ karoteva.

Evaṃ kurumānañca: -

Ārūḷho dīghanisseṇiṃ yathā nisseṇi bāhukaṃ,
Pabbataggañca ārūlho yathā pabbatamatthakaṃ.

Yathā vā girimārūḷho attano yeva jaṇnukaṃ
Olubbhati tathecetaṃ jhānamolubbha vattatīti.

Iti sādhujanapāmojjatthāya kate vusuddhimagge

Samādhibhāvanādhikāre

Āruppaniddeso nāma

Dasamo paricchedo. [PTS Page 341] [\q 341/]

11.

Samādhi niddeso.

Idāni āruppānantaraṃ ekā saññāti evaṃ uddiṭṭhāya āhāre paṭikkūlasaññāya bhāvanāniddeso anuppatto. Tattha āharatīti= āhāro, so catubbidho kabaḷīkārāhāro, phassāhāro, mano sañcetanāhāro, viññāṇāhāroti. Kopanettha kiṃ āharatīti? Kabaḷīkārāhāro ojaṭṭhamakaṃ rūpaṃ āharati, phassāhārotisso vedanā āharati, manosañcetanāhāro tīsu bhavesu paṭisaṭhdhiṃ āharati, viññāṇāhāro paṭisandhikkhaṇe nāmarūpaṃ āharati. Tesu kabalīkārāhāre nikantibhayaṃ, phassāhāre upagamanabhayaṃ, manosañcetanāhāre upapattibhayaṃ, viññāṇāhāre paṭisandhi bhayaṃ, evaṃ sappaṭibhayesu. Ca etesu kabaḷīkārāhāro puttamaṃsūpa mena dipetabbo, phassāhāro niccammagāvūpamena, manosañcetanāhāro aṅgārakāsūpamena, viññāṇāhāro sattisūlūpamenāti. Imesu pana catusu āhāresu asitapītakhāyita sāyitappa bhedo kabaḷīkāro āhārova imasmiṃ atthe āhāroti adhippeto. Tasmiṃ āhāre paṭikkūlākāraggahaṇavasena uppannā saññā āhāre paṭikkūlasaññā, taṃ āhāre paṭikkūla saññaṃ bhāvetukāmena kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggahetvā uggahato eka padampi avirajjhantena rahogatena patisallinena asitapīta khāyitasāyitappabhede [PTS Page 342] [\q 342/] kabaḷīkārāhāre dasahākārehi paṭikkūlatā

[SL Page 254] [\x 254/]
Paccavekkhitabbā. Seyyathīdaṃ? Camanato, pariyesanato, paribhogato, āsayato, nidhānato, aparipakkato, paripakkato, phalato, nissandato, sammakkhanatoti.

Tattha gamanatoti evaṃ mahānubhāve nāma sāsane pabbajitena sakalarattiṃ buddhavacanasajjhāyaṃ vā samaṇadhammaṃ vā katvā kālasseva vuṭṭhāya cetiyaṅgaṇa bodhiyaṅgaṇa vattaṃ katvā pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhapetvā pariveṇaṃ sammajjitvā sarīraṃ paṭijaggitvā āsanaṃ āruyha vīsatiṃsavāre kammaṭṭhānaṃ manasi karitvā uṭṭhāya pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā nijjanasambādhāni pavivekasukhāni chāyūdaka sampannāni sucīni sītalāni ramaṇīyabhūmibhāgāni tapovanāni pahāya ariyaṃ vivekaratimanapekkhitvā susānābhimukhena sigālena viya āhāratthāya gāmābhimukhena gantabbaṃ. Evaṃ gacchatā ca mañcamhāvā pīṭhambhā vā otaraṇato paṭṭhāya pādarajagharagolikavaccādisampari kiṇṇaṃ paccattharaṇaṃ akkamitabbaṃ hoti, tato appekadā mūsika jatukavaccādīhi upahatattā antogabbhato paṭikkūlataraṃ pamukhaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ hoti, tato ulūkapārāpatādi vaccasammakkhitattā uparima talato paṭikkūlataraṃ heṭṭhimatalaṃ, tato kadāci kadāci dvāteri tehi purāṇatiṇapaṇnehigilānasāmaṇerānaṃ muttakarīsa kheḷasiṅghāṇikādīhi vassakāle udakacikkhallādīhi ca saṃkiliṭṭhattā heṭṭhimatalato paṭikkūlataraṃ pariveṇaṃ, pariveṇato paṭikkūla tarā vihāraracchā daṭṭhabbā hoti. Anupubbena pana cetiyañca bodhiñca vanditvā vitakkamāḷake ṭhitena muttarāsisadisaṃ cetiyaṃ morapiñjakalāpamanoharaṃ bodhiṃ devavimānasampattisassirīkaṃ senāsanañca apaloketvā 'evarūpaṃ nāma ramaṇīyaṃ padesaṃ piṭṭhito katvā āhārahetu gantabbaṃ bhavissatī'ti pakkamitvā gāma maggaṃ paṭipannena khāṇukakaṇṭakamaggopi udakavegabhinnavisama maggopi daṭṭhabbo hoti. Tato [missing 12 lines in sinhala book]
[SL Page 255] [\x 255/]
[PTS Page 343] [\q 343/]
Gāmaṃ paviṭṭhena saṅghāṭipārutena kapaṇamanussena viya kapāla hatthena gharapaṭipāṭiyā gāmavīthisu caritabbaṃ hoti, yattha vassakāle akkantakkantaṭṭhāne yāva piṇḍikamaṃsāpi udakacikkhalle pādā visanti. Ekena hatthena pattaṃ gahetabbaṃ hoti, ekena cīvaraṃ ukkhipitabbaṃ, gimhakāle vātavegena samuṭṭhitehi paṃsu tiṇa rajehi okinṇasarīrena caritabbaṃ hoti, taṃ taṃ gehadvāraṃ patvā macchadhovana maṃsadhovana taṇḍuladhovana1 kheḷasiṅghāṇika sunakhasūkaravaccādi sammissāni kimikulāni nīlamakkhikaparikiṇṇāni oligallāni cevachandanikaṭṭhānāni ca daṭṭhabāni honti akkami tabbānipi, yato tā makkhikā uṭṭhahitvā saṅghāṭiyampi pattepi sīsepi nilīyanti. Gharaṃ paviṭṭhassāpi keci denti keci nadenti, dadamānāpi ekacce hīyo pakkabhattampi purāṇa khajjakampi pūtikummāsapūpādīnipi dadanti, adadamānāpi kecideva 'aticchatha bhante'ti vadanti, keci pana apassamānā viya tuṇhī honti, keci aññena mukhaṃ karonti, keci 'gaccha re muṇḍakā'ti ādīhi pharusavācāhi samudācaranti. Evaṃ kataṇamanussana viya gāme piṇḍāya caritvā nikkhamitabbanti. Iccetaṃ gāmappavesanato paṭṭhāya yāva nikkhamaṇā udakacikkhallādipaṭikkūlaṃ āhārahetuakkamitabbañceva daṭṭhabbañca adhivāsetabbañca hoti. 'Aho vata bho paṭikkūlo āhāro'ti evaṃ pariyesanato paṭikkūlatā paccavekkhitabbā. [PTS Page 344] [\q 344/] kathaṃ paribhogato? Evaṃ pariyiṭṭhāhārena pana bahigāme phāsukaṭṭhāne sukhanisinnena yāva tattha hatthaṃ na otāreti tāva tathārūpaṃ garuṭṭhaniyaṃ bhikkhuṃ vā lajjiṃ manussaṃ vā disvā nimantetumpi sakkā hoti, bhuñjitukāmatāya panettha hatthe otāretvā maddantassa pañcaṅgulianusārena sedo paggharamāno sukkhathaddha bhattampi temento muduṃ karoti. Atha tasmiṃ parimaddanamattenāpi sambhinnasobhe ālopaṃ katvā mukheṭhapite heṭṭhimadantā udukkhalakicaṃ sādhenti, uparimā mūsala kiccaṃ, jivhā hatthakiccaṃ. Taṃ tattha suvāṇadoṇiyaṃ suvāṇapiṇḍa miva dantamusalehi koṭṭetvā jivhāya samparivattiyamānaṃ jivhagge tanupasannakhelo makkheti, vemajjhato paṭṭhāya bahala kheḷo makkheti, dantakaṭṭhena appattaṭṭhāne dantaguthako makkhetī, so evaṃ vichuṇṇitamakkhiko taṅghaṇaññeva antara hitavaṇṇagandhasaṅkhāraviseso suvāṇadoṇiyaṃ ṭhitasuvāṇavamathu viya paramajegucchabhāvaṃ upagacchati, evarūpopi samāno cakkhussa āpāthamatītattā ajjhoharitabbo hotīti evaṃ paribhogato paṭikkūlatā paccavekkhitabbā. Kathaṃ āsayato? Evaṃ paribhogaṃ upagato ca panesa anto pavisamāno- yasmā buddhapaccekabuddhā

1. Sī. 11. Kaṇḍuvadhovana.

[SL Page 256] [\x 256/]

Nampi raññopi cakkavattissa pittasemhapubbalohitāsayesu catusu aññataro āsayo hoti yeva. Mandapuññānaṃ pana cattāropi āsayā honti, tasmā yassa pittāsayoadhiko hoti tassa pahalamadhukatelamakkhito viya paramajgeccho hoti. Yassasembhāsayo adhiko hoti tassa nāgabalāpaṇṇarasa makkhito viya, yassa pubbāsayo adiko hoti tassa pūtitakka makkhito viya, yassa lohitāsayo adiko hoti tassa rajana makkhito viya paramajeguccho hotīti evaṃ āsayato paṭikkūlatā paccavekkhitabbā. Kathaṃ nidhānato? So imesu catusu āsayesu aññatareṭa āsayena makkhito anto udaraṃ pavisitvā neva suvaṇṇabhājanesu na maṇiratanādibhājanesu nidhānaṃ gacchati, sace pana dasavassikena ajjhoharīyati dasavassāni adotavaccakūpa [PTS Page 345] [\q 345/] sadise okāse patiṭṭhahati, sace pana vīsa tiṃsa cattāḷisa paññāsa saṭṭhi sattati asīti navuti vassikena sace vassasatikena ajjho harīyati, vassasataṃ adhotavaccakupasadise okāse pataṭṭhahatīti evaṃ nidhānato paṭikkūlatā paccavekkhitabbā. Kathaṃ apari pakkato? So panāyamāhāro evarūpe okāse nidhānamupa gato yāva aparipakko hoti tāva tasmiññeva yathāvuttappakāre paramandhakāratimise nānākuṇapagandhavāsitapavanavicarite atiduggandhajegucchappadese yathānāma nidāghe akālameghena abhivuṭṭhamhi caṇḍālagāmadvāre āvāṭe patitāni tiṇa paṇṇa kilañja khaṇḍa ahi kukkura manussakuṇapādīni suriyātapena santattāni pheṇabubbulakācitāni tiṭṭhanti, evameva taṃ divasampi hīyyopi tato purimadivasepi ajjhohaṭo sabbo ekato hutvā semhapaṭalapariyonaddho kāyaggisantāpakuthito kuthanasañjātapheṇabubbulakācito paramajegucchabhāvaṃ upagantvā tiṭṭhatīti evaṃ aparipakkatopaṭikkūlatā paccavekkitabbā. Kathaṃ paripakkato? So tattha kāyagginā paripakko samāno na suvaṇṇarajatādidhātuyo viya suvanṇarajatādibhāvamupagacchati. Pheṇabubbulake pana muñcanto saṇhakaraṇīyaṃ piṃsitvā nāḷike pakkhittapaṇḍumattikā viya karīsa bhāvaṃ upagantvā pakkāsayaṃ muttabhāvaṃ upagantvā muttavatthiñca pūretīti evaṃ paripakkato paṭikkūlatā paccavekkhitabbā. Kathaṃ phalato? Sammā paripaccamāno ca panāyaṃ kesalomanakhadantā dīni nānākuṇapāni nipphādeti, asammā paripaccamāno daddukaṇḍu kacchukuṭṭhakilāsasosakāsātisārappabhūtīnu rogasatāni, idamassa phalanti evaṃ phalato paṭikkūlatā paccavekkhitabbā. Kathaṃ nissandato? Ajjhohariyamāno cesa ekena dvārena pavisitvā nissandamāno akkhimhā akkhiguthako kaṇṇamhā kaṇṇagutha koti ādinā pakārena anekehi dvārehi nissandati, ajjho haraṇasamaye cesa mahāparivārenāpi ajjhoharīyati, nissandana

[SL Page 257] [\x 257/]

Samaye pana uccārapassāvādibhāvamupagato ekakeneva nīharīyati, paṭhamadimase ca [PTS Page 346] [\q 346/] naṃ paribhuñjanto haṭṭhapahaṭṭhopi hoti udaggu daggo pītisomanassajāto, dutiyadivase nissandanto pihita nāsiko hoti vikuṇitamukho jegucchi maṅkubhūto. Paṭhamadivase ca naṃ ratto giddho gathito mucchitopi ajjhoharitvā dutiyaṃ divase ekarattivāsena viratto aṭṭiyamāno harāyamāno jigucchamāno nīharati. Tenāhu porāṇā: -

"Annaṃ pānāṃ khādanīyaṃ bojanañca mahārahaṃ
Ekadvārena pavisitvā navadvārehi sandati.

Annaṃ pānaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanañca mahārahaṃ
Bhuñjati saparivāro nikkhāmento nilīyati.

Annaṃ pānaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanañca mahārahaṃ
Bhuñjati abhinandanto nikkhāmento jigucchati.

Annaṃ pānaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanañca mahārahaṃ
Ekarattiparivāsā sabbaṃ bhavati pūtikaṃ"ti.

Evaṃ nissandato paṭikkūlatā paccavekkhitabbā.

Kathaṃ sammakkhanato? Paribhogakālepi cesa hatthaoṭṭhajivhā tālūni sammakkheti, tāni tena sammakkhitattā paṭikkūlāni honti yāni dhotānipi gandhaharaṇatthaṃ punappuna dhovitabbāni honti. Paribhutto samāno yathānāma odane paccamāne thusa kaṇakuṭhakodīni uttaritvāukkhalimukhavaṭṭipidhāniyo makkhenti, evameva sakalasarīrānugatena kāyagginā pheṇuddehakaṃ paccitvā uttaramāno dante dantamalabhāvena sammakkheti, jivhātāluppa bhūtīni khelasemhādibhāvena, akkhikanṇanāsaadomaggādike akkhiguthaka kaṇṇaguthaka siṅghāṇika muttakarīsādibhāvena samma kkheti, yana sammakkhitāni imāni dvārāni divase divase dhoviya mānānipi neva sucīni na manoramāni honti. Yesu ekaccaṃ dhovitvā hattho udakenapunappuna dhovitabbo hoti, ekaccaṃ dhovitvā dvattikkhattuṃ gomayenapi mattikāyapi gandhacunṇenapi dhovato paṭikkūlyatā na vigacchatīti evaṃ sammakkhanato paṭikkūlatā paccavekkhitabbā. Tassevaṃ dasahākārehi paṭikkūlataṃ paccavekkhato takkāhataṃ vitakkāhataṃ karontassa paṭikkūlākāravasona kabalīkārāhāro [PTS Page 347] [\q 347/] pākaṭo hoti. So taṃ nimittaṃ punappuna āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti, tassevaṃ karotonivaraṇāni vikkhambhanti kabalīkārāhārassa sabhāvadhammatāya gambhīrattā appanaṃ appattena upacārasamādhinā cittaṃ samādhiyati, paṭikkūlākāraggahaṇavasena panettha saññā pākaṭā hoti, tasmā idaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ āhāre paṭikkūlasaññā icceva saṅkhaṃ gataṃ. Imañca pana āhāre paṭikkūlasaññaṃ anuyuttassa bhikkhuno rasataṇhāya cittaṃ patilīyati patikuṭṭati patavaṭṭati so kantāranittharaṇatthiko viya puttamaṃsaṃ vigatamado āhāraṃ āhāreti, yāvadeva dukkhassa nīttharaṇattāya. Athassa appakasire neva kabalīkārāhārapariññāmukhena pañcakāmaguṇiko rāgo pariññaṃ gacchati, so pañcakāmaguṇapariññāmukhena rūpakkhandhaṃ parijānāti, aparipakkādipaṭikkūlabhāvavasena cassa kāyagatāsati bhāvanāpi pāripūriṃ gacchati, asubhasaññāya anuloma paṭipadaṃ paṭipanno hoti, imaṃ pana paṭipattiṃ nissāya diṭṭhava dhamme amatapariyosānaṃ anabhisambhuṇanto sugatiparāyano hotīti.

Ayaṃ āhāre paṭikkūlasaññābhāvanāya vitthārakathā.

Idāni āhāre paṭikkūlasaññānantaraṃ ekaja vavathonanti evaṃ uddiṭṭhassa catudhātuvavatthānassa bhāvanāniddeso anuppatto. Tattha vavatthānanti sabhāvūpalakkhaṇavasena sanniṭṭhānaṃ, catunnaṃ dhātūnaṃ vavatthānaṃ catudhātuvavattānaṃ. Dhātumanasikāro dhātu kammaṭṭhānaṃ catudhātuvavatthānanti atthato ekaṃ, tayidaṃ dvidhā āgataṃ saṅghepato va vitthārato ca, saṅkhepato mahāsati paṭṭhāne āgataṃ, vitthārato mahāhatthipadūpame rāhulovāde dhātuvibhaṅge ca. Taṃ hi " seyyathāpi bhikkhave dakkho goghātako vā goghātakantevāsī vā gāviṃ vidhitvā cātummahāpathe [PTS Page 348] [\q 348/] bilaso paṭivibhajitvā nisinne assa, evameva kho bhikkhave bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ yathāṭhitaṃ yathāpaṇihitaṃ dhātusepaccavekkhati, atthi imasmiṃ kāya paṭhavī dhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātu"ti evaṃ tikkhapaññassa dhātukammaṭṭhānikassa vasena mahāsatipaṭṭhāne saṅghepato āgataṃ. Tassattho: - yathā cheko goghātako vā tasseva vā bhattavetanabhato antevāsiko gāviṃ vadhitvā vinivijjhitvā catasso disā gatānaṃ mahāpathānaṃ vemajjhaṭṭhāna saṅkhāte cātummahāpathe koṭṭhāsaṃ katvā nisinno assa, eva meva bhikkhu catunnaṃ iriyāpathānaṃ yena kenaci ākārena otattā yathāṭhitaṃ yathāṭhitattāva yathāpaṇihitaṃ kāyaṃ atthi imasmiṃ kāye paṭhavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātu"ti evaṃ dhātuso paccavekkhati. Ki vuttaṃ hite? Yathā goghātakassa gāviṃposentassapi āghātanaṃ āharantassapi āharitvā tattha phandhitvā ṭhapentassapi vadhentassapi vadhitaṃ mataṃ passantassapi tāvadeva gāvīti saññāna antaradhāyati, yāva naṃ padāḷevo bilaso na vibhajati. Vibhajitvā nisinnassa pana gāvīsaññā antaradhāyati, maṃsasaññā pavattati. Nāssa evaṃ hoti: -'ahaṃ gāviṃ vikkiṇāmi, ime gāviṃ harantī'ti;

[SL Page 259] [\x 259/]

Athakhvassa 'ahaṃ maṃsaṃ vikkināmi, imepi maṃsaṃ haranti'cceva hoti. Evameva imassāpi bikkhuno pubbe bālaputujjanakāle gihībhūtassapi pabbajitassapi tāvadeva sattoti vā posoti vā puggaloti vā saññā na antaradhāyati, yāva imameva kāyaṃ yathā ṭhitaṃ yathāpaṇihitaṃ ghanavinibbhogaṃ katvā dhātuso na paccavekkhati. Dhātuso paccavekkhato pana sattasaññā antara dhāyati, dhātuvaseneva cittaṃ santiṭṭhati. Tenāha bhagavā: "seyyathāpi bhikkhave dakkho goghātako vā goghātakantevāsī vā gāviṃ vaditvā cātummahāpathe bilaso paṭivibhajitvā nisinno assa, evameva kho bhikkhave bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ yathāṭhitaṃ yathāpaṇihitaṃ dhātuso paccavekkhati, atthi imasmiṃ kāye paṭhavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātū"ti. Mahāhatthipadūpame pana "katamā cāvuso ajjhattikā paṭhavīdhātu? Yaṃ ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ kakkhaḷaṃ kharigataṃ upādinnaṃ, seyyathīdaṃ: kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco maṃsaṃ nahāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhi mijjo vakkaṃ hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kilomakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ antaṃ antagunaṃ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ, yaṃ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ kakkhaḷaṃ kharigataṃ upādinnaṃ, ayaṃvuccatā vuso ajjhattikā [PTS Page 349] [\q 349/] paṭhavīdhātuti ca. Katamā cāvuso ajjhattikā āpodhātu? Yaṃ ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ āpo āpogataṃ upādinnaṃ, seyyathīdaṃ: pittaṃ semhanaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo assū vasā kheḷo niṅghānikā lasikā muttaṃ, yaṃ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ āpo āpogataṃ upādinnaṃ, ayaṃ vuccatā vuso ajjhattikā āpodhātūti ca; katamā cāvuso ajjhattikā tejodhātu? Yaṃ ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ tejo tejogataṃ upādinnaṃ, seyyathīdaṃ: yena ca santappati, yena ca jirīyati, yena ca pariḍayhati, yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṃ sammāpariṇāmaṃ gacchati, yaṃ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ tejo tejogataṃ upādinnaṃ, ayaṃ vuccatāvuso ajjhattikā tejodhātuti ca; katamā cāvuso ajjhattikā vāyodhātu? Yaṃ ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ vāyo vāyogataṃ upādinnaṃ, seyyathīdaṃ: uddhaṅgamā vātā, adho gamā vātā, kucchisayā vātā, koṭṭhasayā vātā, aṅgamaṅgānu sārino vātā, assāso, passāso iti vā, yaṃ vā panaññampi kiñci ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ vāyo vāyogataṃ upādinnaṃ, ayaṃ vuccatāvuso ajjhattikā vāyodhātuti"ca.

Evaṃ nātitikkhapaññassa dhātukammaṭṭhānikassa vasena vitthārato āgataṃ. Yathā cettha, evaṃ rāhulovāda dhātuvibhaṅgesupi. Tatrāyaṃ anuttānapadavaṇṇanā: - ajjhattaṃ paccattanti idaṃ tāva ubhayampi niyakassa adhivacanaṃ, niyakaṃ nāma attani jātaṃ sasantāna pariyāpannanti attho. Tayidaṃ yathā loke itthisu kathā adhittiti vuccati. Evaṃ attani pavattattā ajjhattaṃ, attānaṃ paṭicca1 pavattattā paccattantipi vuccati. Kakkhaḷanti thaddhaṃ, kharigatanti pharusaṃ. Tattha paṭhamaṃ lakkhaṇavacanaṃ, dutiyaṃ ākāravacanaṃ, kakkhaḷa lakkhaṇā hi paṭhavīdhātu. Sā pharusākārā hoti, tasmā kharigatanti

1. Ma. 1. Attānaṃ patipatiṃ sī. 11. Attānaṃ paṭicca paṭicca.

[SL Page 260] [\x 260/]

Vuttā. Upādinnanti daḷhaṃ ādinnaṃ ahaṃ mamanti evaṃ daḷhaṃ ādinnaṃ gahitaṃ parāmaṭṭhanti attho. Seyyathidanti nipāto, tassa taṃ katamanti ceti attho. Tato taṃ dassento kesā lomāti ādimāha. Ettha ca vatthaluṅgaṃ pakkhipitvā vīsatiyā ākārehi paṭhavīdhātu niddiṭṭhāti veditabbā. Yaṃ vā panaññampi kiñciti avasesesu tīsu koṭṭhāsesu paṭhavīdhātu saṅgahītā. [PTS Page 350] [\q 350/] vissandana bhāvena taṃ taṃ ṭhānaṃ appoti pappotīti āpo, kammasamuṭṭhānādivasena nānāvidhesu āpesu gatanti āpogataṃ. Kiṃ taṃ? Āpodhātuyā ābavdhanalakkhaṇaṃ. Tejanavasena tejo, vuttanayeneva tejosu gatanti tejogataṃ. Kiṃ taṃ? Uṇhatta lakkhaṇaṃ. Yenacāti yena tejogatena kupitena ayaṃ kāyo santappati, ekāhikajarādibhāvena usumajāto hoti, yena ca jirīyatīti yena ayaṃ kāyo jirati indriyavekallataṃ balaparikkhayaṃ valipalikādibhāvaṃ ca pāpuṇāti, yena ca pariḍayahatīti, yena ca jirīyatīti yena ayaṃ kāyo jirati indriyavekallataṃ balaparikkhayaṃ valipalitādibhāvaṃ ca pāpuṇāti, yena ca pariḍayhatīti, yena kupi tena ayaṃ kāyo ḍayhati, so ca puggalo ḍayhāmi ḍayhāmīti kandanto satadhotasappigosīsacandanādilepañceva tālavaṇṭa vātañca paccāsiṃsati. Yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṃ sammā parināmaṃ gacchatīti yena taṃ asitaṃ vā odanādi pītaṃ vā pānakādi khāyitaṃ vā piṭṭhakhajjakādi yāyitaṃ vā ambapakkādi madhuphāṇitādi sammāparipākaṃ gacchati, rasādibhāvena vivekaṃ gacchatīti attho. Etthaca purimā tayo tejodhātu ña. Dasuṭṭhānā, pacchimo kammasamuṭṭhā nova. Vāyanavasena vāyo vuttanayeneva vāyesu gatanti vāyogataṃ. Kintaṃ? Vitthambhanalakkhaṇaṃ. Uddhaṅgamā vātāti uggārahikkādipavattakā uddhaṃ ārohaṇavātā. Adhogamā vātāti antānaṃ pahi vātā. Koṭṭhasayā vātāti antānaṃ anto vātā, aṅgamaṅgānusārino vātāti dhamani jālānusārena sakalasarīre aṅgamaṅgāni anusaṭā sammiñjanapasāraṇādi nibbattakā vātā. Assāsoti antopavisananāsikāvāto, passāsoti bahinikkhamananāsikāvāto. Etthaca purimā pañca catu samuṭṭhānā, assāsapassāsā cittasamuṭṭhānāva. [PTS Page 351] [\q 351/] sabbattha yaṃ vā panaññampi kiñcīti iminā padena avasesa koṭṭhāsesu āpo dhātu ādayo saṅgahītā. Iti vīsatiyā ākārehi paṭhavīdhātu, dvādasahi āpodhātu, catūhi tejodhātu, chahi vāyodhātuti dvā cattāḷīsāya ākārehi catasso dhātuyo vitthāritā hontiti ayaṃ tāvettha pāḷivanṇanā.

Bhāvanānaye panettha tikkhapaññassa bhikkhuno kesā paṭhavī dhātu lomā paṭhavīdhātūti evaṃ vitthārato dhātupariggaho papañca to upaṭṭhāti. ' Yaṃ thaddhalakkhaṇaṃ ayaṃ paṭhavīdhātu, yaṃ ābandhana

[SL Page 261] [\x 261/]

Lakkhaṇaṃ ayaṃ āpodhātu, yaṃ paripācanalakkhaṇaṃ ayaṃ tejodhātu, yaṃ vitthambhanalakkhaṇaṃayaṃ vāyodhātu'ti evaṃ manasikaroto panassa kammaṭṭhānaṃ pākaṭaṃ hoti. Nātitikkhapaññassa pana evaṃ manasikaroto avdhakāraṃ avibhūtaṃ hoti, purimanayena vitthārato manasikarontassa pākaṭaṃ hoti. Kathaṃ? Yathā dvīsu bhikkhūsu bahu peyyālaṃ tantiṃ sajjhāyantesu tikkhapañño bhikkhu sakiṃ vā dvikkhattuṃvā veyyālamukhaṃ vitthāretvā tato paraṃ ubhatokoṭi vaseneva sajjhāyaṃ karonto gacchati, tata;nātitikkhapañño evaṃ vattā hoti: kiṃ sajjhāyo nāma esa oṭṭhapariyāhatamattaṃkātuṃ na deti, evaṃ sajjhāye karīyamāne kadā tanti paguṇā bhavissatīti. So āgatāgataṃ peyyālamukhaṃ vitthāretvāva sajjhāyaṃ karoti, tacenaṃitaro evamāha: kiṃ sajjhāyo nāmesa pariyosānaṃ gantuṃ na deti, evaṃ sajjhāye karīyamāne kadā tanti pariyosānaṃ gamissatīti. Evameva tikkhapaññassa kesādivasena vitthārato dhātupariggaho papañcato upaṭṭhāti. Yaṃ thaddhalakkhaṇaṃ ayaṃ paṭhavīdhātuti ādinā nayena saṅghepato manasi karoto kammaṭṭhānaṃ pākaṭaṃ hoti, itarassa tathā manasi karoto avdhakāraṃ avibhūtaṃ hoti, kesādivasena vitthārato manasi karontassa pākaṭaṃ hoti. Tasmā imaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvetukāmena tikkhapaññenatāva rahogatena patisallī nena sakalampi attano rūpakāyaṃ āvajjitvā 'yo imasmiṃ kāye thaddhabhāvo vā kharabhāvo vā ayaṃ paṭhavīdhātu, yo ābavdhana [PTS Page 352] [\q 352/] bhāvo vā dravabhāvo vā ayaṃ āpodhātu, yo paripācanabhāvo vā uṇhabhāvo vā ayaṃ tejodhātu, yo vitthambhanabhāvo vā samudī raṇabhāvo vā ayaṃ vāyodhātu'ti evaṃ saṅkhittena dhātuyo pariggahetvā punappuna 'paṭhavīdhātu, āpodhātū'ti dhātumattato nissattato nijjivato āvajjitabbaṃmanasikātabbaṃ paccavekkhi tabbaṃ. Tassevaṃ vāyamamānassa nacireneva dhātuppabhedāvabhā sanapaññā pariggahito sabhāvadhammārammaṇattā appanaṃ appatto upacāramatto samādhi uppajjati. Athavā pana ye ime catuṇṇaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ nissattabhāvadassanatthaṃ dhammasenāpatinā: - "aṭṭhiñca paṭicca nahāruñca paṭicca maṃsañca paṭicca cammañca paṭicca ākāso parivārito rūpantveva saṅkhaṃ gacchatī[a]"ti cattārokoṭṭhāsā vuttā, tesu taṃ ti antarānusārinā ñāṇahatthena vinibbhujjitvā vinibbhujjitvā ' yo etesu thaddhabhāvo vā kharabhāvo vā ayaṃ paṭhavī dhātu'ti purimanayeneva dhātuyo pariggahetvā punappuna 'paṭhavī dhātu, āpodhātu'ti dhātumattatonissattato nijjivato āvajjitabbaṃ manasikātabbaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ. Tassevaṃ vāyama

[A.] Ma. Ni. Mahābhatthipadumasutta.

[SL Page 262] [\x 262/]
Mānassa nacireneva dhātuppabhedāvabhāsanapaññā pariggahito sabhāvadhammārammaṇattā appanaṃ appatto upacāramatto samādhi uppajjati. Ayaṃ saṅkhepato āgate catudhātuvavatthāne bhāvanā nayo.

Vitthārato āgate pana evaṃ veditabbo: - idaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvetukāmena hi nātitikkhapaññena yoginā ācariyasantike dvācattāḷīsāya ākārehi vitthārato dhātuyo uggaṇhitvā uttappakāre senāsane viharantena katasabbakiccena raho gatenapatisallīnena sasambhārasaṅkhepato sasambhāravibhattito salakkhaṇasaṅkhepato salakkhaṇavibhattitoti evaṃ catuhākārehi kammaṭṭhānaṃ bhāvetabbaṃ. Tattha kataṃ sasambhārasaṅghapato bhāveti? Idha bhikkhu vīsatiyā koṭṭhāsesu thaddhākāraṃ paṭhavīdhātuti vavatthapeti, dvādasasu koṭṭhāsesu yūsagataṃ udakasaṅkhātaṃ ābandhanākāraṃ āpodhātūti vavatthapeti, catusu koṭṭhāsesu [PTS Page 353] [\q 353/] paripāca nakatejaṃ tejodhātuti vavatthapeti, chasu koṭṭhāsesu vitthambhanākāraṃ vāyodhātuti vavatthapeti. Tassevaṃ vavatthāpayato yevadhātuyo pākaṭā honti, tā punappuna āvajjayato manasikāroto vuttanayeneva upacārasamādhi uppajjati. Yassa pana evaṃ bhāvayato kammaṭṭhānaṃ na ijjhati, tena sasambhāra vibhattito bhāvetabbaṃ. Kathaṃ? Tena bhikkhunā yaṃ taṃ kāyagatā sati kammaṭṭhānaniddese sattadhā uggahakosallaṃ, dasadhā manasikārakosallañca vuttaṃ, dvattiṃsākāre tāva taṃ sabbaṃ aparihā petvā tacapañcakādīnaṃ anulemapaṭilomato vacāsā sajjhāyaṃ ādiṃ katvā sabbaṃ tattha vuttavidhānaṃ kātabbaṃ. Ayameva hi viseso: - tattha vaṇṇasaṇṭhānadisokāsaparicchedavasena kesādayo manasikaritvāpi paṭikkūlavasena cittaṃ ṭhapetabbaṃ, idha pana dhātuvasena. Tasmā vaṇṇādivasena pañcadhā pañcadhā kesādayo manasikaritvā avasāne evaṃ manasikāro pavattetabbo: - ime kesā nāma sīsakaṭāhapaḷiveṭhanacamme jātā, tattha yathā vammika matthake jātesu kunṭhatiṇesu na vammikamatthako jānāti 'mayi kunṭhatināni jātānī'ti, napi kunṭhatiṇāni jānanti 'mayaṃ vammikamatthake jātānī'ti. Evameva na sīsakaṭāhapaḷiveṭhanacammaṃ jānāti 'mayi kesā jātā'ti, napi kesā jānanti 'mayaṃ sīsakaṭāha veṭhanacamme jātā'ti. Aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā. Iti kesā nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātutu. Lomā sarīraveṭhanacamme jātā, tattha yathā suñña gāmaṭṭhāne jātesu dabbatiṇesu na suññagāmaṭṭhānaṃ jānāti 'mayi dabbatiṇāni jātānī'ti, napi dabbatiṇāni jānanti 'mayaṃ

[SL Page 263] [\x 263/]
Suññagāmaṭṭhāne jātānī'ti. Evameva na sarīraveṭhanacammaṃ jānāti 'mayi lomā jātā'ti, napi lomā jānanti 'mayaṃ sarīraveṭhanacamme jātā'ti, aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā. Iti lomā nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekkokoṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātuti. Nakhā aṅgulīnaṃ aggesu jātā, ttha yathā kumāra kesu daṇḍakehi madhukaṭṭhikevijjhitvā kīḷantesu na daṇḍakā [PTS Page 354] [\q 354/] jānanti 'ambhesu madhukaṭṭhikā ṭhapitā'ti, napi madhukaṭṭhikā jānanti 'mayaṃ daṇḍakesu ṭhapitā'ti. Evameva na aṅguliyo jānanti 'amhākaṃ aggesu ṭhapitā'ti, evameva na aṅguliyo jānanti 'amhākaṃ aggesu nakhā jātā'ti, napi nakhā jānanti 'mayaṃ aṅgulīnaṃ aggesu jātā'ti, aññamaññaṃ ābogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā. Iti nakha nāma imasmiṃ sarīre paṭiyekko koṭṭhaso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātuti. Dantā hanukaṭṭhikesu jātā, tattha yathā vaḍḍhakīhi pāsāṇaudukkhalakesu kenacideva silesajātena bandhitvā ṭhapita thambhesu na udukkhalā jānanti 'amhesu thamhā ṭhitā'ti napi thamhā jānanti 'mayaṃ udukkhalesu ṭhitā'ti, evameva na hanukaṭṭhini jānanti 'amhesu dantā jātā'ti, napi dantā jānanti 'mayaṃ hanu kaṭṭhisu jātā'ti. Aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti dantā nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suññe nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātuti. Taco sakalasarīraṃ pariyonandhitvā ṭhito, tattha yathā allagocamma pariyonaddhāya mahāvīṇāya na mahāvīṇā jānāti 'ahaṃ allago cammena pariyonaddhā'ti, napi allagocammaṃ jānāti 'mayā mahā vīṇā pariyonaddhā'ti, evameva na sarīraṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ tacena pariyonaddha'nti, napi tacojānāti 'mayā sarīraṃ pariyonaddha'nti aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhanarahitā etedhammā, iti taco nāma imasmiṃ sarīre paṭiyekko koṭṭāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātuti. Maṃsaṃ aṭṭhisaṅghāṭaṃ anulimpitvā ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathā mahāmattikalittāya bhittiyā na bhitti jānāti 'ahaṃ mahāmattikāya littā'ti, napi mahāmattikā jānāti 'mayā bhitti littā'ti. Evameva na aṭṭhisaṅghāṭo jānāti 'ahaṃ navapesisatappabhedena1 maṃsena litto'ti, napi maṃsaṃ jānāti 'mayā aṭṭhisaṅghāṭo litto'ti. Aññamaññaṃ ābhoga paccavekkhana rahitā ete dhammā, iti maṃsaṃ nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhaso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātuti. Nahāru sarīrabbhantare aṭṭhini ābavdhamānā ṭhitā, tatthayathā vallīhi vinaddhesu kuḍḍadārūsu na kuḍḍa

1. Sī. 11. Navamaṃsapesisatappabhedena.

[SL Page 264] [\x 264/]

Dārūni [PTS Page 355] [\q 355/] jānanti 'mayaṃ vallīhi vinaddhānī'ti, napi valliyo jānanti 'amhehi kuḍḍadārūni vinaddhānī'ti. Evameva na aṭṭhini jānanti 'mayaṃ nahārūhi ābaddhānī'ti, napi nahārū jānanti 'amhehi aṭṭhini ābaddhānī'ti. Aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti nahāru nāma imasmiṃ sarīre paṭiyekko koṭṭhaso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātuti. Aṭṭhisu paṇhikaṭṭhi gopphakaṭṭhiṃ ukkhipitvā ṭhitaṃ, gopphakaṭṭhi jaṅghaṭṭhiṃ ukkhipitvā ṭhitaṃ, kaṭaṭṭhi piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṃ ukkhipitvā ṭhitaṃ, piṭhikaṇṭako gīvaṭhiṃ ukkhipitvā ṭhito, gīvaṭṭhi sīsaṭṭhiṃ ukkhipitvā ṭhitaṃ, sīsaṭṭhi gīvaṭṭhike patiṭṭhitaṃ, gīvaṭṭhi piṭṭhikaṇṭake patiṭṭhitaṃ, piṭṭhikanṭako kaṭṭṭhimhi patiṭṭhito, kaṭaṭṭhi ūraṭṭhike patiṭṭhitaṃ, ūraṭṭhi jaṅghaṭṭhike patiṭṭhitaṃ, jaṅghaṭṭhi gopphakaṭṭhike patiṭṭhitaṃ, gopphakaṭṭhi paṇhikaṭṭhike patiṭṭhitaṃ, tattha yathā iṭṭhakadāru gomayādisañcayesu na heṭṭhimā heṭṭhimā jānanti 'mayaṃ uparime uparime ukkhipitvā ṭhitā'ti, napi uparimā uparimā jānanti 'mayaṃ heṭṭhimesu ṭṭhimesu patiṭṭhitā'ti, evameva na paṇhikaṭṭhi jānāti. 'Ahaṃ gopphakaṭṭhiṃ ukkipatvā ṭṭhita'nti, na gopphakaṭṭhi jānāti'ahaṃ jaṅghaṭṭhiṃ ukkhipitvā ṭhita'nti, na jaṅghaṭṭhi jānāti 'ahaṃ ūraṭṭhiṃ ukkhipitvā ṭhita'nti, na ūraṭṭhi jānāti 'ahaṃ kaṭṭṭhiṃ ukkhipitvā ṭhita'nti, na kaṭṭṭhi jānāti 'ahaṃ piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṃ ukkhipitvā ṭhita'nti, na piṭṭhi kaṇṭako jānāti 'ahaṃ gīvaṭṭhiṃ ukkhipitvā ṭhito'ti, na gīvaṭṭhi jānāti 'ahaṃ sīsaṭṭhiṃ ukkhipitvā ṭhita'nti, na sīsaṭṭhi jānāti 'ahaṃ gīvaṭṭhimhi patiṭṭhita'nti, na gīvaṭṭhi jānāti 'ahaṃ piṭṭhikaṇṭake patiṭṭhi ta'nti, na piṭṭhikaṇṭako jānāti 'ahaṃ kaṭṭṭhimhi patiṭṭhito'ti, na kaṭṭṭhijānāti 'ahaṃ ūraṭṭhimhi patiṭṭhita'nti, na ūraṭṭhi jānāti 'ahaṃ jaṅdhaṭṭhimhi patiṭṭhita'nti, na jaṅghaṭṭhi jānāti 'ahaṃ goppha kaṭṭhimhi patiṭṭhita'nti, na gopaphakaṭṭhi jānāti 'ahaṃ paṇhikaṭṭhimhi patiṭṭhita'nti, aññamaññaṃ ābogapaccavekkhana rahitā ete dhammā, iti aṭṭhi nāma imasmiṃ [PTS Page 356] [\q 356/] sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātuti. Aṭṭhimiñjaṃ tesaṃ tesaṃ aṭṭhīnaṃ abbhantare ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathā veḷu pabbādīnaṃ anto pakkhittasinnavettaggādisu, na veḷu pabbādīni jānanti 'amhesu vettaggādīni pakkhittānī'ti, napi vettaggādīni jānanti 'mayaṃ veḷupabbādisu ṭhitānī'ti. Evameva na aṭṭhini jānanti 'amhākaṃ anto miñjaṃ ṭhita'nti, nāpi miñjaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ aṭṭhinaṃ anto ṭhita'nti, aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhana rahitā ete dhammā, iti aṭṭhimiñjaṃ nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātutu. Vakkaṃ galavāṭakato nikkhantena eka

[SL Page 265] [\x 265/]

Mūlena thokaṃ gantvā dvidhā bhinnena thūlanahārunā vinibaddhaṃ hutvā hadayamaṃsaṃ parikkhipitvā ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathā vaṇṭupanibaṅ aemba phaladvaye na vaṇṭaṃ jānāti 'mayā ambaphaladvayaṃ upanibaddha'nti napi ambaphaladvayaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ vaṇṭena upanibaddha'nti evameva na thūla nahārū jānāni 'mayā vakkaṃ upanibaddha'nti napi vakkaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ thūlanahārunā upanibaddha'nti. Aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti vakkaṃ nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suññonissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātuti. Hadayaṃ sarīrabbhantare uraṭṭhi pañjaramajjhaṃ nissāya ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathā jinṇasandamānikapañjaraṃ nissāya ṭhapitāya maṃsapesiyā na sandamānikapañjarabbhantaraṃ jānāti 'maṃ nissāya maṃsapesī ṭhitā'ti napi maṃsapesī jānāti'ahaṃ jinṇasandamānikapañjaraṃ nissāya ṭhitā'ti. Evameva na uraṭṭhi pañjarabbhantaraṃjānāti 'maṃ nissāya hadayaṃ ṭhita'nti napi hadayaṃ jāniti 'ahaṃ uraṭṭhipañjaraṃ nissāya ṭhita'nti aññamaññaṃ ābogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti hadayaṃ nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano avyākato suññonissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātuti. Yakanaṃ anto sarīre dvinnaṃ thanānāmabbhantaredakkhiṇapassaṃ nissāya ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathā ukkhali kapālapassamihi lagge yamakamaṃsapinḍe na ukkhalikapālapassaṃ jānāti 'mayi yamakamaṃsapinḍo laggo'ti, napi yamakamaṃsapiṇḍo [PTS Page 357] [\q 357/] jānāti 'ahaṃ ukkhalikapālapasse laggo'ti. Evameva na thanāna mabbhantare dakkhiṇapassaṃ jānāti 'maṃ nissāya yakanaṃ ṭhita'nti, napi yakanaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ thanānamabbhantare dakkhiṇapassaṃ nissāya ṭhita'nti. Aññamaññaṃ ābogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti yakanaṃ nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātuti. Kilomakesu paṭicchannakilomakaṃ hadayañca vakkañca parivāretvā ṭhitaṃ, apaṭicchannakilomakaṃ hadayañca vakkañca parivāretvā ṭhitaṃ, apaṭicchannakilomakaṃ hadayañca vakkañca parivāretvā ṭhitaṃ, apaṭicchannakilomakaṃ sakalasarīre cammassa heṭṭhato maṃsaṃ pariyenandhitvā ṭhitaṃ. Tattha yathā pilotikāya paḷiveṭhite maṃse na maṃsaṃ jānāti ahaṃ pilotikāya paḷiveṭhita'nti, napi pilotikā jānāti 'mayā maṃsaṃ paḷiveṭhita'nti. Evameva na vakka hadayāni sakalasarīre ca maṃsaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ kilomakena paṭicchanna'nti napi kilomakaṃ jānāti 'mayā vakkahadayāni sakala sarīre ca maṃsaṃ paṭicchanna'nti. Aññamaññaṃ ābogapaccavekkha narahitā ete dhammā, iti kilomakaṃ nāma imasmiṃ sarīre paṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano avyākato suñño nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātuti. Pihakaṃ hadayassa vāmapasse udarapaṭalassa matthakapassaṃ nissāya ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathā koṭṭhakamaṭhthakapassaṃ nissāya ṭhitāya gomaya piṇḍiyā na koṭṭhakamatthakapassaṃ jānāti

[SL Page 266] [\x 266/]

'Gomayapiṇḍi maṃ nissāya ṭhitā'ti, napi gomayapiṇḍi jānāti 'ahaṃ koṭṭhakamatthakapassaṃ nissāya ṭhitā'ti. Evameva na udarapaṭalassa matthakapassaṃ jānāti 'pihakaṃ maṃ nissāya ṭhita'nti, napi pihakaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ udarapaṭalassa matthakapassaṃ nissāya ṭhita'nti. Añña maññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti pihakaṃ nāmaimasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano avyākato suñño nissatto thaddho paṭhavidhātuti. Papphāsaṃ sarīrabbhantare dvinnaṃ thanānamantare hadayañca yakanañca upari kādetvā olambantaṃ ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathā jiṇṇakoṭṭhabbhantare lambamāne sakuṇakulāvake na jiṇṇakoṭṭhabbhantaraṃ jānāti 'mayi sakuṇa kulāvako lambhamāno ṭhito'ti, napi sakuṇakulāvako jānāti 'ahaṃ jiṇṇakoṭṭhabbhantare lambhamāno ṭhito'ti. Evameva [PTS Page 358] [\q 358/] na taṃ sarīrabbhantaraṃ jānāti 'mayi papphāsaṃ lambhamānaṃ ṭhita'nti, napi papphāsaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ evarūpe sarīrabbhantare lambhamānaṃ ṭhita'nti. Aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti papphāsaṃ nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso ave tano avyākato suñño nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātuti. Antaṃ galavāṭakakarisamaggapariyante sarīrabbhantare ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathā lohitadoṇikāya obhujitvā ṭhapite chinnasīsadhammanikaḷe bahe na lohitadoṇi jānāti 'mayi dhammanikaḷebaraṃ ṭhita'nti, napi dhammanikaḷebaraṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ lohitadoṇiyā ṭhita'nti evameva na sarīrabbhantaraṃ jānāti 'mayi antaṃ ṭhita'nti, napi antaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ sarīrabbhantare ṭhita'nti. Aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhana rahitā ete dhammā, iti antaṃ nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatetā thaddho paṭhavīdhātuti. Antaguṇaṃ antantare ekavīsati antabhoge bandhitvā ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathā pādapuñchanarajjumaṇḍalakaṃ sibbetvā ṭhitesu rajjukesu na pādapuñchanarajjumaṇḍalakaṃ jānāti 'rajjukā maṃ sibbitvā ṭhitā'ti, napi rajjukā jānanti 'mayaṃ pādapuñchanarajju maṇḍalakaṃ sibbitvā ṭhitā ti. Evameva na antaṃ jānāti 'anta guṇaṃ maṃ ābavdhitvā ṭhita'nti, napi antaguṇaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ antaṃ ābandhitvā ṭhita'nti. Aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti antaguṇaṃ nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano avyākato suñño nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātūti. Udariyaṃ udare ṭhitaṃ asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṃ, tattha yathā suvāṇadoṇiyaṃ ṭhite suvāṇavamathumhi na suvāṇadoṇi jānāti 'mayi suvāṇavamathu ṭhito'ti, napi suvāṇavamathu jānāti 'ahaṃ suvāṇa doṇiyaṃ ṭhito'ti. Evameva na udaraṃ jānāti 'mayi udariyaṃ ṭhita'nti, napi udariyaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ udare ṭhita'nti. Aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, itiudariyaṃ nāma imasmiṃ

[SL Page 267] [\x 267/]

Sarīre paṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano avyākato suñño nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātuti. Karīsaṃ pakkāsayasaṅkhāte aṭṭhaṅgulaveḷupabbasadise [PTS Page 359] [\q 359/] antapariyosāne ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathāveḷupabbe omadaditvā pakkhittāya saṇhapaṇḍumattikāya na veḷupabbaṃ jānāti 'mayi paṇḍumattikā ṭhitā'ti, napi paṇḍumattikā jānāti 'ahaṃ veḷu pabbe ṭhitā'ti. Evameva na pakkāsayo jānāti 'mayi karīsaṃ ṭhita'nti, napi karīsaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ pakkāsaye ṭhita'nti. Añña maññaṃ ābogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti karīsaṃ nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano avyākato suññonissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātūti. Matthaluṅgaṃ sīsakaṭā habbhantare ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathāpurāṇalābukaṭāhe pakkhittāya piṭṭha piṇḍiyā na lābukaṭāhaṃ jānāti 'mayi piṭṭhapiṇḍi ṭhitā'ti, napi piṭṭha pinḍi jānāti 'ahaṃ lābukaṭāhe ṭhitā'ti. Evameva na sīsakaṭā habbhantaraṃ jānāti 'mayi maṭhthaluṅgaṃ ṭhita'nti, napi matthaluṅgaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ sīsakaṭābbhantare ṭhita'nti. Aññamaññaṃ ābhoga paccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti matthaluṅgaṃ nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano avyākato suñño nissatto thaddho paṭhavīdhātuti.

Pittesu abaddhapittaṃ jīvitindriyapaṭibaddhaṃ sakalasarīraṃ vayāpetvā ṭhitaṃ, baddhapittaṃ pittakosake ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathā pūvaṃ byāpetvā ṭhite tele na pūvaṃ jānāti 'telaṃmaṃ byāpetvā ṭhita'nti, napi telaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ pūvaṃ byāpetvā ṭhita'nti. Eva meva na sarīraṃ jānāti 'abaddhapittaṃ maṃ byāpetvā ṭhita'nti, napi abaddhapittaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ sarīraṃ byāpetvā ṭhita'nti. Yathā vasso dakena puṇṇe kosātakīkosake na kosātakīkosako jānāti 'mayi vassodakaṃ ṭhita'nti, napi vassodakaṃ jānāti. 'Ahaṃ kosātakīkosake ṭhita'nti. Evameva na pittakosako jānāti 'mayi baddhapittaṃ ṭhita'nti, napi baddhapittaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ pittakosake ṭhita'nti. Aññamaññaṃ ābogapaccavekkhana rahitā ete dhammā, iti pittaṃ nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto yūsabhūto ābandhanākāro āpodhātūti. Semhaṃ ekapattapūrappamāṇaṃ udarapaṭale ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathā upari sañjāta pheṇapaṭalāya chandanikāya na candanikā jānāti 'mayi pheṇapaṭalaṃ ṭhita'nti, napi pheṇa [PTS Page 360] [\q 360/] paṭalaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ candanikāya ṭhita'ntī. Evameva na udarapaṭalaṃ jānāti 'mayi semhaṃ ṭhita'nti, napi semhaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ udara paṭale ṭhita'nti. Aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti semhaṃ nāma imasmiṃ sarīre paṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto yūsabhūto ābandhanā kāro āpodhātūti. Pubbo anibaddhokāso yattha yattheva

[SL Page 268] [\x 268/]

Khāṇukaṇṭakappaharaṇa aggijālādīhi abhihate sarīrappadese lohitaṃ saṇṭhahitvā paccati. Gaṇḍapiḷakādayo vā uppajjanti, tattha tattha tiṭṭhati. Tattha yathā pharasuppahārādivasena paggharita niyyāse rukkhe na rukkhassa pahārādippadesā jānanti 'amhesu niyyāso ṭhito'ti. Napi nīyyāso jānāti 'ahaṃ rukkhassa pahārādippadesesu ṭhito'ti. Evameva na sarīrassa khāṇukaṇṭakādīhi abhihatappadesā jānanti 'amhesu pubbo ṭhito'ti, napi pubbo jānāti 'ahaṃ tesu tesu padesesu ṭhito'ti. Aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti pubbo nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto yūsabhuto ābandhanākāro āpodhātūti. Lohitesu saṃsaraṇalohitaṃ pittaṃ viya sakalasarīraṃ byāpetvā ṭhitaṃ, sanni citalohitaṃ yakanaṭṭhānassa heṭṭhābhāgaṃ pūretvā ekapattapūra mattaṃ vakkahadayayakanapapphāsāni tementaṃ ṭhitaṃ. Tattha saṃsaraṇalohite abaddhapittasadisova vinicchayo. Itarampana yathā jajjarakapāle ovaṭṭe udake heṭṭhā leḍḍukhaṇḍādīni temaya māne na leḍḍkhaṇḍādīni jānanti 'mayaṃ udakena temiyamānā'ti, napi udakaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ leḍḍkhaṇḍādīni tememī'ti. Evameva na yakanassa heṭṭhābhāgaṭṭhānaṃ vakkādīni vā jānanti 'mayi lohitaṃ ṭhitaṃ amhe vā temayamānaṃ ṭhita'nti, napi lohitaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ yakanassa heṭṭhābhāgaṃ pūretvā vakkādīni temayamānaṃ ṭhita'nti. Aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti lohitaṃnāma imasmiṃ sarīre paṭiyekko koṭṭhāso avetano abyākato suññonissatto yūsabhūto ābandhanā kāro āpodhātūti. Sedo aggisantāpādikālosu kesaloma kupa vivarāni pūretvā tiṭṭhati ceva paggharatī'ti. [PTS Page 361] [\q 361/] napi [missing 3 lines] bhisādikalāpa vivarehi paggharantaṃ udakaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ bhisādikalāpaviva rehi paggharāmī'ti. Evameva na kesalomakūpavivarāni jānanti 'amhehi sedo paggharatī'ti, napi sedo jānāti 'ahaṃ bhisādikalāpavivarehi paggharāmī'ti. Evameva na kesalomakūpavivarāni jānanti 'amhehi sedo paggharatī'ti, napi sedo jānāti 'ahaṃ kesaloma kūpavivarehi paggharāmī'ti. Aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhana rahitā ete dhammā, iti sedo nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto yūsa bhūto ābandhanākāro āpodhātūti. Medo thūlassa sakalasarīraṃ pharitvā, kisassajaṅghamaṃsādīni nissāya ṭhito patthinnasineho. Tattha yathā haḷiddipilotikapaṭicchanne maṃsapuñje na maṃsapuñjo jānāti 'maṃ nissāya haḷiddipilotikā ṭhitā'ti, napi haḷiddipilotikā jānāti 'ahaṃ maṃsapuñjaṃ nissāya ṭhitā'ti. Evameva na sakala sarīre jaṅghādisu vā maṃsaṃ jānāti 'maṃ nissāya medo ṭhito'ti,

[SL Page 269] [\x 269/]

Napi medo jānāti 'ahaṃ sakalasarīre jaṅghādisu vā maṃsaṃ nissāya ṭhito'ti. Aññamaññaṃ ābogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti medo nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto patthinnayūso ābavdhanā kāro āpodhātūti. Assu yadā sañjāyati, tadā akkikūpake pūretvā tiṭṭhati vā paggharati vā tattha yathā udakapunṇesu taruṇa tālaṭṭhikupakesu na taruṇatālaṭṭhikūpakā jānanti 'amhesu udakaṃṭhita'nti, napi taruṇatālaṭṭhikupakā jānanti 'amhesu udakaṃ ṭhita'nti, napi taruṇatālaṭṭhikupakesu udakaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ taruṇa tālaṭṭhikupakesu ṭhita'nti. Evameva na akkhikūpakā jānanti 'amhesu assu ṭhita'nti, napi assu jānāti 'ahaṃ akkhikūpakesu ṭhita'nti. Aññamaññaṃ ābogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti assu nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto yūsabhūto ābavdhanākāro āpodhātūti. Vasā aggisantāpādikāle hatthatala hatthapiṭṭhi pādatala padāpiṭṭhi nāsāpuṭa nalāṭa aṃsakuṭesu ṭhitavilīnasneho, tattha yathā pakkhittatele ācāme na ācāmo jānāti 'maṃ telaṃ ajjhottharitvā ṭhita'nti. Evameva na hatthatalādippadeso [PTS Page 362] [\q 362/] jānāti 'maṃ vasā ajjhottharitvā ṭhitā'ti, napi vasā jānāti 'ahaṃ hatthatalā dippadesaṃ ajjhottharitvā ṭhitā'ti. Aññamaññaṃ ābogapacca vekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti vasā nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto yūsabhuto ābavdhanākāro āpodhātūti. Kheḷo tathārūpe kheḷuppattippaccaye sati ubhohi kapolapassehi orohitvā jivhātale tiṭṭhati, tattha yathā abbocchinnaudakanissande nadītīra kupake na kūpatalaṃ jānāti 'mayi udakaṃ santiṭṭhatī'ti, napi udakaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ kupatale santiṭṭhāmī'ti. Evameva na jivhātalaṃ jānāti 'mayi ubhohi kapolapassehi orohitvā kheḷo ṭhito'ti napi kheḷo jānāti 'ahaṃ ubhohi kapolapassehi orohi vā jivhātale ṭhito'ti. Aññamaññaṃ ābogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti kheḷo nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekkokoṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto yūsabhuto ābavdhanākāro āpodhātūti. Siṅghāṇikā yadā sañjāyati, tadā nāsāpuṭe pūretvātiṭṭhati vā paggharati vā. Tattha yathā pūtidadhiharitāya sippikāya na sippikā jānāti 'mayi pūtidadhi ṭhita'nti, napi pūti dadhi jānāti 'ahaṃ sippikāya ṭhita'nti. Evameva na nāsāpuṭā jānanti 'amhesu siṅghāṇikā ṭhitā'ti, napi siṅghāṇikā jānāti 'ahaṃ nāsāpuṭesu ṭhitā'ti aññamaññaṃ ābhogapaccavekkhana rahitā ete dhammā, iti siṅghāṇikā nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekkā koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto

[SL Page 270] [\x 270/]
Yūsabhuto ābandhanākāro āpodhātūti. Lasikā aṭṭhikasavdhinaṃ abbhañjanakiccaṃ sādhayamānā asītisatasandhisu ṭhitā, tattha yathā telabbhañjite akkhe na akkho jānāti 'maṃ telaṃ abbhañjitvā ṭhita'nti, napi telaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ akkhaṃ abbhañjitvā ṭhita'nti. Evameva na asītisatasavdhayo jānanti 'lasikā amhe abbhañjitvā ṭhitā'ti, napilasikā jānāti 'ahaṃ asītisatasandhayo abbhañjitvā ṭhitā'ti. Aññamaññaṃ ābogapaccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti lasikā nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano avyākato suñño nissatto yūsabhuto ābavdhanākāro āpodhātūti. Muttaṃ vattissa abbhantare ṭhitaṃ, tattha yathā candanī kāya pakkhitte adomukhe yavanaghaṭe na yavanaghaṭo jānāti 'mayi chandanikāraso ṭhito'ti, napi candanikāraso jānāti 'ahaṃ yavana ghaṭe ṭhito'ti. Evameva na vatthi jānita [PTS Page 363 [\q 363/] ']mayi vuttaṃ ṭhita'nti. Napi muttaṃ jānāti 'ahaṃ vatthimhi ṭhita'nti. Aññamaññaṃ āboga paccavekkhanarahitā ete dhammā, iti muttaṃ nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto yūsabhuto ābavdhanākāro āpodhātūti.

Evaṃ kesādisu manasikāraṃ pavattetvā yena santappati ayaṃ imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto paripācanākāro tejodhātuti. Yena jirīyati yena pariḍayhati yena asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṃ sammāpariṇāmaṃ gacchati, ayaṃ imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto paripācanākāro tejodhātutī. Evaṃ tejokoṭṭhāsesu manasikāro pavattetabbo.

Tato uddhaṅgame vāto uddhaṅgamavasena pariggahetvā ado game adhogamavasena, kucchisaye kucchisayavasena, koṭṭhasaye keṭṭhasayavasena, aṅgamaṅgānusārimhi aṅgamaṅgānusārivasena, assāsapassāse assāsapassāsavasena pariggahetvā uddhaṅgamā vātā nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suññonissatto vitthambhanākāro vāyodhātuti; adhogamā vātā nāma kucchisayā vātā nāma koṭṭhasayā vātā nāma aṅgamaṅgānusārino vātā nāma assāsapassāsāvātā nāma imasmiṃ sarīre pāṭiyekko koṭṭhāso acetano abyākato suñño nissatto vitthambhanākāro vāyodhātuti; evaṃ vāyo koṭṭhāsesu manasikāro pavattetabbo.

Tassevaṃ pavattamanasikārassa dhātuyo pākaṭā honti, tā punappuna āvajjayato manasikaroto vuttanayeneva upacāra samādhi uppajjati. Yassa pana evaṃ bhāvayato kammaṭṭhānaṃ na

[SL Page 271] [\x 271/]

Ijjhati, tena salakkhaṇasaṅkhepato bhāvetabbaṃ. Kataṃ? Vīsatiyā koṭṭhāsesu thaddhalakkhaṇaṃ paṭhavīdhātuti vavatthapetabbaṃ. Tattheva ābavdhanalakkhaṇaṃ āpodhātūti, paripācanalakkhaṇaṃ tejodhātuti, vitthambhanalakkhaṇaṃ vāyodhātuti; dvādasasu koṭṭhāsesuābavdhana lakkhaṇaṃ āpodhātūti vavatthapetabbaṃ. Tattheva paripācana lakkhaṇaṃ tejodhātuti, vitthambhanalakkhaṇaṃ vāyodhātutī, thaddhalakkhaṇaṃ paṭhavīdhātuti; catusu koṭṭhāsesu paripācanalakkhaṇaṃ tejodhātuti vavatthapetabbaṃ. Tena avinibbhuttaṃ vitthambhana [PTS Page 364] [\q 364/] lakkhaṇaṃ vāyodhātuti, thaddhalakkhaṇaṃ paṭhavīdhātuti, ābandhana lakkhaṇaṃ āpodhātūti; chasu koṭṭhāsesu vitthambhanalakkhaṇaṃ vāyo dhātūti vavatthapetabbaṃ. Tattheva thaddhalakkhaṇaṃ paṭhavīdhātuti, ābandhanalakkhaṇaṃ āpodhātūti, paripācanalakkhaṇaṃ tejodātuti. Tassevaṃ vavatthāpayato dhātuyo pākaṭā honti. Tā punappuna āvajjayato manasi karoto vuttanayeneva upacārasamādhi uppajjati. Yassa pana evampi bhāvayato kammaṭṭhānaṃ na ijjhati, tena salakkhaṇavibhattito bhāvetabbaṃ. Kataṃ? Pubbe vutta nayeneva kesādayo pariggahetvā kesamhi thaddhalakkhaṇaṃ paṭhavī dhātuti vavatthapetabbaṃ. Tattheva ābavdhanalakkhaṇaṃ āpodhātūti, paripācanalakkhaṇaṃ tejodhātuti, vitthambhanalakkhaṇaṃ vāyo dhātuti, evaṃ sabbakoṭṭhāsesu ekekasmiṃ koṭṭhāse catasso dhātuyo vavatthapetabbā. Tassevaṃvavatthāpayato dhātuyo pākaṭā honti. Tā punappuna āvajjayato manasi karoto vuttanayeneva upacārasamādhi uppajjati. Api ca ko pana vacanatthato kalāpato cunṇato lakkhaṇādito samuṭṭhānato nānattekattato vinibbhogāvinibbhogato sabāgavisabhāgato ajjhattikabāhiravisesato saṅgahato paccayato asamannā hārato paccayavibhāgatoti imehipi ākārehi dhātuyo manasikātabbā. Tattha vacanatthato manasikarontena - patthaṭattā paṭhavī, appeti āpiyati appāyatīti vā āpo, tejatīti tejo, vāyatīti vāyo, avisesena pana sakkhaṇadhāraṇato dukkhādānato dukkhādhānato ca dhātuti, evaṃ visesasāmaññavasena vacanatthato manasi kātabbā. Kalāpatoti yā ayaṃ kesā lomāti ādinā nayena vīsatiyā ākārehi paṭhavīdhātu, pittaṃ semhanti ca ādinā nayena dvādasahākārehi āpodhātu niddiṭṭhā, tattha yasmā: -

" Vaṇṇo gandho raso ojā catasso cāpi dhātuyo
Aṭṭha dhammasamodhāni hoti kesāti sammuti,
Tesaṃ ye vinibbhogā natthi kesāti sammutī"ti.

Tasmā kesāpi aṭṭhadhammakalāpamattameva, tathā lomādayoti. [PTS Page 365] [\q 365/] yo pananettha kammasamuṭṭhāno koṭṭhāso, so jīvitindriyena ca

[SL Page 272] [\x 272/]
Bhāvena ca saddhi dasadhammakalāpopi hoti. Ussadavasena pana paṭhavīdhātuāpodhātūti saṅkhaṃ gato, evaṃ kalāpato manasi kātabbā. Cuṇṇatoti imasmiṃ hi sarīre majjhimena pamāṇena pariggayhamānā paramāṇubhedasaṃcunṇā sukhumarajabhūtā paṭhavīdhātu doṇamattā siyā, sā tato upaḍḍhappamāṇāya āpodhātuyā saṅgahītā tejodhātuyāanupālitā vāyodhātuyā vitthamhitā na vikirīyati na viddhaṃsīyati, avikiriyamānā aviddhaṃsiyamānā anekavidhaṃ itthipurisaliṅgādibhāvavikappaṃ upagacchati, aṇuthūladīgharassa thirakaṭhinādi bhāvañca pakāseti. Yūlagatā ābandhanākārabhūtā panetta āpodhātu paṭhavīpatiṭṭhitā tejānupālitā vāyovitthamhitā na paggharati na parissavati, apaggharamānā aparissamanānā pīṇitapīṇita bhāvaṃ dasseti. Asitapītādiparipāvakā cettha usumākārabhūtā uṇhattalakkhaṇā tejodhātu paṭhavīpatiṭṭhitā āposaṅgahitā vāyovitthamhitā imaṃ kāyaṃ paripāveti. Vaṇṇasampattiñcassa āvahati. Tāya ca pana paripācito ayaṃ kāyo na pūtibhāvaṃ dasseti, aṅgamaṅgānusaṭā cettha samudīraṇavitthambhanalakkhaṇā vāyodhātu paṭhavīpatiṭṭhitā āposaṅgahitā tejānupālitā imaṃkāyaṃ vitthamheti. Tāya ca pana vitthamhito ayaṃ kāyo na paripatati, ujukaṃ saṇṭhāti. Aparāya vāyodhātuyā samabbhāhato gamanaṭṭhānanisajjā sayana iriyāpathesu viññattiṃ dasseti, sammiñjeti, sampasāreti, hatthapādaṃ lāḷeti. Evametaṃ itthipurisādibhāvena bālajanavañcanaṃ māyārūpasadisaṃ dhātuyantaṃ pavatta tīti evaṃ cuṇṇato manasikātabbā. Lakkhaṇāditoti paṭhavīdhātu kiṃ lakkhaṇā, kiṃ rasā, kiṃ paccupaṭṭhānāti evaṃ catassova dhātuyo āvajjetvā paṭhavīdhātukakkhaḷattalakkhaṇā, patiṭṭhānarasā, sampaṭicchapaccupaṭṭhānā; āpodhātu paggharaṇalakkhaṇā, brūhana rasā, saṅgahapaccupaṭṭhānā;tejodhātu uṇhattalakkhaṇā, paripācanarasā, maddavānuppadāna paccupaṭṭhānā; vāyodhātu vitthambhana lakkhaṇā, samudīraṇarasā, abhinīhārapaccupaṭṭhānāti; evaṃ lakkhaṇā dito manasi [PTS Page 366] [\q 366/] kātabbā. Samuṭṭhānatoti ye ime paṭhav